See in Reader
Updates possible meanings to "This could mean:" (#1933)
Co-authored-by: Larry Sallee <larry.sallee@unfoldingword.org> Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/1933 Co-authored-by: Larry Sallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org> Co-committed-by: Larry Sallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee
parent
19d83d02d2
commit
8032006bfa
100
en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
100
en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
|
|
@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ MAT 2 1 ft22 ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν 1 from the east “from a country far
|
|||
MAT 2 2 v5t4 ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ τεχθεὶς Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων? 1 Where is the one who has been born King of the Jews? The men knew from studying the stars that the one who would become king had been born. They were trying to learn where he was. Alternate translation: “A baby who will become the king of the Jews has been born. Where is he?”
|
||||
MAT 2 2 zj7c αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα 1 his star They were not saying that the baby was the rightful owner of the **star**. Alternate translation: “the star that tells about him” or “the star that is associated with his birth”
|
||||
MAT 2 2 a7y9 ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ 1 in the east “as it came up in the east” or “while we were in our country”
|
||||
MAT 2 2 v248 προσκυνῆσαι 1 to worship Possible meanings are (1) they intended to **worship** the baby as divine, or (2) they wanted to honor him as a human king. If your language has a word that includes both meanings, you should consider using it here.
|
||||
MAT 2 2 v248 προσκυνῆσαι 1 to worship This could mean: (1) they intended to **worship** the baby as divine, or (2) they wanted to honor him as a human king. If your language has a word that includes both meanings, you should consider using it here.
|
||||
MAT 2 3 p5rw ἐταράχθη 1 became troubled “he was worried.” Herod was worried that this baby would replace him as king.
|
||||
MAT 2 3 qu3d figs-metonymy πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 all Jerusalem Here, **Jerusalem** refers to the people.Alternate translation: “all the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 2 3 mc1r figs-hyperbole πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 all Jerusalem Here, **all** means “many.” Matthew is exaggerating to emphasize how many people were worried. Alternate translation: “many of the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ MAT 3 16 n8bk 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story
|
|||
MAT 3 16 inf6 figs-activepassive βαπτισθεὶς δὲ 1 But having been baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But after John baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 16 sf5w ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
MAT 3 16 jh1v figs-activepassive ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί 1 the heavens were opened to him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus saw the sky open” or “God opened the heavens to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 16 e3na figs-simile καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν 1 coming down like a dove Possible meanings are (1) this is simply a statement that the Spirit was in the form of a **dove** or (2) this is a simile that compares the Spirit coming down upon Jesus gently, the way a **dove** would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 3 16 e3na figs-simile καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν 1 coming down like a dove This could mean: (1) this is simply a statement that the Spirit was in the form of a **dove** or (2) this is a simile that compares the Spirit coming down upon Jesus gently, the way a **dove** would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 3 17 m2wk figs-metonymy φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα 1 a voice from the heavens saying “Jesus heard a voice from heaven saying.” Here, **voice** refers to God speaking. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 3 17 myz8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 my Son This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 4 intro hgw2 0 # Matthew 04 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6, 15 and 16, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quotation in verse 10.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “the kingdom of heaven has come near”<br><br>No one knows for use whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when Jesus spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phase “is coming near” and “has come near.”<br><br>### “If you are the Son of God”<br><br>The reader should not understand these words in verses 3 and 6 to mean that Satan did not know whether Jesus was the Son of God. God had already said that Jesus was his Son ([Matthew 3:17](../../mat/03/17.md)), so Satan knew who Jesus was. He also knew that Jesus could make stones become bread and could throw himself off of high places and not be hurt. He was trying to make Jesus do these things and so disobey God and obey Satan. These words can be translated as “Because you are the Son of God” or “You are the Son of God. Show me what you can do.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ MAT 4 1 wy4b figs-activepassive πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ δια
|
|||
MAT 4 2 iw2i νηστεύσας…ἐπείνασεν 1 having fasted … he was hungry These refer to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 4 2 cft7 translate-numbers ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα 1 40 days and 40 nights “forty days and forty nights.” This refers to 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: “40 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 4 3 vl86 ὁ πειράζων 1 the tempter These words refer to the same being as “the devil” (verse 1). You may have to use the same word to translate both.
|
||||
MAT 4 3 l1lk εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ 1 If you are the Son of God, speak It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the **Son of God**. Possible meanings are (1) this is a temptation to do miracles for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “You are the Son of God, so you can command” or (2) this is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by speaking”
|
||||
MAT 4 3 l1lk εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ 1 If you are the Son of God, speak It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the **Son of God**. This could mean: (1) this is a temptation to do miracles for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “You are the Son of God, so you can command” or (2) this is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by speaking”
|
||||
MAT 4 3 c1ac guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 4 3 m1va figs-quotations εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται 1 speak so that these stones might become bread You could translate this with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “say to these stones, ‘Become bread.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 4 3 t3xm figs-synecdoche ἄρτοι 1 bread Here, **bread** refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ MAT 4 4 fd67 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written This can be s
|
|||
MAT 4 4 rld7 οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Man will not live by bread alone This implies that there is something more important to life than food.
|
||||
MAT 4 4 jl6f figs-metonymy ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ 1 but by every word that comes through the mouth of God Here, **word** and **mouth** refer to what God says. Alternate translation: “but by listening to everything that God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 4 5 r4a5 0 General Information: In verse 6, Satan quotes from the Psalms in order to tempt Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 4 6 fa8l εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the **Son of God**. Possible meanings are (1) this is a temptation to do a miracle for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “Since you are truly the Son of God, you can throw yourself down” or (2) this is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are truly the Son of God by throwing yourself down”
|
||||
MAT 4 6 fa8l εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the **Son of God**. This could mean: (1) this is a temptation to do a miracle for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “Since you are truly the Son of God, you can throw yourself down” or (2) this is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are truly the Son of God by throwing yourself down”
|
||||
MAT 4 6 x2vg guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 4 6 c5kr βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 throw yourself down “let yourself fall to the ground” or “jump down”
|
||||
MAT 4 6 a5h2 figs-activepassive γέγραπται γὰρ 1 for it is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for the writer wrote in the scriptures” or “for it says in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -261,8 +261,8 @@ MAT 5 11 rk69 εἴπωσιν πᾶν πονηρὸν καθ’ ὑμῶν ψε
|
|||
MAT 5 11 eez3 ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake “because you follow me” or because you believe in me”
|
||||
MAT 5 12 ssk9 figs-doublet χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε 1 Rejoice and be very glad Here, **Rejoice** and **be very glad** mean almost the same thing. Jesus wanted his hearers not merely to rejoice but to do even more than rejoice if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 5 13 qp6l 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach about how his disciples are like salt and light.
|
||||
MAT 5 13 i3zp figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς 1 You are the salt of the earth Possible meanings are (1) just as **salt** makes food good, disciples of Jesus influence the people of the world so that they will be good. Alternate translation: “You are like salt for the people of the world” or (2) just as **salt** preserves food, disciples of Jesus keep people from becoming totally corrupt. Alternate translation: “As salt is for food, you are for the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 13 jv56 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ 1 if the salt may have lost its taste Possible meanings are (1) “if the salt has lost its power to do things that salt does” or (2) “if the salt has lost its flavor.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 13 i3zp figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς 1 You are the salt of the earth This could mean: (1) just as **salt** makes food good, disciples of Jesus influence the people of the world so that they will be good. Alternate translation: “You are like salt for the people of the world” or (2) just as **salt** preserves food, disciples of Jesus keep people from becoming totally corrupt. Alternate translation: “As salt is for food, you are for the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 13 jv56 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ 1 if the salt may have lost its taste This could mean: (1) “if the salt has lost its power to do things that salt does” or (2) “if the salt has lost its flavor.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 13 wp9g figs-rquestion ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται? 1 with what can it be made salty again? “how can it be made useful again?” This can be stated as a fact. Alternate translation: “there is no way for it to become useful again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 5 13 yoif figs-metaphor ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται? 1 with what might it be made salty again? Jesus uses a question to teach the disciples. Alternate translation: “a person who stops following Jesus cannot be made useful again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 13 e7cz figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 except to be thrown out to be trampled by men This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “except for people to throw it out into the road and walk on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -404,10 +404,10 @@ MAT 6 5 e12v figs-explicit ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποι
|
|||
MAT 6 5 rzpj figs-activepassive ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 so that they may be seen by men This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that people will see them and give them honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 5 z3h6 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 6 6 dqv4 εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου καὶ κλείσας τὴν θύραν σου 1 enter into your inner chamber, and having shut your door “go to a private place” or “go where you can be alone”
|
||||
MAT 6 6 vdr7 τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 to your Father who is in secret Possible meanings are (1) no one can see God. Alternate translation: “to your Father, who is invisible” or (2) God is in that private place with the praying person. Alternate translation: “to your Father, who is with you in private”
|
||||
MAT 6 6 vdr7 τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 to your Father who is in secret This could mean: (1) no one can see God. Alternate translation: “to your Father, who is invisible” or (2) God is in that private place with the praying person. Alternate translation: “to your Father, who is with you in private”
|
||||
MAT 6 6 kkn7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρί σου 1 to your Father *Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 6 6 eb6r ὁ Πατήρ σου, ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 your Father who sees in secret “your Father will see what you do in private and”
|
||||
MAT 6 7 d1t2 μὴ βατταλογήσητε 1 do not make useless repetitions Possible meanings are (1) the **repetitions** are **useless**. Alternate translation: “do not keep uselessly saying things over and over again” or (2) the words or sentences are meaningless. Alternate translation: “do not keeping repeating meaningless words”
|
||||
MAT 6 7 d1t2 μὴ βατταλογήσητε 1 do not make useless repetitions This could mean: (1) the **repetitions** are **useless**. Alternate translation: “do not keep uselessly saying things over and over again” or (2) the words or sentences are meaningless. Alternate translation: “do not keeping repeating meaningless words”
|
||||
MAT 6 7 a8ai figs-activepassive εἰσακουσθήσονται 1 they will be heard This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “their false gods will hear them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 8 fr1d figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about how they as individuals should pray. The words **you** and **your** are plural in the first sentence. Within the prayer, the words **you** and **your** are singular and refer to God, “Our Father in heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 8 nv9i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ MAT 6 16 q19r 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach about fasting.
|
|||
MAT 6 16 xv6b ἀφανίζουσιν…τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 they disfigure their faces The hypocrites would not wash their faces or comb their hair. They did this purposely to draw attention to themselves so that people would see them and give them honor for fasting.
|
||||
MAT 6 16 ix6h ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 6 17 k283 ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλὴν 1 anoint your head “put oil in your hair” or “groom your hair.” To **anoint** the **head** here is to take normal care of one’s hair. It has nothing to do with “Christ” meaning “anointed one.” Jesus means that people should look the same whether they are fasting or not.
|
||||
MAT 6 18 d27s τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ 1 to your Father who is in secret Possible meanings are (1) no one can see God. Alternate translation: “Father, who is invisible” or (2) God is with that person who fasts secretly. Alternate translation: “Father, who is with you in private” See how you translated this in [Matthew 6:6](../06/06.md).
|
||||
MAT 6 18 d27s τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ 1 to your Father who is in secret This could mean: (1) no one can see God. Alternate translation: “Father, who is invisible” or (2) God is with that person who fasts secretly. Alternate translation: “Father, who is with you in private” See how you translated this in [Matthew 6:6](../06/06.md).
|
||||
MAT 6 18 m56a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρί σου 1 to your Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 6 18 tby8 ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ 1 who sees in secret “who sees what you do in private.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 6:6](../06/06.md).
|
||||
MAT 6 19 afg9 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are plural, except in verse 21, where they are singular. In some languages these occurrences of “you” and “your” may also need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ MAT 7 1 xk6w figs-explicit μὴ κρίνετε 1 Do not judge It is implied her
|
|||
MAT 7 1 bk8y figs-activepassive μὴ κριθῆτε 1 you may not be judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn you harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 7 2 f9nb γὰρ 1 For Be sure the reader understands the statement in 7:2 is based on what Jesus said in 7:1.
|
||||
MAT 7 2 kj24 figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ…κρίματι κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε 1 with the judgment you judge, you will be judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will condemn you in the same way you condemn others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 7 2 mt3d ᾧ μέτρῳ 1 the measure Possible meanings are (1) this is the amount of punishment given or (2) this is the standard used for judgment.
|
||||
MAT 7 2 mt3d ᾧ μέτρῳ 1 the measure This could mean: (1) this is the amount of punishment given or (2) this is the standard used for judgment.
|
||||
MAT 7 2 wgh2 figs-activepassive μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be measured out to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will measure it out to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 7 3 hzb4 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural.
|
||||
MAT 7 3 em5r figs-rquestion τί δὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος…τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς? 1 Why do you look at the speck … but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye? Jesus uses this question to rebuke the people for paying attention to other people’s sins and ignoring their own. Alternate translation: “You look at the speck … but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye.” or “Do not look at the speck … and ignore the log that is in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ MAT 7 12 b1x2 figs-metonymy οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος κα
|
|||
MAT 7 13 uhb3 0 General Information: This image of walking through a wide gate to destruction or a narrow gate to life represents how people live and the results of how they live. When you translate, use appropriate words for “wide” and “broad” that are as different as possible from “narrow” in order to emphasize the differences between the two sets of gates and ways.
|
||||
MAT 7 13 dgr2 figs-metaphor εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης…πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς 1 Enter through the narrow gate … there are many who are entering through it This is an image of people traveling on a road and going through a **gate** into a kingdom. One kingdom is easy to enter; the other is hard to enter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 13 j8xn εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης 1 Enter through the narrow gate You may need to move this to the end of verse 14: “Therefore, enter through the narrow gate.”
|
||||
MAT 7 13 y9ru τῆς στενῆς πύλης…ἡ ὁδὸς 1 the narrow gate … the way Possible meanings are (1) **the way** refers to the road that leads to the **gate** of a kingdom, or (2) the **the gate** and **the way** both refer to the entrance to the kingdom.
|
||||
MAT 7 13 y9ru τῆς στενῆς πύλης…ἡ ὁδὸς 1 the narrow gate … the way This could mean: (1) **the way** refers to the road that leads to the **gate** of a kingdom, or (2) the **the gate** and **the way** both refer to the entrance to the kingdom.
|
||||
MAT 7 13 zv24 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 to destruction This abstract noun can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “to the place where people die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 7 14 x8u9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak of people choosing how they are going to live as if they are choosing whether to go on one path or another.
|
||||
MAT 7 14 wlr9 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ζωήν 1 to life The abstract noun **life** can be translated using the verb “live.” Alternate translation: “to the place where people live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ MAT 7 21 c6yz guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 of my
|
|||
MAT 7 22 mp6e figs-explicit ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 in that day Jesus said **that day** knowing his hearers would understand he was referring to the day of judgment. You should include “the day of judgment” only if your readers would not understand otherwise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 7 22 m9py figs-rquestion οὐ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι ἐπροφητεύσαμεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν? 1 did we not prophesy in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name do many mighty deeds? The people use a question to emphasize that they did these things. Alternate translation: “we prophesied in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name did many mighty deeds.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 7 22 t5j7 figs-exclusive οὐ…ἐπροφητεύσαμεν 1 did we not prophesy This **we** does not include Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 7 22 hg17 figs-metonymy τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι 1 in your name Possible meanings are (1) “by your authority” or “by your power” or (2) “because we were doing what you wanted us to do” or (3) “because we asked you for the power to do it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 22 hg17 figs-metonymy τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι 1 in your name This could mean: (1) “by your authority” or “by your power” or (2) “because we were doing what you wanted us to do” or (3) “because we asked you for the power to do it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 22 p67f δυνάμεις 1 mighty deeds “miracles”
|
||||
MAT 7 23 d4y5 figs-idiom οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς 1 I never knew you This means the person does not belong to Jesus. Alternate translation: “You are not my follower” or “I have nothing to do with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 7 24 fg9k οὖν 1 Therefore “For that reason”
|
||||
|
|
@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ MAT 8 4 gzy6 αὐτῷ 1 to him This refers to the man that Jesus just healed.
|
|||
MAT 8 4 gt5s ὅρα μηδενὶ εἴπῃς 1 See that you may tell no one “Do not say anything to anyone” or “Do not tell anyone I healed you”
|
||||
MAT 8 4 zi3a figs-explicit σεαυτὸν, δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ 1 show yourself to the priest Jewish law required that the person **show** his healed skin **to the priest**, who would then allow him or her to return to the community, to be with other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 8 4 tq9l figs-explicit προσένεγκον τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 offer the gift that Moses commanded, for a testimony to them The law of **Moses** required that someone healed of leprosy give a thanksgiving offering to the priest. When the priest accepted the gift, people would know that the man had been healed. Lepers were ostracized, banned from the community, until they had proof of their healing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 8 4 rj8u figs-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 to them This can possibly refer to (1) the priests or (2) all the people or (3) the critics of Jesus. If possible, use a pronoun that could refer to any of these groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
MAT 8 4 rj8u figs-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 to them This could mean: (1) the priests or (2) all the people or (3) the critics of Jesus. If possible, use a pronoun that could refer to any of these groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
MAT 8 5 sxz8 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a different time and place and tells of Jesus healing another person.
|
||||
MAT 8 5 vzb9 προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ…παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν 1 came to him, begging him Here both instances of **him** refer to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 8 6 cr8h παραλυτικός 1 paralyzed unable to move because of disease or stroke
|
||||
|
|
@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ MAT 8 23 sl7v ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτ
|
|||
MAT 8 24 j55j ἰδοὺ 1 behold This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “suddenly” or “without warning”
|
||||
MAT 8 24 x7k1 figs-activepassive σεισμὸς μέγας ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 a great storm happened on the sea This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a powerful storm arose on the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 24 m6w8 figs-activepassive ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων 1 so that the boat was covered by the waves This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that the waves covered the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 25 k2hd ἤγειραν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, Κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα! 1 they woke him, saying, “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!” Possible meanings are (1) they first woke Jesus and then they said, “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!” or (2) as they were waking Jesus up, they were saying “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!”
|
||||
MAT 8 25 k2hd ἤγειραν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, Κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα! 1 they woke him, saying, “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!” This could mean: (1) they first woke Jesus and then they said, “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!” or (2) as they were waking Jesus up, they were saying “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!”
|
||||
MAT 8 25 b2wh figs-exclusive Κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα! 1 Save us, Lord; we are perishing! If you need to translate these words as inclusive or exclusive, then inclusive is best. The disciples probably meant they wanted Jesus to save the disciples and himself from drowning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 25 xf5d ἀπολλύμεθα 1 we are perishing “we are about to die”
|
||||
MAT 8 26 jmt8 αὐτοῖς 1 to them “to the disciples”
|
||||
|
|
@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ MAT 9 2 k5eh τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν 1 their faith This refers to the
|
|||
MAT 9 2 k9qq τέκνον 1 Child The man was not Jesus’ real son. Jesus was speaking to him politely. If this is confusing, it can also be translated “My friend” or “Young man” or even omitted.
|
||||
MAT 9 2 iys2 figs-activepassive ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Your sins are forgiven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 3 a35d ἰδού 1 behold This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 9 3 f88r ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 among themselves Possible meanings are (1) each one was thinking to himself, or (2) they were speaking among themselves.
|
||||
MAT 9 3 f88r ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 among themselves This could mean: (1) each one was thinking to himself, or (2) they were speaking among themselves.
|
||||
MAT 9 3 mq8v βλασφημεῖ 1 blasphemes Jesus was claiming to be able to do things the scribes thought only God can do.
|
||||
MAT 9 4 u643 ἰδὼν…τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν 1 having known their thoughts Jesus knew what they were thinking either supernaturally or because he could see them talking to each other.
|
||||
MAT 9 4 n4yl figs-rquestion ἵνα τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? 1 For what reason do you think evil in your hearts? Jesus used this question to rebuke the scribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ MAT 10 2 t59v writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a br
|
|||
MAT 10 2 f1vu τῶν…δώδεκα ἀποστόλων 1 of the 12 apostles This is the same group as the “12 disciples” in [Matthew 10:1](../10/01.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 2 sc7b translate-ordinal πρῶτος 1 first This is first in order, not in rank. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 10 3 g6eg Μαθθαῖος ὁ τελώνης 1 Matthew the tax collector “Matthew, who was a tax collector”
|
||||
MAT 10 4 n4st ὁ Καναναῖος 1 the Zealot Possible meanings are (1) **the Zealot** is a title that shows that he was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the patriot” or “the nationalist” or (2) **the Zealot** is a description that shows that he was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the zealous one” or “the passionate one”
|
||||
MAT 10 4 n4st ὁ Καναναῖος 1 the Zealot This could mean: (1) **the Zealot** is a title that shows that he was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the patriot” or “the nationalist” or (2) **the Zealot** is a description that shows that he was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the zealous one” or “the passionate one”
|
||||
MAT 10 4 kmp2 ὁ καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτόν 1 who also betrayed him “who would betray Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 10 5 sn9v figs-events 0 General Information: Although verse 5 begins by saying that he sent out the twelve, Jesus gave these instructions before he sent them out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MAT 10 5 aw5h 0 Connecting Statement: Here Jesus begins to give instructions to his disciples about what they should do and expect when they go to preach.
|
||||
|
|
@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ MAT 10 13 qip2 figs-you ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 your … your These are plural
|
|||
MAT 10 13 kc9m figs-metonymy μὲν ᾖ ἡ οἰκία ἀξία…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία 1 the house might be worthy … it might not be worthy Here, **the house** represents those who live in the house. A **worthy** person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples. Jesus compares this person to one who is not worthy, a person who does not welcome the disciples. Alternate translation: “the people who live in that house receive you well” or “the people who live in that house treat you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 q75a figs-metonymy ἐλθάτω ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπ’ αὐτήν 1 let your peace come upon it The word **it** refers to the house, which represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “let them receive your peace” or “let them receive the peace that you greeted them with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 ha8f figs-metonymy ἐὰν…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία 2 if it might not be worthy The word **it** means the house, and “house” refers to the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “if they do not receive you well” or “if they do not treat you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 my3y ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω 1 let your peace return to you Possible meanings are (1) if the household was not worthy, then God would hold back peace or blessings from that household or (2) if the household was not worthy, then the apostles were supposed to do something, such as asking God not to honor their greeting of peace. If your language has a similar meaning of taking back a greeting or its effects, that should be used here.
|
||||
MAT 10 13 my3y ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω 1 let your peace return to you This could mean: (1) if the household was not worthy, then God would hold back peace or blessings from that household or (2) if the household was not worthy, then the apostles were supposed to do something, such as asking God not to honor their greeting of peace. If your language has a similar meaning of taking back a greeting or its effects, that should be used here.
|
||||
MAT 10 14 yn9k 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 14 m8e9 καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται ὑμᾶς, μηδὲ ἀκούσῃ 1 And whoever might not receive you nor listen to “And if no people in that house or city will receive you or listen to”
|
||||
MAT 10 14 w5py figs-you ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν 1 you … your This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1002,7 +1002,7 @@ MAT 11 5 g3k4 figs-activepassive πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται 1 t
|
|||
MAT 11 5 l443 figs-nominaladj πτωχοὶ 1 the poor This nominalized adjective can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 11 7 g2q8 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 11 7 ysq6 figs-rquestion τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον? 1 What did you go out in the wilderness to see—a reed being shaken by the wind? Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out to the wilderness to see a reed being shaken by the wind!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 11 7 pc6c figs-metaphor κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον 1 a reed being shaken by the wind Possible meanings are (1) Jesus mean the literal plants by the Jordan River or (2) Jesus is using a metaphor to mean a kind of person. Alternate translation: “a man who easily changes his mind and is like a reed blowing back and forth in the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 11 7 pc6c figs-metaphor κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον 1 a reed being shaken by the wind This could mean: (1) Jesus mean the literal plants by the Jordan River or (2) Jesus is using a metaphor to mean a kind of person. Alternate translation: “a man who easily changes his mind and is like a reed blowing back and forth in the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 11 7 w269 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον 1 being shaken by the wind This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “swaying in the wind” or “blowing in the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 8 n5hx figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον? 1 But what did you go out to see—a man dressed in soft clothing? Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: And, surely you did not go out to the desert to see a man dressed in soft clothing!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 11 8 y24r ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον 1 dressed in soft clothing “wearing expensive clothing.” Rich people wore this kind of **clothing**.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@ MAT 11 25 uwu5 ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ 1 revealed them “made them kn
|
|||
MAT 11 25 b6w5 figs-metaphor νηπίοις 1 to little children Jesus compares ignorant people to **little children**. Jesus is emphasizing that many of those who believe him either are not well educated or do not think of themselves as wise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 11 26 qp7t figs-metonymy ὅτι οὕτως εὐδοκία ἐγένετο ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 for thus it was well-pleasing in your sight The phrase **in your sight** is a metonym that stands for how a person considers something. Alternate translation: “for you considered it good to do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 27 yk5w figs-activepassive πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 All things have been entrusted to me from my Father This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has entrusted all things to me” or “My Father has given everything over to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 27 gd67 πάντα 1 All things Possible meanings are (1) God the Father has revealed everything about himself and his kingdom to Jesus or (2) God has given all authority to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 11 27 gd67 πάντα 1 All things This could mean: (1) God the Father has revealed everything about himself and his kingdom to Jesus or (2) God has given all authority to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 11 27 j3vk guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 11 27 s1as οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Υἱὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ 1 no one knows the Son except the Father “only the Father knows the Son”
|
||||
MAT 11 27 rt5b οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει 1 no one knows The word **knows** here means more than just being acquainted with someone. It means knowing somoene intimately because of having a special relationship with him.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1148,7 +1148,7 @@ MAT 12 8 l7g3 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son
|
|||
MAT 12 8 jx98 Κύριος…ἐστιν τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 is Lord of the Sabbath “rules over the Sabbath” or “makes the laws about what people can do on the Sabbath”
|
||||
MAT 12 9 i489 0 General Information: Here the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees criticize Jesus for healing a man on the Sabbath.
|
||||
MAT 12 9 hns8 καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν 1 And having departed from there “After Jesus left the grain fields” or “When Jesus left from there”
|
||||
MAT 12 9 y4me τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν 1 their synagogue Possible meanings are (1) The word **their** refers to the Jews of that town. Alternate translation: “the synogogue” or (2) The word **their** refers to the Pharisees that Jesus had just spoken to, and this was the synagogue that they and other Jews in that town attended. The word **their** does not mean that the Pharisees owned the synagogue. Alternate translation: “the synagogue that they attended”
|
||||
MAT 12 9 y4me τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν 1 their synagogue This could mean: (1) The word **their** refers to the Jews of that town. Alternate translation: “the synogogue” or (2) The word **their** refers to the Pharisees that Jesus had just spoken to, and this was the synagogue that they and other Jews in that town attended. The word **their** does not mean that the Pharisees owned the synagogue. Alternate translation: “the synagogue that they attended”
|
||||
MAT 12 10 kjf6 ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 12 10 xb13 ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν 1 there was a man having a withered hand “there was a man who had a paralyzed hand” or “there was a man with a crippled hand”
|
||||
MAT 12 10 t948 ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν? ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 they questioned him, saying, “Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbaths?” so that they might accuse him “the Pharisees wanted to accuse Jesus of sinning, so they asked him, ‘Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?’”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ MAT 12 32 z3ma figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will be
|
|||
MAT 12 32 hfs4 οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will not be forgiven him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive that person”
|
||||
MAT 12 32 lw5j figs-metonymy οὔτε ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι 1 neither in this age, nor in the one coming Here, **this age** and **the one coming** refer to the present life and the next life. Alternate translation: “in this life or in the next life” or “now or ever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 33 d73d 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 33 bi8z writing-proverbs ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν 1 Either make a tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad Possible meanings are (1) “If you make a tree good, its fruit will be good, and if you make the tree bad, its fruit will be bad” or (2) “If you consider a tree to be good, it will be because its fruit is good, and if you consider it tree to be bad, it will be because its fruit is bad.” This was a proverb. People were to apply its truth to how they can know whether a person is good or bad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 12 33 bi8z writing-proverbs ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν 1 Either make a tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad This could mean: (1) “If you make a tree good, its fruit will be good, and if you make the tree bad, its fruit will be bad” or (2) “If you consider a tree to be good, it will be because its fruit is good, and if you consider it tree to be bad, it will be because its fruit is bad.” This was a proverb. People were to apply its truth to how they can know whether a person is good or bad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 12 33 kl16 καλὸν…σαπρὸν 1 good … bad “healthy … diseased”
|
||||
MAT 12 33 kz12 figs-metaphor ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 for the tree is recognized by its fruit Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for what a person does. Alternate translation: “people know whether a person is good or bad by looking at the results of that person’s activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 33 nx9n figs-activepassive ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 for the tree is recognized by its fruit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@ MAT 12 41 k3q6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes a
|
|||
MAT 12 41 gnh1 ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται 1 The men of Nineveh “The citizens of Nineveh”
|
||||
MAT 12 41 b94i ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 at the judgment “on judgment day” or “when God judges people”
|
||||
MAT 12 41 x8gm τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation This refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching.
|
||||
MAT 12 41 duz2 figs-metonymy κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν 1 will condemn it Possible meanings are (1) **condemn** here represents accusing. Alternate translation: “will accuse this generation of people” or (2) God **will condemn** this generation of people because they did not repent as the people of Nineveh had. Alternate translation: “God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 41 duz2 figs-metonymy κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν 1 will condemn it This could mean: (1) **condemn** here represents accusing. Alternate translation: “will accuse this generation of people” or (2) God **will condemn** this generation of people because they did not repent as the people of Nineveh had. Alternate translation: “God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 41 qg29 καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 and behold “and look.” This emphasizes what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 12 41 dbs3 πλεῖον 1 something greater “someone more important”
|
||||
MAT 12 41 zb6a figs-123person πλεῖον 1 something greater Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@ MAT 12 42 zwv7 translate-names βασίλισσα νότου 1 The Queen of the
|
|||
MAT 12 42 kku7 ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 will rise up at the judgment “will stand up at the judgment”
|
||||
MAT 12 42 z46e ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 at the judgment “on judgment day” or “when God judges people.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:41](../12/41.md).
|
||||
MAT 12 42 zc72 τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation This refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching.
|
||||
MAT 12 42 k4ls figs-metonymy κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν 1 condemn them See how you translated a similar statement in [Matthew 12:41](../12/41.md). Possible meanings are (1) **condemn** here represents accusing. Alternate translation: “will accuse this generation of people” or (2) God will **condemn** this generation of people because they did not listen to wisdom as the Queen of the South had. Alternate translation: “God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 42 k4ls figs-metonymy κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν 1 condemn them See how you translated a similar statement in [Matthew 12:41](../12/41.md). This could mean: (1) **condemn** here represents accusing. Alternate translation: “will accuse this generation of people” or (2) God will **condemn** this generation of people because they did not listen to wisdom as the Queen of the South had. Alternate translation: “God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 42 q8q8 figs-idiom ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς 1 she came from the ends of the earth Here, **the ends of the earth** is an idiom that means “far away.” Alternate translation: “she came from very far away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 12 42 t521 grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος 1 for she came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon This statement explains why the Queen of the South will condemn the people of Jesus’ generation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
MAT 12 42 n99z καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 and behold “and look.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1348,9 +1348,9 @@ MAT 13 13 wc3u 0 General Information: In verse 14, Jesus quotes the prophet Is
|
|||
MAT 13 13 hm4t 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to explain to his disciples why he teaches in parables.
|
||||
MAT 13 13 v6pb αὐτοῖς…οὐ βλέπουσιν…οὐκ ἀκούουσιν 1 to them … they do not see … they do not hear All occurrences of **them** and **they** refer to the people in the crowd.
|
||||
MAT 13 13 uk7j figs-parallelism ὅτι βλέποντες οὐ βλέπουσιν, καὶ ἀκούοντες οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδὲ συνίουσιν 1 because seeing, they do not see; and hearing, they do not hear nor understand Jesus uses this parallelism to tell and emphasize to the disciples that the crowd refuses to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 13 13 ae8k βλέποντες 1 seeing Possible meanings are (1) this refers to them **seeing** what Jesus does. Alternate translation: “though they see what I do” or (2) this refers to their ability to see. Alternate translation: “though they are able to see”
|
||||
MAT 13 13 ae8k βλέποντες 1 seeing This could mean: (1) this refers to them **seeing** what Jesus does. Alternate translation: “though they see what I do” or (2) this refers to their ability to see. Alternate translation: “though they are able to see”
|
||||
MAT 13 13 nbi3 figs-metaphor οὐ βλέπουσιν 1 they do not see Here, **see** represents understanding. Alternate translation: “they do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 13 j4bg ἀκούοντες 1 hearing Possible meanings are (1) this refers to them **hearing** what Jesus teaches. Alternate translation: “though they hear what I say” or (2) this refers to their ability to hear. Alternate translation: “though they are able to hear”
|
||||
MAT 13 13 j4bg ἀκούοντες 1 hearing This could mean: (1) this refers to them **hearing** what Jesus teaches. Alternate translation: “though they hear what I say” or (2) this refers to their ability to hear. Alternate translation: “though they are able to hear”
|
||||
MAT 13 13 gq65 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἀκούουσιν 1 they do not hear Here, **hear** represents listening well. Alternate translation: “they do not listen well” or “they do not pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 14 jz9n καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα 1 And to them the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled, which says This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And they are fulfilling what God said long ago through the prophet Isaiah”
|
||||
MAT 13 14 z2es figs-parallelism ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 In hearing you will hear, but you may certainly not understand; and seeing, you will see, but you may certainly not perceive This begins a quote from the prophet Isaiah about the unbelieving people of Isaiah’s day. Jesus uses this quote to describe the very crowd that was listening to him. These statements are again parallel and emphasize that the people refused to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1564,7 +1564,7 @@ MAT 14 19 vp7r ἀνακλιθῆναι 1 to recline “lie down.” Use the ve
|
|||
MAT 14 19 u613 figs-idiom λαβὼν 1 he took “he held in his hands.” He did not steal them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 14 19 i34u κλάσας, ἔδωκεν…τοὺς ἄρτους 1 having broken it, he gave the loaves “after tearing the loaves into pieces, he gave them”
|
||||
MAT 14 19 bf1a τοὺς ἄρτους 1 the loaves “the pieces of the loaves of bread”
|
||||
MAT 14 19 t7ei ἀναβλέψας 1 Having looked up Possible meanings are (1) “While looking up” or (2) “After looking up.”
|
||||
MAT 14 19 t7ei ἀναβλέψας 1 Having looked up This could mean: (1) “While looking up” or (2) “After looking up.”
|
||||
MAT 14 20 l2h8 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν 1 and were filled This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “until they were full” or “until they were no longer hungry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 14 20 p73g ἦραν 1 they took up “the disciples gathered up” or “some people gathered up”
|
||||
MAT 14 20 czj4 translate-numbers δώδεκα κοφίνους πλήρεις 1 12 baskets full “twelve baskets full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1709,9 +1709,9 @@ MAT 16 17 v5lw figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖ
|
|||
MAT 16 17 gi3l guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 16 18 z897 κἀγὼ δέ σοι λέγω 1 And I also say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 16 18 th3d figs-explicit σὺ εἶ Πέτρος 1 you are Peter The name Peter means “rock.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 16 18 x43d figs-metaphor ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 upon this rock I will build my church Here, **build my church** is a metaphor for uniting the people who believe in Jesus into a community. Possible meanings are (1) **this rock** represents Peter, or (2) **this rock** represents the truth that Peter had just said in [Matthew 16:16](../16/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 18 x43d figs-metaphor ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 upon this rock I will build my church Here, **build my church** is a metaphor for uniting the people who believe in Jesus into a community. This could mean: (1) **this rock** represents Peter, or (2) **this rock** represents the truth that Peter had just said in [Matthew 16:16](../16/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 18 vu9u figs-metonymy πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς 1 the gates of Hades will not prevail against it Here, **Hades** represents death, and its “gates” represent its power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 16 18 l6o0 figs-metaphor πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς 1 the gates of Hades will not prevail against it Here, **Hades** is spoken of as if it were a city surrounded by walls with gates that keep dead people in and other people out. Possible meanings are (1) “the powers of death will not overcome my church” or (2) “my church will break down the power of death the way an army breaks into a city.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 18 l6o0 figs-metaphor πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς 1 the gates of Hades will not prevail against it Here, **Hades** is spoken of as if it were a city surrounded by walls with gates that keep dead people in and other people out. This could mean: (1) “the powers of death will not overcome my church” or (2) “my church will break down the power of death the way an army breaks into a city.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 19 ysk8 figs-you δώσω σοι 1 I will give to you Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 16 19 pp5d figs-metaphor τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the keys of the kingdom of the heavens Keys are objects that are used to lock or unlock doors. Here they represent authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 19 kc3k figs-metonymy τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of the heavens This refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in the book of Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1771,7 +1771,7 @@ MAT 17 9 y9rq figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son
|
|||
MAT 17 10 nwt5 figs-explicit τί οὖν οἱ γραμματεῖς λέγουσιν ὅτι Ἠλείαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον? 1 Why then do the scribes say that it is necessary for Elijah to come first?” The disciples are referring to the belief that **Elijah** will come back to life and return to the people of Israel before the Messiah comes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 17 11 xbs2 ἀποκαταστήσει πάντα 1 will restore all things “will put things in order” or “will get the people ready to receive the Messiah”
|
||||
MAT 17 12 whp9 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν 1 But I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 17 12 a4h7 ἐποίησαν…αὐτῶν 1 they did … them Here, **they** and **them** may mean either (1) the Jewish leaders or (2) all the Jewish people.
|
||||
MAT 17 12 a4h7 ἐποίησαν…αὐτῶν 1 they did … them Here, **they** and **them** could mean: (1) the Jewish leaders or (2) all the Jewish people.
|
||||
MAT 17 12 i74i figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 17 14 t687 0 Connecting Statement: This begins an account of Jesus healing a boy who had an evil spirit. These events happen immediately after Jesus and his disciples descend from the mountain.
|
||||
MAT 17 15 ufb4 figs-explicit ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν 1 have mercy on my son It is implied that the man wants Jesus to heal his son. Alternate translation: “have mercy on my son and heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1874,7 +1874,7 @@ MAT 18 20 kv9z figs-explicit δύο ἢ τρεῖς 1 two or three It is implied
|
|||
MAT 18 20 s5rx συνηγμένοι 1 gathered together “meeting together”
|
||||
MAT 18 20 l7vu figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα 1 in my name Here, **name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because they are my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 21 cys4 translate-numbers ἑπτάκις 1 seven times “7 times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 18 22 b19x translate-numbers ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά 1 seventy times seven Possible meanings are (1) “70 times 7” or (2) “77 times.” If using a number would be confusing, you can translate it as “more times than you can count” or “you must always forgive him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 18 22 b19x translate-numbers ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά 1 seventy times seven This could mean: (1) “70 times 7” or (2) “77 times.” If using a number would be confusing, you can translate it as “more times than you can count” or “you must always forgive him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 18 23 n44s 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus uses a parable to teach about forgiveness and reconciliation.
|
||||
MAT 18 23 rqp1 figs-parables ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of the heavens may be compared to This introduces a parable. See how you translated a similar parable introduction in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 18 23 bp72 συνᾶραι λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ 1 to settle accounts with his slaves “his slaves to pay him what they owed”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1938,7 +1938,7 @@ MAT 19 9 ps45 translate-textvariants καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γα
|
|||
MAT 19 11 h3a3 figs-activepassive οἷς δέδοται 1 to whom it has been given This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God allows” or “those whom God enables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 yvb8 figs-explicit εἰσὶν γὰρ εὐνοῦχοι, οἵτινες ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς ἐγεννήθησαν οὕτως 1 For there are eunuchs who were born thus from their mother’s womb You can make explicit the implicit information. Alternate translation: “For there are different reasons that men do not marry. For instance, there are men who were born eunuchs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 m1r9 figs-activepassive εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 there are eunuchs who were made eunuchs by men This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “there are men whom other men have made eunuchs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 g4bw figs-metaphor εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς 1 eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs Possible meanings are (1) “men who have made themselves eunuchs by removing their private parts” or (2) “men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 g4bw figs-metaphor εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς 1 eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs This could mean: (1) “men who have made themselves eunuchs by removing their private parts” or (2) “men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 r78n figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 for the sake of the kingdom of the heavens Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “so they can better serve our God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 hqu1 χωρεῖν, χωρείτω 1 to accept this, let him accept it “to accept this teaching, let him accept it”
|
||||
MAT 19 13 wjb5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus receives and blesses little children.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2132,7 +2132,7 @@ MAT 21 31 hl72 λέγουσιν 1 They say “The chief priests and elders said
|
|||
MAT 21 31 au13 λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus says to them “Jesus said to the chief priests and elders”
|
||||
MAT 21 31 er5s ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 21 31 ec9f figs-metonymy οἱ τελῶναι καὶ αἱ πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ 1 the tax collectors and the prostitutes will enter into the kingdom of God before you Here, **kingdom of God** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “when God establishes his rule on earth, he will agree to bless the tax collectors and prostitutes by ruling over them before he agrees to do that for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 31 pd34 προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς 1 enter … before you Possible meanings are (1) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes sooner than he will accept the Jewish religious leaders, or (2) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes instead of the Jewish religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 21 31 pd34 προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς 1 enter … before you This could mean: (1) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes sooner than he will accept the Jewish religious leaders, or (2) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes instead of the Jewish religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 21 32 a8z8 figs-you ἦλθεν…Ἰωάννης πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 John came to you Here, **you** is plural and refers to all the people of Israel not just the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “John came to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 21 32 n2ve figs-idiom ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης 1 in the way of righteousness This is an idiom that means John showed the people the right way to live. Alternate translation: “and told you the way God wants you to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 21 32 c5t4 figs-you οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 you did not believe him Here, **you** is plural and refers to the religious leaders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2352,7 +2352,7 @@ MAT 23 37 t9y7 figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα σου 1 your children Jesus is sp
|
|||
MAT 23 37 xv4t figs-simile ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις ἐπισυνάγει τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας 1 just as a hen gathers her chicks under her wings This is a simile that emphasizes Jesus’ love for the people and how he wanted to take care of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 23 37 as8p translate-unknown ὄρνις 1 a hen a female chicken. You can translate with any bird that protects her children under her wing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 23 38 r6ss ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος 1 your house is left to you desolate “God will leave your house, and it will be empty”
|
||||
MAT 23 38 ck2z figs-metonymy ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν 1 your house Possible meanings are (1) “the city of Jerusalem” or (2) “the temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 38 ck2z figs-metonymy ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν 1 your house This could mean: (1) “the city of Jerusalem” or (2) “the temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 39 i14n λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν 1 For I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 23 39 ig61 figs-metonymy εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου! 1 Blessed is the one coming in the name of the Lord! Here, **in the name** means “in the power” or “as a representative.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 21:9](../21/09.md). Alternate translation: “He who comes in the power of the Lord is blessed” or “He who comes as the representative of the Lord will be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 intro h2a2 0 # Matthew 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus begins to prophesy about the future from that time until he returns as king of everything. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The end of the age”<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus gives an answer to his disciples when they ask how they will know when he will come again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>### The example of Noah<br><br>In the time of Noah, God sent a great flood to punish people for their sins. He warned them many times about this coming flood, but it actually began suddenly. In this chapter, Jesus draws a comparison between that flood and the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Let”<br><br>The ULT uses this word to begin several commands of Jesus, such as “let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains” (24:16), “let him who is on the housetop not go down to take anything out of his house” (24:17), and “let him who is in the field not return to take his cloak” (24:18). There are many different ways to form a command. Translators must select the most natural ways in their own languages.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2377,7 +2377,7 @@ MAT 24 9 u2bd figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 for the sake of m
|
|||
MAT 24 11 mi2e figs-idiom ἐγερθήσονται 1 will be raised up Here, **be raised up** is an idiom for “become established.” Alternate translation: “will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 24 11 tjb3 figs-metaphor καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς 1 and will lead many astray Here, **lead … astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “and will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 12 w4af figs-abstractnouns τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 lawlessness will be increased The abstract noun **lawlessness** can be translated with the phrase “disobeying the law.” Alternate translation: “disobeying the law will increase” or “people will disobey God’s law more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 24 12 bu9b figs-idiom ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν 1 the love of many will grow cold Possible meanings are (1) “many people will no longer love other people” or (2) “many people will no longer love God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 24 12 bu9b figs-idiom ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν 1 the love of many will grow cold This could mean: (1) “many people will no longer love other people” or (2) “many people will no longer love God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 24 13 v3ex figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who has endured to the end, he will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will save the person who endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 13 l1pp ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας 1 But the one who has endured “But the person who stays faithful”
|
||||
MAT 24 13 ht34 εἰς τέλος 1 to the end It is not clear whether **the end** refers to when a person dies or when the persecution ends or the end of the age when God shows himself to be king. The main point is that they endure as long as necessary.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2403,7 +2403,7 @@ MAT 24 26 zxg2 figs-quotations ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις 1 Or
|
|||
MAT 24 26 n2pt ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις 1 he is in the inner rooms “he is in a secret room” or “he is in secret places”
|
||||
MAT 24 27 j1w1 figs-simile ὥσπερ…ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρχεται ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ φαίνεται ἕως δυσμῶν, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία 1 just as the lightning comes out from the east and shines as far as the west, in the same way will be the coming This means that the Son of Man will come very quickly and will be easy to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 24 27 za8b figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 of the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 24 28 mu35 writing-proverbs ὅπου ἐὰν ᾖ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί 1 Wherever the corpse is, there the vultures will be gathered This is probably a proverb that the people of Jesus’ time understood. Possible meanings are (1) when the Son of Man comes, everyone will see him and know that he has come, or (2) wherever spiritually dead people are, false prophets will be there to tell them lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 24 28 mu35 writing-proverbs ὅπου ἐὰν ᾖ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί 1 Wherever the corpse is, there the vultures will be gathered This is probably a proverb that the people of Jesus’ time understood. This could mean: (1) when the Son of Man comes, everyone will see him and know that he has come, or (2) wherever spiritually dead people are, false prophets will be there to tell them lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 24 28 ivl8 οἱ ἀετοί 1 the vultures birds that eat the bodies of dead or dying creatures
|
||||
MAT 24 29 zmm6 εὐθέως…μετὰ τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων, ὁ ἥλιος 1 immediately after the tribulation of those days the sun “as soon as the tribulation of those days has finished, the sun”
|
||||
MAT 24 29 l15m τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων 1 the tribulation of those days “that time of suffering”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2421,7 +2421,7 @@ MAT 24 33 cu5a figs-123person ἐγγύς ἐστιν 1 he is near Jesus is spea
|
|||
MAT 24 33 cfz8 figs-metaphor ἐπὶ θύραις 1 at the gates “close to the gates.” Jesus uses the imagery of a king or important official getting close to the gates of a walled city. It is a metaphor meaning the time for Jesus to come is soon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 34 j8np ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 24 34 gld5 figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 this generation may certainly not pass away Here, **pass away** is a polite way of saying “die.” Alternate translation: “this generation will not all die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 24 34 y73t ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 this generation Possible interpretations are (1) “all people alive today,” referring to the people alive when Jesus was speaking, or (2) “all people alive when these things I have just told you about happen.” Try to translate so that both interpretations are possible.
|
||||
MAT 24 34 y73t ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 this generation This could mean: (1) “all people alive today,” referring to the people alive when Jesus was speaking, or (2) “all people alive when these things I have just told you about happen.” Try to translate so that both interpretations are possible.
|
||||
MAT 24 34 fb4k ἕως ἂν πάντα ταῦτα γένηται 1 until all these things may have happened “until God causes all these things to happen”
|
||||
MAT 24 34 r6sk οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ 1 may certainly not pass away “will certainly not disappear” or “will certainly remain alive”
|
||||
MAT 24 35 i8vv figs-synecdoche ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται 1 The heaven and the earth will pass away The phrase **the heaven and the earth** is a synecdoche that includes everything that God has created, especially those things that seem permanent. Jesus is saying that his word, unlike these things, is permanent. Alternate translation: “Even the heaven and the earth will pass away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2436,7 +2436,7 @@ MAT 24 39 ffa6 καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν 1 and they did not know This can
|
|||
MAT 24 39 ah5v ἦρεν ἅπαντας; οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 took them all away—thus also will be the coming of the Son of Man This can be translated as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “too them all away. This is how it will be when the Son of Man comes”
|
||||
MAT 24 40 ksk6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to tell his disciples to be ready for his return.
|
||||
MAT 24 40 hth3 τότε 1 Then This is when the Son of Man comes.
|
||||
MAT 24 40 gt4l figs-activepassive εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται 1 one is taken, and one is left Possible meanings are (1) the Son of Man will take one away to heaven and will leave the other on earth for punishment or (2) the angels will take one away for punishment and leave the other for blessing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 40 gt4l figs-activepassive εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται 1 one is taken, and one is left This could mean: (1) the Son of Man will take one away to heaven and will leave the other on earth for punishment or (2) the angels will take one away for punishment and leave the other for blessing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 42 j83i οὖν 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true,”
|
||||
MAT 24 42 s6ir γρηγορεῖτε 1 be alert “pay attention”
|
||||
MAT 24 43 ak6a figs-parables εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης, ποίᾳ φυλακῇ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται, ἐγρηγόρησεν ἂν, καὶ οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ 1 if the master of the house had known in what watch of night the thief is coming, he would have been alert and would not have allowed his house to be broken into Jesus uses a parable of a **master** and a **thief** to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2458,7 +2458,7 @@ MAT 24 51 rwd5 translate-symaction ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ
|
|||
MAT 25 intro qe8a 0 # Matthew 25 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the teaching of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The parable of the ten virgins<br><br>Jesus told the parable of the ten virgins ([Matthew 25:1-13](./01.md)) to tell his followers to be ready for him to return. His hearers could understand the parable because they knew Jewish wedding customs.<br><br>When the Jews arranged marriages, they would plan for the wedding to take place weeks or months later. At the proper time, the young man would go to his bride’s house, where she would be waiting for him. The wedding ceremony would take place, and then the man and his bride would travel to his home, where there would be a feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
|
||||
MAT 25 1 em28 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells a parable about wise and foolish virgins to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 25 1 pg5i figs-metonymy ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of the heavens will be like Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “when our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 1 uhj1 λαμπάδας 1 lamps These could have been (1) lamps or (2) torches made by putting cloth around the end of a stick and wetting the cloth with oil.
|
||||
MAT 25 1 uhj1 λαμπάδας 1 lamps This could mean: (1) lamps or (2) torches made by putting cloth around the end of a stick and wetting the cloth with oil.
|
||||
MAT 25 2 c8nf πέντε…ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Five of them “Five of the virgins”
|
||||
MAT 25 3 b37a οὐκ ἔλαβον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἔλαιον 1 did not take any oil with them “had with them only the oil in their lamps”
|
||||
MAT 25 5 r458 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2590,12 +2590,12 @@ MAT 26 16 w1e4 ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῷ 1 to betray him “to give hi
|
|||
MAT 26 17 e7wc 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus celebrating the Passover with his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 26 17 f3s2 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 26 18 hc78 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν; πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου. 1 He said, “Go into the city to a certain man and say to him, ‘The Teacher says, “My time is at hand. I will keep the Passover at your house with my disciples.”’” This has quotations within quotations. You can state some of the direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “He told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and tell him that the Teacher says to him, ‘My time is at hand. I will keep the Passover at your house with my disciples.’” or “He told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and say to him that the Teacher’s time is at hand and he will keep the Passover with his disciples at that man’s house.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 26 18 r4tg ὁ καιρός μου 1 My time Possible meanings are (1) “The time that I told you about” or (2) “The time God has set for me.”
|
||||
MAT 26 18 a4i5 figs-idiom ἐγγύς ἐστιν 1 is near Possible meanings are (1) “is near” or (2) “has come.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 18 r4tg ὁ καιρός μου 1 My time This could mean: (1) “The time that I told you about” or (2) “The time God has set for me.”
|
||||
MAT 26 18 a4i5 figs-idiom ἐγγύς ἐστιν 1 is near This could mean: (1) “is near” or (2) “has come.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 18 j9pz ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα 1 I will keep the Passover “eat the Passover meal” or “celebrate the Passover by eating the special meal”
|
||||
MAT 26 20 bga4 ἀνέκειτο 1 he reclined to eat Use the word for the position people in your culture usually are in when they eat.
|
||||
MAT 26 21 ehx6 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 26 22 n12r figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε? 1 Surely not I, Lord? “I am surely not the one, am I, Lord?” Possible meanings are (1) this is a rhetorical question since the apostles were sure they would not betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Lord, I would never betray you!” or (2) this was a sincere question since Jesus’ statement probably troubled and confused them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 22 n12r figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε? 1 Surely not I, Lord? “I am surely not the one, am I, Lord?” This could mean: (1) this is a rhetorical question since the apostles were sure they would not betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Lord, I would never betray you!” or (2) this was a sincere question since Jesus’ statement probably troubled and confused them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 24 n7dw figs-123person ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 26 24 x2n9 figs-euphemism ὑπάγει 1 will go Here, **go** is a polite way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: “will go to his death” or “will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 26 24 vix3 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 just as it is written about him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote about him in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2698,7 +2698,7 @@ MAT 26 63 mm28 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1
|
|||
MAT 26 63 lry9 τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 the living God Here, **living** contrasts the God of Israel to all the false gods and idols that people worshiped. Only the God of Israel is alive and has power to act. See how you translated this in [Matthew 16:16](../16/16.md).
|
||||
MAT 26 64 gi6v figs-idiom σὺ εἶπας 1 You have said it yourself This is an idiom that Jesus uses to mean “yes” without being completely clear about what he means. Alternate translation: “You are saying it” or “You are admitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 64 zu47 figs-you πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε 1 But I tell you, from now on you will see Here, **you** is plural. Jesus is speaking to the high priest and to the other persons there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 64 ll8r ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 from now on you will see the Son of Man Possible meanings are (1) The phrase **from now on** is an idiom that means they will see the Son of Man in his power at some time in the future or (2) The phrase **from now on** means that from the time of Jesus’ trial and onward, Jesus is showing himself to be the Messiah who is powerful and victorious.
|
||||
MAT 26 64 ll8r ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 from now on you will see the Son of Man This could mean: (1) The phrase **from now on** is an idiom that means they will see the Son of Man in his power at some time in the future or (2) The phrase **from now on** means that from the time of Jesus’ trial and onward, Jesus is showing himself to be the Messiah who is powerful and victorious.
|
||||
MAT 26 64 b6cb figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 26 64 p5px figs-metonymy καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως 1 sitting at the right hand of the Power Here, **Power** is metonym that represents God. To sit at the **right hand of God** is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “sitting in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 26 64 urp9 ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 coming on the clouds of heaven “riding to earth on the clouds of heaven”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2706,7 +2706,7 @@ MAT 26 65 srg6 translate-symaction ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς διέρρηξεν
|
|||
MAT 26 65 qq51 figs-explicit ἐβλασφήμησεν 1 He has spoken blasphemy The reason the high priest called Jesus’ statement blasphemy is probably that he understood Jesus’ words in [Matthew 26:64](../26/64.md) as a claim to be equal with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 26 65 t68t figs-rquestion τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων? 1 Why do we still need witnesses? The high priest uses this question to emphasize that he and the members of the council do not need to hear from any more witnesses. Alternate translation: “We do not need to hear from any more witnesses!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 65 wh4h figs-you νῦν ἠκούσατε 1 now you have heard Here, **you** is plural and refers to the members of the council. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 67 adc2 τότε ἐνέπτυσαν 1 Then they spit Possible meanings are (1) “Then some of the men” or (2) “Then the soldiers.”
|
||||
MAT 26 67 adc2 τότε ἐνέπτυσαν 1 Then they spit This could mean: (1) “Then some of the men” or (2) “Then the soldiers.”
|
||||
MAT 26 67 g1c2 ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 they spit in his face This was done as an insult.
|
||||
MAT 26 68 f2bj προφήτευσον ἡμῖν 1 Prophesy to us Here, **Prophesy to us** means to tell by means of God’s power. It does not mean to tell what will happen in the future.
|
||||
MAT 26 68 b5xe figs-irony Χριστέ 1 Christ Those hitting Jesus do not really think he is the Christ. They call him this to mock him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2734,7 +2734,7 @@ MAT 27 3 v9vj figs-activepassive ὅτι κατεκρίθη 1 that Jesus had bee
|
|||
MAT 27 3 pe4n τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια 1 the thirty pieces of silver This was the money that the chief priests had given Judas to betray Jesus. See how you translated it in [Matthew 26:15](../26/15.md).
|
||||
MAT 27 4 f6u8 figs-idiom αἷμα ἀθῷον 1 innocent blood This is an idiom that refers to the death of an innocent person. Alternate translation: “a person who does not deserve to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 27 4 mf6b figs-rquestion τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 What is that to us? The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that they do not care about what Judas said. Alternate translation: “That is not our problem!” or “That is your problem!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 27 5 tuh4 ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναὸν 1 he threw down the pieces of silver in the temple Possible meanings are (1) he threw the pieces of silver while in the temple courtyard, or (2) he was standing in the temple courtyard, and he threw the pieces of silver into the temple.
|
||||
MAT 27 5 tuh4 ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναὸν 1 he threw down the pieces of silver in the temple This could mean: (1) he threw the pieces of silver while in the temple courtyard, or (2) he was standing in the temple courtyard, and he threw the pieces of silver into the temple.
|
||||
MAT 27 6 r5r9 οὐκ ἔξεστιν βαλεῖν αὐτὰ 1 It is not lawful to put this “Our laws do not allow us to put this”
|
||||
MAT 27 6 ce2x βαλεῖν αὐτὰ 1 to put this “put this silver”
|
||||
MAT 27 6 gtp3 figs-explicit τὸν κορβανᾶν 1 the treasury This is the place they kept the money they used to provide for things needed for the temple and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2750,7 +2750,7 @@ MAT 27 10 c2ch συνέταξέν μοι 1 had directed me Here, **me** refers
|
|||
MAT 27 11 pjc5 0 Connecting Statement: This continues the story of Jesus’ trial before Pilate, which began in [Matthew 27:2](../27/02.md).
|
||||
MAT 27 11 we3a δὲ 1 Now If your language has a way of continuing a story after a break from the main story line, you may want to use it here.
|
||||
MAT 27 11 a2e7 τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 the governor “Pilate”
|
||||
MAT 27 11 a6cm figs-explicit αὐτῷ σὺ λέγεις 1 It is as you say Possible meanings are (1) by saying this, Jesus implied that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yes, as you said, I am” or “Yes. It is as you said” or (2) by saying this, Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “You yourself have said so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 11 a6cm figs-explicit αὐτῷ σὺ λέγεις 1 It is as you say This could mean: (1) by saying this, Jesus implied that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yes, as you said, I am” or “Yes. It is as you said” or (2) by saying this, Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “You yourself have said so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 12 vl3a figs-activepassive καὶ ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 But when he was accused by the chief priests and elders This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But when the chief priests and elders accused him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 13 wn2r figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? 1 Do you not hear all the charges against you? Pilate asks this question because he is surprised that Jesus remains silent. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you do not answer these people who accuse you of doing bad things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 27 14 hbm8 οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ πρὸς οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα, ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν ἡγεμόνα λίαν 1 did not answer him even one charge, so that the governor was greatly amazed “did not say even one word; this greatly amazed the governor.” This is an emphatic way of saying that Jesus was completely silent.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2800,7 +2800,7 @@ MAT 27 38 zq4b figs-activepassive τότε σταυροῦνται σὺν αὐ
|
|||
MAT 27 39 d4fm translate-symaction κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν 1 shaking their heads They did this to make fun of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 27 40 t23i figs-explicit εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 If you are the Son of God, come down from the cross They did not believe that Jesus is the Son of God, so they wanted him to prove it if it was true. Alternate translation: “If you are the Son of God, prove it by coming down from the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 40 b5lw guidelines-sonofgodprinciples υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for the Christ that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 27 42 ff4d figs-irony ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται σῶσαι 1 He saved others, but he cannot save himself Possible meanings are (1) the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus saved others or that he can save himself, or (2) they believe he did save others but are laughing at him because now he cannot save himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MAT 27 42 ff4d figs-irony ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται σῶσαι 1 He saved others, but he cannot save himself This could mean: (1) the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus saved others or that he can save himself, or (2) they believe he did save others but are laughing at him because now he cannot save himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MAT 27 42 j6l7 figs-irony Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν, 1 He is the King of Israel! The leaders are mocking Jesus. They call him “King of Israel,” but they do not really believe he is king. Alternate translation: “He says that he is the King of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MAT 27 43 w46n 0 Connecting Statement: The Jewish leaders continue mocking Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 27 43 cl97 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν γὰρ, ὅτι Θεοῦ εἰμι Υἱός. 1 For he said, ‘I am the Son of God.’ This is a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Jesus even said that he is the Son of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2811,7 +2811,7 @@ MAT 27 45 s2l7 ἀπὸ…ἕκτης ὥρας…ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτη
|
|||
MAT 27 45 pi8e figs-abstractnouns σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν 1 darkness came over the whole land The word **darkness** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “it became dark over the whole land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 27 46 qyp7 ἀνεβόησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus cried out “Jesus called out” or “Jesus shouted”
|
||||
MAT 27 46 xub2 translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει 1 Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani These words are what Jesus cried out in his own language. Translators usually leave these words as is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
MAT 27 48 jm37 εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 one of them Possible meanings are (1) one of the soldiers or (2) one of those who stood by and watched.
|
||||
MAT 27 48 jm37 εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 one of them This could mean: (1) one of the soldiers or (2) one of those who stood by and watched.
|
||||
MAT 27 48 bsy1 σπόγγον 1 a sponge This is a sea animal that is harvested and used to take up and hold liquids. These liquids can later be pushed out.
|
||||
MAT 27 48 ny3e ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν 1 gave it to him to drink “gave it to Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 27 50 fj1v figs-euphemism ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 gave up his spirit Here, **spirit** refers to that which gives life to a person. This phrase is a way of saying that Jesus died. Alternate translation: “he died, giving his spirit over to God” or “he breathed his last breath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2844,7 +2844,7 @@ MAT 27 64 t78s figs-quotesinquotes ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐ
|
|||
MAT 27 64 c7bf ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
MAT 27 64 u5tg figs-ellipsis καὶ ἔσται ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης 1 and the last deception will be worse than the first The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “and if they deceive people by saying that, it will be worse than the way he deceived people before when he said that he was the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 27 65 dkq9 κουστωδίαν 1 a guard This consisted of four to sixteen Roman soldiers.
|
||||
MAT 27 66 pk1q σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον 1 sealing the stone Possible meanings are (1) they put a cord around the stone and attached it to the rock wall on either side of the entrance to the tomb or (2) they put seals between the stone and the wall.
|
||||
MAT 27 66 pk1q σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον 1 sealing the stone This could mean: (1) they put a cord around the stone and attached it to the rock wall on either side of the entrance to the tomb or (2) they put seals between the stone and the wall.
|
||||
MAT 27 66 e8uf μετὰ τῆς κουστωδίας 1 placing the guard “telling the soldiers to stand where they could keep people from tampering with the tomb”
|
||||
MAT 28 intro psw9 0 # Matthew 28 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Matthew 28:1](../../mat/28/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>### “Make disciples”<br><br>The last two verses ([Matthew 28:19-20](./19.md)) are commonly known as “The Great Commission” because they contain a very important command given to all Christians. Christians are to “make disciples” by going to people, sharing the gospel with them and training them to live as Christians.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### An angel of the Lord<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels looked human. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
|
||||
MAT 28 1 anr1 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of the resurrection of Jesus from the dead.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2852,7 +2852,7 @@ MAT 28 1 qkn8 ὀψὲ δὲ Σαββάτων, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ
|
|||
MAT 28 1 gs43 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 28 1 zu2b ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία 1 the other Mary “the other woman named Mary.” This is Mary the mother of James and Joseph ([Matthew 27:56](../27/56.md)).
|
||||
MAT 28 2 j25i ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 28 2 l4s2 σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας; ἄγγελος γὰρ Κυρίου καταβὰς…ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον 1 there was a great earthquake, for an angel of the Lord descended…rolled away the stone Possible meanings are (1) the earthquake happened because the angel came down and rolled away the stone or (2) all these events happened at the same time .
|
||||
MAT 28 2 l4s2 σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας; ἄγγελος γὰρ Κυρίου καταβὰς…ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον 1 there was a great earthquake, for an angel of the Lord descended…rolled away the stone This could mean: (1) the earthquake happened because the angel came down and rolled away the stone or (2) all these events happened at the same time .
|
||||
MAT 28 2 s43v σεισμὸς 1 earthquake a sudden and violent shaking of the ground
|
||||
MAT 28 3 vfh4 ἡ εἰδέα αὐτοῦ 1 His appearance “The angel’s appearance”
|
||||
MAT 28 3 p12y figs-simile ἦν…ὡς ἀστραπὴ 1 was like lightning This is a simile that emphasizes how bright in appearance the angel was. Alternate translation: “was bright like lightning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2883,7 +2883,7 @@ MAT 28 15 yu3c figs-activepassive ἐποίησαν ὡς ἐδιδάχθησα
|
|||
MAT 28 15 cp7r ὁ λόγος οὗτος παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας 1 This report spread widely among the Jews and continues even today “Many Jews heard this report and continue to tell others about it even today”
|
||||
MAT 28 15 vp3a μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας 1 even until today This refers to the time Matthew wrote the book.
|
||||
MAT 28 16 h1ln 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus meeting with his disciples after his resurrection.
|
||||
MAT 28 17 pze9 προσεκύνησαν, οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν 1 they worshiped him, but some doubted Possible meanings are (1) they all worshiped Jesus even though some of them doubted, or (2) some of them worshiped Jesus, but others did not worship him because they doubted.
|
||||
MAT 28 17 pze9 προσεκύνησαν, οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν 1 they worshiped him, but some doubted This could mean: (1) they all worshiped Jesus even though some of them doubted, or (2) some of them worshiped Jesus, but others did not worship him because they doubted.
|
||||
MAT 28 17 xgr5 figs-explicit οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν 1 but some doubted It can be stated explicitly what the disciples doubted. Alternate translation: “some doubted that he was really Jesus and that he had become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 28 18 v37p figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία 1 All authority has been given to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has given me all authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 28 18 sm35 figs-merism ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 in heaven and on earth Here, **heaven** and **earth** are used together to mean everyone and everything in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
|
|
@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ MRK 1 7 iz8v κύψας 1 stoop down “bend down”
|
|||
MRK 1 8 e4qi figs-metaphor αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit This metaphor compares John’s baptism with water to the future baptism with the Holy Spirit. This means John’s baptism only symbolically cleanses people of their sins. The baptism by the Holy Spirit will truly cleanse people of their sins. If possible, use the same word for **baptize** here as you used for John’s baptism to keep the comparison between the two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 9 u65k writing-newevent ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 It happened in those days This marks the beginning of a new event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
MRK 1 9 gi39 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη…ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου 1 he was baptized by John This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “John baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 1 10 m5f6 figs-simile τὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 the Spirit coming down on him like a dove Possible meanings are (1) this is a simile, and the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a bird descends from the sky toward the ground or (2) the Spirit literally looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 1 10 m5f6 figs-simile τὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 the Spirit coming down on him like a dove This could mean: (1) this is a simile, and the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a bird descends from the sky toward the ground or (2) the Spirit literally looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 1 11 e6ke figs-metonymy φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν 1 A voice came out of the heavens This represents God speaking. Sometimes people avoid referring directly to God because they respect him. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MRK 1 11 s6f4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός…ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 beloved Son This is an important title for Jesus. The Father calls Jesus his “beloved Son” because of his eternal love for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 1 12 yv6v 0 Connecting Statement: After Jesus’ baptism, he is in the wilderness for 40 days and then goes to Galilee to teach and call his disciples.
|
||||
|
|
@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ MRK 1 43 iw7t 0 General Information: The word **him** used here refers to the
|
|||
MRK 1 44 a7hs ὅρα μηδενὶ, μηδὲν εἴπῃς 1 Be sure to say nothing to anyone “Be sure to not say anything to anyone”
|
||||
MRK 1 44 xhu8 figs-explicit σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ 1 show yourself to the priest Jesus told the man to show himself to the priest so that the priest could look at his skin to see if his leprosy was really gone. The law of Moses required people to present themselves to the priest if they had been unclean but were no longer unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 44 w6b2 figs-synecdoche σεαυτὸν δεῖξον 1 show yourself The word **yourself** here represents the skin of the leper. Alternate translation: “show your skin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 1 44 ish7 μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 a testimony to them It is best to use the pronoun “them,” if possible, in your language. Possible meanings are (1) “a testimony to the priests” or (2) “a testimony to the people.”
|
||||
MRK 1 44 ish7 μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 a testimony to them It is best to use the pronoun “them,” if possible, in your language. This could mean: (1) “a testimony to the priests” or (2) “a testimony to the people.”
|
||||
MRK 1 45 m63p ὁ δὲ ἐξελθὼν 1 But he went out The word **he** refers to the man Jesus healed.
|
||||
MRK 1 45 i91a figs-metaphor ἤρξατο…διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον 1 began to spread the news widely Here, **spread the news widely** is a metaphor for telling people in many places about what had happened. Alternate translation: “began to tell people in many places about what Jesus had done” (See: and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 45 bn6r ὥστε 1 so much that The man spread the news so much that
|
||||
|
|
@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ MRK 2 3 n643 αἰρόμενον ὑπὸ τεσσάρων 1 he was carried by
|
|||
MRK 2 3 c1vr φέροντες…παραλυτικὸν 1 bringing a paralyzed man “were bringing a man who was unable to walk or use his arms”
|
||||
MRK 2 4 h3yn μὴ δυνάμενοι προσενέγκαι αὐτῷ 1 could not get near him “could not get close to where Jesus was”
|
||||
MRK 2 4 v6ma ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην…χαλῶσι 1 they removed the roof…they lowered Houses where Jesus lived had flat roofs made of clay and covered with tiles. The process of making a hole in the roof can be explained more clearly or made more general so that it may be understood in your language. Alternate translation: “they removed the tiles from the part of the roof above where Jesus was. And when they had dug through the clay roof, they lowered” or “they made a hole in the roof above where Jesus was, and then they lowered”
|
||||
MRK 2 5 trg9 figs-explicit ἰδὼν…τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν 1 Seeing their faith “Seeing the men’s faith.” Possible meanings are (1) that only the men who carried the paralyzed man had faith or (2) that the paralyzed man and the men who brought him to Jesus all had faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 2 5 trg9 figs-explicit ἰδὼν…τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν 1 Seeing their faith “Seeing the men’s faith.” This could mean: (1) that only the men who carried the paralyzed man had faith or (2) that the paralyzed man and the men who brought him to Jesus all had faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 2 5 hzg6 figs-metaphor τέκνον 1 Child The word **Son** here shows Jesus cared for the man as a father cares for a son. Alternate translation: “My son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 2 5 vd3i ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 your sins are forgiven If possible translate this in such a way that Jesus does not clearly say who forgives the man’s sins. Alternate translation: “your sins are gone” or “you do not have to pay for your sins” or “your sins do not count against you”
|
||||
MRK 2 6 le6v figs-metonymy διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 reasoned in their hearts Here, **their hearts** is a metonym for the people’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “were thinking to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ MRK 2 14 sc4g translate-names Λευεὶν τὸν τοῦ Ἁλφαίου 1 Le
|
|||
MRK 2 15 udb2 0 Connecting Statement: It is now later in the day, and Jesus is at Levi’s house for a meal.
|
||||
MRK 2 15 if3i τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Levi’s house “the home of Levi”
|
||||
MRK 2 15 qf38 ἁμαρτωλοὶ 1 sinners people who did not obey the law of Moses but committed what others thought were very bad sins
|
||||
MRK 2 15 bwv2 ἦσαν γὰρ πολλοὶ, καὶ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ 1 for there were many and they followed him Possible meanings are (1) “for there were many tax collectors and sinful people who followed Jesus” or (2) “for Jesus had many disciples and they followed him.”
|
||||
MRK 2 15 bwv2 ἦσαν γὰρ πολλοὶ, καὶ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ 1 for there were many and they followed him This could mean: (1) “for there were many tax collectors and sinful people who followed Jesus” or (2) “for Jesus had many disciples and they followed him.”
|
||||
MRK 2 16 b1bi figs-rquestion μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει? 1 Why does he eat with tax collectors and sinners? The scribes and Pharisees asked this question to show they disapproved of Jesus’ hospitality. This can be worded as a statement. Alternate translation: “He should not eat with sinners and tax collectors!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 17 ba3n 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus responds to what the scribes had said to his disciples about his eating with tax collectors and sinful people.
|
||||
MRK 2 17 q8r6 λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 he said to them “he said to the scribes”
|
||||
|
|
@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ MRK 2 17 ca8h figs-irony οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους,
|
|||
MRK 2 17 ca4e figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 but sinners The words “I came to call” are understood from the phrase before this. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 2 18 zkz9 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells parables to show why his disciples should not fast while he is with them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 2 18 f1ds οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες…οἱ μαθηταὶ τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 the Pharisees were fasting…the disciples of the Pharisees These two phrases refer to the same group of people, but the second is more specific. Both refer to the followers of the Pharisee sect, but they do not focus on the leaders of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “the disciples of the Pharisees were fasting…the disciples of the Pharisees”
|
||||
MRK 2 18 z394 ἔρχονται 1 they came “Some men.” It is best to translate this phrase without specifying exactly who these men are. If in your language you have to be more specific, the possible meanings are (1) these men were not among John’s disciples or the disciples of the Pharisees or (2) these men were among John’s disciples.
|
||||
MRK 2 18 z394 ἔρχονται 1 they came “Some men.” It is best to translate this phrase without specifying exactly who these men are. If in your language you have to be more specific, this could mean: (1) these men were not among John’s disciples or the disciples of the Pharisees or (2) these men were among John’s disciples.
|
||||
MRK 2 18 vl3z ἔρχονται καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 they came and said to him “came and said to Jesus”
|
||||
MRK 2 19 eke3 figs-rquestion μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? 1 The wedding attendants cannot fast while the bridegroom is still with them, can they? Jesus uses this question to remind the people of something they already know and to encourage them to apply it to him and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Wedding attendants do not fast while the bridegroom is with them. Rather they celebrate and feast.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 20 vg2u figs-activepassive ἀπαρθῇ…ὁ νυμφίος 1 the bridegroom will be taken away This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ MRK 3 19 r3zs ὃς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτόν 1 who also betrayed
|
|||
MRK 3 20 jxr5 καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς οἶκον 1 Then he entered into a house “Then Jesus went to the house where he was staying.”
|
||||
MRK 3 20 rq6k figs-synecdoche μὴ δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς μηδὲ ἄρτον φαγεῖν 1 they could not even eat bread The word **bread** represents food. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples could not eat at all” or “they could not eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 3 21 bk6g ἐξῆλθον κρατῆσαι αὐτόν 1 they went out to seize him Members of his family went to the house, so that they could take hold of him and force him to go home with them.
|
||||
MRK 3 21 uyl8 ἔλεγον γὰρ 1 for they said Possible meanings for the word **they** are (1) his relatives or (2) some people in the crowd.
|
||||
MRK 3 21 uyl8 ἔλεγον γὰρ 1 for they said Here, **they** could mean: (1) his relatives or (2) some people in the crowd.
|
||||
MRK 3 21 mf5q figs-idiom ἐξέστη 1 out of his mind Jesus’ family uses this idiom to describe how they think he is acting. Alternate translation: “crazy” or “insane” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 3 22 yxd9 ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων, ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια 1 By the ruler of the demons he drives out demons “By the power of Beelzebul, who is the ruler of the demons, Jesus drives out demons”
|
||||
MRK 3 23 ji69 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains with a parable why it is foolish for people to think that Jesus is controlled by Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ MRK 4 22 kc6k figs-parallelism οὐ…ἐστιν κρυπτὸν…οὐδὲ
|
|||
MRK 4 23 k1a8 figs-metonymy εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **ears to hear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Mark 4:9](../04/09.md). Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to listen, listen” or “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 4 23 izg1 figs-123person εἴ τις…ἀκουέτω 1 If anyone…let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Mark 4:9](../04/09.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MRK 4 24 r2r1 ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 He said to them “Jesus said to the crowd”
|
||||
MRK 4 24 zis1 figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε 1 for with that measure you use Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is talking about a literal measure and giving generously to others or (2) this is a metaphor in which Jesus speaks of “understanding” as if it were “measuring.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 24 zis1 figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε 1 for with that measure you use This could mean: (1) Jesus is talking about a literal measure and giving generously to others or (2) this is a metaphor in which Jesus speaks of “understanding” as if it were “measuring.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 24 c4xp figs-activepassive μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be measured to you, and more will be added to you. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will measure that amount for you, and he will add it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 4 25 i24l figs-activepassive δοθήσεται αὐτῷ…καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτο 1 to him will be given more…even that which he has will be taken from him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to him God will give more…from him God will take away” or “God will give more to him…God will take away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 4 26 n1mq figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus then tells the people parables to explain the kingdom of God, which he later explains to his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ MRK 5 33 b6kz figs-ellipsis εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθ
|
|||
MRK 5 34 gbk8 θυγάτηρ 1 Daughter Jesus was using this term figuratively to refer to the woman as a believer.
|
||||
MRK 5 34 a5qw ἡ πίστις σου 1 your faith “your faith in me”
|
||||
MRK 5 35 kmm7 ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 While he was speaking “While Jesus was speaking”
|
||||
MRK 5 35 ld5e ἔρχονται ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου 1 some people came from the synagogue leader’s house Possible meanings are (1) these people had come from Jarius’ house or (2) Jairus had previously given these people orders to go see Jesus or (3) these people had been sent by the man who was presiding as the synagogue leader in Jairus’ absence.
|
||||
MRK 5 35 ld5e ἔρχονται ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου 1 some people came from the synagogue leader’s house This could mean: (1) these people had come from Jarius’ house or (2) Jairus had previously given these people orders to go see Jesus or (3) these people had been sent by the man who was presiding as the synagogue leader in Jairus’ absence.
|
||||
MRK 5 35 akl8 τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου 1 the synagogue leader’s house The “leader of the synagogue” is Jairus.
|
||||
MRK 5 35 ip1p λέγοντες 1 saying “synagogue, saying to Jairus”
|
||||
MRK 5 35 t2wd figs-rquestion τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον? 1 Why trouble the teacher any longer? This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is useless to bother the teacher any longer.” or “There no need to bother the teacher any longer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ MRK 6 40 e4cb translate-numbers πρασιαὶ, κατὰ ἑκατὸν κα
|
|||
MRK 6 41 l8q3 ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 looking up to heaven This means that he looked up toward the sky, which is associated with the place where God lives.
|
||||
MRK 6 41 gr6v εὐλόγησεν 1 he blessed “he spoke a blessing” or “he gave thanks”
|
||||
MRK 6 41 r49p καὶ τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας ἐμέρισεν πᾶσιν 1 He also divided the two fish among them all “he divided the two fish so that everyone could have some”
|
||||
MRK 6 43 rq7a ἦραν 1 They took up Possible meaning are (1) “The disciples took up” or (2) “The people took up.”
|
||||
MRK 6 43 rq7a ἦραν 1 They took up This could mean: (1) “The disciples took up” or (2) “The people took up.”
|
||||
MRK 6 43 sk2v κλάσματα δώδεκα κοφίνων πληρώματα 1 twelve baskets full of broken pieces “twelve baskets full of broken pieces of bread”
|
||||
MRK 6 43 xk9h translate-numbers δώδεκα κοφίνων 1 twelve baskets “12 baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 6 44 v4m3 translate-numbers πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 five thousand men “5,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ MRK 6 55 wr7f figs-nominaladj τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας 1 those who
|
|||
MRK 6 56 bjv5 ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο 1 wherever he entered “Wherever Jesus entered”
|
||||
MRK 6 56 gi6y ἐτίθεσαν 1 they were putting Here, **they** refers to the people. It does not refer to Jesus’ disciples.
|
||||
MRK 6 56 y6hs figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας 1 the sick This phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 6 56 a3i3 παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν 1 were begged him Possible meanings are (1) “The sick begged him” or (2) “The people begged him.”
|
||||
MRK 6 56 a3i3 παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν 1 were begged him This could mean: (1) “The sick begged him” or (2) “The people begged him.”
|
||||
MRK 6 56 m366 ἅψωνται 1 touch The word **them** refers to the sick.
|
||||
MRK 6 56 wd2u τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 the edge of his garment “the hem of his robe” or “the edge of his clothes”
|
||||
MRK 6 56 ugr3 ὅσοι ἂν 1 as many as “all those who”
|
||||
|
|
@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ MRK 7 29 sa9t figs-explicit ὕπαγε 1 go Jesus was implying that she no long
|
|||
MRK 7 29 pa3u figs-explicit ἐξελήλυθεν τὸ δαιμόνιον, ἐκ τῆς θυγατρός σου 1 The demon has gone out of your daughter Jesus has caused the unclean spirit to leave the woman’s daughter. This can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “I have caused the evil spirit to leave your daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 7 31 g44h 0 Connecting Statement: After healing people in Tyre, Jesus goes to the Sea of Galilee. There he heals a deaf man, which amazes the people.
|
||||
MRK 7 31 k9gy πάλιν ἐξελθὼν ἐκ τῶν ὁρίων Τύρου 1 went out again from the region of Tyre “left the region of Tyre”
|
||||
MRK 7 31 paz4 ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν ὁρίων 1 up into the region Possible meanings are (1) “in the region” as Jesus is at the sea in the region of the Decapolis or (2) “through the region” as Jesus went through the region of the Decapolis to get to the sea.
|
||||
MRK 7 31 paz4 ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν ὁρίων 1 up into the region This could mean: (1) “in the region” as Jesus is at the sea in the region of the Decapolis or (2) “through the region” as Jesus went through the region of the Decapolis to get to the sea.
|
||||
MRK 7 31 cxa8 translate-names Δεκαπόλεως 1 Decapolis This is the name of a region that means Ten Cities. It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:20](../05/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 7 32 bnq6 φέρουσιν 1 They brought “And people brought”
|
||||
MRK 7 32 i5gy κωφὸν 1 someone who was deaf “who was not able to hear”
|
||||
|
|
@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ MRK 8 intro ry56 0 # Mark 08 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this
|
|||
MRK 8 1 sgv6 0 Connecting Statement: A great, hungry crowd is with Jesus. He feeds them using only seven loaves and a few fish before Jesus and his disciples get in a boat to go to another place.
|
||||
MRK 8 1 rmd8 writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 In those days This phrase is used to introduce a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
MRK 8 2 h8v8 ἤδη ἡμέραι τρεῖς προσμένουσίν μοι, καὶ οὐκ ἔχουσιν τι φάγωσιν 1 they continue to be with me already for three days and have nothing to eat “this is this third day these people have been with me, and they have nothing to eat”
|
||||
MRK 8 3 u3mu figs-hyperbole ἐκλυθήσονται 1 they may faint Possible meanings are (1) literal, “they may lose consciousness temporarily” or (2) hyperbolic exaggeration, “they may become weak.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 8 3 u3mu figs-hyperbole ἐκλυθήσονται 1 they may faint This could mean: (1) literal, “they may lose consciousness temporarily” or (2) hyperbolic exaggeration, “they may become weak.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 8 4 jdk2 figs-rquestion πόθεν τούτους δυνήσεταί τις ὧδε χορτάσαι ἄρτων ἐπ’ ἐρημίας? 1 Where can we get enough loaves of bread in such a deserted place to satisfy these people? The disciples are expressing surprise that Jesus would expect them to be able to find enough food. Alternate translation: “This place is so deserted that there is no place here for us to get enough loaves of bread to satisfy these people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 4 b7tn ἄρτων 1 bread Loaves of bread are lumps of dough that have been shaped and baked.
|
||||
MRK 8 5 m56c ἠρώτα αὐτούς 1 He asked them “Jesus asked his disciples”
|
||||
|
|
@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ MRK 8 10 y8u3 figs-explicit ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανου
|
|||
MRK 8 10 x33a translate-names Δαλμανουθά 1 Dalmanutha This is the name of a place on the northwestern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 8 11 cqy5 0 Connecting Statement: In Dalmanutha, Jesus refuses to give the Pharisees a sign before he and his disciples get in a boat and leave.
|
||||
MRK 8 11 f9y8 ζητοῦντες παρ’ αὐτοῦ 1 They sought from him “They asked him for”
|
||||
MRK 8 11 zi91 figs-metonymy σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a sign from heaven They wanted a sign that would prove that Jesus’ power and authority were from God. Possible meanings are (1) The word **heaven** is a metonym for God. Alternate translation: “a sign from God” or (2) The word **heaven** refers to the sky. Alternate translation: “a sign from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 8 11 zi91 figs-metonymy σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a sign from heaven They wanted a sign that would prove that Jesus’ power and authority were from God. This could mean: (1) The word **heaven** is a metonym for God. Alternate translation: “a sign from God” or (2) The word **heaven** refers to the sky. Alternate translation: “a sign from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 8 11 cl3q figs-explicit πειράζοντες αὐτόν 1 to test him The Pharisees tried to test Jesus to make him prove that he was from God. Some information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “to prove that God had sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 12 sn5a ἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 He sighed deeply in his spirit This means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus’ deep sadness that the Pharisees refused to believe him. See how you translated this in [Mark 7:34](../07/34.md).
|
||||
MRK 8 12 s8xl τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his spirit “in himself”
|
||||
|
|
@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ MRK 10 40 pdc1 ἀλλ’ οἷς ἡτοίμασται 1 but it is for those f
|
|||
MRK 10 40 eu9v figs-activepassive ἡτοίμασται 1 it has been prepared This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has prepared it” or “God has prepared them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 41 ad19 ἀκούσαντες, 1 When heard about this The word **this** refers to James and John asking to sit at Jesus’ right and left hands.
|
||||
MRK 10 42 sbk8 προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus called them to himself “Jesus called his disciples”
|
||||
MRK 10 42 sfs9 figs-activepassive οἱ δοκοῦντες ἄρχειν τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 those who are considered rulers of the Gentiles This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) people in general consider these people the rulers of the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “those whom people consider to be the rulers of the Gentiles” or (2) the Gentiles consider these people their rulers. Alternate translation: “those whom the Gentiles think of as their rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 42 sfs9 figs-activepassive οἱ δοκοῦντες ἄρχειν τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 those who are considered rulers of the Gentiles This can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) people in general consider these people the rulers of the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “those whom people consider to be the rulers of the Gentiles” or (2) the Gentiles consider these people their rulers. Alternate translation: “those whom the Gentiles think of as their rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 42 hme7 κατακυριεύουσιν 1 dominate have control or power over
|
||||
MRK 10 42 zfr3 κατεξουσιάζουσιν 1 exercise authority over “flaunt their authority.” This means that they show or use their authority in an overbearing way.
|
||||
MRK 10 43 zfz6 figs-explicit οὐχ οὕτως δέ ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν 1 But it shall not be this way among you This refers back to the previous verse about the Gentile rulers. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “But do not be like them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ MRK 11 9 e2p6 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of
|
|||
MRK 11 9 el81 εὐλογημένος 1 Blessed is “May God bless”
|
||||
MRK 11 10 a6b4 figs-explicit εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David “Blessed is our father David’s coming kingdom.” This refers to Jesus coming and ruling as king. The word **blessed** can be translated as an active verb. Alternate translation: “Blessed be the coming of your kingdom” or “May God bless you as you rule your coming kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 11 10 diq8 figs-metonymy τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 of our father David Here David’s descendant who will rule is referred to as David himself. Alternate translation: “of the greatest descendant of our father David” or “that David’s greatest descendant will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 10 b1si ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 Hosanna in the highest Possible meanings are (1) “Praise God who is in heaven” or (2) “Let those who are in heaven shout ‘Hosanna’.”
|
||||
MRK 11 10 b1si ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 Hosanna in the highest This could mean: (1) “Praise God who is in heaven” or (2) “Let those who are in heaven shout ‘Hosanna’.”
|
||||
MRK 11 10 vqm2 figs-metaphor τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 the highest Here heaven is spoken of as **the highest**. Alternate translation: “the highest heaven” or “heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 11 11 mz8r ὀψίας ἤδη οὔσης τῆς ὥρας 1 The hour was already late “because it was late in the day”
|
||||
MRK 11 11 t5nv ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Βηθανίαν μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα 1 he went out to Bethany with the twelve “he and his twelve disciples left Jerusalem and went to Bethany”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1100,9 +1100,9 @@ MRK 13 4 lw1n ὅταν…ταῦτα…πάντα 1 when all these things “t
|
|||
MRK 13 5 fe42 λέγειν αὐτοῖς 1 to them “to his disciples”
|
||||
MRK 13 5 u79c ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ 1 leads you astray Here, **leads you astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 wv12 πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 they will lead many astray Here, **lead…astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “they will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 z63u figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Possible meanings are (1) “claiming my authority” or (2) “claiming that God sent them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 z63u figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name This could mean: (1) “claiming my authority” or (2) “claiming that God sent them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 l7f9 ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am he “I am the Christ”
|
||||
MRK 13 7 fl5h ἀκούσητε πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων 1 hear of wars and rumors of wars “hear of wars and reports about wars.” Possible meanings are (1) “hear the sounds of wars close by and news of wars far away” or (2) “hear of wars that have started and reports about wars that are about to start”
|
||||
MRK 13 7 fl5h ἀκούσητε πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων 1 hear of wars and rumors of wars “hear of wars and reports about wars.” This could mean: (1) “hear the sounds of wars close by and news of wars far away” or (2) “hear of wars that have started and reports about wars that are about to start”
|
||||
MRK 13 7 d1k9 ἀλλ’ οὔπω τὸ τέλος 1 but the end is not yet “but it is not yet the end” or “but the end will not happen until later” or “but the end will be later”
|
||||
MRK 13 7 mi4d figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 the end This probably refers to the end of the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 8 xln4 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται…ἐπ’ 1 will rise against This idiom means to fight against one another. Alternate translation: “will fight against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ MRK 13 13 pk3g figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ π
|
|||
MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Jesus uses the metonym “my name” to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 w28q figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end, that person will be saved This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 c33n figs-explicit ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 the one who endures to the end Here, **endures** represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 vcz4 εἰς τέλος 1 to the end Possible meanings are (1) “to the end of his life” or (2) “to the end of that time of trouble”
|
||||
MRK 13 13 vcz4 εἰς τέλος 1 to the end This could mean: (1) “to the end of his life” or (2) “to the end of that time of trouble”
|
||||
MRK 13 14 d4nw figs-metaphor τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 the abomination of desolation This phrase is from the book of Daniel. His audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about the abomination entering the temple and defiling it. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 14 vx3c figs-explicit ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ 1 standing where it should not be Jesus’ audience would have known that this refers to the temple. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where it should not be standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 14 ck7a figs-explicit ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 let the reader understand This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to get the readers’ attention, so that they would listen to this warning. Alternate translation: “may everyone who is reading this pay attention to this warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ MRK 13 24 zy2f figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται 1 t
|
|||
MRK 13 24 a3qv figs-personification ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς 1 the moon will not give its light Here the **moon** is spoken of as if it were alive and able to give something to someone else. Alternate translation: “the moon will not shine” or “the moon will be dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MRK 13 25 z1sh figs-explicit οἱ ἀστέρες ἔσονται ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πίπτοντες 1 the stars will be falling from the sky This does not mean that they will fall to earth but that they will fall from where the are now. Alternate translation: “the stars will fall from their places in the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 25 au6l figs-activepassive αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς σαλευθήσονται 1 the powers that are in the heavens will be shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the powers in the heavens will shake” or “God will shake the powers that are in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 25 hge7 αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 the powers that are in the heavens “the powerful things in the heavens.” Possible meanings are (1) this refers to the sun, moon, and stars or (2) this refers to powerful spiritual beings
|
||||
MRK 13 25 hge7 αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 the powers that are in the heavens “the powerful things in the heavens.” This could mean: (1) this refers to the sun, moon, and stars or (2) this refers to powerful spiritual beings
|
||||
MRK 13 25 h5k1 ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 in the heavens “in the sky”
|
||||
MRK 13 26 kl95 τότε ὄψονται 1 Then they will see “Then people will see”
|
||||
MRK 13 26 h4z1 μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς καὶ δόξης 1 with great power and glory “powerfully and gloriously”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1221,7 +1221,7 @@ MRK 14 17 i1q1 figs-explicit ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα 1 he
|
|||
MRK 14 18 cwl8 ἀνακειμένων 1 reclining at the table In Jesus’ culture, when people gathered to eat, they lay down on their sides, propping themselves up on pillows beside a low table.
|
||||
MRK 14 18 dg95 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
MRK 14 19 v3a1 εἷς κατὰ εἷς 1 one by one This means that “one at a time” each disciple asked him.
|
||||
MRK 14 19 f13p figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ? 1 Surely not I? Possible meanings are (1) this was a question for which the disciples expected the answer to be no or (2) this was a rhetorical question that did not require a response. Alternate translation: “Surely I am not the one who will betray you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 19 f13p figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ? 1 Surely not I? This could mean: (1) this was a question for which the disciples expected the answer to be no or (2) this was a rhetorical question that did not require a response. Alternate translation: “Surely I am not the one who will betray you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 20 b25j εἷς τῶν δώδεκα 1 It is one of the twelve, the one now “He is one of the twelve of you, the one now”
|
||||
MRK 14 20 htn4 ἐμβαπτόμενος μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ τρύβλιον 1 dipping bread with me in the bowl In Jesus’ culture, people would often eat bread, dipping it in a shared bowl of sauce or of oil mixed with herbs.
|
||||
MRK 14 21 q5l3 ὅτι ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 For the Son of Man will go the way that the scripture says about him Here Jesus refers to the scriptures prophesying about his death. If you have a polite way to talk about death in your language, use it here. Alternate translation: “For the Son of Man will die in the way that the scriptures say”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@ MRK 14 24 q5hn figs-explicit τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τ
|
|||
MRK 14 24 hs24 writing-symlanguage τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου 1 This is my blood “This wine is my blood.” Though most understand this to mean that the wine is a symbol of Jesus’ blood and that it is not actual blood, it is best to translate this statement literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
MRK 14 25 i9yk ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
MRK 14 25 t7ai τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου 1 the fruit of the vine “wine.” This is a descriptive way to refer to wine.
|
||||
MRK 14 25 y1pf καινὸν 1 new Possible meanings are (1) “again” or (2) “in a new way”
|
||||
MRK 14 25 y1pf καινὸν 1 new This could mean: (1) “again” or (2) “in a new way”
|
||||
MRK 14 26 l996 ὑμνήσαντες 1 When they had sung a hymn A hymn is a type of song. It was traditional for them to sing an Old Testament psalm.
|
||||
MRK 14 27 pu4s λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to them “Jesus said to his disciples”
|
||||
MRK 14 27 lty4 figs-idiom σκανδαλισθήσεσθε 1 will fall away This is an idiom that means leave. Alternate translation: “will leave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1336,7 +1336,7 @@ MRK 15 intro d823 0 # Mark 15 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in thi
|
|||
MRK 15 1 mps2 0 Connecting Statement: When the chief priests, the elders, the scribes, and the council gave Jesus over to Pilate, they accused Jesus of doing many bad things. When Pilate asked if what they said was true, Jesus did not answer him.
|
||||
MRK 15 1 xz7c figs-metonymy δήσαντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἀπήνεγκαν 1 bound Jesus and led him away They commanded for Jesus to be bound, but it would have been the guards who actually bound him and led him away. Alternate translation: “they commanded for Jesus to be bound and then he was led away” or “they commanded the guards to bind Jesus and then they led him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 15 1 v2yf παρέδωκαν Πειλάτῳ 1 They handed him over to Pilate They had Jesus led to Pilate and transferred control of Jesus over to him.
|
||||
MRK 15 2 dh6n figs-explicit σὺ λέγεις 1 You say so Possible meanings are (1) by saying this, Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “You yourself have said so” or (2) by saying this, Jesus implied that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yes, as you said, I am” or “Yes. It is as you said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 15 2 dh6n figs-explicit σὺ λέγεις 1 You say so This could mean: (1) by saying this, Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “You yourself have said so” or (2) by saying this, Jesus implied that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yes, as you said, I am” or “Yes. It is as you said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 15 3 ue18 κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ…πολλά 1 were accusing him of many things “were accusing Jesus of many things” or “were saying that Jesus had done many bad things”
|
||||
MRK 15 4 c9uc ὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος πάλιν ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν 1 So Pilate again asked him “Pilate asked Jesus again”
|
||||
MRK 15 4 s2as οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν? 1 Do you not answer at all? This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Do you have an answer”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ LUK 1 79 cnh7 figs-doublet τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θαν
|
|||
LUK 1 79 s3eb figs-metaphor κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας ἡμῶν εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 to guide our feet into the path of peace Zechariah is using the word **guide** figuratively to mean “teach,” and the expression **the path of peace** figuratively to represent living at peace with God. Alternate translation: “to teach us how to live at peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 79 l101 figs-synecdoche κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας ἡμῶν εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 to guide our feet into the path of peace Zechariah is using the term **feet** figuratively to represent the whole person. Alternate translation: “to teach us how to live at peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 1 80 q2ax writing-newevent δὲ 1 And This word introduces the next part of the story. In this verse, Luke describes a few transitional events in order to move quickly from the birth of John to the beginning of his ministry as an adult. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 1 80 a8bz ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι 1 became strong in spirit This expression could mean one of two things. (1) As in [1:47](../01/47.md), the word **spirit** could mean the inner part of a person. Alternate translation: “he developed a strong character” (2) Luke could be describing how God kept the promise that Gabriel made to Zechariah in [1:15](../01/15.md), that the Holy Spirit would empower his son. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit empowered him”
|
||||
LUK 1 80 a8bz ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι 1 became strong in spirit This could mean: (1) the inner part of a person, as in [1:47](../01/47.md). Alternate translation: “he developed a strong character” or (2) how God kept the promise that Gabriel made to Zechariah in [1:15](../01/15.md), that the Holy Spirit would empower his son. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit empowered him”
|
||||
LUK 1 80 eh9j figs-explicit ἦν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις 1 he was in the wilderness This expression means implicitly that John went to live there. Luke does not say at what age John did this. Alternate translation: “he went to live in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 1 80 qu12 ἕως ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ 1 until the day of his public appearance The term **until** does not indicate a stopping point. John continued to live out in the wilderness even after he started preaching publicly. In your translation, be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “through the time when he began to preach in public”
|
||||
LUK 1 80 ie4l figs-idiom ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ 1 the day of his public appearance Here, Luke uses the term **day** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “the time when he began to preach in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -339,18 +339,18 @@ LUK 2 9 l117 figs-idiom ἐφοβήθησαν φόβον μέγαν 1 they feare
|
|||
LUK 2 10 hnr7 figs-imperative μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Do not be afraid As in [1:13](../01/13.md), while the angel speaks these words in the form of a command, he is really telling the shepherds something to help and encourage them. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
LUK 2 10 l118 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ γὰρ 1 for behold The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 2 10 pw8t εὐαγγελίζομαι ὑμῖν χαρὰν μεγάλην, ἥτις ἔσται παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 I bring you good news of great joy, which will be to all the people Alternate translation: “I have come to announce good news that will make all the people very happy”
|
||||
LUK 2 10 adz8 figs-hyperbole παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 all the people This could mean one of two things. (1) The angel could mean all people. That is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “all people everywhere” (2) This could be a figurative generalization that refers specifically to the Jewish people who would welcome Jesus as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 2 10 adz8 figs-hyperbole παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 all the people This could mean: (1) The angel could mean all people. That is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “all people everywhere” (2) This could be a figurative generalization that refers specifically to the Jewish people who would welcome Jesus as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 2 11 l119 figs-activepassive ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον Σωτὴρ, ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος, ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ 1 today has been born for you in the city of David a Savior, who is Christ the Lord! If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a Savior, who is Christ the Lord, has been born for you today in the city of David!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 2 11 z9m2 figs-explicit ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ 1 in the city of David This means Bethlehem. See the explanation in the note to [2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “in Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 11 l120 figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος 1 who is Christ the Lord **Christ** is the Greek word for “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “who is the Messiah, the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 12 yj15 figs-explicit τοῦτο ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον 1 this will be the sign to you The implication is that God has provided this sign. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has given you this sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 12 snr9 figs-explicit ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον 1 the sign to you This could mean one of two things. (1) It could be a sign that would help the shepherds recognize the baby. Alternate translation: “this sign to help you find the newborn Messiah” (2) It could be a sign to prove that what the angel was saying was true. Alternate translation: “the sign to prove that what I am telling you is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 12 snr9 figs-explicit ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον 1 the sign to you This could mean: (1) It could be a sign that would help the shepherds recognize the baby. Alternate translation: “this sign to help you find the newborn Messiah” (2) It could be a sign to prove that what the angel was saying was true. Alternate translation: “the sign to prove that what I am telling you is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 12 xx57 figs-explicit ἐσπαργανωμένον 1 wrapped in strips of cloth See how you translated this expression in [2:7](../02/07.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “with cloths wrapped tightly around him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 2 12 bua3 translate-unknown κείμενον ἐν φάτνῃ 1 lying in a manger See how you translated the term **manger** in [2:7](../02/07.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “lying in a box that holds hay for animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 2 13 b54a figs-metaphor πλῆθος στρατιᾶς οὐρανίου 1 a multitude of the heavenly army This phrase could refer to a literal **army** of angels, or it could be speaking figuratively of a large organized group of angels. Alternate translation: “a large group of angels from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 2 13 e2gp figs-hendiadys αἰνούντων τὸν Θεὸν καὶ λεγόντων 1 praising God and saying Luke is expressing a single idea by using two verbs connected with **and.** The angels said these words in order to praise God. Alternate translation: “who praised God by saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 2 14 p1fm δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις Θεῷ 1 Glory in the highest to God This could mean one of two things. (1) The angels could be describing where God should receive honor. In that case **in the highest** would mean “in the highest place,” that is, “in heaven,” and the phrase would parallel “on earth.” Alternate translation: “Give honor to God in heaven” (2) The angels could be describing what kind of honor God should receive. Alternate translation: “Give the highest honor to God”
|
||||
LUK 2 14 y2b3 ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκίας 1 among men of good pleasure This could mean one of two things. (1) This could be referring to God’s **good pleasure** with people. Alternate translation: “among people with whom God is pleased” (2) This could be referring to people who show **good pleasure** or “good will” to one another. Alternate translation: “among people of good will”
|
||||
LUK 2 14 p1fm δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις Θεῷ 1 Glory in the highest to God This could mean: (1) The angels could be describing where God should receive honor. In that case **in the highest** would mean “in the highest place,” that is, “in heaven,” and the phrase would parallel “on earth.” Alternate translation: “Give honor to God in heaven” (2) The angels could be describing what kind of honor God should receive. Alternate translation: “Give the highest honor to God”
|
||||
LUK 2 14 y2b3 ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκίας 1 among men of good pleasure This could mean: (1) This could be referring to God’s **good pleasure** with people. Alternate translation: “among people with whom God is pleased” (2) This could be referring to people who show **good pleasure** or “good will” to one another. Alternate translation: “among people of good will”
|
||||
LUK 2 14 l121 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώποις 1 men Here, the term **men** has a generic meaning that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 2 15 au2m writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to mark a shift in the story, to what the shepherds did after the angels left. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
LUK 2 15 s4js figs-exclusive διέλθωμεν…ἴδωμεν…ἡμῖν 1 Let us … go … let us see … to us The shepherds are speaking to one another, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us**, use the inclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ LUK 2 36 c7wx translate-names Φανουήλ 1 Phanuel **Phanuel** is the name o
|
|||
LUK 2 36 l152 figs-idiom αὕτη προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ἡμέραις πολλαῖς 1 She had advanced much in days As in [1:7](../01/07.md), to have moved forward or to have **advanced** means figuratively to have aged. Alternate translation: “She was very old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 2 36 l153 figs-idiom αὕτη προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ἡμέραις πολλαῖς 1 She had advanced much in days Luke uses the term **days** figuratively to mean time in general. Alternate translation: “She was very old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 2 36 b9xe figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς παρθενίας αὐτῆς 1 after her virginity This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “after she married him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 2 37 byk6 αὐτὴ χήρα ἕως ἐτῶν ὀγδοήκοντα τεσσάρων 1 she was a widow for 84 years This could mean one of two things. (1) Anna had been a widow for 84 years. Alternate translation: “but then her husband had died and she had not remarried, and 84 years had gone by since” (2) Anna was a widow who was now 84 years old. Alternate translation: “but her husband had died and she had not remarried, and now she was 84 years old”
|
||||
LUK 2 37 byk6 αὐτὴ χήρα ἕως ἐτῶν ὀγδοήκοντα τεσσάρων 1 she was a widow for 84 years This could mean: (1) Anna had been a widow for 84 years. Alternate translation: “but then her husband had died and she had not remarried, and 84 years had gone by since” (2) Anna was a widow who was now 84 years old. Alternate translation: “but her husband had died and she had not remarried, and now she was 84 years old”
|
||||
LUK 2 37 l154 figs-litotes ἣ οὐκ ἀφίστατο τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 who never left the temple Luke is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “who was always in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
LUK 2 37 f2lt figs-hyperbole ἣ οὐκ ἀφίστατο τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 who never left the temple This is a generalization that means that Anna spent so much time in the temple that it seemed as though she never left it. Alternate translation: “who was always in the temple” or “who was continually in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 2 37 a1cg figs-idiom νηστείαις καὶ δεήσεσιν λατρεύουσα 1 serving with fastings and prayers The term **serving** is an idiom that means “worshiping.” Alternate translation: “worshiping God by going without food and praying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ LUK 2 48 l164 figs-activepassive ὁ πατήρ σου κἀγὼ, ὀδυνώμ
|
|||
LUK 2 49 l165 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to draw a contrast between how readers might have expected Jesus to respond in this situation and how he actually responded. He did not say he was sorry for causing his parents so much worry. Instead, he told them that they should have known where to find him. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 2 49 r8eh figs-rquestion τί ὅτι ἐζητεῖτέ με? 1 Why is it that you were searching for me? Jesus is making a statement, not really asking a question. He is using the question form to challenge his parents respectfully. Alternate translation: “You should not have had to search for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 2 49 va82 figs-rquestion οὐκ ᾔδειτε ὅτι ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου δεῖ εἶναί με? 1 Did you not know that I must be in the things of my Father? Once again Jesus is making a statement rather than actually asking a question. He is using the question form to challenge his parents respectfully. Alternate translation: “You should have known that I would be involved in my Father’s business” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 2 49 p6aj ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου 1 in the things of my Father This phrase could mean one of two things. (1) Jesus could be saying that he needed to be involved in the things that God was concerned about. Alternate translation: “involved in my Father’s business” (2) Jesus could be referring to the temple as a place that was dedicated to God. Alternate translation: “in my Father’s temple” or “here in the temple”
|
||||
LUK 2 49 p6aj ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου 1 in the things of my Father This could mean: (1) Jesus could be saying that he needed to be involved in the things that God was concerned about. Alternate translation: “involved in my Father’s business” or (2) Jesus could be referring to the temple as a place that was dedicated to God. Alternate translation: “in my Father’s temple” or “here in the temple”
|
||||
LUK 2 49 n76z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father At age 12, Jesus, the Son of God, understood that God was his real Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 2 50 l166 figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς 1 the word that he spoke to them The term **word** refers figuratively to what Jesus told his parents by using words. Alternate translation: “the answer that he gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 2 51 h2i9 figs-idiom καὶ κατέβη μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 he went down with them Jerusalem was on top of a mountain, so Israelites customarily spoke of going **down** when they traveled from Jerusalem to some other place. Alternate translation: “Jesus went back home with Mary and Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -569,9 +569,9 @@ LUK 3 21 i5zg figs-activepassive ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν οὐρανὸ
|
|||
LUK 3 22 q2yh figs-personification φωνὴν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ γενέσθαι 1 a voice came from heaven Luke speaks figuratively of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
LUK 3 22 h7tn guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 my … Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 3 23 uvm3 writing-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information about Jesus’ age and ancestors. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 3 23 d3sh figs-idiom αὐτὸς ἦν Ἰησοῦς ἀρχόμενος ὡσεὶ ἐτῶν τριάκοντα 1 Jesus himself was beginning about 30 years old This is an idiomatic expression, and it could mean one of two things. (1) The word **beginning** could be a reference to Jesus starting his own ministry. UST follows this interpretation. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was about 30 years old when he began his ministry” (2) Luke could also be saying that Jesus had just turned 30 was when he was baptized. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was just 30 years old at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 3 23 d3sh figs-idiom αὐτὸς ἦν Ἰησοῦς ἀρχόμενος ὡσεὶ ἐτῶν τριάκοντα 1 Jesus himself was beginning about 30 years old This idiomatic expression could mean: (1) the word **beginning** could be a reference to Jesus starting his own ministry. UST follows this interpretation. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was about 30 years old when he began his ministry” or (2) Luke could also be saying that Jesus had just turned 30 was when he was baptized. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was just 30 years old at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 3 23 z2xa figs-activepassive ὢν υἱός, ὡς ἐνομίζετο, Ἰωσὴφ 1 He was the son (as it was assumed) of Joseph If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “People assumed that he was the son of Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 3 24 f8pm translate-names τοῦ Μαθθὰτ, τοῦ Λευεὶ, τοῦ Μελχεὶ, τοῦ Ἰανναὶ, τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ 1 of Matthat, of Levi, of Melchi, of Jannai, of Joseph This continues the list that begins with the words “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli” in verse 24. Consider how people normally list ancestors in your language. Use the same wording throughout the whole list. Possible formats are (1) “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli, the son of Matthat, the son of Levi, the son of Melchi, the son of Jannai, the son of Joseph” or (2) “He was the son … of Joseph. Joseph was the son of Heli. Heli was the son of Matthat. Matthat was the son of Levi. Levi was the son of Melchi. Melchi was the son of Jannai. Jannai was the son of Joseph” or (3) “His father … was Joseph. Joseph’s father was Heli. Heli’s father was Matthat. Matthat’s father was Levi. Levi’s father was Melchi. Melchi’s father was Jannai. Jannai’s father was Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 3 24 f8pm translate-names τοῦ Μαθθὰτ, τοῦ Λευεὶ, τοῦ Μελχεὶ, τοῦ Ἰανναὶ, τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ 1 of Matthat, of Levi, of Melchi, of Jannai, of Joseph This continues the list that begins with the words “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli” in verse 24. Consider how people normally list ancestors in your language. Use the same wording throughout the whole list. Possible formats are: (1) “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli, the son of Matthat, the son of Levi, the son of Melchi, the son of Jannai, the son of Joseph” or (2) “He was the son … of Joseph. Joseph was the son of Heli. Heli was the son of Matthat. Matthat was the son of Levi. Levi was the son of Melchi. Melchi was the son of Jannai. Jannai was the son of Joseph” or (3) “His father … was Joseph. Joseph’s father was Heli. Heli’s father was Matthat. Matthat’s father was Levi. Levi’s father was Melchi. Melchi’s father was Jannai. Jannai’s father was Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 3 25 xdc5 translate-names τοῦ Ματταθίου, τοῦ Ἀμὼς, τοῦ Ναοὺμ, τοῦ Ἑσλεὶ, τοῦ Ναγγαὶ 1 of Mattathias, of Amos, of Nahum, of Esli, of Naggai This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 3 26 vt9z translate-names τοῦ Μάαθ, τοῦ Ματταθίου, τοῦ Σεμεεῒν, τοῦ Ἰωσὴχ, τοῦ Ἰωδὰ 1 of Maath, of Mattathias, of Semein, of Josech, of Joda This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 3 27 z85v translate-names τοῦ Ἰωανὰν, τοῦ Ῥησὰ, τοῦ Ζοροβαβὲλ, τοῦ Σαλαθιὴλ, τοῦ Νηρεὶ 1 of Joanan, of Rhesa, of Zerubbabel, of Salathiel, of Neri This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that begins in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ LUK 6 14 l290 translate-names Σίμωνα…Πέτρον…Ἀνδρέαν…
|
|||
LUK 6 14 zdq3 writing-pronouns Ἀνδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother Andrew The pronoun **his** refers to Simon. Alternate translation: “Simon’s brother, Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 6 15 l291 translate-names Μαθθαῖον…Θωμᾶν…Ἰάκωβον Ἁλφαίου…Σίμωνα 1 Matthew … Thomas … James … Alphaeus … Simon These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 6 15 l292 figs-explicit Μαθθαῖον 1 Matthew **Matthew** is often identified with the man named Levi whom Jesus calls to follow him in [5:27](../05/27.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 6 15 et48 translate-names Ζηλωτὴν 1 the Zealot The term **Zealot** could mean one of two things. (1) It could be a title that indicates that this man was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the Patriot” (2) It could be a description that indicates that this man was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the Passionate One” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 6 15 et48 translate-names Ζηλωτὴν 1 the Zealot The term **Zealot** could mean: (1) It could be a title that indicates that this man was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the Patriot” (2) It could be a description that indicates that this man was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the Passionate One” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 6 16 l293 translate-names Ἰούδαν Ἰακώβου 1 Judas son of James **Judas** is the name of a man, and **James** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 6 16 l294 translate-names Ἰούδαν Ἰσκαριὼθ 1 Judas Iscariot **Judas** is the name of a man, and **Iscariot** is a distinguishing term that most likely means he came from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 6 16 g24m figs-explicit ὃς ἐγένετο προδότης 1 who became a traitor It may be helpful to explain what **traitor** means in the context of this story. Alternate translation: “who later betrayed Jesus to his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1051,7 +1051,7 @@ LUK 7 3 l349 ἐρωτῶν αὐτὸν ὅπως ἐλθὼν διασώσῃ
|
|||
LUK 7 4 hm7l παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν σπουδαίως 1 they asked him earnestly Alternate translation: “they pleaded with him” or “they begged him”
|
||||
LUK 7 4 y6vt writing-pronouns ἄξιός ἐστιν 1 He is worthy Here the pronoun **he** refers to the centurion, not the servant. Alternate translation: “This centurion is worthy” or “This centurion deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 7 5 cny7 figs-exclusive τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν 1 our nation Here, **our nation** refers to the Jewish people. Since the elders are speaking to Jesus as a fellow Jew, the word **our** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: “our people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
LUK 7 6 l350 grammar-connect-logic-result δὲ 1 And Here, **and** could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean that Jesus went with the elders because they pleaded with him. Alternate translation, as in UST: “So” (2) It could mean that Jesus went with the elders after they pleaded with him. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 7 6 l350 grammar-connect-logic-result δὲ 1 And Here, **and** could mean: (1) It could mean that Jesus went with the elders because they pleaded with him. Alternate translation, as in UST: “So” (2) It could mean that Jesus went with the elders after they pleaded with him. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 7 6 s5xg ἐπορεύετο 1 went on his way Alternate translation: “went along”
|
||||
LUK 7 6 el4w figs-litotes αὐτοῦ οὐ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκίας 1 when he was … not far away from the house Luke is expressing a positive meaning figuratively by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “when he was … near the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
LUK 7 6 i6kv μὴ σκύλλου 1 do not trouble yourself The centurion is speaking politely to Jesus through these friends. Alternate translation: “I do not want to make you go out of your way”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1655,7 +1655,7 @@ LUK 10 8 wd2x figs-activepassive ἐσθίετε τὰ παρατιθέμενα
|
|||
LUK 10 9 ws6g figs-nominaladj τοὺς…ἀσθενεῖς 1 the sick Jesus is using the adjective **sick** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who are sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 10 9 l565 writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῇ 1 in it Alternate translation: “who live in that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 10 9 l566 figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε αὐτοῖς, ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 say to them, ‘The kingdom of God has come close to you’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “tell them that the kingdom of God has come close to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 10 9 e1he figs-abstractnouns ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The kingdom of God has come close to you The idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** can be expressed with a verb such as “rule.” This could mean one of two things. (1) The kingdom of God is close in location, that is, its activities are happening nearby. Alternate translation: “God is ruling in this area” (2) The kingdom of God is close in time, that is, it will begin soon. Alternate translation: “God will soon begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 10 9 e1he figs-abstractnouns ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The kingdom of God has come close to you The idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** can be expressed with a verb such as “rule.” This could mean: (1) The kingdom of God is close in location, that is, its activities are happening nearby. Alternate translation: “God is ruling in this area” (2) The kingdom of God is close in time, that is, it will begin soon. Alternate translation: “God will soon begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 10 10 nt9n writing-pronouns καὶ μὴ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς 1 and they do not receive you This is a direct contrast to the similar expression in [10:8](../10/08.md). Once again the pronoun **they** refers to the people living in this city. Alternate translation: “if the people there do not welcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
LUK 10 11 l567 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ τὸν κονιορτὸν τὸν κολληθέντα ἡμῖν, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ὑμῶν εἰς τοὺς πόδας ἀπομασσόμεθα ὑμῖν; πλὴν τοῦτο γινώσκετε, ὅτι ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Even the dust that clings to us from your city on our feet we wipe off against you! But know this, that the kingdom of God has come near Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what he wants his disciples to say. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing from the end of the previous verse): “that you are going to wipe even the dust from their city off your feet as a warning to them, but that you still want them to know that the kingdom of God came close to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 10 11 bc9h translate-symaction καὶ τὸν κονιορτὸν τὸν κολληθέντα ἡμῖν, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ὑμῶν εἰς τοὺς πόδας ἀπομασσόμεθα ὑμῖν 1 Even the dust that clings to us from your city on our feet we wipe off against you This is a symbolic action by which these disciples are to show that they do not want to have the slightest connection with the people of any city who reject Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain its significance. Alternate translation: “Because you have rejected Jesus, we want to have nothing to do with you. We do not even want to have the dust from your town on our feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1707,7 +1707,7 @@ LUK 10 18 a37w figs-simile ἐθεώρουν τὸν Σατανᾶν ὡς ἀσ
|
|||
LUK 10 18 v8fl figs-metaphor ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα 1 fall from heaven While Jesus actually did see this in his vision, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this image, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 10 18 l590 translate-names Σατανᾶν 1 Satan **Satan** is the name of the devil. It occurs a few more times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 10 19 l591 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Jesus uses **behold** to focus his disciples’ attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 10 19 xl7q figs-metaphor τὴν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων 1 authority to tread on snakes and scorpions This could mean one of two things. (1) Jesus could be referring to actual **snakes and scorpions** and saying that God will protect his disciples from these dangers everywhere they travel to proclaim the kingdom. Alternate translation: “protection from snakes and scorpions, even if you step on them” (2) The phrase **snakes and scorpions** could be a figurative way of describing evil spirits. Alternate translation: “the power to defeat evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 10 19 xl7q figs-metaphor τὴν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων 1 authority to tread on snakes and scorpions This could mean: (1) Jesus could be referring to actual **snakes and scorpions** and saying that God will protect his disciples from these dangers everywhere they travel to proclaim the kingdom. Alternate translation: “protection from snakes and scorpions, even if you step on them” (2) The phrase **snakes and scorpions** could be a figurative way of describing evil spirits. Alternate translation: “the power to defeat evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 10 19 l592 translate-unknown ὄφεων 1 snakes In context, this clearly means poisonous **snakes**. If your readers would not be familiar with **snakes**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “poisonous biting animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 10 19 mla6 translate-unknown σκορπίων 1 scorpions The term **scorpions** describes small animals that are related to spiders. They have two claws and a poisonous stinger in their tail. If your readers would not be familiar with **scorpions**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “poisonous stinging animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 10 19 uvt4 figs-explicit καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ 1 and over all the power of the enemy This phrase continues the meaning from earlier in the sentence. The **enemy** is Satan, as described in the previous verse. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “I have also given you authority to overcome the resistance of Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1839,7 +1839,7 @@ LUK 11 6 l642 figs-quotesinquotes ἐπειδὴ φίλος μου παρεγέ
|
|||
LUK 11 6 l643 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπειδὴ 1 since The speaker uses this word to introduce the reason why he is making this request at this time. If you translate this as a direct quotation, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you why I am asking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 11 6 zl5w figs-metonymy παρεγένετο ἐξ ὁδοῦ πρός με 1 my friend has come to me from the road The speaker uses the term **road** figuratively to describe being on a journey. Alternate translation: “another friend of mine is on a journey and has just arrived at my house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 11 6 zp7j figs-hyperbole ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ 1 anything to serve to him It is unlikely that the speaker has no food at all in his house that he could serve his friend. Rather, this is an exaggeration for emphasis. Alternate translation: “enough food to feed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 11 6 l731 figs-explicit ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ 1 anything to serve to him There are two other possibilities for why the speaker says this. (1) The issue could be, as UST implies, that while his family has the ingredients to make a meal, they do not want to make a weary traveler wait the time it would take for them to bake bread and prepare other food. Alternate translation: “any food prepared to feed him” (2) The implication may be that the speaker wants to extend hospitality by sharing a meal with his guest, and so he needs enough food for a family meal. Alternate translation: “enough food to share a meal with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 6 l731 figs-explicit ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ 1 anything to serve to him There are two other possibilities for why the speaker says this: (1) The issue could be, as UST implies, that while his family has the ingredients to make a meal, they do not want to make a weary traveler wait the time it would take for them to bake bread and prepare other food. Alternate translation: “any food prepared to feed him” (2) The implication may be that the speaker wants to extend hospitality by sharing a meal with his guest, and so he needs enough food for a family meal. Alternate translation: “enough food to share a meal with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 7 l644 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς εἴπῃ 1 answering … he may say The word **answering** indicates that what this friend **may say** would be a response. Alternate translation: “he may reply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
LUK 11 7 l645 figs-quotesinquotes εἴπῃ, μή μοι κόπους πάρεχε; ἤδη ἡ θύρα κέκλεισται, καὶ τὰ παιδία μου μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὴν κοίτην εἰσίν; οὐ δύναμαι ἀναστὰς δοῦναί σοι 1 he may say, ‘Do not cause me trouble. The door has already been shut, and my children are in the bed with me. I am not able to get up to give to you’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he may tell you not to bother him, because he has already locked the door for the night and his children are in bed with him, so he cannot get up and give you anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 11 7 l646 figs-activepassive ἤδη ἡ θύρα κέκλεισται 1 The door has already been shut If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “We have already closed and locked the door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1899,7 +1899,7 @@ LUK 11 19 l670 figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 your sons Here, Jesus
|
|||
LUK 11 19 bs8x figs-explicit αὐτοὶ ὑμῶν κριταὶ ἔσονται 1 they will be your judges If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implications of this statement more explicitly. Alternate translation: “your own followers will say that you are wrong for claiming that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, because they know that they are not using that power themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 11 20 l671 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ, ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 if I drive out the demons by the finger of God, then the kingdom of God has come to you Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “So I must be making demons leave people by the power of God. This shows that the kingdom of God has come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
LUK 11 20 y643 figs-metonymy ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ 1 the finger of God This phrase refers figuratively to God’s power. Alternate translation: “by the power of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 11 20 ja3u figs-abstractnouns ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the kingdom of God has come to you If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” This could mean one of two things. (1) The kingdom of God has arrived in this place, that is, its activities are happening here. Alternate translation: “God is ruling in this area” (2) The kingdom of God has arrived in time, that is, it already beginning. Alternate translation: “God is beginning to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 11 20 ja3u figs-abstractnouns ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the kingdom of God has come to you If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” This could mean: (1) The kingdom of God has arrived in this place, that is, its activities are happening here. Alternate translation: “God is ruling in this area” (2) The kingdom of God has arrived in time, that is, it already beginning. Alternate translation: “God is beginning to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 11 21 e4d1 figs-parables ὅταν ὁ ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμένος 1 When the strong man who is fully armed To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told the crowd this story to help them understand. ‘When a strong man who has all his weapons’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 11 21 l672 figs-activepassive ὁ ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμένος 1 the strong man who is fully armed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a strong man who has all his weapons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 11 21 l673 figs-synecdoche φυλάσσῃ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ αὐλήν 1 is guarding his own courtyard Jesus speaks of one part of a house, its **courtyard** or entrance area, to refer figuratively to the entire house. Alternate translation: “is guarding his own house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2047,7 +2047,7 @@ LUK 12 1 l730 translate-unknown μυριάδων 1 myriads The word **myriads**
|
|||
LUK 12 1 l734 τοῦ ὄχλου 1 of the crowd In this context, the word **crowd** refers to ordinary people. Alternate translation: “of the common people”
|
||||
LUK 12 1 l735 figs-activepassive ἐπισυναχθεισῶν 1 were gathered together If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “were coming together” or “were crowding around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 12 1 ybz9 figs-hyperbole ὥστε καταπατεῖν ἀλλήλους 1 so that they trampled on each other This could be an exaggeration to emphasize how tightly packed together the crowd as. Alternate translation: “so that they were all tightly packed together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 12 1 x38n ἤρξατο λέγειν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ πρῶτον 1 he began to say to his disciples first This could mean one of two things. (1) Jesus addressed his disciples before speaking to the crowd. Alternate translation: “Jesus first started speaking to his disciples, and said to them” (2) This was the first thing Jesus said to his disciples when he began to speak to them. Alternate translation: “Jesus started speaking to his disciples, and the first thing he said was”
|
||||
LUK 12 1 x38n ἤρξατο λέγειν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ πρῶτον 1 he began to say to his disciples first This could mean: (1) Jesus addressed his disciples before speaking to the crowd. Alternate translation: “Jesus first started speaking to his disciples, and said to them” (2) This was the first thing Jesus said to his disciples when he began to speak to them. Alternate translation: “Jesus started speaking to his disciples, and the first thing he said was”
|
||||
LUK 12 1 f5b9 figs-metaphor προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης, τῶν Φαρισαίων, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὑπόκρισις 1 Guard yourselves from the yeast of the Pharisees, which is hypocrisy Jesus is describing the influence of **the Pharisees** figuratively by comparing its spread throughout the community to the way **yeast** spreads through a whole batch of dough or batter. You could represent this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “Be careful that you do not become hypocrites like the Pharisees, whose behavior is influencing everyone around them, just as yeast spreads through a whole batch of dough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 12 1 l736 translate-unknown ζύμης 1 yeast **Yeast** is a substance that causes fermentation and expansion within a batch of dough or batter. If your readers would not be familiar with yeast, you could use the name of a substance that they would be familiar with, or you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “leaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 12 2 m1ti grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 But **But** connects the statement it introduces to the previous statement about the hypocrisy of the Pharisees. In your translation, you can use the term that would show this connection in the way that is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2238,8 +2238,8 @@ LUK 12 46 l814 figs-hypo ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου ἐκε
|
|||
LUK 12 46 j1m1 figs-parallelism ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει 1 in a day that he does not expect, and in an hour that he does not know These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using the repetition to emphasize that the return of the master will be completely unexpected by the servant. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases, especially if putting both of them in your translation might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “at a time that is a complete surprise to the servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 12 46 l815 figs-idiom ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ 1 in a day that he does not expect Here, Jesus uses the term **day** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at a time when he is not expecting him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 12 46 l816 figs-idiom ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει 1 in an hour that he does not know Here, Jesus uses the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at a time when he does not think he will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 12 46 vg1d figs-metaphor διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν 1 will cut him in two The expression **cut him in two** could mean one of two things, depending on how the word **unfaithful** is understood (see next note). (1) If **unfaithful** means “untrustworthy,” then the expression is probably figurative, since the master could not reassign this servant to less important responsibilities if he **cut him in two**. Alternate translation: “will punish him severely” (2) If **unfaithful** means “unbelieving,” then the expression is more literal, since it would describe something that will happen when God judges the world. Alternate translation: “destroy his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 12 46 l817 τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀπίστων θήσει 1 will … appoint his place with the unfaithful The term that ULT translates as **unfaithful** could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean “untrustworthy.” The meaning would be that the master will assign this servant to less important responsibilities, along with other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted with important ones. Alternate translation: “will give him unimportant responsibilities, like other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” (2) It could mean “unbelieving.” The master in the parable represents God, and Jesus would be speaking of what God will do, when he judges the world, to people who show by their disobedience that they do not have genuine faith. Alternate translation: “will assign him a place with the unbelievers”
|
||||
LUK 12 46 vg1d figs-metaphor διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν 1 will cut him in two The expression **cut him in two** could mean one of two things, depending on how the word **unfaithful** is understood (see next note): (1) If **unfaithful** means “untrustworthy,” then the expression is probably figurative, since the master could not reassign this servant to less important responsibilities if he **cut him in two**. Alternate translation: “will punish him severely” (2) If **unfaithful** means “unbelieving,” then the expression is more literal, since it would describe something that will happen when God judges the world. Alternate translation: “destroy his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 12 46 l817 τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀπίστων θήσει 1 will … appoint his place with the unfaithful The term that ULT translates as **unfaithful** could mean: (1) It could mean “untrustworthy.” The meaning would be that the master will assign this servant to less important responsibilities, along with other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted with important ones. Alternate translation: “will give him unimportant responsibilities, like other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” (2) It could mean “unbelieving.” The master in the parable represents God, and Jesus would be speaking of what God will do, when he judges the world, to people who show by their disobedience that they do not have genuine faith. Alternate translation: “will assign him a place with the unbelievers”
|
||||
LUK 12 46 l818 figs-nominaladj τῶν ἀπίστων 1 the unfaithful Jesus is using the adjective **unfaithful** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this expression with an equivalent phrase. The meaning will depend on how you decided to translate **unfaithful** (see previous note). Alternate translation: (1) “servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” or (2) “people who have shown that they are not genuine believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 12 47 p1l2 figs-hypo ἐκεῖνος δὲ ὁ δοῦλος, ὁ γνοὺς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ ἑτοιμάσας ἢ ποιήσας πρὸς τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ, δαρήσεται πολλάς 1 Now that servant, the one who knew the will of his master, and did not get ready or do according to his will, will be beaten much Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to use two sentences if you translate it that way. Alternate translation: “Suppose a servant knew what his master wanted him to do, and suppose he did not get ready or do what the master wanted. Then his master would punish him severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 12 47 aj41 τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ 1 the will of his master Alternate translation: “what his master wanted him to do”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2369,7 +2369,7 @@ LUK 13 18 l867 figs-abstractnouns τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασι
|
|||
LUK 13 19 g4hr figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 It is like a mustard seed This is a simile or comparison. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
LUK 13 19 l868 figs-parables ὁμοία ἐστὶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 It is like a mustard seed This comparison is also a parable, a brief illustration designed to help the people understand what Jesus is teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the people in the synagogue this illustration to help them understand. ‘The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
LUK 13 19 x3p8 translate-unknown κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 a mustard seed A **mustard seed** is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If your readers would not be familiar with it, in your translation you can use the name of another seed like it, or you can use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “a very small seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 13 19 l869 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 a man There are two possibilities here. (1) Jesus may be using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person” (2) Since Jesus speaks in his next illustration of a **woman** doing something, he may be using a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God. In that case, it would be appropriate to say **a man** here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 13 19 l869 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 a man This could mean: (1) a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person” or (2) a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God, since Jesus speaks in his next illustration of a **woman** doing something. In that case, it would be appropriate to say **a man** here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 13 19 wv4q figs-explicit ἔβαλεν εἰς κῆπον ἑαυτοῦ 1 took and threw into his garden In this culture, people planted some kinds of seeds by throwing them so that they scattered in a garden. Jesus assumes that his listeners will know this. Alternate translation: “planted in his garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 13 19 avk2 figs-explicitinfo τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατεσκήνωσεν ἐν τοῖς κλάδοις αὐτοῦ 1 the birds of the sky nested in its branches In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also use an action clause to keep the sense of “sky.” Alternate translation: “birds built their nests in its branches” or “birds flew down and made nests in its branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||||
LUK 13 20 hn4n figs-rquestion τίνι ὁμοιώσω τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 To what will I compare the kingdom of God? Jesus once again uses a question as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am going to compare the kingdom of God to something else.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2429,13 +2429,13 @@ LUK 13 31 r41z figs-doublet ἔξελθε καὶ πορεύου ἐντεῦθ
|
|||
LUK 13 31 l7fe figs-metonymy Ἡρῴδης θέλει σε ἀποκτεῖναι 1 Herod wants to kill you Herod would not kill Jesus personally. Rather, he would order people to do it. Alternate translation: “Herod plans to send his soldiers to kill you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 13 32 l904 figs-quotesinquotes πορευθέντες εἴπατε τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ, ἰδοὺ, ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ 1 Go and tell that fox, ‘Behold, I am driving out demons and perform healings’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Go and tell that fox that I will certainly continue to drive out demons and perform healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 13 32 l905 translate-unknown τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ 1 that fox A **fox** is a small wild dog. If your readers would not be familiar with what a **fox** is, you could use the name of a similar animal in your region, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “that little dog” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 13 32 af7k figs-metaphor τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ 1 that fox Jesus is referring to Herod figuratively as a **fox**. This could mean one of two things. (1) Since foxes need to rely on cunning to catch their prey, Jesus could be saying that Herod is devious. Alternate translation: “that devious person” (2) Since a fox is a small animal, Jesus could be saying that Herod was not much of a threat. Alternate translation: “that insignificant person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 13 32 af7k figs-metaphor τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ 1 that fox Jesus is referring to Herod figuratively as a **fox**. This could mean: (1) Since foxes need to rely on cunning to catch their prey, Jesus could be saying that Herod is devious. Alternate translation: “that devious person” (2) Since a fox is a small animal, Jesus could be saying that Herod was not much of a threat. Alternate translation: “that insignificant person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 13 32 l906 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Jesus uses the term **behold** to call attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 13 32 l907 figs-idiom ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον 1 I am driving out demons and performing healings today and tomorrow The expression **today and tomorrow** is an idiom that means “at the present time” or “for now.” Alternate translation: “for now I will continue to drive out demons and perform healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 13 32 l908 figs-synecdoche ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον 1 I am driving out demons and performing healings today and tomorrow Jesus speaks of two parts of his ministry, **driving out demons and performing healings**, to mean all of his ministry, which also included teaching and other things. Alternate translation: “for now I will continue to carry on my ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 13 32 l909 figs-explicit ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον 1 I am driving out demons and performing healings today and tomorrow The implication is that Jesus is saying he knows he does not need to be afraid of Herod’s deadly intentions, even though he is in territory that Herod rules, because God will keep him safe while he carries out his ministry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know that for now, with God’s protection, I can safely carry on my ministry even in Herod’s territory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 13 32 l910 figs-idiom τῇ τρίτῃ 1 on the third day In this culture, **the third day** meant “the day after tomorrow.” Jesus is using the expression as an idiom. Alternate translation: “at a short time in the future” or “soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 13 32 l911 figs-activepassive τελειοῦμαι 1 I will be finished If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. This expression could mean one of several things. (1) Jesus could mean that he will soon complete his work of teaching and healing. Alternate translation: “I will complete my ministry” (2) This expression can also refer to someone reaching a goal or destination. Alternate translation: “I will finish traveling through Herod’s territory and reach Jerusalem” (3) Jesus could be referring to a goal or destination figuratively, and mean that he will reach the end of his life. Alternate translation: “I will give my life as a sacrifice” (4) The expression can also describe someone reaching maturity or perfection of character, and if that is what it means here, it would describe the character that Jesus demonstrated when he gave his life as the Savior. Alternate translation: “I will demonstrate supreme love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 13 32 l911 figs-activepassive τελειοῦμαι 1 I will be finished If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. This could mean: (1) Jesus could mean that he will soon complete his work of teaching and healing. Alternate translation: “I will complete my ministry” (2) This expression can also refer to someone reaching a goal or destination. Alternate translation: “I will finish traveling through Herod’s territory and reach Jerusalem” (3) Jesus could be referring to a goal or destination figuratively, and mean that he will reach the end of his life. Alternate translation: “I will give my life as a sacrifice” (4) The expression can also describe someone reaching maturity or perfection of character, and if that is what it means here, it would describe the character that Jesus demonstrated when he gave his life as the Savior. Alternate translation: “I will demonstrate supreme love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 13 33 p9za πλὴν δεῖ με…πορεύεσθαι 1 Nevertheless, it is necessary for me to journey Alternate translation: “But I must keep traveling”
|
||||
LUK 13 33 l912 figs-idiom σήμερον καὶ αὔριον καὶ τῇ ἐχομένῃ 1 today, and tomorrow, and the following day This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “now and in the time just ahead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 13 33 nbk7 figs-irony οὐκ ἐνδέχεται προφήτην ἀπολέσθαι ἔξω Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 it is not possible for a prophet to perish outside of Jerusalem This could also mean “it is not acceptable.” Either way, Jesus is speaking ironically. The Jewish leaders claimed to serve God, and yet their ancestors killed many of God’s prophets in Jerusalem. Jesus knew that they would kill him there too. Alternate translation: “it is in Jerusalem that the Jewish leaders have killed so many of God’s messengers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2535,7 +2535,7 @@ LUK 14 17 us3d figs-idiom τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ δείπνου 1 at the hour of
|
|||
LUK 14 17 xkp8 figs-activepassive τοῖς κεκλημένοις 1 the ones who were invited If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “to those he had invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 14 17 l951 figs-quotesinquotes ἔρχεσθε, ὅτι ἤδη ἕτοιμά ἐστιν 1 ‘Come, because it is now ready’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that they should come because everything was now ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 14 18 eh3h grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And This word introduces a contrast between what was expected, that all the invited guests would come to the dinner, and what happened, that they all declined to do that. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
LUK 14 18 l952 figs-ellipsis ἀπὸ μιᾶς πάντες 1 all from one Jesus is leaving out a word that this sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. This could mean a number of things, depending on what word is supplied, but the general sense is the same in every case. (1) “All from one mind” or “all from one voice,” that is, unanimously. Alternate translation: “all alike” (2) “All from one manner.” Alternate translation: “all in the same way” (3) “All from one time” Alternate translation: “all, as soon as the servant came to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 14 18 l952 figs-ellipsis ἀπὸ μιᾶς πάντες 1 all from one Jesus is leaving out a word that this sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. This could mean a number of things, depending on what word is supplied, but the general sense is the same in every case: (1) “All from one mind” or “all from one voice,” that is, unanimously. Alternate translation: “all alike” (2) “All from one manner.” Alternate translation: “all in the same way” (3) “All from one time” Alternate translation: “all, as soon as the servant came to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
LUK 14 18 s9as παραιτεῖσθαι 1 to excuse themselves Alternate translation: “to give polite reasons why they could not come to the dinner”
|
||||
LUK 14 18 l3r6 figs-explicit ὁ πρῶτος εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 The first said to him While **him** refers to the servant, the implication is that this first guest was giving the servant a message for his master, since it would be the master, not the servant, who would excuse him from attending the banquet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The first guest whom the servant approached told him to give this message to his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 14 18 l953 figs-nominaladj ὁ πρῶτος 1 The first Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “The first guest whom the servant approached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2558,7 +2558,7 @@ LUK 14 22 y4rb figs-explicit καὶ εἶπεν ὁ δοῦλος 1 And the ser
|
|||
LUK 14 22 l963 figs-quotesinquotes Κύριε, γέγονεν ὃ ἐπέταξας, καὶ ἔτι τόπος ἐστίν 1 ‘Master, what you commanded has happened, and there is still room’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had done what the master had commanded but there was still room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 14 22 dgt3 γέγονεν ὃ ἐπέταξας 1 what you commanded has happened Alternate translation: “I have done what you commanded”
|
||||
LUK 14 23 l964 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν ὁ κύριος πρὸς τὸν δοῦλον, ἔξελθε εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμοὺς, καὶ ἀνάγκασον εἰσελθεῖν, ἵνα γεμισθῇ μου ὁ οἶκος 1 the master said to the servant, ‘Go out into the roads and hedges and compel them to come in, so that my house may be filled’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the master told the servant to go out into the roads and hedges and compel people to come in so that his house would be filled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 14 23 n9x7 figs-metonymy φραγμοὺς 1 hedges The word **hedges** describes boundary fences that enclose and protect fields and buildings. They may be made of bushes and shrubs growing closely together, or they may be made of wood or stone or similar building materials. Here, the term could mean one of two things. (1) Jesus could be referring to actual hedges. In that case, you could use the equivalent term in your language or a general expression. Alternate translation: “boundary fences” (2) Since the term is paired with **roads**, it could figuratively mean the footpaths that run along hedges at the borders of fields. Alternate translation: “paths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 14 23 n9x7 figs-metonymy φραγμοὺς 1 hedges The word **hedges** describes boundary fences that enclose and protect fields and buildings. They may be made of bushes and shrubs growing closely together, or they may be made of wood or stone or similar building materials. This could mean: (1) actual hedges. In that case, you could use the equivalent term in your language or a general expression. Alternate translation: “boundary fences” or (2) since the term is paired with **roads**, it could figuratively mean the footpaths that run along hedges at the borders of fields. Alternate translation: “paths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 14 23 w5w6 figs-activepassive ἵνα γεμισθῇ μου ὁ οἶκος 1 so that my house may be filled If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that guests may fill my house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 14 24 i5lt figs-declarative λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων, γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου 1 For I say to you that none of those men who were invited will taste of my supper The master is using a future statement to express the result he desires from the instructions he has just given his servants. Alternate translation: “For I say to you that I do not want any of those men who were invited to taste of my supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
LUK 14 24 v5m6 figs-you λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων, γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου 1 For I say to you that none of those men who were invited will taste of my supper While the word **you** is singular in [14:21–23](../14/21.md) because the master and the servant are addressing one another individually, here the word **you** is plural. It is not clear why. Possibly it may be assumed that other servants have been helping and that the master is now addressing all of the servants at once. In that case, it would make sense to translate **you** using the plural form, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2619,7 +2619,7 @@ LUK 15 3 ill7 figs-parables εἶπεν…πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν πα
|
|||
LUK 15 4 pxm3 figs-rquestion τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ πορεύεται ἐπὶ τὸ ἀπολωλὸς, ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό? 1 Which man among you, having 100 sheep and having lost one of them, will not leave the 99 in the wilderness and go after the lost one until he finds it? Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “If one of you had 100 sheep and lost one of them, he would certainly leave the other 99 sheep in the wilderness and go looking for the sheep that had wandered off until he found it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
LUK 15 4 l989 figs-hypo τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει 1 Which man among you, having 100 sheep and having lost one of them, will not leave Jesus is offering the Pharisees and scribes an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had 100 sheep and you lost one of them. Then you would certainly leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 15 4 m048 figs-123person τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα…ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό 1 Which man among you, having 100 sheep … until he finds it Since Jesus begins the parable by asking, “Which man among you,” some languages would continue the parable in the second person. Alternate translation: “Which one of you, if you had 100 sheep … until you found it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 15 4 l990 figs-gendernotations τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 Which man among you There are two possibilities here. (1) While all of the Pharisees and scribes who are grumbling are probably men, Jesus is describing what any person, man or woman, would likely do in this situation, and he is telling the parable for the whole crowd to hear. So the term **man** here may be generic. Alternate translation: “Which person among you” (2) Since Jesus speaks in his next parable of a woman doing something, he may be using a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God. In that case, the term **man** here would not be generic. Alternate translation: “Which of you men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 15 4 l990 figs-gendernotations τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 Which man among you This could mean: (1) while all of the Pharisees and scribes who are grumbling are probably men, Jesus is describing what any person, man or woman, would likely do in this situation, and he is telling the parable for the whole crowd to hear. So the term **man** here may be generic. Alternate translation: “Which person among you” or (2) since Jesus speaks in his next parable of a woman doing something, he may be using a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God. In that case, the term **man** here would not be generic. Alternate translation: “Which of you men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
LUK 15 4 l991 figs-nominaladj τὸ ἀπολωλὸς 1 the lost one Here, Jesus is using the participle **lost**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **one** to show that. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the sheep that had wandered off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 15 5 l992 figs-123person καὶ εὑρὼν, ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ χαίρων 1 And having found it, he lays it on his shoulders, rejoicing If you decided in the previous verse that your language would continue this parable in the second person, use the second person here as well. Alternate translation: “Once you found it, you would very happily lay it across your shoulders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
LUK 15 5 xwa5 figs-explicit ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ 1 he lays it on his shoulders This is the way a shepherd carries a sheep. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he lays it across his shoulders to carry it home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2661,7 +2661,7 @@ LUK 15 17 x4jc figs-idiom εἰς ἑαυτὸν…ἐλθὼν 1 coming to hims
|
|||
LUK 15 17 m004 figs-quotesinquotes ἔφη, πόσοι μίσθιοι τοῦ πατρός μου περισσεύονται ἄρτων, ἐγὼ δὲ λιμῷ ὧδε ἀπόλλυμαι 1 he said, ‘How many hired servants of my father have more than enough bread, but I am perishing from hunger here’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told himself that all of his father’s hired servants had more than enough food to eat, but he was perishing from hunger where he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 17 xw1a figs-exclamations πόσοι μίσθιοι τοῦ πατρός μου περισσεύονται ἄρτων, ἐγὼ δὲ λιμῷ ὧδε ἀπόλλυμαι 1 How many hired servants of my father have more than enough bread, but I am perishing from hunger here This is an exclamation, not a question. Alternate translation: “All of my father’s hired servants have more than enough food to eat, but I am perishing from hunger here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
LUK 15 17 m005 figs-synecdoche ἄρτων 1 bread The young man is using one kind of food, **bread**, figuratively to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
LUK 15 17 tal2 figs-hyperbole λιμῷ…ἀπόλλυμαι 1 I am perishing from hunger This could mean one of two things. (1) It could be a figurative overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “have so little to eat” (2) The young man may literally have been starving. Alternate translation: “am about to die of starvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 15 17 tal2 figs-hyperbole λιμῷ…ἀπόλλυμαι 1 I am perishing from hunger This could mean: (1) It could be a figurative overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “have so little to eat” (2) The young man may literally have been starving. Alternate translation: “am about to die of starvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 15 18 m006 figs-quotesinquotes ἀναστὰς, πορεύσομαι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου, καὶ ἐρῶ αὐτῷ, Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώπιόν σου 1 I will get up and go to my father, and I will say to him, Father, I have sinned against heaven and before you If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “He decided that he would leave that place and go to his father and tell him that he had sinned against God and directly against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 15 18 m007 figs-idiom ἀναστὰς 1 get up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “I will leave this place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 15 18 m4pj figs-euphemism τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 heaven In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** instead. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2893,7 +2893,7 @@ LUK 17 2 dvz5 figs-explicit λυσιτελεῖ αὐτῷ εἰ 1 It would be b
|
|||
LUK 17 2 uk6e figs-explicit λίθος μυλικὸς περίκειται περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ 1 a millstone were lying around his neck The implication is that someone would tie the stone around the person’s neck. Alternate translation: “if someone were to attach a millstone around his neck” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 2 gr89 translate-unknown λίθος μυλικὸς 1 a millstone A **millstone** is a very large, heavy, circular stone that is used for grinding grain into flour. If your readers would not be familiar with a millstone, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “a heavy stone” or “a heavy wheel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 17 2 k9xl figs-metaphor σκανδαλίσῃ 1 he should trap See how you translated this in [17:1](../17/01.md). Jesus is using the word **trap** figuratively. Alternate translation: “he should tempt to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 17 2 xm7x figs-metaphor τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 these little ones This could mean one of several things. (1) It could refer to children who love Jesus and who are physically **little** compared to adults. Alternate translation: “these children who believe in me” (2) It could refer figuratively to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “these new believers” (3) It could refer figuratively to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “these common people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 17 2 xm7x figs-metaphor τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 these little ones This could mean: (1) children who love Jesus and who are physically **little** compared to adults. Alternate translation: “these children who believe in me” or (2) a figurative reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “these new believers” or (3) a figurative reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “these common people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 17 3 m104 figs-explicit προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς 1 Pay attention to yourselves Since Jesus is teaching about how important it is not to sin and not to encourage others to sin, the implication is that this statement means that he wants his disciples to help one another not to sin. Alternate translation: “Help one another not to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 17 3 m105 figs-you προσέχετε 1 Pay attention The implied “you” in this imperative is plural, since Jesus is speaking to his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 17 3 m106 figs-youcrowd σου…ἐπιτίμησον…ἄφες 1 your … rebuke … forgive The word **your** and the implied “you” in the imperatives **rebuke** and **forgive** are singular, since Jesus is addressing an individual situation, even though he is speaking to a group. If these singular forms would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2984,7 +2984,7 @@ LUK 17 20 m151 figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία
|
|||
LUK 17 21 m152 figs-quotesinquotes οὐδὲ ἐροῦσιν, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε, ἤ, ἐκεῖ 1 Neither will they say, ‘Behold, here!’ or ‘There!’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “People will not say that they see it near them in one place or over in another place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
LUK 17 21 m153 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ὧδε, ἤ, ἐκεῖ 1 ‘Behold, here!’ or ‘There!’ These people would be using the term **behold** to get others to focus their attention on what they were saying. In this case, it would be appropriate to translate the term with a popular expression in your language that has this meaning. Alternate translation: “‘Hey, here it is!’ or ‘There it is!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 17 21 m154 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ γὰρ 1 For behold Jesus is using the term **behold** to get the Pharisees to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “For indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 17 21 xj7z figs-you ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν 1 the kingdom of God is within you This could mean one of two things. (1) Jesus could be saying that the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of what people believe and decide within themselves. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is inside of you” (2) Since the word **you** is plural here, Jesus could be saying that the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of something that happens within communities of people. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is in your midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 17 21 xj7z figs-you ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν 1 the kingdom of God is within you This could mean: (1) Jesus could be saying that the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of what people believe and decide within themselves. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is inside of you” (2) Since the word **you** is plural here, Jesus could be saying that the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of something that happens within communities of people. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is in your midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
LUK 17 21 xpi7 figs-abstractnouns ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν 1 the kingdom of God is within you See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God is ruling inside of you” or “God is ruling in your midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 17 22 x3y2 figs-idiom ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι ὅτε 1 The days will come when Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “There will be a time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 17 22 v2i3 figs-idiom ἐπιθυμήσετε…ἰδεῖν 1 you will desire to see Jesus is using the term **see** figuratively to mean “experience.” Alternate translation: “you will want very much to experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3047,7 +3047,7 @@ LUK 17 33 kvw6 ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσει, ζῳογονήσει αὐ
|
|||
LUK 17 34 p84l λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
|
||||
LUK 17 34 j3b6 figs-hypo ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ ἔσονται δύο ἐπὶ κλίνης μιᾶς 1 in that night there will be two in one bed Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose this were to happen at night, and suppose there were two people sleeping in the same bed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 17 34 at99 translate-unknown ἐπὶ κλίνης μιᾶς 1 in one bed If your readers would not be familiar with what a **bed** is, you could use the name of the sleeping furniture that people in your own culture use, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “sleeping on one mat” or “sleeping side by side” or “sleeping in the same place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
LUK 17 34 e9hj figs-activepassive ὁ εἷς παραλημφθήσεται, καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται 1 The one will be taken and the other will be left If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you can say who would do the actions. This could mean one of two things. (1) The person who is **taken** may be one whom God takes out of a situation in which they would be destroyed, as God brought Lot out of Sodom, and the person who is **left** may be one who remains in a situation where they will be destroyed, like the people who remained in Sodom. That is the interpretation of UST. Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” (2) In the parallel to this passage in the gospel of Matthew, Jesus says that the people living in Noah’s time “knew nothing until the flood came and took them all away” (Matthew 24:39 ULT). So the person who is **taken** may actually be one whom God destroys, and the one who is **left** may be one whom God spares and allows to remain alive. Alternate translation: “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 17 34 e9hj figs-activepassive ὁ εἷς παραλημφθήσεται, καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται 1 The one will be taken and the other will be left If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you can say who would do the actions. This could mean: (1) The person who is **taken** may be one whom God takes out of a situation in which they would be destroyed, as God brought Lot out of Sodom, and the person who is **left** may be one who remains in a situation where they will be destroyed, like the people who remained in Sodom. That is the interpretation of UST. Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” (2) In the parallel to this passage in the gospel of Matthew, Jesus says that the people living in Noah’s time “knew nothing until the flood came and took them all away” (Matthew 24:39 ULT). So the person who is **taken** may actually be one whom God destroys, and the one who is **left** may be one whom God spares and allows to remain alive. Alternate translation: “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 17 34 m183 figs-hypo ὁ εἷς παραλημφθήσεται 1 The one will be taken If you translated the first sentence in this verse as the condition of a hypothetical situation, translate this sentence as the result of that condition. Alternate translation: “Then one of them will be taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 17 35 il9v figs-hypo ἔσονται δύο ἀλήθουσαι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό 1 There will be two grinding together Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose that when this happens, two women are grinding grain together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 17 35 m184 δύο 1 two The verb is feminine, so this means “two women.” (In [17:34](../17/34.md) and [17:36](../17/36.md), grammatically masculine forms are used, but conventionally in Greek that means that the people are not known to be all women; they could be men or women, so a general term such as “people” would be appropriate in those verses.) Alternate translation: “two women”
|
||||
|
|
@ -3463,7 +3463,7 @@ LUK 20 9 s8tt translate-unknown ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς 1
|
|||
LUK 20 9 y37s γεωργοῖς 1 farmers While **farmers** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
|
||||
LUK 20 10 wm51 figs-explicit καιρῷ 1 at the time If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what time this was. Alternate translation: “at the time at which they had agreed to give him a share of the crop” or “at harvest time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 10 m361 γεωργοὺς…γεωργοὶ 1 farmers … farmers See how you translated **farmers** in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
|
||||
LUK 20 10 kr7j figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 of the fruit of the vineyard This could mean one of several things. (1) The word **fruit** could be intended literally. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) The word **fruit** could be figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 10 kr7j figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 of the fruit of the vineyard This could mean: (1) **fruit** could be intended literally. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” or (2) **fruit** could be figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 10 m362 figs-explicit οἱ…γεωργοὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν, δείραντες κενόν 1 the farmers sent him away, having beaten him, empty It may be helpful to state explicitly that the farmers did this after the servant arrived, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 20 10 isk1 figs-metaphor ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν…κενόν 1 sent him away empty Jesus speaks figuratively of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 20 11 r72a ἀτιμάσαντες 1 treated him shamefully Alternate translation: “humiliated him”
|
||||
|
|
@ -3663,7 +3663,7 @@ LUK 21 10 e65b figs-ellipsis καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλεία
|
|||
LUK 21 10 m438 figs-genericnoun βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 kingdom against kingdom The word **kingdom** represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
LUK 21 10 m439 figs-metonymy βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 kingdom against kingdom The term **kingdom** figuratively represents the people of a kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 11 ib3l φόβηθρά 1 terrifying events Alternate translation: “events that terrify people” or “events that cause people to be very afraid”
|
||||
LUK 21 11 m440 figs-metonymy σημεῖα ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ μεγάλα 1 great signs from heaven Here, the term **heaven** could mean one of two things. (1) Based on what Jesus says in [21:25](../21/25.md) about signs in the sun, moon, and stars, it could have the sense of “sky.” Alternate translation: “great signs in the sky” (2) It could be a way of referring to God figuratively by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “great signs from God” or “great signs that God sends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 11 m440 figs-metonymy σημεῖα ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ μεγάλα 1 great signs from heaven Here, the term **heaven** could mean: (1) Based on what Jesus says in [21:25](../21/25.md) about signs in the sun, moon, and stars, it could have the sense of “sky.” Alternate translation: “great signs in the sky” (2) It could be a way of referring to God figuratively by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “great signs from God” or “great signs that God sends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 12 unm4 figs-metonymy τούτων 1 these things This refers implicitly to the things that Jesus has said will happen. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 12 w5uz figs-metonymy ἐπιβαλοῦσιν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν 1 they will lay their hands on you This expression figuratively means to arrest a person by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of that person. Alternate translation: “they will arrest you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 12 qd99 writing-pronouns ἐπιβαλοῦσιν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν 1 they will lay their hands on you The pronoun **they** refers to the government authorities, who will be led to arrest the followers of Jesus by their enemies, as Jesus explains in [21:16](../21/16.md). Alternate translation: “the authorities will arrest you” or “your enemies will get the authorities to arrest you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3712,7 +3712,7 @@ LUK 21 23 e1pj ταῖς θηλαζούσαις 1 the ones nursing This does no
|
|||
LUK 21 23 m459 figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 in those days Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 21 23 m460 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Jesus uses this word to introduce the reason why it will be very difficult for pregnant women and nursing mothers at this time. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put the sentence that this word introduces first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that the other sentence in the verse describes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 21 23 m461 figs-parallelism ἔσται…ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ὀργὴ τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ 1 there will be great distress upon the land and wrath to this people If the word **land** figuratively means the people who live in the land (see note below), then these two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus may be using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “God will angrily punish the people who live in this land by making them suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 21 23 mzp3 figs-metonymy ἔσται…ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 there will be great distress upon the land This could mean one of two things. (1) The term **land** could refer figuratively to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “the people who live in this land will suffer greatly” (2) The term **land** could be literal. Alternate translation: “there will be physical disasters in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 23 mzp3 figs-metonymy ἔσται…ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 there will be great distress upon the land This could mean: (1) The term **land** could refer figuratively to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “the people who live in this land will suffer greatly” (2) The term **land** could be literal. Alternate translation: “there will be physical disasters in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 23 m462 figs-abstractnouns ἔσται…ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 there will be great distress upon the land If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **distress** with a verb such as “suffer.” Alternate translation: “the people who live in this land will suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
LUK 21 23 iw4r figs-metonymy καὶ ὀργὴ τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ 1 and wrath to this people Jesus is using the word **wrath** figuratively to mean what God will do in his **wrath**. Alternate translation: “and God will angrily punish this people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 lmj8 figs-metonymy πεσοῦνται 1 they will fall Here, **fall** figuratively means to die by association with the way that people who die **fall** to the ground. Alternate translation: “they will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3723,7 +3723,7 @@ LUK 21 24 m466 figs-synecdoche μαχαίρης 1 the sword Jesus may figurative
|
|||
LUK 21 24 cg3n figs-activepassive αἰχμαλωτισθήσονται εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα 1 they will be led captive into all the nations If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “their enemies will capture them and take them away into other countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 zn4e figs-hyperbole εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα 1 into all the nations The word **all** is a generalization that emphasizes that their enemies will take the people away to many other countries. Alternate translation: “into many other countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 m467 figs-metonymy ἐθνῶν 1 nations Jesus is using the term **nations** figuratively to mean the places where various people groups live. Alternate translation: “countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 d356 figs-metaphor Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν 1 Jerusalem will be trampled by the nations Jesus speaks figuratively of the Gentiles walking all over the city of Jerusalem. This could mean one of two things. (1) The image could be of people walking around on land that they own or control. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will occupy Jerusalem” (2) The image could be of walking over something to flatten it. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will completely destroy Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 d356 figs-metaphor Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν 1 Jerusalem will be trampled by the nations Jesus speaks figuratively of the Gentiles walking all over the city of Jerusalem. This could mean: (1) The image could be of people walking around on land that they own or control. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will occupy Jerusalem” (2) The image could be of walking over something to flatten it. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will completely destroy Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 m468 figs-metaphor Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν 1 Jerusalem will be trampled by the nations If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will occupy Jerusalem” or “the Gentiles will completely destroy Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 m469 figs-explicit ἐθνῶν 2 the nations Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that by **the nations**, he means in this instance the people groups who are not Jews. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 21 24 na6l figs-activepassive ἄχρι οὗ πληρωθῶσιν καιροὶ ἐθνῶν 1 until the times of the nations are fulfilled If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. (See the discussion of the meaning of this phrase in the General Notes to this chapter.) Alternate translation: “until the time when the Gentiles rule the Jews is over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3937,7 +3937,7 @@ LUK 22 37 m549 figs-quotesinquotes τό καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλο
|
|||
LUK 22 37 jz9d figs-nominaladj μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη 1 he was reckoned with the lawless Jesus is using the adjective **lawless** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “he was considered a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 22 37 jf1f figs-activepassive μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη 1 he was reckoned with the lawless If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “people considered him to be a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 22 37 se1d figs-explicit καὶ γὰρ τὸ περὶ ἐμοῦ τέλος ἔχει 1 For indeed the thing concerning me has an accomplishment Here Jesus is speaking implicitly about what the Scriptures say about him. Alternate translation: “Yes, what the Scriptures say about me must certainly happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 38 kbt8 figs-explicit ἱκανόν ἐστιν 1 It is enough This could mean one of two things. (1) Jesus may be indicating that when he told his disciples to buy swords, he meant for their own defense, not to attack their enemies, and that they have enough swords for that purpose. Alternate translation: “That will be enough for us to defend ourselves” (2) Jesus wants them to stop talking about having swords. The implication would be that when he said they should buy swords, he was mainly warning them that they were going to face dangers, and he did not really want them to buy swords and fight. Alternate translation: “That is enough talk about swords, I do not really want you to buy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 38 kbt8 figs-explicit ἱκανόν ἐστιν 1 It is enough This could mean: (1) Jesus may be indicating that when he told his disciples to buy swords, he meant for their own defense, not to attack their enemies, and that they have enough swords for that purpose. Alternate translation: “That will be enough for us to defend ourselves” (2) Jesus wants them to stop talking about having swords. The implication would be that when he said they should buy swords, he was mainly warning them that they were going to face dangers, and he did not really want them to buy swords and fight. Alternate translation: “That is enough talk about swords, I do not really want you to buy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 39 zaw6 writing-background ἐξελθὼν, ἐπορεύθη κατὰ τὸ ἔθος εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν 1 going out, he went according to his custom to the Mount of Olives Luke provides this background information about where Jesus went to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Luke has already indicated in [21:37](../21/37.md) that during this time in Jerusalem, Jesus did not spend the nights in the city, but rather in this location. Alternate translation: “leaving the city of Jerusalem, Jesus went to spend the night on the Mount of Olives, as he had been doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 22 39 m550 translate-names τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν 1 the Mount of Olives This is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated it in [19:29](../19/29.md). Alternate translation: “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 22 40 m551 figs-synecdoche γενόμενος δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου 1 when he came to the place Luke says **he**, meaning Jesus, to refer figuratively to Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “when Jesus and his disciples arrived at the Mount of Olives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -3953,7 +3953,7 @@ LUK 22 42 zw2y figs-imperative πλὴν μὴ τὸ θέλημά μου, ἀλ
|
|||
LUK 22 43 m556 translate-textvariants Ὤφθη δὲ αὐτῷ ἄγγελος ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ ἐνισχύων αὐτόν 1 And an angel from heaven appeared to him, strengthening him See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The note below discusses a translation issue in this verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
LUK 22 43 m557 figs-idiom Ὤφθη…αὐτῷ 1 appeared to him **Appeared** does not mean that the angel simply seemed to be there, or that Jesus saw the angel in a vision. Rather, this expression indicates that the angel was actually present with Jesus. Alternate translation: “came there to be with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 22 44 m558 translate-textvariants Καὶ γενόμενος ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ ἐκτενέστερον προσηύχετο. καὶ Ἐγένετο ὁ ἱδρὼς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ θρόμβοι αἵματος καταβαίνοντες ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 And being in agony, he was praying more earnestly, and his sweat became like drops of blood falling on the ground See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The two notes below discusses translation issues in this verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
LUK 22 44 m559 ἐκτενέστερον προσηύχετο 1 he was praying more earnestly This could mean one of two things. (1) Luke may be using the comparative form of the adjective **earnest**, which has an adverbial sense here, with a superlative meaning. Alternate translation: “he was praying most earnestly” or “he was praying very fervently” (2) The word may have an actual comparative sense. Alternate translation: “he began to pray even more earnestly than he had been praying before”
|
||||
LUK 22 44 m559 ἐκτενέστερον προσηύχετο 1 he was praying more earnestly This could mean: (1) Luke may be using the comparative form of the adjective **earnest**, which has an adverbial sense here, with a superlative meaning. Alternate translation: “he was praying most earnestly” or “he was praying very fervently” (2) The word may have an actual comparative sense. Alternate translation: “he began to pray even more earnestly than he had been praying before”
|
||||
LUK 22 44 m560 figs-simile Ἐγένετο ὁ ἱδρὼς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ θρόμβοι αἵματος καταβαίνοντες ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 his sweat became like drops of blood falling on the ground This could mean one of two things. The first is more likely. (1) It could describe the appearance of the drops. This would mean that Jesus had been under such stress that the small blood vessels that fed his sweat glands ruptured, and his sweat became mixed with blood. (This is a rare but well-document medical condition known as hematohidrosis.) Alternate translation: “his sweat became mixed with blood and it fell to the ground in drops” (2) It could describe the way in which the drops of sweat fell to the ground. Alternate translation: “he began to sweat so intensely that the sweat formed drops and fell to the ground as blood drops do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
LUK 22 45 m561 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **and** to indicate that what he describes next came after what he described just previously. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
LUK 22 45 m562 ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ τῆς προσευχῆς, ἐλθὼν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς 1 having risen up from the prayer, he came to the disciples Alternate translation: “when Jesus had finished praying, he got up and went back to his disciples”
|
||||
|
|
@ -4003,7 +4003,7 @@ LUK 22 55 m8ew μέσος αὐτῶν 1 in the midst of them Alternate transla
|
|||
LUK 22 56 m582 writing-participants ἰδοῦσα δὲ αὐτὸν, παιδίσκη τις 1 Then a certain female servant, seeing him Luke says this to introduce this new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Now there was a female servant there who saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 22 56 fm4t καθήμενον πρὸς τὸ φῶς 1 sitting towards the light Alternate translation: “sitting facing the light of the fire” or “sitting with his face lit up by the fire”
|
||||
LUK 22 56 fxz3 figs-explicit καὶ ἀτενίσασα αὐτῷ εἶπεν 1 and looking steadily at him, said Though this woman was looking at Peter, she was not speaking to him but to the others around them. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “She looked straight at Peter and said to the other people in the courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 56 zu63 figs-explicit καὶ οὗτος σὺν αὐτῷ ἦν 1 This one also was with him The woman could mean one of two things by this. (1) She could mean that Peter was with Jesus when the group came to arrest him, as UST suggests. (2) However, it is perhaps unlikely that this female servant accompanied that group, and so she may mean instead that she saw Peter with Jesus somewhere in Jerusalem earlier in the week and she could tell that he was associated with Jesus. Alternate translation: “I know that this man is one of Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 56 zu63 figs-explicit καὶ οὗτος σὺν αὐτῷ ἦν 1 This one also was with him This could mean: (1) Peter was with Jesus when the group came to arrest him, as UST suggests, or (2) since it is perhaps unlikely that this female servant accompanied that group, she may mean instead that she saw Peter with Jesus somewhere in Jerusalem earlier in the week and she could tell that he was associated with Jesus. Alternate translation: “I know that this man is one of Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 22 57 dzq9 ὁ δὲ ἠρνήσατο 1 But he denied it Alternate translation: “But Peter said that was not true”
|
||||
LUK 22 57 vdm1 γύναι 1 Woman Peter addresses the female servant as **Woman** because he does not know her name. He is not insulting her by calling her that. If your readers might think he was insulting her, you could use a way that is acceptable in your culture for a man to address a woman he does not know. Alternate translation: “Miss” or “Ma’am”
|
||||
LUK 22 58 m583 writing-participants ἕτερος 1 another Luke uses this word to introduce another new character into the story. Alternate translation: “another of the people who was there by the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4089,7 +4089,7 @@ LUK 23 10 lpu6 ἵστήκεισαν 1 stood by Alternate translation: “were
|
|||
LUK 23 10 hn8g εὐτόνως κατηγοροῦντες αὐτοῦ 1 vehemently accusing him Alternate translation: “insisting strongly that Jesus was guilty of doing wrong”
|
||||
LUK 23 11 m602 ἐξουθενήσας…αὐτὸν 1 despised him This does not mean that Herod hated Jesus, but that he treated him as if he were worthless. Alternate translation: “humiliated him”
|
||||
LUK 23 11 qt1c figs-explicit περιβαλὼν ἐσθῆτα λαμπρὰν 1 Putting elegant clothing around him Herod and his soldiers did this to mock Jesus and to make fun of him, so be sure that your readers do not get the impression that they did this to honor or care for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Dressing him mockingly in beautiful clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 12 b6f1 figs-explicit ἐγένοντο…φίλοι ὅ τε Ἡρῴδης καὶ ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ μετ’ ἀλλήλων 1 both Herod and Pilate became friends with each other on that day Luke does not say specifically why these two men **became friends**. There seem to be two possibilities. (1) It could have been because Pilate had shown Herod courtesy by respecting his jurisdiction over Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because Pilate had respectfully sent Jesus to Herod to judge him” (2) It could have been because they realized that they agreed in their opinion about Jesus. They both felt that he was not guilty of doing wrong, but they also felt they could mistreat him as a way of asserting their power and authority over someone the people considered a leader. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because they had both responded to Jesus in the same way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 12 b6f1 figs-explicit ἐγένοντο…φίλοι ὅ τε Ἡρῴδης καὶ ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ μετ’ ἀλλήλων 1 both Herod and Pilate became friends with each other on that day Luke does not say specifically why these two men **became friends**. This could mean: (1) Pilate had shown Herod courtesy by respecting his jurisdiction over Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because Pilate had respectfully sent Jesus to Herod to judge him” or (2) they realized that they agreed in their opinion about Jesus. They both felt that he was not guilty of doing wrong, but they also felt they could mistreat him as a way of asserting their power and authority over someone the people considered a leader. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because they had both responded to Jesus in the same way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 12 x7r8 grammar-connect-logic-result προϋπῆρχον γὰρ ἐν ἔχθρᾳ ὄντες πρὸς αὑτούς 1 for they were previously being in hostility between themselves If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this clause first in the verse, as UST does, since it gives the reason for the results that the rest of the verse describes. These two men had to become **friends** because they had not been **friends** previously. Alternate translation, as the beginning of the verse, replacing “Then”: “Before this Herod and Pilate had been enemies, but now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
LUK 23 13 d7gn writing-participants τὸν λαὸν 1 the people This is a further reference reintroducing these participants, whom Luke first introduced subtly in 23:4. It is not likely that Pilate asked a crowd to gather. Instead, the crowd was probably still there waiting to see what would happen to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the crowd of people that was still there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
LUK 23 14 dh77 figs-explicit εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον 1 said to them, “You brought this man to me” By **this man**, Pilate means Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “said to them about Jesus, ‘You brought this man to me’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4199,7 +4199,7 @@ LUK 23 35 m648 figs-hypo ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, σωσάτω ἑαυτόν
|
|||
LUK 23 35 m3f6 figs-explicit σωσάτω ἑαυτόν 1 let him save himself The implication is that Jesus ought to be able to save himself from dying on the cross, if he is the Messiah and can do miracles. Alternate translation: “let him do a miracle to save himself from dying on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 35 a963 figs-nominaladj ὁ ἐκλεκτός 1 the Chosen One The leaders are using the adjective **Chosen** as a noun. ULT adds the term **One** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the One whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
LUK 23 35 m649 translate-names ὁ ἐκλεκτός 1 the Chosen One This is a title, not a description, so translate it following the conventions in your language for titles, for example, by capitalizing the main words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
LUK 23 36 b3jz figs-explicit ἐνέπαιξαν δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται, προσερχόμενοι ὄξος προσφέροντες αὐτῷ 1 Then the soldiers also mocked him, coming up and offering him vinegar Luke does not say specifically in what way the soliders **mocked** Jesus by offering him **vinegar**, that is, the sour wine that was their common drink. There are two possibilities. (1) Since Luke records in the next verse that the soldiers spoke of Jesus being the “king of the Jews,” the common drink may have been intended to show that they did not really believe he was a king, since a king would have drunk fine wine. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him cheap sour wine, which was not what a real king would drink” (2) The soldiers may have **mocked** Jesus just by **offering** him something to drink, but then not giving it to him, even though he would have been very thirsty. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him some of their sour wine but then not giving him any to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 36 b3jz figs-explicit ἐνέπαιξαν δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται, προσερχόμενοι ὄξος προσφέροντες αὐτῷ 1 Then the soldiers also mocked him, coming up and offering him vinegar Luke does not say specifically in what way the soliders **mocked** Jesus by offering him **vinegar**, that is, the sour wine that was their common drink. This could mean: (1) since Luke records in the next verse that the soldiers spoke of Jesus being the “king of the Jews,” the common drink may have been intended to show that they did not really believe he was a king, since a king would have drunk fine wine. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him cheap sour wine, which was not what a real king would drink” or (2) the soldiers may have **mocked** Jesus just by **offering** him something to drink, but then not giving it to him, even though he would have been very thirsty. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him some of their sour wine but then not giving him any to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 37 x5wr figs-hypo εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων, σῶσον σεαυτόν 1 If you are the King of the Jews, save yourself The soldiers are mockingly suggesting a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose you really are the King of the Jews. Then save yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
LUK 23 37 m650 figs-explicit σῶσον σεαυτόν 1 save yourself The implication is that Jesus ought to be able to save himself from dying on the cross. Alternate translation: “do a miracle to save yourself from dying on that cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
LUK 23 38 l5be figs-metonymy ἦν δὲ καὶ ἐπιγραφὴ ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 there was also an inscription over him Luke is referring figuratively to a placard that the soldiers placed above Jesus by association with the fact that it bore an **inscription**, that is, something that the soldiers had written on it. Alternate translation: “The soldiers also attached a placard at the top of Jesus’ cross on which they had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -4230,7 +4230,7 @@ LUK 23 43 f1fl τῷ Παραδείσῳ 1 in paradise See the discussion in th
|
|||
LUK 23 44 m660 writing-background καὶ ἦν ἤδη 1 And it was already Luke uses this phrase to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. He explains that it was about noon so that readers will appreciate how extraordinary it was that the entire sky became dark. Alternate translation: “Now by this time it was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
LUK 23 44 x7fl ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη 1 about the sixth hour In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about noon”
|
||||
LUK 23 44 m661 translate-ordinal ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη 1 about the sixth hour If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “around hour six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
LUK 23 44 q4t3 σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν 1 darkness was over the whole land This could mean one of two things. (1) The term translated as **land** can refer to a particular area. Alternate translation, as in UST: “it became dark throughout that whole area” (2) The term can also describe the earth. Alternate translation: “darkness covered the entire earth”
|
||||
LUK 23 44 q4t3 σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν 1 darkness was over the whole land This could mean: (1) The term translated as **land** can refer to a particular area. Alternate translation, as in UST: “it became dark throughout that whole area” (2) The term can also describe the earth. Alternate translation: “darkness covered the entire earth”
|
||||
LUK 23 44 m662 figs-metonymy σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν 1 darkness was over the whole land This could also be a figurative reference to the sky, since it is **over** the **land**. Alternate translation: “the entire sky became dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
LUK 23 44 e8zn ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 until the ninth hour This phrase also expresses the way people in this culture began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “until three o’clock in the afternoon”
|
||||
LUK 23 44 m663 translate-ordinal ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 until the ninth hour If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “until hour nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
|
|
@ -209,13 +209,13 @@ JHN 4 22 yj1y ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν 1
|
|||
JHN 4 23 bs1p 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Samaritan woman.
|
||||
JHN 4 23 atm4 ἀλλὰ ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν, ὅτε οἱ ἀληθινοὶ προσκυνηταὶ προσκυνήσουσιν 1 However, the hour is coming, and is now here, when true worshipers will “However, it is now the right time for true worshipers to”
|
||||
JHN 4 23 k1gf guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρὶ 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 4 23 fb51 ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 in spirit and truth Possible meanings are the **spirit** here is (1) the inner person, the mind and heart, what a person thinks and what he loves, different from where he goes to worship and what ceremonies he performs, or (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Spirit and in truth” or “with the Spirit’s help and in truth”
|
||||
JHN 4 23 fb51 ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 in spirit and truth Here, **spirit** could mean: (1) the inner person, the mind and heart, what a person thinks and what he loves, different from where he goes to worship and what ceremonies he performs, or (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Spirit and in truth” or “with the Spirit’s help and in truth”
|
||||
JHN 4 23 utt7 ἐν…ἀληθείᾳ 1 in…truth thinking correctly of what is true about God
|
||||
JHN 4 25 lp44 οἶδα ὅτι Μεσσίας ἔρχεται, ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 1 I know that the Messiah…Christ Both of these words mean “God’s promised king.”
|
||||
JHN 4 25 u8nb figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα 1 he will explain everything to us The words **explain everything** imply all that the people need to know. Alternate translation: “he will tell us everything we need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 4 27 vk5j ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἦλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 At that moment his disciples returned “Just as Jesus was saying this, his disciples returned from town”
|
||||
JHN 4 27 p39j καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει 1 Now they were wondering why he was speaking with a woman It was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a woman he did not know, especially if that woman was a Samaritan.
|
||||
JHN 4 27 cbc9 οὐδεὶς μέντοι εἶπεν, τί ζητεῖς? ἢ, τί λαλεῖς μετ’ αὐτῆς? 1 no one said, “What…want?” or “Why…her?” Possible meanings are (1) the disciples asked both questions to Jesus or (2) “no one asked the woman, ‘What…want?’ or asked Jesus, ‘Why…her?’”
|
||||
JHN 4 27 cbc9 οὐδεὶς μέντοι εἶπεν, τί ζητεῖς? ἢ, τί λαλεῖς μετ’ αὐτῆς? 1 no one said, “What…want?” or “Why…her?” This could mean: (1) the disciples asked both questions to Jesus or (2) “no one asked the woman, ‘What…want?’ or asked Jesus, ‘Why…her?’”
|
||||
JHN 4 29 hb5h figs-hyperbole δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα 1 Come, see a man who told me everything that I have ever done The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. Alternate translation: “Come see a man who knows very much about me, even though I have never met him before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 4 29 dl18 μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός 1 This could not be the Christ, could it? The woman is not sure that Jesus is the Christ, so she asks a question that expects “no” for an answer, but she also asks a question instead of making a statement because she wants the people to decide for themselves.
|
||||
JHN 4 31 t6hy ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ 1 In the meantime “While the woman was going into town”
|
||||
|
|
@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ JHN 5 38 rc2n τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word “the message he spok
|
|||
JHN 5 39 xi22 ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν 1 in them you have eternal life “you will find eternal life if you read them” or “the scriptures will tell you how you can have eternal life”
|
||||
JHN 5 40 dzm2 οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 you are not willing to come to me “you refuse to believe my message”
|
||||
JHN 5 41 c1rx λαμβάνω 1 receive accept
|
||||
JHN 5 42 b1j4 τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 you do not have the love of God in yourselves This can mean (1) “you really do not love God” or (2) “you have really not received God’s love.”
|
||||
JHN 5 42 b1j4 τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 you do not have the love of God in yourselves This could mean: (1) “you really do not love God” or (2) “you have really not received God’s love.”
|
||||
JHN 5 43 zw65 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in my Father’s name Here the word **name** is a metonym that symbolizes God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “I have come with my Father’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 43 rtb9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 43 ue9f λαμβάνετέ 1 receive welcome as a friend
|
||||
|
|
@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ JHN 6 42 bm3w figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ
|
|||
JHN 6 42 i81r figs-rquestion πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα 1 How then does he now say, ‘I have come down from heaven’? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. Alternate translation: “He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 43 pk4s 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd and now also to the Jewish leaders.
|
||||
JHN 6 44 s6b5 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 raise him up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “cause him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 6 44 rr2m ἑλκύσῃ 1 draws This can mean (1) “pulls” or (2) “attracts.”
|
||||
JHN 6 44 rr2m ἑλκύσῃ 1 draws This could mean: (1) “pulls” or (2) “attracts.”
|
||||
JHN 6 44 jb73 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 45 j1af figs-activepassive ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις 1 It is written in the prophets This is a passive statement that can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “The prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 6 45 rk3b πᾶς ὁ ἀκούσας παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ μαθὼν, ἔρχεται πρὸς ἐμέ 1 Everyone who has heard and learned from the Father comes to me The Jews thought Jesus was the “son of Joseph” ([John 6:42](../06/42.md)), but he is the Son of God because his Father is God, not Joseph. Those who truly learn from God the Father believe in Jesus, who is God the Son.
|
||||
|
|
@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ JHN 6 54 qia5 τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 at the last day “on the day
|
|||
JHN 6 55 cik2 figs-metaphor ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις 1 my flesh is true food…my blood is true drink The phrases “true food” and “true drink” are a metaphor that means Jesus gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 56 u3w4 ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει, κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 remains in me, and I in him “has a close relationship with me”
|
||||
JHN 6 57 dba2 καὶ ὁ τρώγων με 1 so he who eats me The phrase **eats me** is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
JHN 6 57 nfz4 ζῶν Πατὴρ 1 living Father Possible meanings are (1) “the Father who gives life” or (2) “the Father who is alive.”
|
||||
JHN 6 57 nfz4 ζῶν Πατὴρ 1 living Father This could mean: (1) “the Father who gives life” or (2) “the Father who is alive.”
|
||||
JHN 6 57 m1l5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 58 m2nz οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς 1 This is the bread that has come down from heaven Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I am the bread that has come down from heaven” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
|
||||
JHN 6 58 kv16 figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς 1 This is the bread that has come down from heaven The bread is a metaphor for what gives life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -431,9 +431,9 @@ JHN 6 60 cp3k figs-rquestion τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν
|
|||
JHN 6 61 rn8i τοῦτο ὑμᾶς σκανδαλίζει 1 Does this offend you? “Does this shock you?” or “Does this upset you?”
|
||||
JHN 6 62 r33r figs-rquestion ἐὰν οὖν θεωρῆτε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον 1 Then what if you should see the Son of Man going up to where he was before? Jesus offers this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that his disciples will see other things that are also hard to understand. Alternate translation: “Then you will not know what to think when you see me, the Son of Man, going up into heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 63 y558 ὠφελεῖ 1 profits The word **profit** means to cause good things to happen.
|
||||
JHN 6 63 fy9p figs-metonymy ῥήματα 1 words Possible meanings are (1) Jesus’ words in [John 6:32-58](./32.md) or (2) everything Jesus teaches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 6 63 fy9p figs-metonymy ῥήματα 1 words This could mean: (1) Jesus’ words in [John 6:32-58](./32.md) or (2) everything Jesus teaches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 6 63 plw8 τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λελάληκα ὑμῖν 1 The words that I have spoken to you “What I have told you”
|
||||
JHN 6 63 gb29 πνεῦμά ἐστιν καὶ ζωή ἐστιν 1 are spirit, and they are life Possible meanings are (1) “are about the Spirit and eternal life” or (2) “are from the Spirit and give eternal life” or (3) “are about spiritual things and life.”
|
||||
JHN 6 63 gb29 πνεῦμά ἐστιν καὶ ζωή ἐστιν 1 are spirit, and they are life This could mean: (1) “are about the Spirit and eternal life” or (2) “are from the Spirit and give eternal life” or (3) “are about spiritual things and life.”
|
||||
JHN 6 64 k7ir 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 6 64 ey1e writing-background ᾔδει γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδώσων αὐτόν 1 For Jesus knew from the beginning who were the ones…who it was who would betray him Here John gives background information about what Jesus knew would happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 65 c3cl οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός με, ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 no one can come to me unless it is granted to him by the Father Whoever wants to believe must come to God through the Son. Only God the Father allows people to come to Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ JHN 7 37 iy9e figs-metaphor ἐάν τις διψᾷ 1 If anyone is thirsty Here
|
|||
JHN 7 37 ayn6 figs-metaphor ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω 1 let him come to me and drink The word **drink** is a metaphor that means to receive the spiritual life that Jesus provides. Alternate translation: “let him come to me and quench his spiritual thirst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 u9cx ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή 1 He who believes in me, just as the scripture says “As the scripture says about anyone who believes in me”
|
||||
JHN 7 38 uw2q figs-metaphor ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 rivers of living water will flow The “rivers of living water” is a metaphor that represents the life that Jesus provides for those who are spiritually “thirsty.” Alternate translation: “spiritual life will flow like rivers of water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 yt75 figs-metaphor ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 living water Possible meanings are (1) “water that gives life” or (2) “water that causes people to live.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 yt75 figs-metaphor ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 living water This could mean: (1) “water that gives life” or (2) “water that causes people to live.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 cx1q figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ 1 from his stomach Here the **stomach** represents the inside of a person, specifically the non-physical part of a person. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 39 i8wx writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse the author gives information to clarify what Jesus is talking about. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 39 syp9 δὲ εἶπεν 1 But he said Here, **he** refers to Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -554,9 +554,9 @@ JHN 8 13 ih9h σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς 1 You bear wi
|
|||
JHN 8 13 mrj6 figs-explicit ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής 1 your witness is not true The Pharisees are implying that the witness of only one person is not true because it cannot be verified. Alternate translation: “you cannot be your own witness” or “what you say about yourself may not be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 14 x9rf κἂν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 Even if I bear witness about myself “Even if I say these things about myself”
|
||||
JHN 8 15 k92s τὴν σάρκα 1 the flesh “human standards and the laws of men”
|
||||
JHN 8 15 j79i ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα 1 I judge no one Possible meanings are (1) “I do not judge anyone yet” or (2) “I am not judging anyone now.”
|
||||
JHN 8 16 xnn5 ἐὰν κρίνω…ἐγώ 1 if I judge Possible meanings are (1) “if I judge people” or (2) “whenever I judge people”
|
||||
JHN 8 16 jb2f ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν 1 my judgment is true Possible meanings are (1) “my judgment will be right” or (2) “my judgment is right.”
|
||||
JHN 8 15 j79i ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα 1 I judge no one This could mean: (1) “I do not judge anyone yet” or (2) “I am not judging anyone now.”
|
||||
JHN 8 16 xnn5 ἐὰν κρίνω…ἐγώ 1 if I judge This could mean: (1) “if I judge people” or (2) “whenever I judge people”
|
||||
JHN 8 16 jb2f ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν 1 my judgment is true This could mean: (1) “my judgment will be right” or (2) “my judgment is right.”
|
||||
JHN 8 16 emx1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples μόνος οὐκ εἰμί, ἀλλ’ ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 I am not alone, but I am with the Father who sent me Jesus, the Son of God, has authority because of his special relationship with his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 16 ev1r figs-explicit μόνος οὐκ εἰμί 1 I am not alone The implied information is that Jesus is not alone in his judgment. Alternate translation: “I am not alone in how I judge” or “I do not judge alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 16 f6nu ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ…Πατήρ 1 I am with the Father The Father and the Son judge together. Alternate translation: “the Father also judges with me” or “the Father judges as I do”
|
||||
|
|
@ -581,13 +581,13 @@ JHN 8 23 a7ny ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί 1 I am from above “I c
|
|||
JHN 8 23 svn1 ὑμεῖς ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ἐστέ 1 You are of this world “You belong to this world”
|
||||
JHN 8 23 w9jl ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 I am not of this world “I do not belong to this world”
|
||||
JHN 8 24 jgw4 ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν 1 you will die in your sins “you will die without God’s forgiving your sins”
|
||||
JHN 8 24 he1k ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι 1 that I AM Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus expects the people to understand that he is referring to what he already has already said about himself: “I am from above.”
|
||||
JHN 8 24 he1k ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι 1 that I AM This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus expects the people to understand that he is referring to what he already has already said about himself: “I am from above.”
|
||||
JHN 8 25 t7tv ἔλεγον 1 They said The word **They** refers to the Jewish leaders ([John 8:22](../08/22.md)).
|
||||
JHN 8 26 lsc7 figs-metonymy ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 these things I say to the world Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “these things I say to all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 27 hh1s guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is a special title for God. Some languages may require the use of a possessive before the noun. Alternate translation: “his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 28 x6ca ὅταν ὑψώσητε 1 When you have lifted up This refers to placing Jesus on the cross to kill him.
|
||||
JHN 8 28 er3s Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man Jesus used the title “Son of Man” to refer to himself.
|
||||
JHN 8 28 tcs5 ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I AM Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus is saying, “I am the one I claim to be.”
|
||||
JHN 8 28 tcs5 ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I AM This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus is saying, “I am the one I claim to be.”
|
||||
JHN 8 28 vq9k guidelines-sonofgodprinciples καθὼς ἐδίδαξέν με ὁ Πατὴρ, ταῦτα λαλῶ 1 As the Father taught me, I speak these things “I am only saying what my Father taught me to say.” The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 29 w9cl ὁ πέμψας με 1 He who sent me The word **He** refers to God.
|
||||
JHN 8 30 ld9x ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 As Jesus was saying these things “As Jesus spoke these words”
|
||||
|
|
@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ JHN 8 57 erp5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story
|
|||
JHN 8 57 yzf9 figs-synecdoche εἶπον…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν 1 The Jews said to him Here the **Jews** is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 57 r1ek figs-rquestion πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ἑώρακας 1 You are not yet fifty years old, and you have seen Abraham? The Jewish leaders use this question to express their shock that Jesus claims to have seen Abraham. Alternate translation: “You are less than fifty years old. You could not have seen Abraham!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 58 rnw4 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 8 58 k4tp ἐγὼ εἰμί 1 I AM Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus is saying, “before Abraham existed, I existed.”
|
||||
JHN 8 58 k4tp ἐγὼ εἰμί 1 I AM This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus is saying, “before Abraham existed, I existed.”
|
||||
JHN 8 59 bxs5 figs-explicit ἦραν οὖν λίθους, ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Then they picked up stones to throw at him The Jewish leaders are outraged at what Jesus has said. Here it is implied that they wanted to kill him because he had made himself equal to God. Alternate translation: “Then they picked up stones to kill him because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 intro hq31 0 # John 09 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Who sinned?”<br><br>Many of the Jews of Jesus’ time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he or his parents or someone in his family had sinned. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### “He does not keep the Sabbath”<br><br>The Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by making mud. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Seeing and being blind<br><br>Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they see that Jesus is able to heal blind people but they still do not believe that God sent him ([John 9:39-40](./39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 9:35](../../jhn/09/35.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 9 1 fa5a 0 General Information: As Jesus and his disciples are walking along, they come across a blind man.
|
||||
|
|
@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ JHN 10 33 h4kp ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν 1 making yourself God “
|
|||
JHN 10 34 qi82 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε? 1 Is it not written…gods”’? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You should already know that it is written in your law that I said, ‘you are gods.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 10 34 b3gp θεοί ἐστε 1 You are gods Here Jesus quotes a scripture where God calls his followers **gods**, perhaps because he has chosen them to represent him on earth.
|
||||
JHN 10 35 m8ji figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο 1 the word of God came Jesus speaks of God’s message as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. Alternate translation: “God spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 35 u9j2 οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή 1 the scripture cannot be broken Possible meanings are (1) “no one can change the scripture” or (2) “the scripture will always be true.”
|
||||
JHN 10 35 u9j2 οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή 1 the scripture cannot be broken This could mean: (1) “no one can change the scripture” or (2) “the scripture will always be true.”
|
||||
JHN 10 36 dvp5 figs-rquestion ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι 1 do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God’? Jesus used this question to rebuke his opponents for saying that he was blaspheming when he called himself “the Son of God.” Alternate translation: “you should not say to the very one whom the Father set apart to send into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ when I say that I am the Son of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 10 36 fj9f βλασφημεῖς 1 You are blaspheming “You are insulting God.” Jesus’ opponents understood that when said that he is the Son of God, he was implying that he is equal with God.
|
||||
JHN 10 36 rax1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Father…Son of God These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ JHN 11 9 uv34 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὧραί εἰσιν τῆ
|
|||
JHN 11 9 ln4r figs-metaphor ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει 1 If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world People who walk in the light of the day can see well and do not stumble. “Light” is a metaphor for “truth.” Jesus is implying that people who live according to truth will be able to successfully do the things that God wants them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 10 hel4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 11 10 vm6h figs-metaphor ἐὰν…τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί 1 if he walks at night Here, **night** is a metaphor that refers to one’s walking without God’s light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 10 c3im τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the light is not in him Possible meanings are (1) “he cannot see” or (2) “he does not have God’s light.”
|
||||
JHN 11 10 c3im τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the light is not in him This could mean: (1) “he cannot see” or (2) “he does not have God’s light.”
|
||||
JHN 11 11 bev5 figs-idiom Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται 1 Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep Here, **fallen asleep** is an idiom that means Lazarus has died. If you have a way of saying this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 11 11 ze1z figs-idiom ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν 1 but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep The words **wake him out of sleep** form an idiom. Jesus is revealing his plan to bring Lazurus back to life. If you have an idiom for this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 11 12 e5k2 writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 13 there is a break in the story line as John comments on the disciples’ misunderstanding about what Jesus meant when he said Lazarus was asleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ JHN 12 32 a7tc figs-activepassive κἀγὼ ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς
|
|||
JHN 12 32 n7i6 πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν 1 will draw everyone to myself Through his crucifixion, Jesus will provide a way for everyone to trust in him.
|
||||
JHN 12 33 v7f3 writing-background τοῦτο…ἔλεγεν, σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 He said this to indicate what kind of death he would die John interprets Jesus’ words to mean that people will crucify him. Alternate translation: “He said this to let the people know how he would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 34 mx1k figs-ellipsis δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man must be lifted up The phrase **lifted up** means crucified. You may translate this in a way that includes the implied words “on a cross.” Alternate translation: “The Son of Man must be lifted up on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 12 34 t386 τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Who is this Son of Man? Possible meanings are (1) “What is the identity of this Son of Man? or (2) “What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?”
|
||||
JHN 12 34 t386 τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Who is this Son of Man? This could mean: (1) “What is the identity of this Son of Man? or (2) “What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?”
|
||||
JHN 12 35 l2w4 figs-metaphor εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον, τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν. περιπατεῖτε ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ; καὶ ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει 1 The light will still be with you for a short amount of time. Walk while you have the light, so that darkness does not overtake you. He who walks in the darkness does not know where he is going Here, **light** is a metaphor for Jesus’ teachings which reveal the truth of God. To “walk in darkness” is a metaphor that means to live without God’s truth. Alternate translation: “My words are like a light to you, to help you understand how to live as God wants you to. I will not be with you much longer. You need to follow my instructions while I am still with you. If you reject my words, it will be like walking in darkness and you cannot see where you are going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 36 j1rs figs-metaphor ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, πιστεύετε εἰς τὸ φῶς, ἵνα υἱοὶ φωτὸς γένησθε 1 While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light The “light” is a metaphor for the teachings of Jesus which reveal the truth of God. “sons of light” is a metaphor for those who accept the message of Jesus and live according to God’s truth. Alternate translation: “While I am with you, believe what I teach so that God’s truth will be in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 37 s1wh 0 General Information: This is a break in the main story line as the John begins to explain about the fulfillment of prophesies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
|
|
@ -990,7 +990,7 @@ JHN 13 17 an8u figs-activepassive μακάριοί ἐστε 1 you are blessed H
|
|||
JHN 13 18 u5fl figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 this so that the scripture will be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “this is in order to fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 13 18 v5pv figs-idiom ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ 1 He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me Here the phrase **eats my bread** is an idiom for someone who pretends to be a friend. The phrase **lifted up his heel** is also an idiom, which means someone who has become an enemy. If you have idioms in your language that carry these meanings, you can use them here. Alternate translation: “the one who has pretended to be my friend has turned out to be an enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 13 19 qd39 ἀπ’ ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν πρὸ τοῦ γενέσθαι 1 I tell you this now before it happens “I am telling you now what is going to happen before it happens”
|
||||
JHN 13 19 gg19 ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I AM Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus is saying, “I am the one I claim to be.”
|
||||
JHN 13 19 gg19 ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I AM This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus is saying, “I am the one I claim to be.”
|
||||
JHN 13 20 di3t ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 13 21 bq84 ἐταράχθη 1 troubled concerned, upset
|
||||
JHN 13 21 j7x1 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1024,9 +1024,9 @@ JHN 14 2 eca3 ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 In my Fath
|
|||
JHN 14 2 v9px guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 2 fp9r μοναὶ πολλαί 1 many rooms The word **room** can refer to a single room, or to a larger dwelling.
|
||||
JHN 14 2 xb2y figs-you πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν 1 I am going to prepare a place for you Jesus will prepare a place in heaven for every person who trusts in him. The “you” is plural and refers to all his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JHN 14 4 ir1d figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδόν 1 the way This is a metaphor that has these possible meanings (1) “the way to God” or (2) “the one who takes people to God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 14 4 ir1d figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδόν 1 the way This is a metaphor that could mean: (1) “the way to God” or (2) “the one who takes people to God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 14 5 e1dl πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν εἰδέναι 1 how can we know the way? “how can we know how to get there?”
|
||||
JHN 14 6 i8le figs-metaphor ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 the truth This is a metaphor that has these possible meanings (1) “the true person” or (2) “the one who speaks true words about God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 14 6 i8le figs-metaphor ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 the truth This is a metaphor that could mean: (1) “the true person” or (2) “the one who speaks true words about God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 14 6 z9tr figs-metaphor ἡ ζωή 1 the life This is a metaphor that means Jesus can give life to people. Alternate translation: “the one who can make people alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 14 6 g5hn figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ 1 no one comes to the Father except through me People can come to God and live with him only by trusting Jesus. Alternate translation: “No one can come to the Father and live with him unless he comes through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 6 f95q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@ JHN 16 16 nq4g μικρὸν 1 In a short amount of time “Soon” or “Befor
|
|||
JHN 16 16 en9b καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν 1 after another short amount of time “again, before much time passes”
|
||||
JHN 16 17 f2sj 0 General Information: There is a break in Jesus’ speaking as his disciples ask each other about what Jesus meant.
|
||||
JHN 16 17 s9x3 μικρὸν…οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με 1 A short amount of time you will no longer see me The disciples did not understand that this refers to Jesus’ death on the cross.
|
||||
JHN 16 17 zd1n πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με 1 after another short amount of time you will see me Possible meanings are (1) This could refer to Jesus’ resurrection or (2) This could refer to Jesus’ coming at the end of time.
|
||||
JHN 16 17 zd1n πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με 1 after another short amount of time you will see me This could mean: (1) This could refer to Jesus’ resurrection or (2) This could refer to Jesus’ coming at the end of time.
|
||||
JHN 16 17 sz1v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 19 j7dv 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 16 19 j7wv figs-rquestion περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ’ ἀλλήλων, ὅτι εἶπον, μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με 1 Is this what you are asking yourselves, what I meant by saying,…see me’? Jesus uses this question so his disciples will focus on what he has just told them, so he can explain further. Alternate translation: “You are asking yourselves what I meant when I said,…see me.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ JHN 18 32 ta7m figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ π
|
|||
JHN 18 32 tu3c σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 to indicate by what kind of death he would die “regarding how he would die”
|
||||
JHN 18 35 kfq5 figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι 1 I am not a Jew, am I? This remark appears in the form of a question so Pilate can emphasize his complete lack of interest in the cultural affairs of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 35 en38 τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν 1 Your own people “Your fellow Jews”
|
||||
JHN 18 36 gq19 figs-metonymy ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 My kingdom is not of this world Here, **world** is a metonym for the people who oppose Jesus. Possible meanings are (1) “My kingdom is not part of this world” or (2) “I do not need this world’s permission to rule as their king” or “It is not from this world that I have authority to be king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 18 36 gq19 figs-metonymy ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 My kingdom is not of this world Here, **world** is a metonym for the people who oppose Jesus. This could mean: (1) “My kingdom is not part of this world” or (2) “I do not need this world’s permission to rule as their king” or “It is not from this world that I have authority to be king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 18 36 s2lq figs-activepassive ἄν, ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 so that I would not be given over to the Jews You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “and would prevent the Jewish leaders from arresting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 36 pu8j figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 the Jews Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 ug7i figs-synecdoche ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 I have come into the world Here, **world** is a synecdoche that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ ROM 2 9 u8f7 figs-doublet θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ 1
|
|||
ROM 2 9 ck9i figs-synecdoche ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου 1 on every human soul Here, Paul uses the word **soul** as a synecdoche that refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “upon every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 2 9 n7q4 τοῦ κατεργαζομένου τὸ κακόν 1 has practiced evil “has continually done evil things”
|
||||
ROM 2 9 a9s5 Ἰουδαίου τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 to the Jew first, and also to the Greek “God will judge the Jewish people first, and then those who are not Jewish people”
|
||||
ROM 2 9 n5ev πρῶτον 1 first Possible meanings are (1) “first in order of time” or (2) “most certainly”
|
||||
ROM 2 9 n5ev πρῶτον 1 first This could mean: (1) “first in order of time” or (2) “most certainly”
|
||||
ROM 2 10 vt1f δόξα δὲ, καὶ τιμὴ, καὶ εἰρήνη, παντὶ 1 But praise, honor, and peace will come to everyone “But God will give praise, honor, and peace”
|
||||
ROM 2 10 i9tg τῷ ἐργαζομένῳ τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 practices good “continually does what is good”
|
||||
ROM 2 10 zg3s Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι 1 to the Jew first, and also to the Greek “God will reward the Jewish people first, and then those who are not Jewish people”
|
||||
|
|
@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ ROM 2 21 uq9y figs-rquestion ὁ…διδάσκων ἕτερον, σεαυτὸ
|
|||
ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rquestion ὁ κηρύσσων μὴ κλέπτειν, κλέπτεις 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to steal, but you steal!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-rquestion ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν, μοιχεύεις 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to commit adultery, but you commit adultery!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 22 qn68 figs-rquestion ὁ βδελυσσόμενος τὰ εἴδωλα, ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 You who hate idols, do you rob temples? Paul is using a question to scold his listener. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You say you hate idols, but you rob temples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 22 mv4d ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 Do you rob temples Possible meanings are (1) “steal items from local pagan temples to sell and make a profit” or (2) “do not send to the Jerusalem temple all the money that is due to God.”
|
||||
ROM 2 22 mv4d ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 Do you rob temples This could mean: (1) “steal items from local pagan temples to sell and make a profit” or (2) “do not send to the Jerusalem temple all the money that is due to God.”
|
||||
ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-rquestion ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου, τὸν Θεὸν ἀτιμάζεις 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul uses a question to scold his listener. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “It is wicked that you claim to be proud of the law, while at the same time you disobey it and bring shame to God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 24 q13d figs-activepassive τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ…βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many Gentiles blaspheme the name of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 24 xq7q figs-metonymy ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 name of God The word **name** is a metonym that refers to the entirety of God, not just his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 03 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatti
|
|||
ROM 3 1 v788 0 Connecting Statement: Paul proclaims the advantage that Jews have because God gave them his law.
|
||||
ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-explicit τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Paul presents ideas that people might have after they hear what he wrote in chapter 2. He does this in order to respond to them in verse 2. Alternate translation: “Some people might say, ‘Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision?’” or “Some people might say, ‘If that is true, then the Jews do not have any advantage, and there is no benefit in being circumcised.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-explicit πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way Paul now responds to the concerns brought up in verse 1. Here, **It** refers to being a member of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “But there is great advantage to being a Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 2 q2dh πρῶτον μὲν 1 First of all Possible meanings are (1) “First in order of time” or (2) “Most certainly” or (3) “Most importantly.”
|
||||
ROM 3 2 q2dh πρῶτον μὲν 1 First of all This could mean: (1) “First in order of time” or (2) “Most certainly” or (3) “Most importantly.”
|
||||
ROM 3 2 r62g figs-explicit ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 they were entrusted with revelation from God Here, **revelation** refers to God’s words and promises. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God gave his words that contain his promises to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 3 d9k3 figs-rquestion τί γάρ εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει 1 For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief abolish God’s faithfulness? Paul uses these questions to make people think. Alternate translation: “Some Jews have not been faithful to God. Should we conclude from this that God will not fulfill his promise?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 z465 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have an expression in your language that you could use here. “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!”
|
||||
|
|
@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ ROM 3 19 n399 τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law
|
|||
ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-synecdoche ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that means the words people speak. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that no people will be able to say anything valid to defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche ὑπόδικος γένηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῷ Θεῷ 1 the whole world held accountable to God Here, **world** is a synecdoche that represents all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “that God can declare everyone in the world guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 3 20 xs9x σὰρξ 1 flesh Here, **flesh** refers to all human beings.
|
||||
ROM 3 20 gaa3 γὰρ 1 For Possible meanings are (1) “Therefore” or (2) “This is because”
|
||||
ROM 3 20 gaa3 γὰρ 1 For This could mean: (1) “Therefore” or (2) “This is because”
|
||||
ROM 3 20 wtp4 διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 through the law comes the knowledge of sin “when someone knows God’s law, he realizes that he has sinned”
|
||||
ROM 3 21 fqz4 0 Connecting Statement: The word **but** here shows Paul has completed his introduction and is now beginning to make his main point.
|
||||
ROM 3 21 y3te νυνὶ 1 now The word **now** refers to the time since Jesus came to the earth.
|
||||
|
|
@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ ROM 3 23 lym5 figs-metonymy ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ
|
|||
ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here, **justified** refers to being made right with God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 24 bcc2 δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 they are freely justified This means that they are justified without having to earn or merit being justified. God freely justifies them. Alternate translation: “they are made right with God without earning it”
|
||||
ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood This is a metonym for the death of Jesus as a sacrifice for sins. Alternate translation: “in his death as a sacrifice for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard Possible meanings are (1) ignoring or (2) forgiving.
|
||||
ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard This could mean: (1) ignoring or (2) forgiving.
|
||||
ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time “He did this to show how God makes people right with himself”
|
||||
ROM 3 26 cg55 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν δίκαιον καὶ δικαιοῦντα τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus “By this he shows that he is both just and the one who declares everyone righteous who has faith in Jesus”
|
||||
ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις? ἐξεκλείσθη 1 Where then is boasting? It is excluded Paul asks this question to show that there is no reason for people to boast about obeying the law. Alternate translation: “So there is no way that we can boast that God favors us because we obeyed those laws. Boasting is excluded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ ROM 7 7 n43p ἁμαρτία 1 sin “my desire to sin”
|
|||
ROM 7 8 mz77 figs-personification ἀφορμὴν δὲ λαβοῦσα ἡ ἁμαρτία διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς, κατειργάσατο ἐν ἐμοὶ πᾶσαν ἐπιθυμίαν; 1 But sin took the opportunity…brought about every lust Paul continues comparing sin to a person who can act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 8 nj21 ἐπιθυμίαν 1 lust This word includes both the desire to have what belongs to other people and wrong sexual desire.
|
||||
ROM 7 8 r5i2 χωρὶς…νόμου, ἁμαρτία νεκρά 1 without the law, sin is dead “if there were no law, there would be no breaking of the law, so there would be no sin”
|
||||
ROM 7 9 q9le figs-personification ἡ ἁμαρτία ἀνέζησεν 1 sin regained life This can mean (1) “I realized that I was sinning” or (2) “I strongly desired to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 9 q9le figs-personification ἡ ἁμαρτία ἀνέζησεν 1 sin regained life This could mean: (1) “I realized that I was sinning” or (2) “I strongly desired to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 10 yu1u figs-metaphor εὑρέθη μοι ἡ ἐντολὴ, ἡ εἰς ζωὴν, αὕτη εἰς θάνατον. 1 The commandment that was to bring life turned out to be death for me Paul speaks of God’s condemnation as if it resulted primarily in physical death. Alternate translation: “God gave me the commandment so I would live, but it killed me instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 7 11 r582 figs-personification ἡ γὰρ ἁμαρτία ἀφορμὴν λαβοῦσα διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς, ἐξηπάτησέν με καὶ δι’ αὐτῆς ἀπέκτεινεν 1 For sin took the opportunity through the commandment and deceived me. Through the commandment it killed me As in [Romans 7:7-8](./07.md), Paul is describing sin as a person who can do 3 things: take the opportunity, deceive, and kill. Alternate translation: “Because I wanted to sin, I deceived myself into thinking that I could sin and obey the commandment at the same time, but God punished me for disobeying the commandment by separating me from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 11 qi99 ἡ…ἁμαρτία 1 sin “my desire to sin”
|
||||
|
|
@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ ROM 8 1 xw65 figs-explicit οὐδὲν ἄρα νῦν κατάκριμα το
|
|||
ROM 8 1 i12t ἄρα 1 therefore “for that reason” or “because what I have just told you is true”
|
||||
ROM 8 2 x8uu figs-explicit ὁ…νόμος τοῦ Πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 the law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus This refers to God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “God’s Spirit in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 2 th4n figs-metaphor ἠλευθέρωσέν σε ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου 1 has set you free from the law of sin and death Being free from the law of sin and death is a metaphor for not being controlled by the law of sin and death. Alternate translation: “has caused the law of sin and death to no longer control you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 2 u82e τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου 1 the law of sin and death Possible meanings are that this refers to (1) the law, which provokes people to sin, and their sin causes them to die. Alternate translation: “the law which causes sin and death” or (2) the principle that people sin and die.
|
||||
ROM 8 2 u82e τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου 1 the law of sin and death This could mean: (1) the law, which provokes people to sin, and their sin causes them to die. Alternate translation: “the law which causes sin and death” or (2) the principle that people sin and die.
|
||||
ROM 8 3 j98t figs-personification τὸ γὰρ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου, ἐν ᾧ ἠσθένει διὰ τῆς σαρκός, ὁ Θεὸς 1 For what the law was unable to do because it was weak through the flesh, God did Here the law is described as a person who could not break the power of sin. Alternate translation: “For the law did not have the power to stop us from sinning, because the power of sin within us was too strong. But God did stop us from sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 8 3 etf2 διὰ τῆς σαρκός 1 through the flesh “because of people’s sinful nature”
|
||||
ROM 8 3 p4qq τὸν ἑαυτοῦ Υἱὸν πέμψας, ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας, κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 He…sent his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh…an offering for sin…he condemned sin The Son of God forever satisfied God’s holy anger against our sin by giving his own body and human life as the eternal sacrifice for sin.
|
||||
|
|
@ -531,8 +531,8 @@ ROM 8 9 e54u ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit “acting according to the
|
|||
ROM 8 9 p55f Πνεύματι,…Πνεῦμα Θεοῦ…Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ 1 Spirit…God’s Spirit…Spirit of Christ These all refer to the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
ROM 8 9 bei3 εἴπερ 1 if it is true that This phrase does not mean Paul doubts that some of them have God’s Spirit. Paul wants them to realize that they all have God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “since” or “because”
|
||||
ROM 8 10 q8be figs-explicit εἰ…Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If Christ is in you How Christ lives in a person could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “If Christ lives in you through the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 10 e6g9 figs-idiom τὸ μὲν σῶμα νεκρὸν διὰ ἁμαρτίαν 1 the body is dead with respect to sin Possible meanings are (1) a person is spiritually dead to the power of sin or (2) the physical body will still die because of sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 8 10 yb1b figs-idiom τὸ…Πνεῦμα ζωὴ διὰ δικαιοσύνην 1 the spirit is alive with respect to righteousness Possible meanings are (1) a person is spiritually alive because God has given him power to do what is right or (2) God will bring the person back to life after he dies because God is righteous and gives believers eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 8 10 e6g9 figs-idiom τὸ μὲν σῶμα νεκρὸν διὰ ἁμαρτίαν 1 the body is dead with respect to sin This could mean: (1) a person is spiritually dead to the power of sin or (2) the physical body will still die because of sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 8 10 yb1b figs-idiom τὸ…Πνεῦμα ζωὴ διὰ δικαιοσύνην 1 the spirit is alive with respect to righteousness This could mean: (1) a person is spiritually alive because God has given him power to do what is right or (2) God will bring the person back to life after he dies because God is righteous and gives believers eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 8 11 jlc9 εἰ δὲ τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐκ νεκρῶν οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν, ὁ ἐγείρας ἐκ νεκρῶν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν ζῳοποιήσει καὶ τὰ θνητὰ σώματα ὑμῶν, διὰ τοῦ ἐνοικοῦντος αὐτοῦ Πνεῦμα ἐν ὑμῖν. 1 If the Spirit…lives in you Paul assumes that the Holy Spirit lives in his readers. Alternate translation: “Since the Spirit…lives in you”
|
||||
ROM 8 11 b9pu τοῦ ἐγείραντος 1 of him who raised “of God, who raised”
|
||||
ROM 8 11 jr6p figs-idiom ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 raised Jesus Here to raise is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “caused Jesus to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -600,8 +600,8 @@ ROM 8 36 g3pi figs-simile ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγ
|
|||
ROM 8 37 iui3 ὑπερνικῶμεν 1 we are more than conquerors “we have complete victory”
|
||||
ROM 8 37 wcm6 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς 1 through the one who loved us You can make explicit the kind of love that Jesus showed. Alternate translation: “because of Jesus, who loved us so much he was willing to die for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 38 fch1 πέπεισμαι 1 I have been convinced “I am convinced” or “I am confident”
|
||||
ROM 8 38 js9q ἀρχαὶ 1 governments Possible meanings are (1) demons or (2) human kings and rulers.
|
||||
ROM 8 38 q7ti οὔτε δυνάμεις 1 nor powers Possible meanings are (1) spiritual beings with power or (2) human beings with power.
|
||||
ROM 8 38 js9q ἀρχαὶ 1 governments This could mean: (1) demons or (2) human kings and rulers.
|
||||
ROM 8 38 q7ti οὔτε δυνάμεις 1 nor powers This could mean: (1) spiritual beings with power or (2) human beings with power.
|
||||
ROM 9 intro w6f4 0 # Romans 09 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul changes what he is teaching about. In Chapters 9-11, he focuses on the nation of Israel.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 25-29 and 33 of this chapter. Paul quotes all of these words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>Paul uses the word “flesh” in this chapter only to refer to Israelites, people physically descending from Abraham through Jacob, who God named Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>In other chapters, Paul uses the word “brother” to mean fellow Christians. However, in this chapter, he uses “my brothers” to mean his kinsmen the Israelites.<br><br>Paul refers to those who believe in Jesus as “children of God” and “children of the promise.”<br><br>### Predestination<br><br>Many scholars believe Paul in this chapter teaches extensively on a subject known as “predestination.” This is related to the biblical concept of “predestine.” Some take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some people to eternally save. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject. So translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Stone of stumbling<br><br>Paul explains that while some Gentiles accepted Jesus as their savior by believing in him, most Jews were trying to earn their salvation and so rejected Jesus. Paul, quoting the Old Testament, describes Jesus as a stone that the Jews stumble over when walking. This “stone of stumbling” causes them to “fall.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “It is not everyone in Israel who truly belongs to Israel”<br><br>Paul uses the word “Israel” in this verse with two different meanings. The first “Israel” means the physical descendants of Abraham through Jacob. The second “Israel” means those who are God’s people through faith. The UST reflects this.
|
||||
ROM 9 1 b89f 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells of his personal desire that the people of the nation of Israel will be saved. Then he emphasizes the different ways in which God has prepared them to believe.
|
||||
ROM 9 1 yg93 figs-doublet ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I tell the truth in Christ. I do not lie These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that he is telling the truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ ROM 9 17 xu7s ἐξήγειρά…ἐνδείξωμαι…μου 1 I…my God i
|
|||
ROM 9 17 nfv5 figs-you σε 1 you singular (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 pz5x figs-idiom ἐξήγειρά σε 1 I raised you up **Raised** here is an idiom for “to cause something to be what it is.” Alternate translation: “I made you the powerful man that you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 gps5 figs-activepassive ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 so that my name might be proclaimed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that people might proclaim my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 jp6i figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name This metonym refers either (1) to God in all of his being. Alternate translation: “who I am” or (2) To his reputation. Alternate translation: “how great I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 jp6i figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name This metonym could mean: (1) to God in all of his being. Alternate translation: “who I am” or (2) To his reputation. Alternate translation: “how great I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 jn7u figs-hyperbole ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ 1 in all the earth “wherever there are people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 9 18 a1uv ὃν δὲ θέλει, σκληρύνει 1 whom he wishes, he makes stubborn God makes stubborn whoever he wishes to make stubborn.
|
||||
ROM 9 19 z4j2 figs-you ἐρεῖς μοι οὖν 1 You will say then to me Paul is talking to the critics of his teaching as though he were only talking to one person. You may need to use the plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ ROM 10 4 x1w8 τέλος γὰρ νόμου Χριστὸς 1 For Christ is the
|
|||
ROM 10 4 f6pu figs-explicit εἰς δικαιοσύνην παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes Here, **believes** means “trusts.” Alternate translation: “in order that he may make everyone who trusts in him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 5 qby2 figs-personification τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Paul speaks of “righteousness” as if it were alive and able to move. Alternate translation: “how the law makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 10 5 wjn6 figs-explicit ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος, ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ 1 The man who does the righteousness of the law will live by this righteousness In order to be made right with God through the law, a person would have to keep the law perfectly, which is not possible. Alternate translation: “The person who perfectly obeys the law will live because the law will make him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 5 qkz4 ζήσεται 1 will live The words **will live** can refer to (1) eternal life or (2) mortal life in fellowship with God.
|
||||
ROM 10 5 qkz4 ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **will live** could mean: (1) eternal life or (2) mortal life in fellowship with God.
|
||||
ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 But the righteousness that comes from faith says this Here, **righteousness** is described as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But Moses writes this about how faith makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-you μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Do not say in your heart Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “Do not say to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is able to go up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -843,10 +843,10 @@ ROM 12 intro aky9 0 # Romans 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatt
|
|||
ROM 12 1 rhs3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells what the life of a believer should be and how believers should serve.
|
||||
ROM 12 1 d2y3 figs-explicit παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God Here, **brothers** refers to fellow believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: “Fellow believers, because of the great mercy that God has given you I very much want you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here Paul uses the word **bodies** to refer to the whole person. Paul is comparing a believer in Christ who completely obeys God to the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive as if you were a dead sacrifice on a temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 1 dwr5 figs-doublet ἁγίαν, εὐάρεστον, τῷ Θεῷ 1 holy, acceptable to God Possible meanings are (1) “a sacrifice that you give to God alone and that pleases him” or (2) “acceptable to God because it is morally pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 12 1 dwr5 figs-doublet ἁγίαν, εὐάρεστον, τῷ Θεῷ 1 holy, acceptable to God This could mean: (1) “a sacrifice that you give to God alone and that pleases him” or (2) “acceptable to God because it is morally pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 12 1 tyk7 τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν 1 This is your reasonable service “This is the right way to worship God”
|
||||
ROM 12 2 clc6 figs-metaphor μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Do not be conformed to this world Possible meanings are (1) “Do not behave as the world behaves” or (2) “Do not think the way the world does.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 2 pyb6 figs-activepassive μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Do not be conformed Possible meanings are (1) “Do not let the world tell you what to do and think” or (2) “Do not allow yourself to act and do what the world does.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 2 clc6 figs-metaphor μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Do not be conformed to this world This could mean: (1) “Do not behave as the world behaves” or (2) “Do not think the way the world does.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 2 pyb6 figs-activepassive μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Do not be conformed This could mean: (1) “Do not let the world tell you what to do and think” or (2) “Do not allow yourself to act and do what the world does.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 2 d2qq figs-metonymy τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 this world This refers to unbelievers who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 12 2 na8p figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ μεταμορφοῦσθε τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but let God change the way you think and behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 3 nyc2 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 because of the grace that was given to me Here, **grace** refers to God’s choosing Paul to be an apostle and leader of the church. You can make this explicit in your translation. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “because God freely chose me to be an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ ROM 12 4 v2pi figs-metaphor ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, πολλὰ μέλη
|
|||
ROM 12 4 v5iy μέλη 1 members These are such things as eyes, stomachs, and hands.
|
||||
ROM 12 5 dhx8 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 are individually members of each other Paul speaks of the believers as if God had physically joined them together like the parts of the human body. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has joined each believer together with all other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 6 hrr1 figs-metaphor ἔχοντες δὲ χαρίσματα κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν διάφορα 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Paul speaks of believers’ different abilities as being free gifts from God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has freely given each of us the ability to do different things for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 6 bnk9 κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 let it be done according to the proportion of his faith Possible meanings are (1) “let him speak prophecies that do not go beyond the amount of faith God has given us” or (2) “let him speak prophecies that agree with the teachings of our faith.”
|
||||
ROM 12 6 bnk9 κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 let it be done according to the proportion of his faith This could mean: (1) “let him speak prophecies that do not go beyond the amount of faith God has given us” or (2) “let him speak prophecies that agree with the teachings of our faith.”
|
||||
ROM 12 8 m2as figs-explicit ὁ μεταδιδοὺς 1 giving Here, **giving** refers to giving money and other things to people. You can make this meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “If one has the gift of giving money or other goods to people in need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-activepassive ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος 1 Let love be without hypocrisy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You must love people sincerely and truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 9 eaw7 ἡ ἀγάπη 1 love The word Paul uses here refers to the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||||
|
|
@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀντ
|
|||
ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-you ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν;…πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν,…σωρεύσεις 1 your enemy…feed him…give him a drink…if you do this, you will heap All forms of “you” and “your” are addressed as to one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 12 20 q7dq ἀλλὰ ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 1 But if your enemy is hungry…his head In 12:20 Paul quotes another part of Scripture. Alternate translation: “But the Scripture also says, ‘If your enemy is hungry…his head’”
|
||||
ROM 12 20 e49j ψώμιζε αὐτόν 1 feed him “give him some food”
|
||||
ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-metaphor ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 You will heap coals of fire on his head Paul speaks of the blessings that the enemies will receive as if someone were pouring hot coals on their heads. Possible meanings are (1) “make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you” or (2) “give God a reason to judge your enemy more harshly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-metaphor ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 You will heap coals of fire on his head Paul speaks of the blessings that the enemies will receive as if someone were pouring hot coals on their heads. This could mean: (1) “make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you” or (2) “give God a reason to judge your enemy more harshly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good Paul describes “evil” as though it were a person. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let those who are evil defeat you, but defeat those who are evil by doing what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 21 p7fd figs-you μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα…τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil These verbs are addressed as to one person and so are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 13 intro l4q7 0 # Romans 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In the first part of this chapter, Paul teaches Christians to obey rulers who govern them. At that time, ungodly Roman rulers governed the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungodly rulers<br><br>When Paul teaches about obeying rulers, some readers will find this difficult to understand, especially in places where rulers persecute the church. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God, unless the rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do. There are times when a believer must submit to these rulers and suffer at their hands. Christians understand that this world is temporary and they will ultimately be with God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ ROM 16 5 bn9z translate-names Ἐπαίνετον 1 Epaenetus This is the name o
|
|||
ROM 16 5 d1f1 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴ τῆς Ἀσίας εἰς Χριστόν 1 firstfruit of Asia to Christ Paul speaks of Epaenetus as if he were a fruit that he harvested. Alternate translation: “first person in Asia to believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 16 6 ew2z translate-names Μαρίαν 1 Mary This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 16 7 tzk4 translate-names Ἀνδρόνικον 1 Andronicus This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 16 7 z9uk translate-names Ἰουνίαν 1 Junias This could be either (1) Junia, a woman’s name, or, much less likely, (2) Junias, a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 16 7 z9uk translate-names Ἰουνίαν 1 Junias This could mean: (1) Junia, a woman’s name, or, much less likely, (2) Junias, a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 16 7 gce3 figs-activepassive οἵτινές εἰσιν ἐπίσημοι ἐν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις 1 They are prominent among the apostles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The apostles know them very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 16 8 h976 translate-names Ἀμπλιᾶτον 1 Ampliatus This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 16 8 alh2 τὸν ἀγαπητόν μου ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 my beloved in the Lord “my dear friend and fellow believer”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
122
en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
122
en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
|
|
@ -12,14 +12,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 1 3 gc2c figs-you 0 General Information: Unless otherwise noted, such words as “you” and “your” refer to Paul’s audience and so are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 1 4 pt1r 0 Connecting Statement: Paul describes the believer’s position and fellowship in Christ as they wait for his coming.
|
||||
1CO 1 4 t16d figs-metaphor ἐπὶ τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ τῇ δοθείσῃ ὑμῖν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 because of the grace of God that was given to you in Christ Jesus Paul speaks of grace as though it were a physical object that Jesus gives Christians as a gift. Alternate translation: “because Christ Jesus has made it possible for God to be kind to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 1 5 js7f ἐπλουτίσθητε ἐν αὐτῷ 1 you have been made rich in him Possible meanings are (1) “Christ has made you rich” or (2) “God has made you rich.”
|
||||
1CO 1 5 js7f ἐπλουτίσθητε ἐν αὐτῷ 1 you have been made rich in him This could mean: (1) “Christ has made you rich” or (2) “God has made you rich.”
|
||||
1CO 1 5 jw1s figs-hyperbole ἐν παντὶ ἐπλουτίσθητε 1 in everything you have been made rich Paul is speaking in general terms. Alternate translation: “made you rich with all kinds of spiritual blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1CO 1 5 j48t ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ 1 in all speech God has enabled you to tell others about God’s message in many ways.
|
||||
1CO 1 5 qy8c πάσῃ γνώσει 1 all knowledge God has enabled you to understand God’s message in many ways.
|
||||
1CO 1 6 h9zk τὸ μαρτύριον τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐβεβαιώθη ἐν ὑμῖν 1 the testimony about Christ has been confirmed as true among you Possible meanings are (1) “you saw for yourselves that what we had said about Christ was true” or (2) “other people learned from seeing how you now live that what we and you say about Christ is true.”
|
||||
1CO 1 6 h9zk τὸ μαρτύριον τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐβεβαιώθη ἐν ὑμῖν 1 the testimony about Christ has been confirmed as true among you This could mean: (1) “you saw for yourselves that what we had said about Christ was true” or (2) “other people learned from seeing how you now live that what we and you say about Christ is true.”
|
||||
1CO 1 7 t2hd ὥστε 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true”
|
||||
1CO 1 7 p5y6 figs-litotes ὑμᾶς μὴ ὑστερεῖσθαι ἐν μηδενὶ χαρίσματι 1 you lack no spiritual gift This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you have every spiritual gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
1CO 1 7 fe4q τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the revelation of our Lord Jesus Christ Possible meanings are (1) “the time when God will reveal the Lord Jesus Christ” or (2) “the time when our Lord Jesus Christ will reveal himself.”
|
||||
1CO 1 7 fe4q τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the revelation of our Lord Jesus Christ This could mean: (1) “the time when God will reveal the Lord Jesus Christ” or (2) “the time when our Lord Jesus Christ will reveal himself.”
|
||||
1CO 1 8 pif5 ἀνεγκλήτους 1 you will be blameless There will be no reason for God to condemn you.
|
||||
1CO 1 9 u6w6 πιστὸς ὁ Θεὸς 1 God is faithful “God will do everything he has said he will do”
|
||||
1CO 1 9 kx3z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 his Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -53,15 +53,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 1 20 rkf9 γραμματεύς 1 the scholar a person who is recognized as someone who has studied a great deal
|
||||
1CO 1 20 u5j5 συνζητητὴς 1 the debater a person who argues about what he knows or who is skilled in such arguments
|
||||
1CO 1 20 a7zl figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἐμώρανεν ὁ Θεὸς τὴν σοφίαν τοῦ κόσμου? 1 Has not God turned the wisdom of the world into foolishness? Paul uses this question to emphasize what God has done to the wisdom of this world. Alternate translation: “God has shown that everything they call wisdom is really foolishness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 1 21 d7xw τοὺς πιστεύοντας 1 those who believe Possible meanings are (1) “all who believe the message” or (2) “all who believe in Christ.”
|
||||
1CO 1 21 d7xw τοὺς πιστεύοντας 1 those who believe This could mean: (1) “all who believe the message” or (2) “all who believe in Christ.”
|
||||
1CO 1 22 v9fa figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word **we** refers to Paul and other Bible teachers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 1 23 ntu3 figs-activepassive Χριστὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 Christ crucified “about Christ, who died on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 1 23 krw3 figs-metaphor σκάνδαλον 1 a stumbling block Just as a person can stumble over a block on a road, so the message of salvation through the crucifixion of the Christ keeps Jews from believing in Jesus. Alternate translation: “not acceptable” or “very offensive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 1 24 h7iw αὐτοῖς…τοῖς κλητοῖς 1 to those whom God has called “to the people God calls”
|
||||
1CO 1 24 hu1s Χριστὸν Θεοῦ δύναμιν, καὶ Θεοῦ σοφίαν 1 Christ as the power and the wisdom of God Possible meanings are (1) “God acted powerfully and wisely by sending Christ to die for us” or (2) “through Christ God has shown how strong and wise he is.”
|
||||
1CO 1 24 hu1s Χριστὸν Θεοῦ δύναμιν, καὶ Θεοῦ σοφίαν 1 Christ as the power and the wisdom of God This could mean: (1) “God acted powerfully and wisely by sending Christ to die for us” or (2) “through Christ God has shown how strong and wise he is.”
|
||||
1CO 1 24 w9vm Θεοῦ δύναμιν 1 the power…of God Another possible meaning is that Christ is powerful and it is through Christ that God saves us.
|
||||
1CO 1 24 p1hu Θεοῦ σοφίαν 1 the wisdom of God Another possible meaning is that God shows the content of his wisdom through Christ.
|
||||
1CO 1 25 h9hh figs-irony τὸ μωρὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, σοφώτερον τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐστίν, καὶ τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἰσχυρότερον τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 the foolishness of God is wiser than people, and the weakness of God is stronger than people Possible meanings are (1) Paul is speaking ironically about God’s foolishness and weakness. Paul knows God is not foolish or weak. Alternate translation: “what seems to be the foolishness of God is wiser than people’s wisdom, and what seems to be the weakness of God is stronger than the people’s strength” or (2) Paul is speaking from the point of view of the Greek people who may think God is foolish or weak. Alternate translation: “what people call God’s foolishness is really wiser than what people call wisdom, and what people call God’s weakness is really stronger than people’s strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
1CO 1 25 h9hh figs-irony τὸ μωρὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, σοφώτερον τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐστίν, καὶ τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἰσχυρότερον τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 the foolishness of God is wiser than people, and the weakness of God is stronger than people This could mean: (1) Paul is speaking ironically about God’s foolishness and weakness. Paul knows God is not foolish or weak. Alternate translation: “what seems to be the foolishness of God is wiser than people’s wisdom, and what seems to be the weakness of God is stronger than the people’s strength” or (2) Paul is speaking from the point of view of the Greek people who may think God is foolish or weak. Alternate translation: “what people call God’s foolishness is really wiser than what people call wisdom, and what people call God’s weakness is really stronger than people’s strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
1CO 1 26 ps3r 0 Connecting Statement: Paul emphasizes the believer’s position before God.
|
||||
1CO 1 26 w6l1 οὐ πολλοὶ 1 Not many of you This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Very few of you”
|
||||
1CO 1 26 pws2 σοφοὶ κατὰ σάρκα 1 wise according to the flesh “what most people would call wise”
|
||||
|
|
@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 1 28 f11p figs-activepassive τὰ μὴ ὄντα 1 things that are held as valuable This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “things that people think are worth money” or “things that people think are worth respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 1 30 fmr3 ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 because of him This refers to the work of Christ on the cross.
|
||||
1CO 1 30 a7bs figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 us These words refer to Paul, those with him, and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 1 30 f1at figs-metonymy Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, ὃς ἐγενήθη σοφία ἡμῖν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 Christ Jesus, who was made for us wisdom from God Possible meanings are (1) “Christ Jesus, who has made clear to us how wise God is” or (2) “Christ Jesus, who has given us God’s wisdom.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 1 30 f1at figs-metonymy Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, ὃς ἐγενήθη σοφία ἡμῖν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 Christ Jesus, who was made for us wisdom from God This could mean: (1) “Christ Jesus, who has made clear to us how wise God is” or (2) “Christ Jesus, who has given us God’s wisdom.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 1 31 fym9 ὁ καυχώμενος, ἐν Κυρίῳ καυχάσθω 1 Let the one who boasts, boast in the Lord “If a person boasts, he should boast about how great the Lord is”
|
||||
1CO 2 intro k86p 0 # 1 Corinthians 02 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verses 9 and 16, which are from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br><br>Paul continues the discussion from the first chapter that contrasts human wisdom and God’s wisdom. For Paul, wisdom can be simple and human ideas foolish. He said the wisdom from the Holy Spirit is the only true wisdom. Paul uses the phrase “hidden wisdom” when he refers to previously unknown truths. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])
|
||||
1CO 2 1 kjc7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul contrasts human wisdom and God’s wisdom. He emphasizes that spiritual wisdom comes from God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -127,12 +127,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 3 7 dl3z οὔτε ὁ φυτεύων ἐστίν τι…ἀλλ’ ὁ αὐξάνων, Θεός 1 neither he who plants is anything…but God is the one who causes the growth Paul stresses that neither he nor Apollos is responsible for the believers’ spiritual growth, but it is God’s doing.
|
||||
1CO 3 7 c68g figs-abstractnouns ὁ αὐξάνων, Θεός 1 but God is the one who causes the growth Here to give growth means to cause growth. The abstract noun **growth** can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “it is God who causes you to grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1CO 3 8 s16b figs-metaphor ὁ φυτεύων…καὶ ὁ ποτίζων, ἕν εἰσιν 1 he who plants and he who waters are one Paul speaks of telling people the good news and teaching those who have accepted it as if they were planting and watering plants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 3 8 za43 ἕν εἰσιν 1 are one Possible meanings are “one” are (1) “united in purpose” or (2) “equal in importance.”
|
||||
1CO 3 8 za43 ἕν εἰσιν 1 are one Here, **one** could mean: (1) “united in purpose” or (2) “equal in importance.”
|
||||
1CO 3 8 zd36 μισθὸν 1 wages an amount of money that a worker receives for his work
|
||||
1CO 3 9 gj26 figs-exclusive ἐσμεν 1 we are brutally beaten This refers to Paul and Apollos but not the Corinthian church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 3 9 r9sn Θεοῦ…συνεργοί 1 God’s fellow workers Paul considers himself and Apollos as working together.
|
||||
1CO 3 9 lqg1 figs-metaphor Θεοῦ γεώργιον 1 God’s garden Possible meanings are (1) being God’s garden represents belonging to God. Alternate translation: “You are like a garden that belongs to God” or (2) being God’s garden represents God causing us to grow. Alternate translation: “You are like a garden that God makes grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 3 9 l2fq figs-metaphor Θεοῦ οἰκοδομή 1 God’s building Possible meanings are (1) being God’s building represents belonging to God. Alternate translation: “and you are like a building that belongs to God” or (2) being God’s building represents God causing us to become what he wants. Alternate translation: “and you are like a building that God is constructing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 3 9 lqg1 figs-metaphor Θεοῦ γεώργιον 1 God’s garden This could mean: (1) being God’s garden represents belonging to God. Alternate translation: “You are like a garden that belongs to God” or (2) being God’s garden represents God causing us to grow. Alternate translation: “You are like a garden that God makes grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 3 9 l2fq figs-metaphor Θεοῦ οἰκοδομή 1 God’s building This could mean: (1) being God’s building represents belonging to God. Alternate translation: “and you are like a building that belongs to God” or (2) being God’s building represents God causing us to become what he wants. Alternate translation: “and you are like a building that God is constructing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 3 10 iln9 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι 1 According to the grace of God that was given to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “According to the task that God freely gave me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 3 10 a69q figs-metaphor θεμέλιον ἔθηκα 1 I laid a foundation Paul equates his teaching of faith and salvation in Jesus Christ to laying a foundation for a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 3 10 pwi7 figs-metaphor ἄλλος…ἐποικοδομεῖ 1 another is building on it Paul is referring to the person or people who are teaching the Corinthians at that time as if they are carpenters who are constructing the building above the foundation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 4 9 bb41 figs-parallelism ὁ Θεὸς ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀποστόλους…ἀπέδειξεν 1 God has put us apostles on display Paul expresses two ways how God has put his apostles on display for the world to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CO 4 9 vfq3 figs-metaphor ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀποστόλους…ἀπέδειξεν 1 has put us apostles on display God has displayed the apostles just like prisoners at the end of a Roman military parade, who are humiliated before their execution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 4 9 cs4r figs-metaphor ὡς ἐπιθανατίους 1 like men sentenced to death God put the apostles on display like men who are about to be executed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 4 9 cqh4 figs-merism τῷ κόσμῳ, καὶ ἀγγέλοις καὶ ἀνθρώποις 1 to the world—to angels, and to human beings Possible meanings are (1) “the world” consists of both supernatural (“angels”) and natural (“human beings”) or (2) the list consists of three items: “to the world, to angels, and to human beings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
1CO 4 9 cqh4 figs-merism τῷ κόσμῳ, καὶ ἀγγέλοις καὶ ἀνθρώποις 1 to the world—to angels, and to human beings This could mean: (1) “the world” consists of both supernatural (“angels”) and natural (“human beings”) or (2) the list consists of three items: “to the world, to angels, and to human beings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
1CO 4 10 fkw2 figs-irony ἡμεῖς μωροὶ…ἄτιμοι 1 We are fools…in dishonor Paul uses irony to shame the Corinthians so they will think about what he is saying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
1CO 4 10 wqh7 ὑμεῖς ἔνδοξοι 1 You are held in honor “People treat you Corinthians as though you are important people”
|
||||
1CO 4 10 z22c ἡμεῖς…ἄτιμοι 1 we are held in dishonor “people shame us apostles”
|
||||
|
|
@ -207,11 +207,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 5 2 zk7g figs-rquestion οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἐπενθήσατε 1 Should you not mourn instead? This rhetorical question is used to scold the Corinthians. Alternate translation: “You should mourn over this instead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 5 2 rr93 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἀρθῇ ἐκ μέσου ὑμῶν ὁ, τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο ποιήσας 1 The one who did this must be removed from among you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must remove the one who did this from among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 5 3 xm4e παρὼν…τῷ πνεύματι 1 I am present in spirit “I am with you in spirit.” Being with them in spirit represents caring about them or wanting to be with them. Alternate translation: “I care about you” or “I want to be with you”
|
||||
1CO 5 3 ax3u ἤδη κέκρικα…τὸν οὕτως τοῦτο κατεργασάμενον 1 I have already passed judgment on the one who did this Possible meanings are (1) “I have decided what you should do with the one who did this” or (2) “I have found the person who did this guilty”
|
||||
1CO 5 3 ax3u ἤδη κέκρικα…τὸν οὕτως τοῦτο κατεργασάμενον 1 I have already passed judgment on the one who did this This could mean: (1) “I have decided what you should do with the one who did this” or (2) “I have found the person who did this guilty”
|
||||
1CO 5 4 m9yz συναχθέντων ὑμῶν 1 When you are assembled “When you are together” or “When you meet together”
|
||||
1CO 5 4 t83d figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Possible meanings are (1) the name of the Lord Jesus is a metonym that represents his authority. Alternate translation: “with the authority of our Lord Jesus” or (2) being assembled in the Lord’s name implies meeting together to worship him. Alternate translation: “to worship our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 5 4 t83d figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus This could mean: (1) the name of the Lord Jesus is a metonym that represents his authority. Alternate translation: “with the authority of our Lord Jesus” or (2) being assembled in the Lord’s name implies meeting together to worship him. Alternate translation: “to worship our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 5 5 xcf6 figs-metaphor παραδοῦναι τὸν τοιοῦτον τῷ Σατανᾷ 1 hand this man over to Satan Handing the man over to Satan represents not allowing the man to be part of their group so that Satan would be allowed to harm him. Alternate translation: “make this man leave your group so that Satan can harm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 5 5 nq4y figs-metaphor εἰς ὄλεθρον τῆς σαρκός 1 for the destruction of the flesh Possible meanings are (1) “flesh” refers to his physical body. Alternate translation: “so that Satan may harm his body” or (2) “flesh” is a metaphor for the sinful nature. Alternate translation: “so that his sinful nature will be destroyed” or “so that he will not continue to live according to his sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 5 5 nq4y figs-metaphor εἰς ὄλεθρον τῆς σαρκός 1 for the destruction of the flesh This could mean: (1) “flesh” refers to his physical body. Alternate translation: “so that Satan may harm his body” or (2) “flesh” is a metaphor for the sinful nature. Alternate translation: “so that his sinful nature will be destroyed” or “so that he will not continue to live according to his sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 5 5 z2cl figs-activepassive ἵνα τὸ πνεῦμα σωθῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 so that his spirit may be saved on the day of the Lord This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that God may save his spirit on the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 5 6 h2hk οὐ καλὸν τὸ καύχημα ὑμῶν 1 Your boasting is not good “Your boasting is bad”
|
||||
1CO 5 6 ng4m figs-metaphor οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι μικρὰ ζύμη, ὅλον τὸ φύραμα ζυμοῖ? 1 Do you not know that a little yeast leavens the whole loaf? Just as a little yeast spreads throughout a whole loaf of bread, so can a little sin impact the entire fellowship of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -236,9 +236,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 6 3 us55 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι ἀγγέλους κρινοῦμεν 1 Do you not know that we will judge the angels? Paul is surprised that they do not seem to know. Alternate translation: “You know that we will judge the angels.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 6 3 v5r5 figs-exclusive κρινοῦμεν 1 we will judge Paul includes himself and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 6 3 x6h3 figs-rquestion μήτι γε βιωτικά? 1 How much more, then, can we judge matters of this life? Because they will be given greater responsibility later, they should be responsible for lesser things now. Alternate translation: “Because we know we will judge the angels, we can also be sure that God will enable us to judge matters in this life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 6 4 vw5t figs-rquestion βιωτικὰ μὲν οὖν κριτήρια ἐὰν ἔχητε, τοὺς ἐξουθενημένους ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, τούτους καθίζετε? 1 If then you have to make judgments that pertain to daily life, why do you lay such cases as these before those who have no standing in the church? Possible meanings are (1) this is a rhetorical question or (2) this is a statement, “When in the past you have settled matters that are important in this life, you have not handed off disputes between Christians to be settled by unbelievers” or (3) this is a command, “When you settle matters that are important in this life, it is even to those who have no standing in the church that you should hand off disputes to be settled!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 6 4 vw5t figs-rquestion βιωτικὰ μὲν οὖν κριτήρια ἐὰν ἔχητε, τοὺς ἐξουθενημένους ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, τούτους καθίζετε? 1 If then you have to make judgments that pertain to daily life, why do you lay such cases as these before those who have no standing in the church? This could mean: (1) this is a rhetorical question or (2) this is a statement, “When in the past you have settled matters that are important in this life, you have not handed off disputes between Christians to be settled by unbelievers” or (3) this is a command, “When you settle matters that are important in this life, it is even to those who have no standing in the church that you should hand off disputes to be settled!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 6 4 xn32 βιωτικὰ μὲν οὖν κριτήρια ἐὰν ἔχητε, τοὺς ἐξουθενημένους ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, τούτους καθίζετε? 1 If then you have to make judgments that pertain to daily life “If you are called upon to make decisions about daily life” or “If you must settle matters that are important in this life”
|
||||
1CO 6 4 e791 figs-rquestion τοὺς ἐξουθενημένους ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, τούτους καθίζετε? 1 why do you lay such cases as these before those who have no standing in the church? Paul is rebuking the Corinthians for how they are handling these cases. Possible meanings are that (1) “you should stop giving such cases to people who are outside the church.” or (2) “you could give such cases even to members of the church who are not well regarded by other believers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 6 4 e791 figs-rquestion τοὺς ἐξουθενημένους ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, τούτους καθίζετε? 1 why do you lay such cases as these before those who have no standing in the church? Paul is rebuking the Corinthians for how they are handling these cases. This could mean: (1) “you should stop giving such cases to people who are outside the church” or (2) “you could give such cases even to members of the church who are not well regarded by other believers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 6 5 b2vy πρὸς ἐντροπὴν ὑμῖν 1 to your shame “to your dishonor” or “to show how you have failed in this matter”
|
||||
1CO 6 5 fue4 figs-rquestion οὕτως οὐκ ἔνι ἐν ὑμῖν οὐδεὶς σοφὸς, ὃς δυνήσεται διακρῖναι ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ? 1 Is there no one among you wise enough to settle a dispute between brothers? Paul is shaming the Corinthians. Alternate translation: “You should be ashamed that you cannot find a wise believer to settle arguments between believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 6 5 l1hd τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
|
|
@ -250,8 +250,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 6 9 h17l figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι 1 Or do you not know that Paul emphasizes that they should already know this truth. Alternate translation: “You already know that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 6 9 t1rt figs-metaphor κληρονομήσουσιν 1 will inherit Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 6 9 vqx4 Θεοῦ Βασιλείαν οὐ κληρονομήσουσιν 1 will not inherit the kingdom of God God will not judge them as righteous at the judgment, and they will not enter eternal life.
|
||||
1CO 6 9 h2na figs-merism μαλακοὶ, οὔτε ἀρσενοκοῖται 1 male prostitutes, those who practice homosexuality Possible meanings are (1) this is a merism for all homosexual activity or (2) Paul is naming two different activities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
1CO 6 9 blc7 μαλακοὶ, οὔτε ἀρσενοκοῖται 1 male prostitutes Possible meanings are (1) men who allow other men to sleep with them or (2) men who allow men who pay them to sleep with them or (3) men who allow other men to sleep with them as part of a religious activity.
|
||||
1CO 6 9 h2na figs-merism μαλακοὶ, οὔτε ἀρσενοκοῖται 1 male prostitutes, those who practice homosexuality This could mean: (1) this is a merism for all homosexual activity or (2) Paul is naming two different activities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
1CO 6 9 blc7 μαλακοὶ, οὔτε ἀρσενοκοῖται 1 male prostitutes This could mean: (1) men who allow other men to sleep with them or (2) men who allow men who pay them to sleep with them or (3) men who allow other men to sleep with them as part of a religious activity.
|
||||
1CO 6 9 qja8 ἀρσενοκοῖται 1 those who practice homosexuality men who sleep with other men
|
||||
1CO 6 10 f7gp κλέπται 1 thieves people who steal from others
|
||||
1CO 6 10 bgj9 πλεονέκται 1 the greedy people who are willing to use evil means to take others’ property
|
||||
|
|
@ -260,10 +260,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 6 11 gnr6 figs-activepassive ἐδικαιώθητε 1 you were justified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has made you right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 6 11 s55x figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ **Name** here is a metonym for the power and authority of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “by the power and authority of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 6 12 sw2e 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Corinthian believers that God wants them pure because Christ has bought them with his death. Their bodies are now God’s temple. He does so by saying what the Corinthians might say and then correcting them.
|
||||
1CO 6 12 r4mx πάντα μοι ἔξεστιν 1 Everything is lawful for me Possible meanings are (1) Paul is answering what some Corinthians might be thinking, “Some say, ‘I can do anything’” or (2) Paul is actually saying what he thinks is true, “God allows me to do anything.”
|
||||
1CO 6 12 r4mx πάντα μοι ἔξεστιν 1 Everything is lawful for me This could mean: (1) Paul is answering what some Corinthians might be thinking, “Some say, ‘I can do anything’” or (2) Paul is actually saying what he thinks is true, “God allows me to do anything.”
|
||||
1CO 6 12 q7dc ἀλλ’ οὐ πάντα συμφέρει 1 but not everything is beneficial Paul is answering whoever says, “Everything is lawful for me.” Alternate translation: “but not everything is good for me”
|
||||
1CO 6 12 c8vz figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐγὼ ἐξουσιασθήσομαι ὑπό τινος 1 I will not be mastered by any of them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not allow these things to rule over me like a master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 6 13 jz55 τὰ βρώματα τῇ κοιλίᾳ, καὶ ἡ κοιλία τοῖς βρώμασιν; ὁ δὲ Θεὸς καὶ ταύτην καὶ ταῦτα καταργήσει 1 “Food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food,” but God will do away with both of them Possible meanings are (1) Paul is correcting what some Corinthians might be thinking, “food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food,” by answering that God will do away with both the stomach and food or (2) Paul actually agrees that “food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food,” but he is adding that God will do away with both of them.
|
||||
1CO 6 13 jz55 τὰ βρώματα τῇ κοιλίᾳ, καὶ ἡ κοιλία τοῖς βρώμασιν; ὁ δὲ Θεὸς καὶ ταύτην καὶ ταῦτα καταργήσει 1 “Food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food,” but God will do away with both of them This could mean: (1) Paul is correcting what some Corinthians might be thinking, “food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food,” by answering that God will do away with both the stomach and food or (2) Paul actually agrees that “food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food,” but he is adding that God will do away with both of them.
|
||||
1CO 6 13 jta4 τὰ βρώματα τῇ κοιλίᾳ, καὶ ἡ κοιλία τοῖς βρώμασιν; ὁ δὲ Θεὸς καὶ ταύτην καὶ ταῦτα καταργήσει 1 Food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food One possible meanings is that the speaker is speaking indirectly of the body and sex, but you should translate this literally as “stomach” and “food.”
|
||||
1CO 6 13 uc1v καταργήσει 1 do away with “destroy”
|
||||
1CO 6 14 ev9l τὸν Κύριον ἤγειρεν 1 raised the Lord “caused the Lord to live again”
|
||||
|
|
@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 6 16 z54k figs-activepassive ὁ κολλώμενος τῇ πόρνῃ, ἓν σῶμά ἐστιν 1 he who is joined to a prostitute becomes one flesh with her This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when a man joins his body to the body of a prostitute, it is as if their bodies become one body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 6 17 c2tb figs-activepassive ὁ…κολλώμενος τῷ Κυρίῳ, ἓν πνεῦμά ἐστιν 1 he who is joined to the Lord becomes one spirit with him This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when the Lord joins his spirit to the spirit of a person, it is as if their spirits become one spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 6 18 ex92 figs-metaphor φεύγετε 1 Flee from Paul speaks of a person rejecting sexual sin as if that person were running away from danger. Alternate translation: “Get away from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 6 18 sc9d figs-explicit τὴν πορνείαν. πᾶν ἁμάρτημα ὃ ἐὰν ποιήσῃ ἄνθρωπος ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν…δὲ 1 immorality! Every other sin that a person commits is outside the body, but Possible meanings are (1) Paul is showing that sexual sin is especially bad because it is not only against others but against the sinner’s own body or (2) Paul is quoting what some Corinthians were thinking. Alternate translation: “immorality! Some of you are saying, ‘Every sin that a person commits is outside the body,’ but I say that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 6 18 sc9d figs-explicit τὴν πορνείαν. πᾶν ἁμάρτημα ὃ ἐὰν ποιήσῃ ἄνθρωπος ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν…δὲ 1 immorality! Every other sin that a person commits is outside the body, but This could mean: (1) Paul is showing that sexual sin is especially bad because it is not only against others but against the sinner’s own body or (2) Paul is quoting what some Corinthians were thinking. Alternate translation: “immorality! Some of you are saying, ‘Every sin that a person commits is outside the body,’ but I say that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 6 18 jr46 ἁμάρτημα ὃ ἐὰν ποιήσῃ ἄνθρωπος 1 sin that a person commits “evil deed that a person does”
|
||||
1CO 6 19 qy5j figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι…ἀπὸ Θεοῦ? καὶ οὐκ ἐστὲ ἑαυτῶν 1 Do you not know…God?…that you are not your own? Paul is continuing to teach the Corinthians by emphasizing what they already know. Alternate translation: “I want to remind you…God and that you are not your own.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 6 19 bb35 τὸ σῶμα ὑμῶν 1 your body the body of each individual Christian is a temple of the Holy Spirit
|
||||
|
|
@ -285,11 +285,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 7 1 iue7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives the believers some specific instructions on marriage.
|
||||
1CO 7 1 y4lx δὲ 1 Now Paul is introducing a new topic in his teaching.
|
||||
1CO 7 1 jq21 ὧν ἐγράψατε 1 the issues you wrote about The Corinthians had written a letter to Paul to ask for answers to certain questions.
|
||||
1CO 7 1 erl5 καλὸν ἀνθρώπῳ, γυναικὸς μὴ ἅπτεσθαι 1 “It is good for a man not to touch a woman.” Possible meanings are (1) Paul is quoting what the Corinthians had written. Alternate translation: “you wrote, ‘It is good for a man not to touch a woman.’” or (2) Paul is saying what he really thinks. Alternate translation: “my answer is that yes, it is good for a man not to touch a woman.”
|
||||
1CO 7 1 erl5 καλὸν ἀνθρώπῳ, γυναικὸς μὴ ἅπτεσθαι 1 “It is good for a man not to touch a woman.” This could mean: (1) Paul is quoting what the Corinthians had written. Alternate translation: “you wrote, ‘It is good for a man not to touch a woman.’” or (2) Paul is saying what he really thinks. Alternate translation: “my answer is that yes, it is good for a man not to touch a woman.”
|
||||
1CO 7 1 ui5c καλὸν 1 It is good “It is most helpful”
|
||||
1CO 7 1 cm7y ἀνθρώπῳ 1 for a man Possible meanings are (1) “a man” refers to a married man. Alternate translation: “a husband” or (2) “a man” refers to any man.
|
||||
1CO 7 1 mx7w figs-euphemism γυναικὸς μὴ ἅπτεσθαι 1 not to touch a woman Possible meanings are (1) “touch a woman” is a euphemism for having sexual relations. Alternate translation: “not to have sexual relations with his wife for a while” or (2) “touch a woman” is a metonym for marry. Alternate translation: “not to marry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 7 2 c3uq διὰ δὲ 1 But because Possible meanings are (1) Paul is responding to what the Corinthians had written. Alternate translation: “That is true, but because” or (2) Paul is saying what he really thinks.
|
||||
1CO 7 1 cm7y ἀνθρώπῳ 1 for a man This could mean: (1) “a man” refers to a married man. Alternate translation: “a husband” or (2) “a man” refers to any man.
|
||||
1CO 7 1 mx7w figs-euphemism γυναικὸς μὴ ἅπτεσθαι 1 not to touch a woman This could mean: (1) “touch a woman” is a euphemism for having sexual relations. Alternate translation: “not to have sexual relations with his wife for a while” or (2) “touch a woman” is a metonym for marry. Alternate translation: “not to marry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 7 2 c3uq διὰ δὲ 1 But because This could mean: (1) Paul is responding to what the Corinthians had written. Alternate translation: “That is true, but because” or (2) Paul is saying what he really thinks.
|
||||
1CO 7 2 fys4 διὰ δὲ τὰς πορνείας, ἕκαστος 1 But because of temptations for many immoral acts, each “But because Satan tempts people to commit sexual sin, each” or “But we desire to commit sexual sin because of our sinful nature, so each”
|
||||
1CO 7 3 mj8l figs-euphemism ὀφειλὴν 1 sexual rights Both husbands and wives are obligated to regularly sleep with their spouses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1CO 7 3 vhv1 figs-ellipsis ὁμοίως…καὶ ἡ γυνὴ τῷ ἀνδρί 1 likewise the wife to her husband The words “should give” and “sexual rights” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “likewise the wife should give to her husband his sexual rights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -310,11 +310,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 7 11 jd5w μὴ ἀφιέναι 1 should not divorce Paul’s readers knew no difference between divorcing and simply separating. To do either was to end the marriage. Alternate translation: “should not separate from”
|
||||
1CO 7 12 k9yd συνευδοκεῖ 1 agrees willing or satisfied
|
||||
1CO 7 13 mw6k ἄνδρα 1 husband This is the same Greek word as for “man.”
|
||||
1CO 7 14 l84p figs-activepassive ἡγίασται γὰρ ὁ ἀνὴρ ὁ ἄπιστος ἐν τῇ γυναικί 1 For the unbelieving husband is set apart because of his wife Possible meanings are (1) “For God has set apart the unbelieving husband for himself because of his believing wife” or (2) “God treats the unbelieving husband as he would treat a son for the sake of his believing wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 7 14 l84p figs-activepassive ἡγίασται γὰρ ὁ ἀνὴρ ὁ ἄπιστος ἐν τῇ γυναικί 1 For the unbelieving husband is set apart because of his wife This could mean: (1) “For God has set apart the unbelieving husband for himself because of his believing wife” or (2) “God treats the unbelieving husband as he would treat a son for the sake of his believing wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 7 14 s3gw ὁ ἀνὴρ…τῇ γυναικί 1 husband…wife These are the same Greek words as for “man” and “woman.”
|
||||
1CO 7 14 w5y9 figs-activepassive ἡγίασται ἡ γυνὴ ἡ ἄπιστος ἐν τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 the unbelieving wife is set apart because of the brother Possible meanings are (1) “God has set apart the unbelieving wife for himself because of her husband who believes” or (2) “God treats the unbelieving wife as he would treat a daughter for the sake of her husband who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 7 14 w5y9 figs-activepassive ἡγίασται ἡ γυνὴ ἡ ἄπιστος ἐν τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 the unbelieving wife is set apart because of the brother This could mean: (1) “God has set apart the unbelieving wife for himself because of her husband who believes” or (2) “God treats the unbelieving wife as he would treat a daughter for the sake of her husband who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 7 14 i1x4 τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 the brother the believing man or husband
|
||||
1CO 7 14 fmu5 figs-activepassive ἅγιά ἐστιν 1 they are set apart Possible meanings are (1) “God has set them apart for himself” or (2) “God treats them as he would treat his own children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 7 14 fmu5 figs-activepassive ἅγιά ἐστιν 1 they are set apart This could mean: (1) “God has set them apart for himself” or (2) “God treats them as he would treat his own children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 7 15 jef4 figs-metaphor οὐ δεδούλωται ὁ ἀδελφὸς ἢ ἡ ἀδελφὴ ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις 1 In such cases, the brother or sister is not bound to their vows Here, **brother** and **sister** refers to a Christian husband or wife. Here, **not bound to their vows** is a metaphor that mean the person is not obligated to do what they vowed to do. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “In such cases, God does not require the believing spouse to continue to obey the marriage vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 7 16 l559 figs-you οἶδας, γύναι…τὸν ἄνδρα σώσεις…οἶδας, ἄνερ…τὴν γυναῖκα σώσεις 1 do you know, woman…you will save your husband…do you know, man…you will save your wife Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of **you** and **your** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 7 16 h5td figs-rquestion τί…οἶδας, γύναι, εἰ τὸν ἄνδρα σώσεις 1 how do you know, woman, whether you will save your husband? Paul uses a question to cause women to think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: “you cannot know if you will save your unbelieving husband.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -349,8 +349,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 7 35 rp3w βρόχον 1 constraint restriction
|
||||
1CO 7 35 ffx4 εὐπάρεδρον 1 devoted “can concentrate on”
|
||||
1CO 7 36 jn8j ἀσχημονεῖν ἐπὶ 1 he is acting improperly toward “not being kind to” or “not honoring”
|
||||
1CO 7 36 crb8 τὴν παρθένον αὐτοῦ 1 his virgin Possible meanings are (1) “the woman whom he promised to marry” or (2) “his virgin daughter.”
|
||||
1CO 7 36 wdj5 γαμείτωσαν 1 let them marry Possible meanings are (1) “He should marry his fiancée” or (2) “He should let his daughter get married.”
|
||||
1CO 7 36 crb8 τὴν παρθένον αὐτοῦ 1 his virgin This could mean: (1) “the woman whom he promised to marry” or (2) “his virgin daughter.”
|
||||
1CO 7 36 wdj5 γαμείτωσαν 1 let them marry This could mean: (1) “He should marry his fiancée” or (2) “He should let his daughter get married.”
|
||||
1CO 7 37 nm99 figs-metaphor ὃς δὲ ἕστηκεν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ ἑδραῖος 1 But if he is standing firm in his heart Here, **standing firm** is a metaphor for deciding something with certainty. Here, **heart** is metonym for a person’s mind or thoughts. Alternate translation: “But if he has decided firmly in his own mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 7 39 d413 figs-metaphor γυνὴ δέδεται ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς 1 A wife is bound for as long as her husband lives Here, **bound** is a metaphor for a close relationship between people in which they support each other emotionally, spiritually, and physically. Here it means the union of marriage. Alternate translation: “A woman is married to her husband” or “A woman is united with her husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 7 39 ms7z ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ 1 for as long as…lives “until he dies”
|
||||
|
|
@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 9 1 re1t figs-rquestion οὐχὶ Ἰησοῦν τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν ἑόρακα 1 Have I not seen Jesus our Lord? Paul uses this rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of who he is. Alternate translation: “I have seen Jesus our Lord.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 1 zd7e figs-rquestion οὐ τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 Are you not my workmanship in the Lord? Paul uses this rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of their relationship to him. Alternate translation: “You believe in Christ because I have worked the way the Lord wants me to.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 2 j6qz figs-metonymy ἡ…σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς, ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 you are the proof of my apostleship in the Lord **Proof** here is a metonym for the evidence needed to prove something. Alternate translation: “you are evidence I can use to prove that the Lord has chosen me to be an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 9 3 b17x ἡ ἐμὴ ἀπολογία…ἐμὲ…αὕτη: 1 This is my defense…me: Possible meanings are (1) the words that follow are Paul’s defense or (2) the words in 1 Corinthians 9:1-2 are Paul’s defense. Alternate translation: “This is my defense…me.”
|
||||
1CO 9 3 b17x ἡ ἐμὴ ἀπολογία…ἐμὲ…αὕτη: 1 This is my defense…me: This could mean: (1) the words that follow are Paul’s defense or (2) the words in 1 Corinthians 9:1-2 are Paul’s defense. Alternate translation: “This is my defense…me.”
|
||||
1CO 9 4 mr4g figs-rquestion μὴ οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν φαγεῖν καὶ πεῖν 1 Do we not have the right to eat and drink? Paul uses a question to emphasize that he knows the Corinthians agree with what he is saying. Alternate translation: “We have the absolute right to receive food and drink from the churches.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 4 p4vq figs-exclusive ἔχομεν 1 we…have Here, **we** refers to Paul and Barnabas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 9 5 s9k8 figs-rquestion μὴ οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν ἀδελφὴν, γυναῖκα περιάγειν, ὡς καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπόστολοι, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ Κηφᾶς? 1 Do we not have the right to take along with us a wife who is a believer, as do the rest of the apostles, and the brothers of the Lord, and Cephas? Paul uses a question to emphasize that he knows the Corinthians agree with what he is saying. Alternate translation: “If we have believing wives, we have a right to take them with us just as the other apostles take them, and the brothers of the Lord, and Cephas.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 10 22 h9fh παραζηλοῦμεν 1 provoke to anger or irritate
|
||||
1CO 10 22 zv17 figs-rquestion μὴ ἰσχυρότεροι αὐτοῦ ἐσμεν? 1 We are not stronger than him, are we? Paul wants the Corinthians to answer this question in their minds. Alternate translation: “You should know without me telling you that we are not stronger than God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 10 23 ped1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul again reminds them of the law of liberty and doing everything for the benefit of others.
|
||||
1CO 10 23 tu2m πάντα ἔξεστιν 1 Everything is lawful Possible meanings are (1) Paul is answering what some Corinthians might be thinking, “Some say, ‘I can do anything’” or (2) Paul is actually saying what he thinks is true, “God allows me to do anything.” This should be translated as in [1 Corinthians 6:12](../06/12.md).
|
||||
1CO 10 23 tu2m πάντα ἔξεστιν 1 Everything is lawful This could mean: (1) Paul is answering what some Corinthians might be thinking, “Some say, ‘I can do anything’” or (2) Paul is actually saying what he thinks is true, “God allows me to do anything.” This should be translated as in [1 Corinthians 6:12](../06/12.md).
|
||||
1CO 10 23 jm4k οὐ πάντα συμφέρει 1 not everything is beneficial “some things are not beneficial”
|
||||
1CO 10 23 ex6z figs-metaphor οὐ πάντα οἰκοδομεῖ 1 not everything builds people up Building people up represents helping them become mature and strong in their faith. See how you translated “builds up” in [1 Corinthians 8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “not everything strengthens people” or “some things do not strengthen people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 10 27 g31y ὑμῖν…μηδὲν ἀνακρίνοντες διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν 1 you without asking questions of conscience “you. God wants you to eat the food with a clear conscience”
|
||||
|
|
@ -506,23 +506,23 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 11 intro abce 0 # 1 Corinthians 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of a new section of the letter (Chapters 11-14). Paul now talks about proper church services. In this chapter, he deals with two different problems: women in the church services (verses 1-16) and the Lord’s Supper (verses 17-34).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Proper conduct in a church service<br><br>### Disorderly women<br><br>Paul’s instructions here are debated among scholars. There may have been women who were abusing their Christian freedom and causing disorder in the church by going against established cultural customs. The disorder that their actions created would have caused him to be concerned.<br><br>### The Lord’s Supper<br>There were problems in how the Corinthians were handling the Lord’s Supper. They did not act in a unified manner. During the feast celebrated along with the Lord’s Supper, some of them ate their own food without sharing. Some of them got drunk while the poor people remained hungry. Paul taught that the believers dishonored Christ’s death if they participated in the Lord’s Supper while they were sinning or while they were in broken relationships with each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Paul uses rhetorical questions to scold the people for their unwillingness to follow the rules for worship he has suggested. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### The head<br><br>Paul uses “head” as a metonym for authority in verse 3 and also to refer to a person’s actual head in verse 4 and following. Since they are so close together, it is likely that Paul intentionally used “head” in this way. This would show that the ideas in these verses were connected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 11 1 h5fg 0 Connecting Statement: After reminding them to follow him the way he follows Christ, Paul gives some specific instructs in how women and men are to live as believers.
|
||||
1CO 11 2 qsk9 πάντα μου μέμνησθε 1 you remember me in everything “you think of me at all times” or “you always try act as I would want you to act” The Corinthians had not forgotten who Paul was or what he had taught them.
|
||||
1CO 11 3 k5um θέλω δὲ 1 Now I want Possible meanings are (1) “Because of this, I want” or (2) “However, I want.”
|
||||
1CO 11 3 k5um θέλω δὲ 1 Now I want This could mean: (1) “Because of this, I want” or (2) “However, I want.”
|
||||
1CO 11 3 hbt7 ἡ κεφαλὴ…ἐστιν 1 is the head has authority over
|
||||
1CO 11 3 en95 κεφαλὴ…γυναικὸς ὁ ἀνήρ 1 a man is the head of a woman Possible meanings are (1) “men are to have authority over women” or (2) “the husband is to have authority over the wife”
|
||||
1CO 11 3 en95 κεφαλὴ…γυναικὸς ὁ ἀνήρ 1 a man is the head of a woman This could mean: (1) “men are to have authority over women” or (2) “the husband is to have authority over the wife”
|
||||
1CO 11 4 uuv2 κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχων 1 having something on his head “and does so after placing a cloth or veil over his head”
|
||||
1CO 11 4 lit3 καταισχύνει τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 dishonors his head Possible meanings are (1) “brings disgrace on himself” or (2) “brings disgrace on Christ, who is his head.”
|
||||
1CO 11 5 b7ku γυνὴ προσευχομένη…καταισχύνει τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτῆς 1 woman who prays…dishonors her head Possible meanings are (1) “woman who prays…brings disgrace on herself” or (2) “wife who prays…brings disgrace on her husband.”
|
||||
1CO 11 4 lit3 καταισχύνει τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 dishonors his head This could mean: (1) “brings disgrace on himself” or (2) “brings disgrace on Christ, who is his head.”
|
||||
1CO 11 5 b7ku γυνὴ προσευχομένη…καταισχύνει τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτῆς 1 woman who prays…dishonors her head This could mean: (1) “woman who prays…brings disgrace on herself” or (2) “wife who prays…brings disgrace on her husband.”
|
||||
1CO 11 5 k5yl ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλῇ 1 with her head uncovered That is, without the cloth that was worn on the top of the head and that covered the hair and shoulders.
|
||||
1CO 11 5 e1pz τῇ ἐξυρημένῃ 1 as if her head were shaved as if she had removed all the hair on her head with a razor
|
||||
1CO 11 6 s4r5 εἰ…αἰσχρὸν γυναικὶ 1 If it is disgraceful for a woman It was a mark of disgrace or humiliation for a woman to have her hair shaved off or cut short.
|
||||
1CO 11 6 i624 κατακαλύπτεται 1 cover her head place on her head the cloth that was worn on the top of the head and that covered the hair and shoulders
|
||||
1CO 11 7 aa4r figs-activepassive οὐκ ὀφείλει κατακαλύπτεσθαι τὴν κεφαλήν 1 should not have his head covered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: Possible meanings are (1) “must not cover his head” or (2) “does not need to cover his head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 11 7 aa4r figs-activepassive οὐκ ὀφείλει κατακαλύπτεσθαι τὴν κεφαλήν 1 should not have his head covered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: This could mean: (1) “must not cover his head” or (2) “does not need to cover his head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 11 7 t5jn δόξα ἀνδρός 1 glory of the man Just as man reflects God’s greatness, the woman reflects the man’s character.
|
||||
1CO 11 8 s5ns figs-activepassive οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἀνὴρ ἐκ γυναικός, ἀλλὰ γυνὴ ἐξ ἀνδρός. 1 For man was not made from woman. Instead, woman was made from man God made the woman by taking a bone from the man and making the woman from that bone. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not make the man from the woman. Instead, he made the woman from the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 11 9 w8jm γὰρ οὐκ…διὰ τὸν ἄνδρα 1 For neither…for man These words and all of [1 Corinthians 11:8](../11/08.md) could be put in parentheses so that the reader can see that the word **this** in **this is why…the angels** clearly refers back to the words “the woman is the glory of the man” in [1 Corinthians 11:7](../11/07.md).
|
||||
1CO 11 10 wh4c ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς 1 have a symbol of authority on her head Possible meanings are (1) “to symbolize that she has man as her head” or (2) “to symbolize that she has the authority to pray or prophesy.”
|
||||
1CO 11 10 wh4c ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς 1 have a symbol of authority on her head This could mean: (1) “to symbolize that she has man as her head” or (2) “to symbolize that she has the authority to pray or prophesy.”
|
||||
1CO 11 11 pir4 πλὴν…ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 Nevertheless, in the Lord “While what I have just said is all true, the most important thing is this: in the Lord”
|
||||
1CO 11 11 h9t4 ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 in the Lord Possible meanings are (1) “among Christians, who belong to the Lord” or (2) “in the world as created by God.”
|
||||
1CO 11 11 h9t4 ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 in the Lord This could mean: (1) “among Christians, who belong to the Lord” or (2) “in the world as created by God.”
|
||||
1CO 11 11 hqy4 figs-doublenegatives οὔτε γυνὴ χωρὶς ἀνδρὸς, οὔτε ἀνὴρ χωρὶς γυναικὸς ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 the woman is not independent from the man, nor is the man independent from the woman This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “the woman depends on the man, and the man depends on the woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1CO 11 12 i8qu τὰ…πάντα ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 all things come from God “God created everything”
|
||||
1CO 11 13 eex3 ἐν ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς κρίνατε 1 Judge for yourselves “Judge this issue according to the local customs and church practices you know”
|
||||
|
|
@ -537,10 +537,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 11 17 du1a οὐκ εἰς τὸ κρεῖσσον, ἀλλὰ εἰς τὸ ἧσσον 1 it is not for the better but for the worse “you do not help each other; instead, you harm each other”
|
||||
1CO 11 18 iu3q ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 in the church “as believers.” Paul is not talking about being inside a building.
|
||||
1CO 11 18 l9vx σχίσματα ἐν ὑμῖν ὑπάρχειν 1 there are divisions among you “you divide yourselves into opposing groups”
|
||||
1CO 11 19 s9sy figs-irony δεῖ γὰρ καὶ αἱρέσεις ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι 1 For there must also be factions among you Possible meanings (1) The word **must** indicates that this situation is likely to happen. Alternate translation: “For there will probably be factions among you” or (2) Paul was using irony to shame them for having factions. Alternate translation: “For you seem to think that there must be factions among you” or “For you seem to think that you must divide yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
1CO 11 19 s9sy figs-irony δεῖ γὰρ καὶ αἱρέσεις ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι 1 For there must also be factions among you This could mean: (1) the word **must** indicates that this situation is likely to happen. Alternate translation: “For there will probably be factions among you” or (2) Paul was using irony to shame them for having factions. Alternate translation: “For you seem to think that there must be factions among you” or “For you seem to think that you must divide yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
1CO 11 19 kcr7 αἱρέσεις 1 factions opposing groups of people
|
||||
1CO 11 19 vfv4 figs-irony ἵνα καὶ οἱ δόκιμοι φανεροὶ γένωνται ἐν ὑμῖν 1 so that those who are approved may be recognized among you Possible meanings are (1) “so that people will know the most highly regarded believers among you” or (2) “so that people can display this approval to the others among you.” Paul may have been using irony, saying the opposite of what he wanted the Corinthians to understand, to shame them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
1CO 11 19 j7db δόκιμοι 1 who are approved Possible meanings are (1) “whom God approves” or (2) “whom you, the church, approve.”
|
||||
1CO 11 19 vfv4 figs-irony ἵνα καὶ οἱ δόκιμοι φανεροὶ γένωνται ἐν ὑμῖν 1 so that those who are approved may be recognized among you This could mean: (1) “so that people will know the most highly regarded believers among you” or (2) “so that people can display this approval to the others among you.” Paul may have been using irony, saying the opposite of what he wanted the Corinthians to understand, to shame them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
1CO 11 19 j7db δόκιμοι 1 who are approved This could mean: (1) “whom God approves” or (2) “whom you, the church, approve.”
|
||||
1CO 11 20 x9h5 συνερχομένων 1 come together “gather together”
|
||||
1CO 11 20 dse7 οὐκ ἔστιν Κυριακὸν δεῖπνον φαγεῖν 1 it is not the Lord’s Supper that you eat “you may believe you are eating the Lord’s Supper, but you do not treat it with respect”
|
||||
1CO 11 22 zl1h ἐσθίειν καὶ πίνειν 1 to eat and to drink in “in which to gather for a meal”
|
||||
|
|
@ -551,13 +551,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 11 23 c197 figs-activepassive ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ ᾗ παρεδίδετο 1 on the night when he was betrayed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “on the night that Judas Iscariot betrayed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 11 24 e19d ἔκλασεν 1 he broke it “he pulled pieces from it”
|
||||
1CO 11 24 f6hn τοῦτό μού ἐστιν τὸ σῶμα 1 This is my body “The bread I am holding is my body”
|
||||
1CO 11 25 gr2k τὸ ποτήριον 1 the cup It is best to translate this literally. The Corinthians knew which cup he took, so it is not simply “a cup” or “some cup” or “any cup.” Possible meanings are that it was (1) the cup of wine that one would expect him to use or (2) the third or fourth of the four cups of wine that the Jews drank at the Passover meal.
|
||||
1CO 11 25 gr2k τὸ ποτήριον 1 the cup It is best to translate this literally. The Corinthians knew which cup he took, so it is not simply “a cup” or “some cup” or “any cup.” This could mean: (1) the cup of wine that one would expect him to use or (2) the third or fourth of the four cups of wine that the Jews drank at the Passover meal.
|
||||
1CO 11 25 z54e τοῦτο ποιεῖτε, ὁσάκις ἐὰν πίνητε 1 Do this as often as you drink it “Drink from this cup, and as often as you drink from it”
|
||||
1CO 11 26 sj1l τὸν θάνατον τοῦ Κυρίου καταγγέλλετε 1 proclaim the Lord’s death teach about the crucifixion and resurrection
|
||||
1CO 11 26 m89f figs-explicit ἄχρι οὗ ἔλθῃ 1 until he comes Where Jesus comes to can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “until Jesus comes back to the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 11 27 as6y ἂν ἐσθίῃ τὸν ἄρτον ἢ πίνῃ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 eats the bread or drinks the cup of the Lord “eats the bread of the Lord or drinks the cup of the Lord”
|
||||
1CO 11 28 nhx7 figs-metaphor δοκιμαζέτω 1 examine Paul speaks of a person looking at his relationship to God and how he has been living his life as if that person is looking over something he wants to buy. See how “test the quality” is translated in [1 Corinthians 3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 11 29 gqd2 μὴ διακρίνων τὸ σῶμα 1 without discerning the body Possible meanings are (1) “and does not recognize that the church is the body of the Lord” or (2) “and does not consider that he is handling the Lord’s body.”
|
||||
1CO 11 29 gqd2 μὴ διακρίνων τὸ σῶμα 1 without discerning the body This could mean: (1) “and does not recognize that the church is the body of the Lord” or (2) “and does not consider that he is handling the Lord’s body.”
|
||||
1CO 11 30 kbi6 ἀσθενεῖς καὶ ἄρρωστοι 1 weak and ill These words mean almost the same thing and can be combined, as in UST.
|
||||
1CO 11 30 vx5t figs-euphemism κοιμῶνται ἱκανοί 1 and many of you have fallen asleep **Sleep** here is a euphemism for death. Alternate translation: “and some of you have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]).
|
||||
1CO 11 30 bh6j figs-explicit ἱκανοί 1 many of you If this would sound like Paul is talking to those who have died, you may need to make explicit that he is not. Alternate translation: “some of the members of your group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 12 1 da2e 0 Connecting Statement: Paul lets them know that God has given special gifts to believers. These gifts are to help the body of believers.
|
||||
1CO 12 1 i3k7 figs-doublenegatives οὐ θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: “I want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1CO 12 2 hbt8 figs-metaphor ἦτε, πρὸς τὰ εἴδωλα τὰ ἄφωνα ὡς ἂν ἤγεσθε, ἀπαγόμενοι 1 you were led astray to idols who could not speak, in whatever ways you were led by them Here, **led astray** is a metaphor for being persuaded to do something wrong. Being led astray to idols represents being wrongly persuaded to worship idols. The phrases “were led astray” and “you were led by them” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you were persuaded in some way to worship idols who cannot speak” or “you believed lies somehow and so you worshiped idols who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 12 3 zg4j οὐδεὶς ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ λαλῶν, λέγει 1 no one who speaks by the Spirit of God can say Possible meanings are (1) “no Christian who has the Spirit of God in him can say” or (2) “no one who is prophesying by the power of the Spirit of God can say.”
|
||||
1CO 12 3 zg4j οὐδεὶς ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ λαλῶν, λέγει 1 no one who speaks by the Spirit of God can say This could mean: (1) “no Christian who has the Spirit of God in him can say” or (2) “no one who is prophesying by the power of the Spirit of God can say.”
|
||||
1CO 12 3 jak6 ἀνάθεμα Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus is accursed “God will punish Jesus” or “God will make Jesus suffer”
|
||||
1CO 12 6 eth3 ὁ ἐνεργῶν τὰ πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν 1 who is working all things in everyone “causes everyone to have them”
|
||||
1CO 12 7 x7mv figs-activepassive ἑκάστῳ…δίδοται 1 to each one is given This can be stated in active form. God is the one who does the giving ([1 Corinthians 12:6](../12/06.md)). Alternate translation: “God gives to each one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 12 10 c14y ἑρμηνία γλωσσῶν 1 the interpretation of tongues This is the ability to listen to what someone says in one language and use another language to tell people what that person is saying. Alternate translation: “the ability to interpret what is said in other languages”
|
||||
1CO 12 11 z383 τὸ ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ Πνεῦμα 1 one and the same Spirit God gives the gifts through the work of the one and only Holy Spirit. See how this is translated in [1 Corinthians 12:8](../12/08.md).
|
||||
1CO 12 12 j3xl 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to talk of the variety of gifts God gives believers, God gives different gifts to different believers, but Paul wants them to know that all believers are made into one body, which is called the body of Christ. For this reason believers should have unity.
|
||||
1CO 12 13 g8uk figs-activepassive γὰρ ἐν ἑνὶ Πνεύματι ἡμεῖς πάντες…ἐβαπτίσθημεν 1 For by one Spirit we were all baptized Possible meanings are (1) the Holy Spirit is the one who baptizes us, “For one Spirit baptized us” or (2) that the Spirit, like the water of baptism, is the medium through which we are baptized into the body, “For in one Spirit we were all baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 12 13 g8uk figs-activepassive γὰρ ἐν ἑνὶ Πνεύματι ἡμεῖς πάντες…ἐβαπτίσθημεν 1 For by one Spirit we were all baptized This could mean: (1) the Holy Spirit is the one who baptizes us, “For one Spirit baptized us” or (2) that the Spirit, like the water of baptism, is the medium through which we are baptized into the body, “For in one Spirit we were all baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 12 13 r9hm figs-metonymy εἴτε…δοῦλοι, εἴτε ἐλεύθεροι 1 whether bound or free **Bound** here is a metonym for “slaves.” Alternate translation: “whether slave-people or free-people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 12 13 r5kw figs-activepassive πάντες ἓν Πνεῦμα ἐποτίσθημεν 1 all were made to drink of one Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave all of us the same Spirit, and we share the Spirit as people might share a drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 12 17 rsl6 figs-rquestion ποῦ ἡ ἀκοή?…ποῦ ἡ ὄσφρησις? 1 where would the sense of hearing be?…where would the sense of smell be? This can be made a statement. Alternate translation: “you could not hear anything…you could not smell anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 12 25 z4kk μὴ ᾖ σχίσμα ἐν τῷ σώματι, ἀλλὰ 1 there may be no division within the body, but “the body may be unified, and”
|
||||
1CO 12 26 da97 figs-activepassive δοξάζεται μέλος 1 one member is honored This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone gives honor to one member” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 12 27 z2ct ὑμεῖς δέ ἐστε 1 Now you are Here the word **now** is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
1CO 12 28 ll3s πρῶτον ἀποστόλους 1 first apostles Possible meanings are (1) “the first gift I will mention is apostles” or (2) “the most important gift is apostles.”
|
||||
1CO 12 28 ll3s πρῶτον ἀποστόλους 1 first apostles This could mean: (1) “the first gift I will mention is apostles” or (2) “the most important gift is apostles.”
|
||||
1CO 12 28 unh1 ἀντιλήμψεις 1 those who provide helps “those who provide help to other believers”
|
||||
1CO 12 28 l6p1 κυβερνήσεις 1 those who do the work of administration “those who govern the church”
|
||||
1CO 12 28 w726 κυβερνήσεις 1 those who have various kinds of tongues an individual who can speak in one or more foreign languages without having studied that language
|
||||
|
|
@ -612,10 +612,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 12 30 q8ht figs-rquestion μὴ πάντες γλώσσαις λαλοῦσιν? 1 Do all of them speak with tongues? This can be a statement. Alternate translation: “Not all of them speak with tongues.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 12 30 d3k8 figs-rquestion μὴ πάντες διερμηνεύουσιν? 1 Do all of them interpret tongues? This can be a statement. Alternate translation: “Not all of them interpret tongues.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 12 30 ab9e διερμηνεύουσιν 1 interpret This means to tell what someone has said in a language to others who do not understand that language. See how this is translated in [1 Corinthians 2:13](../02/13.md).
|
||||
1CO 12 31 vb1m ζηλοῦτε…τὰ χαρίσματα τὰ μείζονα 1 earnestly desire the greater gifts. Possible meanings are (1) “You must eagerly seek from God the gifts that best help the church.” or (2) “You are eagerly looking for gifts that you think are greater because you think they are more exciting to have.”
|
||||
1CO 12 31 vb1m ζηλοῦτε…τὰ χαρίσματα τὰ μείζονα 1 earnestly desire the greater gifts. This could mean: (1) “You must eagerly seek from God the gifts that best help the church.” or (2) “You are eagerly looking for gifts that you think are greater because you think they are more exciting to have.”
|
||||
1CO 13 intro abcg 0 # 1 Corinthians 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul seems to interrupt his teaching about spiritual gifts. However, this chapter probably serves a larger function in his teaching.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Love<br><br>Love is the most important characteristic of the believer. This chapter fully describes love. Paul tells why love is more important than the gifts of the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Paul uses many different metaphors in this chapter. He uses these metaphors to instruct the Corinthians, especially on difficult topics. Readers often need spiritual discernment to understand these teachings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 13 1 n8lm 0 Connecting Statement: Having just talked about the gifts that God gave to believers, Paul emphasizes what is more important.
|
||||
1CO 13 1 cm2n figs-hyperbole ταῖς γλώσσαις…τῶν ἀγγέλων 1 the tongues of…angels Possible meanings are (1) Paul is exaggerating for the sake of effect and does not believe that people speak the language that angels use or (2) Paul thinks that some who speak in tongues actually speak the language that angels use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1CO 13 1 cm2n figs-hyperbole ταῖς γλώσσαις…τῶν ἀγγέλων 1 the tongues of…angels This could mean: (1) Paul is exaggerating for the sake of effect and does not believe that people speak the language that angels use or (2) Paul thinks that some who speak in tongues actually speak the language that angels use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1CO 13 1 k2gk figs-metaphor γέγονα χαλκὸς ἠχῶν ἢ κύμβαλον ἀλαλάζον 1 I have become a noisy gong or a clanging cymbal I have become like instruments that make loud, annoying sounds (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 13 1 krt1 translate-unknown χαλκὸς 1 gong a large, thin, round metal plate that is hit with a padded stick to make a loud sound (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1CO 13 1 qbx6 translate-unknown κύμβαλον ἀλαλάζον 1 a clanging cymbal two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 13 6 tpz6 figs-doublenegatives οὐ χαίρει ἐπὶ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ, συνχαίρει δὲ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 It does not rejoice in unrighteousness. Instead, it rejoices in the truth This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “It rejoices only in righteousness and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1CO 13 7 vf6x figs-personification 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues speaking about love as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1CO 13 12 bn3h βλέπομεν γὰρ ἄρτι δι’ ἐσόπτρου ἐν αἰνίγματι 1 For now we see indirectly in a mirror Mirrors in Paul’s day were made of polished metal rather than glass and provided a dim, vague reflection.
|
||||
1CO 13 12 w2eu βλέπομεν…ἄρτι 1 now we see Possible meanings are (1) “now we see Christ” or (2) “now we see God.”
|
||||
1CO 13 12 w2eu βλέπομεν…ἄρτι 1 now we see This could mean: (1) “now we see Christ” or (2) “now we see God.”
|
||||
1CO 13 12 xx1g figs-ellipsis τότε δὲ πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον 1 but then face to face “but then we will see Christ face to face” This means that we will be physically present with Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1CO 13 12 qp7g figs-ellipsis ἐπιγνώσομαι 1 I will know fully The word “Christ” is understood. Alternate translation: “I will know Christ fully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1CO 13 12 i28w figs-activepassive καθὼς καὶ ἐπεγνώσθην 1 just as I have also been fully known This can be stated as active. Alternate translation: “just as Christ has known me fully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 14 15 fi2f τῷ νοΐ 1 with my mind “with words that I understand”
|
||||
1CO 14 16 niu5 figs-you εὐλογῇς…τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ…λέγεις 1 you praise God…you are giving thanks…you are saying Though **you** is singular here, Paul is addressing everyone who prays only in the spirit, but not with the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 14 16 r4w5 figs-rquestion πῶς ἐρεῖ, τὸ ἀμήν…οὐκ οἶδεν? 1 how will the outsider say “Amen”…saying? This can be a statement. Alternate translation: “the outsider will never be able to say ‘Amen’…saying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 14 16 j3e3 τοῦ ἰδιώτου 1 the ungifted Possible meanings are (1) “another person” or (2) “people who are new to your group.”
|
||||
1CO 14 16 j3e3 τοῦ ἰδιώτου 1 the ungifted This could mean: (1) “another person” or (2) “people who are new to your group.”
|
||||
1CO 14 16 ev63 figs-synecdoche ἐρεῖ, τὸ ἀμήν 1 say “Amen” “be able to agree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1CO 14 17 a7wr figs-you σὺ μὲν…εὐχαριστεῖς 1 you certainly give Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 14 17 w25k figs-metaphor ὁ ἕτερος οὐκ οἰκοδομεῖται 1 the other person is not built up Building people up represents helping them become mature and strong in their faith. This can be stated in active form. See how you translated “builds up” in [1 Corinthians 8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “the other person is not strengthened” or “what you say does not strengthen any outsider who might hear you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -674,13 +674,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 14 27 wc1z καὶ ἀνὰ μέρος 1 and each one in turn “and they should speak one after another” or “and they should speak one at a time”
|
||||
1CO 14 27 zh9z figs-activepassive διερμηνευέτω 1 must interpret This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “interpret what they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 14 27 ari2 διερμηνευέτω 1 must interpret This means to tell what someone has said in a language to others who do not understand that language. See how “interpret” is translated in [1 Corinthians 2:13](../02/13.md).
|
||||
1CO 14 29 a9iz προφῆται…δύο ἢ τρεῖς λαλείτωσαν 1 Let two or three prophets speak Possible meanings are (1) only two or three prophets speak at any one meeting or (2) only two or three prophets take turns speaking at any one time.
|
||||
1CO 14 29 a9iz προφῆται…δύο ἢ τρεῖς λαλείτωσαν 1 Let two or three prophets speak This could mean: (1) only two or three prophets speak at any one meeting or (2) only two or three prophets take turns speaking at any one time.
|
||||
1CO 14 29 m5l8 figs-activepassive προφῆται δὲ δύο ἢ τρεῖς λαλείτωσαν 1 to what is said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 14 30 sl1q figs-activepassive ἐὰν…ἄλλῳ ἀποκαλυφθῇ 1 if a revelation is given to another This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if God gives someone insight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 14 31 xr69 καθ’ ἕνα…προφητεύειν 1 prophesy one by one Only one person should prophesy at a time.
|
||||
1CO 14 31 nrq1 figs-activepassive πάντες…παρακαλῶνται 1 all may be encouraged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you may encourage all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 14 33 my65 οὐ…ἐστιν ἀκαταστασίας ὁ Θεὸς 1 God is not a God of confusion God does not create confusing situations by making people all speak at the same time.
|
||||
1CO 14 34 gjv2 σιγάτωσαν 1 let be silent Possible meanings are (1) stop speaking, (2) stop speaking when someone is prophesying, or (3) be absolutely silent during the church service.
|
||||
1CO 14 34 gjv2 σιγάτωσαν 1 let be silent This could mean: (1) stop speaking, (2) stop speaking when someone is prophesying, or (3) be absolutely silent during the church service.
|
||||
1CO 14 36 h8lp figs-rquestion ἢ ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν, ἢ εἰς ὑμᾶς μόνους κατήντησεν? 1 Did the word of God come from you? Are you the only ones it has reached? Paul emphasizes that the Corinthians are not the only ones who understand what God wants Christians to do. Alternate translation: “The word of God did not come from you in Corinth; you are not the only people who understand God’s will.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 14 36 mj6b figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God **Word of God** here is a metonym for the message from God. Alternate translation: “God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 14 37 ab6u ἐπιγινωσκέτω 1 he should acknowledge A true prophet or truly spiritual person will accept Paul’s writings as coming from the Lord.
|
||||
|
|
@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 15 1 xv53 figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ…ἑστήκατε 1 on which you stand Paul is speaking of the Corinthians as if they were a house and the gospel as if it were the foundation on which the house was standing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 2 xh29 figs-activepassive σῴζεσθε 1 you are being saved This can be stated in active form. “God will save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 2 le2k τίνι λόγῳ εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν 1 the word I preached to you “the message I preached to you”
|
||||
1CO 15 3 sp4p ἐν πρώτοις 1 as of first importance Possible meanings are (1) as the most important of many things or (2) as the first in time .
|
||||
1CO 15 3 sp4p ἐν πρώτοις 1 as of first importance This could mean: (1) as the most important of many things or (2) as the first in time .
|
||||
1CO 15 3 azw6 ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 for our sins “to pay for our sins” or “so that God could forgive our sins”
|
||||
1CO 15 3 inj2 κατὰ τὰς Γραφάς 1 according to the scriptures Paul is referring to the writings of the Old Testament.
|
||||
1CO 15 4 wa7m figs-activepassive ἐτάφη 1 he was buried This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they buried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 15 8 vg7t figs-idiom τῷ ἐκτρώματι 1 a child born at the wrong time This is an idiom by which Paul may mean that he became a Christian much later than the other apostles. Or perhaps he means that, unlike the other apostles, he did not witness Jesus’ three-year-long ministry. Alternate translation: “someone who missed the experiences of the others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1CO 15 10 xiq6 χάριτι…Θεοῦ, εἰμι ὅ εἰμι 1 by the grace of God I am what I am God’s grace or kindness has made Paul as he is now.
|
||||
1CO 15 10 n45h figs-litotes ἡ χάρις αὐτοῦ ἡ εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ κενὴ ἐγενήθη 1 his grace in me was not in vain Paul is emphasizing through litotes that God worked through Paul. Alternate translation: “because he was kind to me, I was able to do much good work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
1CO 15 10 xh95 figs-metaphor ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ σὺν ἐμοί 1 the grace of God that is with me Paul speaks of the work he was able to do because God was kind to him as if that grace were actually doing the work. Alternate translation: Possible meanings are (1) this is literally true, and God actually did the work and kindly used Paul as a tool or (2) Paul is using a metaphor and saying that God was kind to let Paul do the work and to make Paul’s work have good results. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 10 xh95 figs-metaphor ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ σὺν ἐμοί 1 the grace of God that is with me Paul speaks of the work he was able to do because God was kind to him as if that grace were actually doing the work. Alternate translation: This could mean: (1) this is literally true, and God actually did the work and kindly used Paul as a tool or (2) Paul is using a metaphor and saying that God was kind to let Paul do the work and to make Paul’s work have good results. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 12 ub2p figs-rquestion πῶς λέγουσιν ἐν ὑμῖν τινες, ὅτι ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔστιν? 1 how can some of you say there is no resurrection of the dead? Paul is using this question to begin a new topic. Alternate translation: “you should not be saying that there is no resurrection of the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 15 12 jbi8 ἐγήγερται 1 raised made alive again
|
||||
1CO 15 13 cn2m figs-hypo εἰ…ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔστιν, οὐδὲ Χριστὸς ἐγήγερται 1 if there is no resurrection of the dead, then not even Christ has been raised Paul is using a hypothetical case to argue that there is a resurrection of the dead. He knows that Christ has been raised and so infers that there is a resurrection. To say that there is no resurrection is to say that Christ has not been raised, but this is false because Paul has seen the resurrected Christ ([1 Corinthians 15:8](../15/08.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -744,12 +744,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 15 31 znl3 figs-explicit τὴν ὑμετέραν καύχησιν, ἀδελφοί, ἣν ἔχω ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν 1 my boasting in you, brothers, which I have in Christ Jesus our Lord Paul boasted in them because of what Christ Jesus had done for them. Alternate translation: “my boasting in you, which I do because of what Christ Jesus our Lord has done for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 15 31 p3ym τὴν ὑμετέραν καύχησιν 1 my boasting in you “the way I tell other people how good you are”
|
||||
1CO 15 32 q6mb figs-rquestion εἰ…ἐθηριομάχησα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ…τί μοι τὸ ὄφελος…οὐκ ἐγείρονται 1 What do I gain…if I fought with beasts at Ephesus…not raised Paul wants the Corinthians to understand without him having to tell them. This can be a statement. Alternate translation: “I gained nothing…by fighting with beasts at Ephesus…not raised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 15 32 lm3v figs-metaphor ἐθηριομάχησα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ 1 I fought with beasts at Ephesus Paul is referring to something that he actually did. Possible meanings are (1) Paul was speaking figuratively about his arguments with learned pagans or other conflicts with people who wanted to kill him or (2) he was actually put into the arena to fight against dangerous animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 32 lm3v figs-metaphor ἐθηριομάχησα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ 1 I fought with beasts at Ephesus Paul is referring to something that he actually did. This could mean: (1) Paul was speaking figuratively about his arguments with learned pagans or other conflicts with people who wanted to kill him or (2) he was actually put into the arena to fight against dangerous animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 32 c36a φάγωμεν καὶ πίωμεν, αὔριον γὰρ ἀποθνῄσκομεν 1 Let us eat and drink, for tomorrow we die Paul concludes that if there is no further life after death, it is better for us to enjoy this life as we can, for tomorrow our life will end without any further hope.
|
||||
1CO 15 33 q7uc φθείρουσιν ἤθη χρηστὰ ὁμιλίαι κακαί 1 Bad company corrupts good morals If you live with bad people, you will act like them. Paul is quoting a common saying.
|
||||
1CO 15 34 gr3v ἐκνήψατε 1 Sober up “You must think seriously about this”
|
||||
1CO 15 35 w4hk 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives some specifics about how the resurrection of the believers’ bodies will take place. He gives a picture of natural and spiritual bodies and compares the first man Adam with the last Adam, Christ.
|
||||
1CO 15 35 hw4a figs-rquestion ἀλλ’ ἐρεῖ τις, πῶς ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροί? ποίῳ δὲ σώματι ἔρχονται? 1 But someone will say, “How are the dead raised, and with what kind of body will they come?” Possible meanings are (1) The person is asking sincerely or (2) the person is using the question to mock the idea of a resurrection. Alternate translation: “But some will say that they cannot imagine how God will raise the dead, and what kind of body God would give them in the resurrection.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 15 35 hw4a figs-rquestion ἀλλ’ ἐρεῖ τις, πῶς ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροί? ποίῳ δὲ σώματι ἔρχονται? 1 But someone will say, “How are the dead raised, and with what kind of body will they come?” This could mean: (1) The person is asking sincerely or (2) the person is using the question to mock the idea of a resurrection. Alternate translation: “But some will say that they cannot imagine how God will raise the dead, and what kind of body God would give them in the resurrection.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 15 35 ty4t ἐρεῖ τις 1 someone will say “someone will ask”
|
||||
1CO 15 35 e5lv ποίῳ…σώματι ἔρχονται 1 with what kind of body will they come That is, will it be a physical body or a spiritual body? What shape will the body have? What will the body be made of? Translate using the most general question that someone who wants to know the answers to these questions would ask.
|
||||
1CO 15 36 ha84 figs-you ἄφρων! σὺ ὃ σπείρεις 1 You are so foolish! What you sow Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so both instances of **you** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 15 37 h6zi figs-you ὃ σπείρεις 1 What you sow Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 15 38 dmx1 ὁ…Θεὸς δίδωσιν αὐτῷ σῶμα, καθὼς ἠθέλησεν 1 God will give it a body as he chooses “God will decide what kind of body it will have”
|
||||
1CO 15 39 qi8y σὰρξ 1 flesh In the context of animals, “flesh” may be translated as “body,” “skin,” or “meat.”
|
||||
1CO 15 40 d9k2 σώματα ἐπουράνια 1 heavenly bodies Possible meanings are (1) the sun, moon, stars, and other visible lights in the sky or (2) heavenly beings, such as angels and other supernatural beings.
|
||||
1CO 15 40 d9k2 σώματα ἐπουράνια 1 heavenly bodies This could mean: (1) the sun, moon, stars, and other visible lights in the sky or (2) heavenly beings, such as angels and other supernatural beings.
|
||||
1CO 15 40 k9pg σώματα ἐπίγεια 1 earthly bodies This refers to humans.
|
||||
1CO 15 40 qg3p ἑτέρα μὲν ἡ τῶν ἐπουρανίων δόξα, ἑτέρα δὲ ἡ τῶν ἐπιγείων 1 the glory of the heavenly body is one kind and the glory of the earthly is another “the glory that heavenly bodies have is different from the glory of human bodies”
|
||||
1CO 15 40 j1kb δόξα 1 glory Here, **glory** refers to the relative brightness to the human eye of objects in the sky.
|
||||
|
|
@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 15 48 s9pn οἱ…ἐπουράνιοι 1 those who are of heaven “those who belong to God”
|
||||
1CO 15 49 mq8z ἐφορέσαμεν τὴν εἰκόνα…φορέσωμεν καὶ τὴν εἰκόνα 1 have borne the image…will also bear the image “have been just like…will also be just like”
|
||||
1CO 15 50 jub2 0 Connecting Statement: Paul wants them to realize that some believers will not die physically but will still get a resurrected body through Christ’s victory.
|
||||
1CO 15 50 mwy3 figs-parallelism σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ κληρονομῆσαι οὐ δύναται, οὐδὲ ἡ φθορὰ, τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν κληρονομεῖ 1 flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God. Neither does what is perishable inherit what is imperishable Possible meanings are (1) the two sentences mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “human beings who will surely die cannot inherit the permanent kingdom of God” or (2) the second sentence finishes the thought begun by the first. Alternate translation: “weak human beings cannot inherit the kingdom of God. Neither do those who will certainly die inherit a kingdom that will last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CO 15 50 mwy3 figs-parallelism σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ κληρονομῆσαι οὐ δύναται, οὐδὲ ἡ φθορὰ, τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν κληρονομεῖ 1 flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God. Neither does what is perishable inherit what is imperishable This could mean: (1) the two sentences mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “human beings who will surely die cannot inherit the permanent kingdom of God” or (2) the second sentence finishes the thought begun by the first. Alternate translation: “weak human beings cannot inherit the kingdom of God. Neither do those who will certainly die inherit a kingdom that will last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CO 15 50 nz7s figs-metaphor σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα 1 flesh and blood Those who inhabit a body that is doomed to die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 15 50 e4gd figs-metaphor κληρονομῆσαι 1 inherit Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 50 b9hc ἡ φθορὰ, τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν 1 the perishable…the imperishable “can rot…cannot rot.” See how these words are translated in [1 Corinthians 15:42](../15/42.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 16 2 h8n9 θησαυρίζων 1 storing up Possible meanings are: (1) “keep it at home” or (2) “leave it with the church”
|
||||
1CO 16 2 wc3w ἵνα μὴ ὅταν ἔλθω, τότε λογεῖαι γίνωνται 1 so that there will be no collections when I come “so that you will not have to collect more money while I am with you”
|
||||
1CO 16 3 yj6c οὓς ἐὰν δοκιμάσητε 1 whomever you approve Paul is telling the church to choose some of their own people to take their offering to Jerusalem. “whomever you choose” or “the people you appoint”
|
||||
1CO 16 3 j612 δι’ ἐπιστολῶν…πέμψω 1 I will send with letters Possible meanings are (1) “I will send with letters that I will write” or (2) “I will send with letters that you will write.”
|
||||
1CO 16 3 j612 δι’ ἐπιστολῶν…πέμψω 1 I will send with letters This could mean: (1) “I will send with letters that I will write” or (2) “I will send with letters that you will write.”
|
||||
1CO 16 6 w94k ὑμεῖς με προπέμψητε, οὗ ἐὰν πορεύωμαι 1 you may help me on my way, wherever I go This means they might give Paul money or other things he needs so that he and his ministry team could continue to travel.
|
||||
1CO 16 7 xr88 οὐ θέλω…ὑμᾶς ἄρτι…ἰδεῖν 1 I do not wish to see you now Paul is stating that he wants to visit for a long time later, not just for a short time soon.
|
||||
1CO 16 8 qkw9 τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς 1 Pentecost Paul would stay in Ephesus until this festival, which came in May or June, 50 days after Passover. He would then travel through Macedonia, and later try to arrive in Corinth before winter started in November.
|
||||
|
|
@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 16 12 is6j figs-exclusive Ἀπολλῶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 our brother Apollos Here the word **our** refers to Paul and his readers, so it is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 16 13 p2la figs-parallelism γρηγορεῖτε, στήκετε ἐν τῇ πίστει, ἀνδρίζεσθε, κραταιοῦσθε 1 Stay alert; stand firm in the faith; act like men; be strong Paul is describing what he wants the Corinthians to do as if he was giving four commands to soldiers in war. These four commands mean almost the same thing and are used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CO 16 13 ng8n figs-metaphor γρηγορεῖτε 1 Stay alert Paul speaks of people being aware of what is happening as if they were guards keeping watch over a city or vineyard. This can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: “Be careful whom you trust” or “Watch out for danger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 16 13 uys8 figs-metaphor στήκετε ἐν τῇ πίστει 1 stand firm in the faith Paul speaks of people continuing to believe in Christ according to his teaching as if they were soldiers refusing to retreat when the enemy attacks. Possible meanings are (1) “keep strongly believing what we have taught you” or (2) “keep strongly trusting in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 16 13 uys8 figs-metaphor στήκετε ἐν τῇ πίστει 1 stand firm in the faith Paul speaks of people continuing to believe in Christ according to his teaching as if they were soldiers refusing to retreat when the enemy attacks. This could mean: (1) “keep strongly believing what we have taught you” or (2) “keep strongly trusting in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 16 13 a3fs figs-metaphor ἀνδρίζεσθε 1 act like men In the society in which Paul and his audience lived, men usually provided for families by doing the heavy work and fighting against invaders. This can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: “be responsible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 16 14 rij5 πάντα ὑμῶν ἐν ἀγάπῃ γινέσθω 1 Let all that you do be done in love “Everything you do should show people that you love them”
|
||||
1CO 16 15 fy4e 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to close his letter and sends greetings from other churches, as well as from Prisca, Aquila, and Paul himself.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 1 3 px2q figs-activepassive εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “May we always praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 3 k7dl ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ 1 the God and Father “God, who is the Father”
|
||||
2CO 1 3 pg4a figs-parallelism ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort These two phrases express the same idea in two different ways. Both phrases refer to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2CO 1 3 blv4 ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort Possible meanings are (1) that the words **mercies** and **all comfort** describe the character of **Father** and **God** or (2) that the words **Father** and **God** refer to one who is the source of **mercies** and **all comfort**.
|
||||
2CO 1 3 blv4 ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort This could mean: (1) that the words **mercies** and **all comfort** describe the character of **Father** and **God** or (2) that the words **Father** and **God** refer to one who is the source of **mercies** and **all comfort**.
|
||||
2CO 1 4 n2lc figs-exclusive παρακαλῶν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 comforts us in all our affliction Here, **us** and **our** include the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 5 nn5a figs-metaphor ὅτι καθὼς περισσεύει τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἡμᾶς 1 For just as the sufferings of Christ abound toward us Paul speaks of Christ’s sufferings as if they were objects that could increase in number. Alternate translation: “For just as Christ suffered greatly for our sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 1 5 i254 τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the sufferings of Christ Possible meanings are (1) that this refers to the suffering that Paul and Timothy experience because they preach the message about Christ or (2) that this refers to the suffering that Christ experienced on their behalf.
|
||||
2CO 1 5 i254 τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the sufferings of Christ This could mean: (1) that this refers to the suffering that Paul and Timothy experience because they preach the message about Christ or (2) that this refers to the suffering that Christ experienced on their behalf.
|
||||
2CO 1 5 tg9w figs-metaphor περισσεύει…ἡ παράκλησις ἡμῶν 1 our comfort abounds Paul speaks of comfort as if it were an object that could increase in size. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 1 6 y9bi figs-exclusive εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 But if we are afflicted Here the word **we** refers to Paul and Timothy, but not to the Corinthians. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But if people afflict us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 6 wyj4 figs-activepassive εἴτε παρακαλούμεθα 1 if we are comforted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if God comforts us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 1 19 hd2t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ…Υἱὸς 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
2CO 1 20 h2xc figs-explicit ὅσαι…ἐπαγγελίαι Θεοῦ, ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ναί 1 all the promises of God are “Yes” in him This means that Jesus guarantees all of God’s promises. Alternate translation: “all the promises of God are guaranteed in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 1 20 h4uv ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ναί…δι’ αὐτοῦ…δι’ ἡμῶν 1 “Yes” in him…through him we say The word **him** refers to Jesus Christ.
|
||||
2CO 1 21 d3s3 ὁ δὲ βεβαιῶν ἡμᾶς σὺν ὑμῖν εἰς Χριστὸν καὶ χρίσας ἡμᾶς Θεός 1 Now God is the one who establishes us with you Possible meanings are (1) “God who confirms our relationship with each other because we are in Christ” or (2) “God who confirms both our and your relationship with Christ.”
|
||||
2CO 1 21 tjc6 χρίσας ἡμᾶς 1 he anointed us Possible meanings are (1) “he sent us to preach the gospel” or (2) “he chose us to be his people.”
|
||||
2CO 1 21 d3s3 ὁ δὲ βεβαιῶν ἡμᾶς σὺν ὑμῖν εἰς Χριστὸν καὶ χρίσας ἡμᾶς Θεός 1 Now God is the one who establishes us with you This could mean: (1) “God who confirms our relationship with each other because we are in Christ” or (2) “God who confirms both our and your relationship with Christ.”
|
||||
2CO 1 21 tjc6 χρίσας ἡμᾶς 1 he anointed us This could mean: (1) “he sent us to preach the gospel” or (2) “he chose us to be his people.”
|
||||
2CO 1 22 z43l figs-metaphor ὁ καὶ σφραγισάμενος ἡμᾶς 1 the one who also sealed us Paul speaks of God showing that we belong to him as if God had put a mark on us as a sign that we belong to him. Alternate translation: “he has put his mark of ownership on us” or “he has shown that we belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 1 22 xe98 figs-metonymy δοὺς τὸν ἀρραβῶνα τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 he gave us the pledge of the Spirit in our hearts Here the word **hearts** refers to the innermost part of a person. Alternate translation: “gave us the Spirit to live within each of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 1 22 jcv7 figs-metaphor τὸν ἀρραβῶνα τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 the pledge of the Spirit The Spirit is spoken of as if he was a partial downpayment toward eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -71,25 +71,25 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 2 7 vpx1 figs-activepassive μή…τῇ περισσοτέρᾳ λύπῃ, καταποθῇ 1 he is not overwhelmed by too much sorrow This means to have a strong emotional response of too much sorrow. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “too much sorrow does not overwhelm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 8 r916 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the church in Corinth to show love and to forgive the person they have punished. He writes that he, also, has forgiven him.
|
||||
2CO 2 8 yi2z κυρῶσαι εἰς αὐτὸν ἀγάπην 1 publicly affirm your love for him This means that they are to confirm their love for this man in the presence of all of the believers.
|
||||
2CO 2 9 xw5t figs-explicit εἰς πάντα ὑπήκοοί ἐστε 1 you are obedient in everything Possible meanings are (1) “you are obedient to God in everything” or (2) “you are obedient in everything that I have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 2 9 xw5t figs-explicit εἰς πάντα ὑπήκοοί ἐστε 1 you are obedient in everything This could mean: (1) “you are obedient to God in everything” or (2) “you are obedient in everything that I have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 2 10 lzp6 figs-activepassive δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 it is forgiven for your sake This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven it for your sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 10 cbm6 δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 forgiven for your sake Possible meanings are (1) “forgiven out of my love for you” or (2) “forgiven for your benefit.”
|
||||
2CO 2 10 cbm6 δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 forgiven for your sake This could mean: (1) “forgiven out of my love for you” or (2) “forgiven for your benefit.”
|
||||
2CO 2 11 m46t figs-litotes οὐ γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὰ νοήματα ἀγνοοῦμεν 1 For we are not ignorant of his plans Paul uses a negative expression to emphasize the opposite. Alternate translation: “For we know his plans well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2CO 2 12 l6vd 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the believers in Corinth by telling them of the opportunities he has had to preach the gospel in Troas and Macedonia.
|
||||
2CO 2 12 a1ti figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 a door for the gospel of Christ was opened to me in the Lord Paul speaks of his opportunity to preach the gospel as if it were a door through which he was allowed to walk. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Lord opened a door to me…to preach the gospel” or “The Lord gave me the opportunity…to preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 13 rjy9 οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πνεύματί μου 1 I had no relief in my spirit “My mind was troubled” or “I was worried”
|
||||
2CO 2 13 xd5h Τίτον τὸν ἀδελφόν μου 1 my brother Titus Paul speaks of Titus as his spiritual brother.
|
||||
2CO 2 13 wq6j ἀλλὰ ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς 1 So I left them “So I left the people of Troas”
|
||||
2CO 2 14 gpd2 figs-metaphor τῷ…Θεῷ…τῷ πάντοτε θριαμβεύοντι ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ 1 God, who in Christ always leads us in triumph Paul speaks of God as if he were a victorious general leading a victory parade and of himself and his coworkers as those who take part in that parade. Possible meanings are (1) “God, who in Christ always causes us to share in his triumph” or (2) “God, who in Christ always leads us in triumph as those over whom he as gained victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 2 14 gpd2 figs-metaphor τῷ…Θεῷ…τῷ πάντοτε θριαμβεύοντι ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ 1 God, who in Christ always leads us in triumph Paul speaks of God as if he were a victorious general leading a victory parade and of himself and his coworkers as those who take part in that parade. This could mean: (1) “God, who in Christ always causes us to share in his triumph” or (2) “God, who in Christ always leads us in triumph as those over whom he as gained victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 2 14 l1nr figs-metaphor τὴν ὀσμὴν τῆς γνώσεως αὐτοῦ, φανεροῦντι δι’ ἡμῶν ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ 1 Through us he spreads the sweet aroma of the knowledge of him everywhere Paul speaks of the knowledge of Christ as if it were incense that has a pleasing smell. Alternate translation: “He causes the knowledge of Christ to spread to everyone who hears us, just as the sweet smell of burning incense spreads to everyone near it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 2 14 eq21 φανεροῦντι…ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ 1 he spreads…everywhere “he spreads…everywhere we go”
|
||||
2CO 2 15 x6nn figs-metaphor Χριστοῦ εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ Θεῷ 1 we are to God the sweet aroma of Christ Paul speaks of his ministry as if it were a burnt offering that someone offers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 2 15 b1k1 Χριστοῦ εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ Θεῷ 1 the sweet aroma of Christ Possible meanings are (1) “the sweet aroma which is the knowledge of Christ” or (2) “the sweet aroma that Christ offers.”
|
||||
2CO 2 15 b1k1 Χριστοῦ εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ Θεῷ 1 the sweet aroma of Christ This could mean: (1) “the sweet aroma which is the knowledge of Christ” or (2) “the sweet aroma that Christ offers.”
|
||||
2CO 2 15 itc8 figs-activepassive τοῖς σῳζομένοις 1 those who are saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God has saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 16 dwk6 figs-metaphor ὀσμὴ 1 an aroma “the knowledge of Christ is an aroma.” This refers back to [2 Corinthians 2:14](../02/14.md), where Paul speaks of the knowledge of Christ as if it were incense that has a pleasing smell. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 2 16 ud2u figs-doublet ὀσμὴ ἐκ θανάτου εἰς θάνατον 1 an aroma from death to death Possible meanings are (1) that the word **death** is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means “an aroma that causes death” or (2) “an aroma of death that causes people to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 2 16 ud2u figs-doublet ὀσμὴ ἐκ θανάτου εἰς θάνατον 1 an aroma from death to death This could mean: (1) that the word **death** is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means “an aroma that causes death” or (2) “an aroma of death that causes people to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 2 16 v2n3 figs-activepassive οἷς 1 to the other This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the ones whom God is saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 16 cdr3 figs-doublet ὀσμὴ ἐκ ζωῆς εἰς ζωήν 1 a fragrance from life to life Possible meanings are (1) that the word **life** is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means “an aroma that gives life” or (2) “an aroma of life that gives people live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 2 16 cdr3 figs-doublet ὀσμὴ ἐκ ζωῆς εἰς ζωήν 1 a fragrance from life to life This could mean: (1) that the word **life** is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means “an aroma that gives life” or (2) “an aroma of life that gives people live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 2 16 be6x figs-rquestion πρὸς ταῦτα τίς ἱκανός? 1 who is worthy of these things? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is worthy to do the ministry that God has called them to do. Alternate translation: “No one is worthy of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 2 17 a5sa figs-metonymy καπηλεύοντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 who sell the word of God **Word** here is a metonym for “message.” Alternate translation: “who sell God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 2 17 x86y εἰλικρινείας 1 sincerity “pure motives”
|
||||
|
|
@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 3 1 y8yc figs-rquestion ἢ μὴ χρῄζομεν, ὥς τινες, συστατικῶν ἐπιστολῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἢ ἐξ ὑμῶν? 1 We do not need letters of recommendation to you or from you, like some people, do we? Paul says this to express that the Corinthians already know about Paul and Timothy’s good reputation. The question prompts a negative answer. Alternate translation: “We certainly do not need letters of recommendation to you or from you, like some people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 3 1 ad1u συστατικῶν ἐπιστολῶν 1 letters of recommendation This is a letter that a person writes to introduce and give their approval of someone else.
|
||||
2CO 3 2 ty59 figs-metaphor ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ἡμῶν ὑμεῖς ἐστε 1 You yourselves are our letter of recommendation Paul speaks of the Corinthians as if they are a letter of recommendation. That they have become believers serves to validate Paul’s ministry to others. Alternate translation: “You yourselves are like our letter of recommendation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 3 2 v2e7 figs-metonymy ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 written on our hearts Here the word **hearts** refers to their thoughts and emotions. Possible meanings are (1) Paul and his coworkers are sure about the Corinthians being their letter of recommendation or (2) Paul and his coworkers care very deeply for the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 3 2 v2e7 figs-metonymy ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 written on our hearts Here the word **hearts** refers to their thoughts and emotions. This could mean: (1) Paul and his coworkers are sure about the Corinthians being their letter of recommendation or (2) Paul and his coworkers care very deeply for the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 3 2 bu1u figs-activepassive ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 written on our hearts This can be stated in active form with “Christ” as the implied subject. Alternate translation: “which Christ has written on our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 2 dr5k figs-activepassive γινωσκομένη καὶ ἀναγινωσκομένη ὑπὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 known and read by all people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that all people can know and read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 3 s717 figs-metaphor ἐστὲ ἐπιστολὴ Χριστοῦ 1 you are a letter from Christ Paul clarifies that Christ is the one who has written the letter. Alternate translation: “you are a letter that Christ has written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -183,10 +183,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 4 9 uvq1 figs-activepassive καταβαλλόμενοι, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀπολλύμενοι 1 We are struck down but not destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People strike us down but do not destroy us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 9 z8np καταβαλλόμενοι, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀπολλύμενοι 1 We are struck down “We are hurt badly”
|
||||
2CO 4 10 zt4b figs-metaphor πάντοτε τὴν νέκρωσιν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι περιφέροντες 1 We always carry in our body the death of Jesus Paul speaks of his sufferings as if they are an experience of the death of Jesus. Alternate translation: “We are often in danger of dying, as Jesus died” or “We always suffer in such a way that we experience the death of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 4 10 l6f6 ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι ἡμῶν φανερωθῇ 1 the life of Jesus also may be shown in our bodies Possible meanings are (1) “our bodies will live again, because Jesus is alive” or (2) “the spiritual life that Jesus gives also may be shown in our bodies.”
|
||||
2CO 4 10 l6f6 ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι ἡμῶν φανερωθῇ 1 the life of Jesus also may be shown in our bodies This could mean: (1) “our bodies will live again, because Jesus is alive” or (2) “the spiritual life that Jesus gives also may be shown in our bodies.”
|
||||
2CO 4 10 w3jc figs-activepassive ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι ἡμῶν φανερωθῇ 1 the life of Jesus also may be shown in our bodies This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “other people may see the life of Jesus in our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 11 ht74 figs-metaphor ἀεὶ γὰρ ἡμεῖς, οἱ ζῶντες, εἰς θάνατον παραδιδόμεθα διὰ Ἰησοῦν 1 For we who are alive are always being handed over to death for the sake of Jesus Carrying the death of Jesus represents being in danger of dying because of being loyal to Jesus. Alternate translation: “For those of us who are alive, God is always leading us to face death because we are joined to Jesus” or “People are always causing us who are alive to be in danger of dying because we are joined to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 4 11 d1wm ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ φανερωθῇ ἐν τῇ θνητῇ σαρκὶ ἡμῶν 1 so that the life of Jesus may be shown in our mortal flesh God wants Jesus’ life be shown in us. Possible meanings are (1) “our bodies will live again, because Jesus is alive” or (2) “the spiritual life that Jesus gives also may be shown in our bodies.” See how you translated this phrase in [2 Corinthians 4:10](../04/10.md).
|
||||
2CO 4 11 d1wm ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ φανερωθῇ ἐν τῇ θνητῇ σαρκὶ ἡμῶν 1 so that the life of Jesus may be shown in our mortal flesh God wants Jesus’ life be shown in us. This could mean: (1) “our bodies will live again, because Jesus is alive” or (2) “the spiritual life that Jesus gives also may be shown in our bodies.” See how you translated this phrase in [2 Corinthians 4:10](../04/10.md).
|
||||
2CO 4 11 ww5r figs-activepassive ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ φανερωθῇ ἐν τῇ θνητῇ σαρκὶ ἡμῶν 1 so that the life of Jesus may be shown in our mortal flesh This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Corinthians 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “so other people may see the life of Jesus in our body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 12 q3il figs-personification ὁ θάνατος ἐν ἡμῖν ἐνεργεῖται, ἡ δὲ ζωὴ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 death is at work in us, but life is at work in you Paul speaks of death and life as if they are persons who can work. This means that they are always in danger of physical death so that the Corinthians can have spiritual life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2CO 4 13 ret6 τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the same spirit of faith “the same attitude of faith.” Here the word **spirit** refers a person’s attitude and temperament.
|
||||
|
|
@ -235,16 +235,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 5 10 v8sl figs-activepassive τὰ διὰ τοῦ σώματος 1 the things done in the body This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the things he has done in the physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 10 lsh8 εἴτε ἀγαθὸν εἴτε κακὸν 1 whether for good or for bad “whether those things were good or bad”
|
||||
2CO 5 11 dzh5 εἰδότες…τὸν φόβον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 knowing the fear of the Lord “knowing what it means to fear the Lord”
|
||||
2CO 5 11 qm34 figs-explicit ἀνθρώπους πείθομεν 1 we persuade people Possible meanings are (1) “we persuade people of the truth of the gospel” or (2) “we persuade people that we are legitimate apostles.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 5 11 qm34 figs-explicit ἀνθρώπους πείθομεν 1 we persuade people This could mean: (1) “we persuade people of the truth of the gospel” or (2) “we persuade people that we are legitimate apostles.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 5 11 v11v figs-activepassive Θεῷ…πεφανερώμεθα 1 What we are is clearly seen by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God clearly sees what kind of people we are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 11 y5l1 καὶ ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσιν ὑμῶν πεφανερῶσθαι 1 that it is also clear to your conscience “that you are also convinced of it”
|
||||
2CO 5 12 mza1 ἵνα ἔχητε 1 so you may have an answer “so you may have something to say to”
|
||||
2CO 5 12 it2r figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐν προσώπῳ καυχωμένους, καὶ μὴ ἐν καρδίᾳ 1 those who boast about appearances but not about what is in the heart Here the word **appearances** refers to outward expressions of things like ability and status. The word **heart** refers to the inward character of a person. Alternate translation: “those who praise their own actions, but do not care about what they really are in their inner being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 5 13 cy57 figs-idiom εἴτε…ἐξέστημεν…εἴτε σωφρονοῦμεν 1 if we are out of our minds…if we are in our right minds Paul is speaking about the way others think of him and his coworkers. Alternate translation: “if people think we are crazy…if people think we are sane” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 5 14 azi9 ἡ γὰρ ἀγάπη τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the love of Christ Possible meanings are (1) “Our love for Christ” or (2) “Christ’s love for us.”
|
||||
2CO 5 14 azi9 ἡ γὰρ ἀγάπη τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the love of Christ This could mean: (1) “Our love for Christ” or (2) “Christ’s love for us.”
|
||||
2CO 5 14 nd9g ὑπὲρ πάντων ἀπέθανεν 1 died for all “died for all people”
|
||||
2CO 5 15 h831 τῷ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἀποθανόντι καὶ ἐγερθέντι 1 him who for their sake died and was raised “him who for their sake died and whom God caused to live again” or “Christ, who died for their sake and whom God raised”
|
||||
2CO 5 15 ri6f ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν 1 for them Possible meanings are (1) these words refer only to “died” or (2) these words refer to both “died” and “was raised.”
|
||||
2CO 5 15 ri6f ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν 1 for them This could mean: (1) these words refer only to “died” or (2) these words refer to both “died” and “was raised.”
|
||||
2CO 5 16 f2ww 0 Connecting Statement: Because of Christ’s love and death, we are not to judge by human standards. We are appointed to teach others how to be united with and have peace with God through Christ’s death and receive God’s righteousness through Christ.
|
||||
2CO 5 16 ic21 ὥστε 1 For this reason This refers to what Paul has just said about living for Christ instead of living for self.
|
||||
2CO 5 17 tl3h figs-metaphor καινὴ κτίσις 1 he is a new creation Paul speaks of the person who believes in Christ as if God had created a new person. Alternate translation: “he is a new person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 6 7 p5l5 ἐν δυνάμει Θεοῦ 1 in the power of God “by showing God’s power to people”
|
||||
2CO 6 7 ven8 figs-metaphor διὰ τῶν ὅπλων τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῶν δεξιῶν καὶ ἀριστερῶν 1 through the weapons of righteousness for the right hand and for the left Paul speaks of their righteousness as if it is weapons that they use to fight spiritual battles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 6 7 ef5b τῶν ὅπλων τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 the weapons of righteousness “righteousness as our armor” or “righteousness as our weapons”
|
||||
2CO 6 7 ijr2 τῶν δεξιῶν καὶ ἀριστερῶν 1 for the right hand and for the left Possible meanings are (1) that there is a weapon in one hand and a shield in the other or (2) that they are completely equipped for battle, able to fend off attacks from any direction.
|
||||
2CO 6 7 ijr2 τῶν δεξιῶν καὶ ἀριστερῶν 1 for the right hand and for the left This could mean: (1) that there is a weapon in one hand and a shield in the other or (2) that they are completely equipped for battle, able to fend off attacks from any direction.
|
||||
2CO 6 8 zi7d figs-merism 0 General Information: Paul lists several extremes of how people think about him and his ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2CO 6 8 e4pf figs-activepassive ὡς πλάνοι 1 as imposters This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People accuse us of being deceitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 9 fcb5 figs-activepassive ὡς ἀγνοούμενοι καὶ ἐπιγινωσκόμενοι 1 as if we were unknown and we are still well known This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as if people did not know us and yet people still know us well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 7 5 f3c5 figs-exclusive ἐλθόντων ἡμῶν εἰς Μακεδονίαν 1 When we came to Macedonia Here the word **we** refers to Paul and Timothy but not to the Corinthians or Titus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 5 c8ju figs-synecdoche οὐδεμίαν ἔσχηκεν ἄνεσιν ἡ σὰρξ ἡμῶν 1 our flesh had no rest Here, **bodies** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “we had no rest” or “we were very tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CO 7 5 h3cv figs-activepassive ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι 1 we were troubled in every way This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we experienced trouble in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 5 i4wr figs-explicit ἔξωθεν μάχαι, ἔσωθεν φόβοι 1 by conflicts on the outside and fears on the inside Possible meanings for “outside” are (1) “outside of our bodies” or (2) “outside of the church.” The word **inside** refers to their inward emotions. Alternate translation: “by conflicts with other people and by fears within ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 7 5 i4wr figs-explicit ἔξωθεν μάχαι, ἔσωθεν φόβοι 1 by conflicts on the outside and fears on the inside Here, **outside** could mean: (1) “outside of our bodies” or (2) “outside of the church.” The word **inside** refers to their inward emotions. Alternate translation: “by conflicts with other people and by fears within ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 7 7 w7td figs-explicit ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει ᾗ παρεκλήθη ἐφ’ ὑμῖν 1 by the comfort that Titus had received from you Paul received comfort from knowing that the Corinthians had comforted Titus. Alternate translation: “by learning about the comfort that Titus had received from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 7 8 b2xj 0 General Information: This refers to Paul’s previous letter to these Corinthian believers where he rebuked them for their acceptance of a believer’s sexual immorality with his father’s wife.
|
||||
2CO 7 8 jic5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul praises them for their godly sorrow, their zeal to do right, and the joy that it brought him and Titus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 7 9 kn5q figs-activepassive οὐχ ὅτι ἐλυπήθητε 1 not because you were distressed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “not because what I said in my letter distressed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 9 l6d2 figs-idiom ἐν μηδενὶ ζημιωθῆτε ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 you would not suffer loss in anything through us “you suffered no loss because we rebuked you.” This means that although the letter caused them sorrow, they eventually benefited from the letter because it led them to repentance. Alternate translation: “so that we did not harm you in any way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 7 10 dtm3 figs-ellipsis ἡ γὰρ κατὰ Θεὸν λύπη, μετάνοιαν εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 For the sorrow that God intends produces repentance that leads to salvation The word **repentance** may be repeated to clarify its relationship to what precedes it and what follows it. Alternate translation: “For godly sorrow produces repentance, and repentance leads to salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 7 10 lc4m ἀμεταμέλητον 1 without regret Possible meanings are (1) Paul has no regret that he caused them sorrow because that sorrow led to their repentance and salvation or (2) the Corinthians will not regret experiencing sorrow because it led to their repentance and salvation.
|
||||
2CO 7 10 lc4m ἀμεταμέλητον 1 without regret This could mean: (1) Paul has no regret that he caused them sorrow because that sorrow led to their repentance and salvation or (2) the Corinthians will not regret experiencing sorrow because it led to their repentance and salvation.
|
||||
2CO 7 10 lc1s figs-explicit ἡ δὲ τοῦ κόσμου λύπη, θάνατον κατεργάζεται 1 But the sorrow of the world produces death This kind of sorrow leads to death instead of salvation because it does not produce repentance. Alternate translation: “Worldly sorrow, however, leads to spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 7 11 l24s ἰδοὺ γὰρ αὐτὸ τοῦτο 1 For see what this very same thing “Look and see for yourselves what great determination”
|
||||
2CO 7 11 gpp2 figs-exclamations σπουδήν: ἀλλὰ ἀπολογίαν 1 what earnestness, what eagerness to defend yourselves Here the word **How** makes this statement an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your determination to prove you were innocent was very great!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 7 14 q5hg ἡ καύχησις ἡμῶν ἡ ἐπὶ Τίτου ἀλήθεια ἐγενήθη 1 our boasting about you to Titus proved to be true “you proved that our boasting about you to Titus was true”
|
||||
2CO 7 15 d87j figs-abstractnouns τὴν πάντων ὑμῶν ὑπακοήν 1 the obedience of all of you This noun “obedience” can be stated with a verb, “obey.” Alternate translation: “how all of you obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 7 15 g9bz figs-doublet μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου ἐδέξασθε αὐτόν 1 you welcomed him with fear and trembling Here, **fear** and **trembling** share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of fear. Alternate translation: “you welcomed him with great reverence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 7 15 q47h μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου 1 with fear and trembling Possible meanings are (1) “with great reverence for God” or (2) “with great reverence for Titus.”
|
||||
2CO 7 15 q47h μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου 1 with fear and trembling This could mean: (1) “with great reverence for God” or (2) “with great reverence for Titus.”
|
||||
2CO 8 intro kl7m 0 # 2 Corinthians 08 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 8 and 9 begin a new section. Paul writes about how churches in Greece helped needy believers in Jerusalem.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 15.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Gift to the church in Jerusalem<br><br>The church in Corinth started preparing to give money to the poor believers in Jerusalem. The churches in Macedonia also had given generously. Paul sends Titus and two other believers to Corinth to encourage the Corinthians to give generously. Paul and the others will carry the money to Jerusalem. They want people to know it is being done honestly.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### We<br><br>Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. These words in verse 2 are a paradox: “the abundance of their joy and the extremity of their poverty have produced great riches of generosity.” In verse 3 Paul explains how their poverty produced riches. Paul also uses riches and poverty in other paradoxes. ([2 Corinthians 8:2](./02.md))
|
||||
2CO 8 1 mm8g 0 Connecting Statement: Having explained his changed plans and his ministry direction, Paul talks about giving.
|
||||
2CO 8 1 d1mj figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν δεδομένην ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Μακεδονίας 1 the grace of God that has been given to the churches of Macedonia This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the grace that God has given to the churches of Macedonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 9 12 esk7 figs-metaphor ἀλλὰ καὶ περισσεύουσα διὰ πολλῶν εὐχαριστιῶν τῷ Θεῷ 1 but is also overflowing into many acts of thanksgiving to God Paul speaks of the Corinthian believers’ act of service as if it were a liquid of which there is more than a container can hold. Alternate translation: “It also causes many deeds for which people will thank God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 9 13 plj4 figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς δοκιμῆς τῆς διακονίας ταύτης 1 Because of the proof of this ministry This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Because this service has tested and proven you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 9 13 ze14 δοξάζοντες τὸν Θεὸν ἐπὶ τῇ ὑποταγῇ τῆς ὁμολογίας ὑμῶν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἁπλότητι τῆς κοινωνίας εἰς αὐτοὺς καὶ εἰς πάντας 1 they glorify God for your obedience…the generosity of your sharing with them and with everyone Paul says that the Corinthians will glorify God both by being faithful to Jesus and by giving generously to other believers who have need.
|
||||
2CO 9 15 es8c ἐπὶ τῇ ἀνεκδιηγήτῳ αὐτοῦ δωρεᾷ 1 for his inexpressible gift “for his gift, which words cannot describe.” Possible meanings are (1) that this gift refers to “the very great grace” that God has given to the Corinthians, which has led them to be so generous or (2) that this gift refers to Jesus Christ, whom God gave to all believers.
|
||||
2CO 9 15 es8c ἐπὶ τῇ ἀνεκδιηγήτῳ αὐτοῦ δωρεᾷ 1 for his inexpressible gift “for his gift, which words cannot describe.” This could mean: (1) that this gift refers to “the very great grace” that God has given to the Corinthians, which has led them to be so generous or (2) that this gift refers to Jesus Christ, whom God gave to all believers.
|
||||
2CO 10 intro abcd 0 # 2 Corinthians 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 17.<br><br>In this chapter, Paul returns to defending his authority. He also compares the way he speaks and the way he writes.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Boasting<br><br>“Boasting” is often thought of as bragging, which is not good. But in this letter “boasting” means confidently exulting or rejoicing.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>In verses 3-6, Paul uses many metaphors from war. He probably uses them as part of a larger metaphor about Christians being spiritually at war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])
|
||||
2CO 10 1 yc1g 0 Connecting Statement: Paul shifts the subject from giving to affirming his authority to teach as he does.
|
||||
2CO 10 1 gq7j figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς πραΰτητος καὶ ἐπιεικείας τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 by the meekness and gentleness of Christ The word **humility** and **gentleness** are abstract nouns, and can be expressed in another way. Alternate translation: “I am humble and gentle as I do so, because Christ has made me that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -434,15 +434,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 10 2 ik1p figs-metonymy ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 1 as walking according to the flesh The word **flesh** is a metonym for sinful human nature. “we are acting from human motives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 10 3 cvd6 figs-metonymy ἐν σαρκὶ…περιπατοῦντες 1 we walk in the flesh Here, **walk** is an metaphor for “live” and “flesh” is a metonym for physical life. Alternate translation: “we live our lives in physical bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 10 3 k7h8 figs-metaphor οὐ…στρατευόμεθα 1 we do not wage war Paul speaks of his trying to persuade the Corinthians to believe him and not the false teachers as if he were fighting a physical war. These words should be translated literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 10 3 gpd3 figs-metonymy κατὰ σάρκα στρατευόμεθα 1 wage war according to the flesh Possible meanings are (1) The word **flesh** is a metonym for physical life. Alternate translation: “fight against our enemies using physical weapons” or (2) The word **flesh** is a metonym for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: “wage war in sinful ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 10 3 gpd3 figs-metonymy κατὰ σάρκα στρατευόμεθα 1 wage war according to the flesh This could mean: (1) The word **flesh** is a metonym for physical life. Alternate translation: “fight against our enemies using physical weapons” or (2) The word **flesh** is a metonym for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: “wage war in sinful ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 10 4 uf5s figs-metaphor τὰ…ὅπλα τῆς στρατείας ἡμῶν…λογισμοὺς καθαιροῦντες 1 the weapons we fight with…for pulling down arguments Paul speaks of godly wisdom showing human wisdom to be false as if it were a weapon with which he was destroying an enemy stronghold. Alternate translation: “the weapons we fight with…show people that what our enemies say is completely wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 10 4 d1gj figs-metonymy οὐ σαρκικὰ 1 are not fleshly Possible meanings are (1) The word **fleshly** is a metonym for merely physical. Alternate translation: “are not physical” or (2) The word **fleshly** is a metonym for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: “are not sinful” or “do not enable us to do wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 10 4 d1gj figs-metonymy οὐ σαρκικὰ 1 are not fleshly This could mean: (1) The word **fleshly** is a metonym for merely physical. Alternate translation: “are not physical” or (2) The word **fleshly** is a metonym for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: “are not sinful” or “do not enable us to do wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 10 5 xuz9 πᾶν ὕψωμα ἐπαιρόμενον 1 every high thing that rises up Paul is still speaking with the metaphor of a war, as if “the knowledge of God” were an army and “every high thing” were a wall that people had made to keep the army out. Alternate translation: “every false argument that proud people think of to protect themselves”
|
||||
2CO 10 5 b74d πᾶν ὕψωμα 1 every high thing “everything that proud people do”
|
||||
2CO 10 5 vm1a figs-metaphor ἐπαιρόμενον κατὰ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 rises up against the knowledge of God Paul speaks of arguments as if they were a wall standing high against an army. The words **rises up** mean “stands tall,” not that the “high thing” is floating up into the air. Alternate translation: “people use so they will not have to know who God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 10 5 r2yz figs-metaphor αἰχμαλωτίζοντες πᾶν νόημα εἰς τὴν ὑπακοὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 We take every thought captive into obedience to Christ Paul speaks of people’s thoughts as if they were enemy soldiers whom he captures in battle. Alternate translation: “We show how all the false ideas those people have are wrong and teach the people to obey Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 10 6 m4ds figs-metonymy ἐκδικῆσαι πᾶσαν παρακοήν 1 to avenge every act of disobedience The words **act of disobedience** are a metonym for the people who commit those acts. Alternate translation: “punish every one of you who disobey us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 10 7 y2yb figs-rquestion τὰ κατὰ πρόσωπον βλέπετε 1 You are looking at the appearance of things Possible meanings are (1) this is a command or (2) this is a statement, “You are looking only at what you can see with your eyes.” Some think this is a rhetorical question that may also be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Are you looking at what is clearly in front of you?” or “You seem unable to see what is clearly in front of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 10 7 y2yb figs-rquestion τὰ κατὰ πρόσωπον βλέπετε 1 You are looking at the appearance of things This could mean: (1) this is a command or (2) this is a statement, “You are looking only at what you can see with your eyes.” Some think this is a rhetorical question that may also be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Are you looking at what is clearly in front of you?” or “You seem unable to see what is clearly in front of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 10 7 z1t5 λογιζέσθω πάλιν ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 let him remind himself “he needs to remember”
|
||||
2CO 10 7 f3i9 καθὼς αὐτὸς Χριστοῦ, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 that just as he is Christ’s, so also are we “that we belong to Christ just as much as he does”
|
||||
2CO 10 8 d4zu figs-metaphor εἰς οἰκοδομὴν καὶ οὐκ εἰς καθαίρεσιν ὑμῶν 1 to build you up and not to destroy you Paul speaks of helping the Corinthians to know Christ better as if he were constructing a building. Alternate translation: “to help you become better followers of Christ and not to discourage you so you stop following him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -541,14 +541,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 12 intro abcf 0 # 2 Corinthians 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues defending his authority in this chapter.<br><br>When Paul was with the Corinthians, he proved himself to be an apostle by his powerful deeds. He had not ever taken anything from them. Now that he is coming for the third time, he will still not take anything. He hopes that when he visits, he will not need to be harsh with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/apostle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Paul’s vision<br><br>Paul now defends his authority by telling about a wonderful vision of heaven. Although he speaks in the third person in verses 2-5, verse 7 indicates that he was the person who experienced the vision. It was so great, God gave him a physical handicap to keep him humble. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>### Third heaven<br><br>Many scholars believe the “third” heaven is the dwelling place of God. This is because Scripture also uses “heaven” to refer to the sky (the “first” heaven) and the universe (the “second” heaven).<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Paul uses many rhetorical questions as he defends himself against his enemies who accused him: “For how were you less important than the rest of the churches, except that I was not a burden to you?” “Did Titus take advantage of you? Did we not walk in the same way? Did we not walk in the same steps?” and “Do you think all of this time we have been defending ourselves to you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>Paul uses sarcasm, a special type of irony, when he reminds them how he had helped them at no cost. He says, “Forgive me for this wrong!” He also uses regular irony when he says: “But, since I am so crafty, I am the one who caught you by deceit.” He uses it to introduce his defense against this accusation by showing how impossible it was to be true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in verse 5 is a paradox: “I will not boast, except about my weaknesses.” Most people do not boast about being weak. This sentence in verse 10 is also a paradox: “For whenever I am weak, then I am strong.” In verse 9, Paul explains why both of these statements are true. ([2 Corinthians 12:5](./05.md))
|
||||
2CO 12 1 iwn3 0 Connecting Statement: In defending his apostleship from God, Paul continues to state specific things that have happened to him since he became a believer.
|
||||
2CO 12 1 iur3 ἐλεύσομαι 1 I will go on to “I will continue talking, but now about”
|
||||
2CO 12 1 rb42 figs-hendiadys ὀπτασίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεις Κυρίου 1 visions and revelations from the Lord Possible meanings are (1) Paul uses the words **visions** and **revelations** to mean the same thing in hendiadys for emphasis. Alternate translation: “things that the Lord has allowed only me to see” or (2) Paul is speaking of two different things. Alternate translation: “secret things that the Lord has let me see with my eyes and other secrets that he has told me about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2CO 12 1 rb42 figs-hendiadys ὀπτασίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεις Κυρίου 1 visions and revelations from the Lord This could mean: (1) Paul uses the words **visions** and **revelations** to mean the same thing in hendiadys for emphasis. Alternate translation: “things that the Lord has allowed only me to see” or (2) Paul is speaking of two different things. Alternate translation: “secret things that the Lord has let me see with my eyes and other secrets that he has told me about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2CO 12 2 cz7u οἶδα ἄνθρωπον ἐν Χριστῷ 1 I know a man in Christ Paul is actually speaking of himself as if he were speaking of someone else, but this should be translated literally if possible.
|
||||
2CO 12 2 fth2 εἴτε ἐν σώματι οὐκ οἶδα, εἴτε ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματος οὐκ οἶδα 1 whether in the body, I do not know, or out of the body, I do not know Paul continues to describe himself as if this happened to another person. “I do not know if this man was in his physical body or in his spiritual body”
|
||||
2CO 12 2 k4aw τρίτου οὐρανοῦ 1 the third heaven This refers to the dwelling place of God rather than the sky or outer space (the planets, stars, and the universe).
|
||||
2CO 12 3 cju3 0 General Information: Paul continues to speak of himself as though he were speaking of someone else.
|
||||
2CO 12 4 qv5h ἡρπάγη εἰς τὸν Παράδεισον 1 was caught up into paradise This continues Paul’s account of what happened to “this man” (verse 3). It can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) “God took this man…into paradise” or (2) “an angel took this man…into paradise.” If possible, it would be best not to name the one who took the man: “someone took…paradise” or “they took…paradise.”
|
||||
2CO 12 4 qv5h ἡρπάγη εἰς τὸν Παράδεισον 1 was caught up into paradise This continues Paul’s account of what happened to “this man” (verse 3). It can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) “God took this man…into paradise” or (2) “an angel took this man…into paradise.” If possible, it would be best not to name the one who took the man: “someone took…paradise” or “they took…paradise.”
|
||||
2CO 12 4 wm7y ἡρπάγη 1 caught up suddenly and forcefully held and taken
|
||||
2CO 12 4 ic45 τὸν Παράδεισον 1 paradise Possible meanings are (1) heaven or (2) the third heaven or (3) a special place in heaven.
|
||||
2CO 12 4 ic45 τὸν Παράδεισον 1 paradise This could mean: (1) heaven or (2) the third heaven or (3) a special place in heaven.
|
||||
2CO 12 5 hpq6 τοῦ τοιούτου 1 of such a person “of that person”
|
||||
2CO 12 5 i12f οὐ καυχήσομαι, εἰ μὴ ἐν ταῖς ἀσθενείαις 1 I will not boast, except about my weaknesses This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “I will boast only of my weaknesses”
|
||||
2CO 12 6 vg13 0 Connecting Statement: As Paul defends his apostleship from God, he tells of the weakness that God gave him to keep him humble.
|
||||
|
|
@ -563,8 +563,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 12 8 wc7r ὑπὲρ τούτου…τὸν Κύριον 1 Lord about this “Lord about this thorn in the flesh,” or “Lord about this affliction”
|
||||
2CO 12 9 nr2j ἀρκεῖ σοι ἡ χάρις μου 1 My grace is enough for you “I will be kind to you, and that is all you need”
|
||||
2CO 12 9 cs63 ἡ γὰρ δύναμις ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ τελεῖται 1 for power is made perfect in weakness “for my power works best when you are weak”
|
||||
2CO 12 9 g8mi figs-metaphor ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the power of Christ might reside on me Paul speaks of Christ’s power as if it were a tent built over him. Possible meanings are (1) “people might see that I have the power of Christ” or (2) “I might truly have the power of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 12 10 pxf1 εὐδοκῶ ἐν ἀσθενείαις, ἐν ὕβρεσιν, ἐν ἀνάγκαις, ἐν διωγμοῖς, καὶ στενοχωρίαις, ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ 1 I am content for Christ’s sake in weaknesses, in insults, in troubles, in persecutions and distressing situations Possible meanings are (1) “I am content in weakness, insults, troubles, persecutions, and distressing situations if these things come because I belong to Christ” or (2) “I am content in weakness…if these things cause more people to know Christ.”
|
||||
2CO 12 9 g8mi figs-metaphor ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the power of Christ might reside on me Paul speaks of Christ’s power as if it were a tent built over him. This could mean: (1) “people might see that I have the power of Christ” or (2) “I might truly have the power of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 12 10 pxf1 εὐδοκῶ ἐν ἀσθενείαις, ἐν ὕβρεσιν, ἐν ἀνάγκαις, ἐν διωγμοῖς, καὶ στενοχωρίαις, ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ 1 I am content for Christ’s sake in weaknesses, in insults, in troubles, in persecutions and distressing situations This could mean: (1) “I am content in weakness, insults, troubles, persecutions, and distressing situations if these things come because I belong to Christ” or (2) “I am content in weakness…if these things cause more people to know Christ.”
|
||||
2CO 12 10 s5sx ἐν ἀσθενείαις 1 in weaknesses “when I am weak”
|
||||
2CO 12 10 xl8q ἐν ὕβρεσιν 1 in insults “when people try to make me angry by saying that I am a bad person”
|
||||
2CO 12 10 hza1 ἐν ἀνάγκαις 1 in troubles “when I am suffering”
|
||||
|
|
@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 12 11 a1ym γέγονα ἄφρων 1 I have become a fool “I am acting like a fool”
|
||||
2CO 12 11 pzw1 ὑμεῖς με ἠναγκάσατε 1 You forced me to this “You forced me to talk this way”
|
||||
2CO 12 11 v2lr figs-activepassive ἐγὼ…ὤφειλον ὑφ’ ὑμῶν συνίστασθαι 1 I should have been commended by you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it is praise that you should have given me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 12 11 f644 συνίστασθαι 1 commended Possible meanings are (1) “praise” ([2 Corinthians 3:1](../03/01.md)) or (2) “recommend” ([2 Corinthians 4:2](../04/02.md)).
|
||||
2CO 12 11 f644 συνίστασθαι 1 commended This could mean: (1) “praise” ([2 Corinthians 3:1](../03/01.md)) or (2) “recommend” ([2 Corinthians 4:2](../04/02.md)).
|
||||
2CO 12 11 h4d5 figs-litotes γὰρ ὑστέρησα 1 For I was not at all inferior By using the negative form, Paul is saying strongly that those Corinthians who think that he is inferior are wrong. Alternate translation: “For I am just as good as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2CO 12 11 s82x figs-irony τῶν ὑπέρ λίαν ἀποστόλων 1 super-apostles Paul uses irony here to show that those teachers are less important then people say they are. See how this is translated in [2 Corinthians 11:5](../11/05.md). Alternate translation: “those teachers whom some think are better than anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
2CO 12 12 kp5l figs-activepassive τὰ μὲν σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου κατειργάσθη 1 indeed the signs of an apostle were performed This can be stated in active form, with emphasis on the “signs.” Alternate translation: “It is the true signs of an apostle that I performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -600,9 +600,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 12 19 vg3u figs-metaphor ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμῶν οἰκοδομῆς 1 for your strengthening “to strengthen you.” Paul speaks of knowing how to obey God and desiring to obey him as if it were physical growth. Alternate translation: “so that you would know God and obey him better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 12 20 cu6s οὐχ οἵους θέλω, εὕρω ὑμᾶς 1 I may not find you as I wish “I may not like what I find” or “I may not like what I see you doing”
|
||||
2CO 12 20 zy6g κἀγὼ εὑρεθῶ ὑμῖν οἷον οὐ θέλετε 1 I may not be found by you as you wish “you might not like what you see in me”
|
||||
2CO 12 20 rh1h figs-abstractnouns μή πως ἔρις, ζῆλος, θυμοί, ἐριθεῖαι, καταλαλιαί, ψιθυρισμοί, φυσιώσεις, ἀκαταστασίαι 1 there may be quarreling, jealousy, outbursts of anger, rivalries, slander, gossip, arrogance, and disorder The abstract nouns “quarreling, jealousy, outbursts of anger, rivalries, slander, gossip, arrogance, and disorder” can be translated using verbs. Possible meanings are (1) “some of you will be arguing with us, jealous of us, suddenly becoming very angry with us, trying to take our places as leaders, speaking falsely about us, telling about our private lives, being proud, and opposing us as we try to lead you” or (2) “some of you will be arguing with each other, jealous of each other, suddenly becoming very angry with each other, quarreling with each other over who will be the leader, speaking falsely about each other, telling about each other’s private lives, being proud, and opposing those whom God has chosen to lead you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 12 20 rh1h figs-abstractnouns μή πως ἔρις, ζῆλος, θυμοί, ἐριθεῖαι, καταλαλιαί, ψιθυρισμοί, φυσιώσεις, ἀκαταστασίαι 1 there may be quarreling, jealousy, outbursts of anger, rivalries, slander, gossip, arrogance, and disorder The abstract nouns “quarreling, jealousy, outbursts of anger, rivalries, slander, gossip, arrogance, and disorder” can be translated using verbs. This could mean: (1) “some of you will be arguing with us, jealous of us, suddenly becoming very angry with us, trying to take our places as leaders, speaking falsely about us, telling about our private lives, being proud, and opposing us as we try to lead you” or (2) “some of you will be arguing with each other, jealous of each other, suddenly becoming very angry with each other, quarreling with each other over who will be the leader, speaking falsely about each other, telling about each other’s private lives, being proud, and opposing those whom God has chosen to lead you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 12 21 ddw3 πενθήσω πολλοὺς τῶν προημαρτηκότων, 1 I might be grieved by many of those who have sinned “I will be grieved because many of them have not given up their old sins”
|
||||
2CO 12 21 hq1e figs-parallelism μὴ μετανοησάντων ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ πορνείᾳ, καὶ ἀσελγείᾳ 1 did not repent of the impurity and sexual immorality and lustful indulgence Possible meanings are (1) Paul is saying almost the same thing three times for emphasis. Alternate translation: “did not stop commiting the sexual sins that they practiced” or (2) Paul is speaking of three different sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2CO 12 21 hq1e figs-parallelism μὴ μετανοησάντων ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ πορνείᾳ, καὶ ἀσελγείᾳ 1 did not repent of the impurity and sexual immorality and lustful indulgence This could mean: (1) Paul is saying almost the same thing three times for emphasis. Alternate translation: “did not stop commiting the sexual sins that they practiced” or (2) Paul is speaking of three different sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2CO 12 21 rh22 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ 1 of the impurity The abstract noun impurity can be translated as “things that do not please God.” Alternate translation: “of secretly thinking about and desiring things that do not please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 12 21 rn6u figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ…πορνείᾳ 1 of the…sexual immorality The abstract noun “immorality” can be translated as “immoral deeds.” Alternate translation: “of doing sexually immoral deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 12 21 yyr5 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ…ἀσελγείᾳ 1 of the…lustful indulgence The abstract noun “indulgence” can be translated using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “of…doing things that satisfy immoral sexual desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 13 2 fxl6 τοῖς λοιποῖς πᾶσιν 1 all the rest “all you other people”
|
||||
2CO 13 4 a1bf figs-activepassive ἐσταυρώθη 1 he was crucified This can be made active. Alternate translation: “they crucified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 13 4 zeh1 ἀλλὰ ζήσομεν σὺν αὐτῷ ἐκ δυνάμεως Θεοῦ 1 but we will live with him by the power of God God gives us the power and ability to live life in and with him.
|
||||
2CO 13 5 sbx4 ἐν ὑμῖν 1 in you Possible meanings are (1) living inside each individual or (2) “among you,” part of and the most important member of the group.
|
||||
2CO 13 5 sbx4 ἐν ὑμῖν 1 in you This could mean: (1) living inside each individual or (2) “among you,” part of and the most important member of the group.
|
||||
2CO 13 7 u75e figs-litotes μὴ ποιῆσαι ὑμᾶς κακὸν μηδέν 1 that you may not do any wrong “that you will not sin at all” or “that you will not refuse to listen to us when we correct you.” Paul is emphasizing the opposite with his statement. Alternate translation: “that you will do everything right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2CO 13 7 gt2e δόκιμοι 1 to have passed the test “to be great teachers and live the truth”
|
||||
2CO 13 8 a3l7 οὐ…δυνάμεθά τι κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 we are not able to do anything against the truth “we are not able to keep people from learning the truth”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -23,13 +23,13 @@ GAL 1 10 fl3c εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον, Χριστο
|
|||
GAL 1 11 llg6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains that he did not learn the gospel from others; he learned it from Jesus Christ.
|
||||
GAL 1 11 g1qg ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 1 11 k33s ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 is not according to man By using this phrase, Paul was not trying to say that Jesus Christ is not himself human. Because Christ is both man and God, however, he is not a sinful human being. Paul is writing about where the gospel came from; that it did not come from other sinful human beings, but it came from Jesus Christ.
|
||||
GAL 1 12 wed1 δι’ ἀποκαλύψεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 it was by revelation of Jesus Christ Possible meanings are (1) “Jesus Christ himself revealed the gospel to me” or (2) “God made me know the gospel when he showed me who Jesus Christ was.”
|
||||
GAL 1 12 wed1 δι’ ἀποκαλύψεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 it was by revelation of Jesus Christ This could mean: (1) “Jesus Christ himself revealed the gospel to me” or (2) “God made me know the gospel when he showed me who Jesus Christ was.”
|
||||
GAL 1 13 f3gl ἀναστροφήν ποτε 1 former life “behavior at one time” or “prior life” or “earlier life”
|
||||
GAL 1 14 r44z προέκοπτον 1 I was advancing This metaphor pictures Paul as being ahead of other Jews his age in their goal to be perfect Jews.
|
||||
GAL 1 14 s81t συνηλικιώτας 1 of my own age “of the Jewish people who are the same age as I am”
|
||||
GAL 1 14 f1z8 τῶν πατρικῶν μου 1 of my fathers “of my ancestors”
|
||||
GAL 1 15 wd26 καλέσας διὰ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 called me through his grace Possible meanings are (1) “called me to serve him because he is gracious” or (2) “called me by means of his grace.”
|
||||
GAL 1 16 l97h ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 to reveal his Son in me Possible meanings are (1) “to allow me to know his Son” or (2) “to show the world through me that Jesus is God’s Son.”
|
||||
GAL 1 15 wd26 καλέσας διὰ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 called me through his grace This could mean: (1) “called me to serve him because he is gracious” or (2) “called me by means of his grace.”
|
||||
GAL 1 16 l97h ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 to reveal his Son in me This could mean: (1) “to allow me to know his Son” or (2) “to show the world through me that Jesus is God’s Son.”
|
||||
GAL 1 16 l5bb guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
GAL 1 16 xx4c εὐαγγελίζωμαι αὐτὸν 1 I might preach him “I would proclaim that he is God’s Son” or “I might preach the good news about God’s Son”
|
||||
GAL 1 16 qme5 figs-idiom προσανεθέμην σαρκὶ καὶ αἵματι 1 I did … consult with flesh and blood This is an expression that means talking with other people. Alternate translation: “I did … ask people to help me understand the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ GAL 2 12 a6gv ἀφώριζεν ἑαυτόν 1 separated himself “stayed awa
|
|||
GAL 2 14 sg53 οὐκ ὀρθοποδοῦσιν πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 they were not walking correctly according to the truth of the gospel “they were not living like people who believe the gospel” or “they were living as though they did not believe the gospel”
|
||||
GAL 2 14 z4fp figs-rquestion πῶς τὰ ἔθνη ἀναγκάζεις Ἰουδαΐζειν 1 how can you force the Gentiles to live like Jews? This rhetorical question is a rebuke and can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “you are wrong to force the Gentiles to live like Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 2 14 xhbp figs-you ἀναγκάζεις 1 can you force The word **you** is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 2 14 y1zw ἀναγκάζεις 1 can you force Possible meanings are (1) force by using words or (2) persuade.
|
||||
GAL 2 14 y1zw ἀναγκάζεις 1 can you force This could mean: (1) force by using words or (2) persuade.
|
||||
GAL 2 15 p3x8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the believers that Jews who know the law, as well as Gentiles who do not know the law, are saved only by faith in Christ and not by keeping the law.
|
||||
GAL 2 15 tz45 οὐκ ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἁμαρτωλοί 1 not Gentile sinners from the Gentiles “not those whom the Jews call Gentile sinners”
|
||||
GAL 2 16 j7g5 figs-synecdoche οὐ…σάρξ 2 no flesh The word **flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ GAL 3 3 xu4d figs-metonymy σαρκὶ 1 by the flesh The word **flesh** is a me
|
|||
GAL 3 4 iyj1 figs-rquestion τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ— εἴ γε καὶ εἰκῇ? 1 Have you suffered so many things for nothing—if indeed it was really for nothing? Paul uses this question to remind the Galatians that when they were suffering, they believed that they would receive some benefit. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not think that you were suffering so many things for nothing—and indeed it was not in vain!” or “Surely you knew that there was some good purpose for suffering so many things, and that is was not for nothing!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 4 qn1a figs-explicit τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ 1 Have you suffered so many things for nothing It can be stated clearly that they had suffered these things because of people who opposed them for their faith in Christ. Alternate translation: “Have you suffered so many things by those who opposed you for your faith in Christ for nothing” or “You believed in Christ, and you suffered many things by those who oppose Christ. Were your belief and suffering for nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 3 4 nq68 εἰκῇ 1 for nothing “uselessly” or “without the hope of receiving something good”
|
||||
GAL 3 4 xl9l figs-rquestion εἴ γε καὶ εἰκῇ? 1 if indeed it was really for nothing? Possible meanings are (1) Paul uses this rhetorical question to warn them not to let their experiences be for nothing. Alternate translation: “Do not let it be for nothing!” or “Do not stop believing in Jesus Christ and let your suffering be for nothing.” or (2) Paul uses this question to assure them that their suffering was not for nothing. Alternate translation: “It was certainly not for nothing!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 4 xl9l figs-rquestion εἴ γε καὶ εἰκῇ? 1 if indeed it was really for nothing? This could mean: (1) Paul uses this rhetorical question to warn them not to let their experiences be for nothing. Alternate translation: “Do not let it be for nothing!” or “Do not stop believing in Jesus Christ and let your suffering be for nothing.” or (2) Paul uses this question to assure them that their suffering was not for nothing. Alternate translation: “It was certainly not for nothing!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 5 s3bc figs-rquestion ἐξ ἔργων νόμου ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 is it by the works of the law, or by the hearing of faith? Paul asks another rhetorical question to remind the Galatians how people receive the Spirit. Alternate translation: “he does not do it by the works of the law; he does it by hearing with faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 5 j4vz ἐξ ἔργων νόμου 1 is it by the works of the law This represents people doing the works that the law requires. Alternate translation: “is it because you do what the law tells us to do”
|
||||
GAL 3 5 e17q figs-explicit ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 by the hearing of faith Your language may require that what the people heard and whom they trusted be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “because you heard the message and had faith in Jesus” or “because you listened to the message and trusted in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ GAL 3 11 sn9h figs-explicit ὅτι δὲ ἐν νόμῳ, οὐδεὶς δικ
|
|||
GAL 3 11 k6k5 ἐν νόμῳ, οὐδεὶς δικαιοῦται παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 no one is justified before God by the law This can be stated with an active verb. Alternate translation: “God justifies no one by the law” or “God does not justify anyone by the law”
|
||||
GAL 3 11 k1pq figs-explicit ἐν νόμῳ, οὐδεὶς δικαιοῦται παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 no one is justified before God by the law Paul is correcting their believe that if they obeyed the law, God would justify them. Alternate translation: “no one is justified before God by obeying the law” or “God does not justify anyone for their obedience to the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 3 11 i537 figs-nominaladj ὁ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται 1 The righteous will live by faith The nominal adjective **righteous** refers to righteous people. Alternate translation: “righteous people will live by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
GAL 3 12 rep5 ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 will live in them Possible meanings are (1) “must obey them all” or (2) “will be judged by his ability to do what the law demands.”
|
||||
GAL 3 12 rep5 ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 will live in them This could mean: (1) “must obey them all” or (2) “will be judged by his ability to do what the law demands.”
|
||||
GAL 3 13 x2lc 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds these believers again that keeping the law could not save a person and that the law did not add a new condition to the promise by faith given to Abraham.
|
||||
GAL 3 13 ml63 ἐκ τῆς κατάρας τοῦ νόμου 1 from the curse of the law The noun **curse** can be expressed with the verb “curse.” Alternate translation: “from being cursed because of the law” or “from being cursed for not obeying the law”
|
||||
GAL 3 13 mp4p figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς κατάρας τοῦ νόμου, γενόμενος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν κατάρα…ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς 1 from the curse of the law … becoming a curse for us … Cursed is everyone The word **curse** here is a metonym for God condemning the person whom he has cursed. Alternate translation: “from us having God condemn us because we broke the law … having God condemn him instead of us … God condemns everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ GAL 3 21 wes3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word **us** in this sec
|
|||
GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises “opposed to the promises” or “in conflict with the promises”
|
||||
GAL 3 21 b8xx figs-activepassive εἰ…ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 if a law had been given that was able to make alive This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if God had given a law that enabled those who kept it to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would have come by the law “we could have become righteous by obeying that law”
|
||||
GAL 3 22 n5js συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν, ἵνα ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 the scripture imprisoned all things under sin so that the promise by faith in Jesus Christ might be given to those who believe Other possible meanings are (1) “because we all sin, God put all things under the control of the law, like putting them in prison, so that what he has promised to those who have faith in Christ Jesus he might give to those who believe” or (2) “because we sin, God put all things under the control of the law, like putting them in prison. He did this because what he has promised to those who have faith in Christ Jesus he wants to give to those who believe.”
|
||||
GAL 3 22 n5js συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν, ἵνα ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 the scripture imprisoned all things under sin so that the promise by faith in Jesus Christ might be given to those who believe This could mean: (1) “because we all sin, God put all things under the control of the law, like putting them in prison, so that what he has promised to those who have faith in Christ Jesus he might give to those who believe” or (2) “because we sin, God put all things under the control of the law, like putting them in prison. He did this because what he has promised to those who have faith in Christ Jesus he wants to give to those who believe.”
|
||||
GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification Γραφὴ 1 scripture Paul is treating scripture as though it were a person and is speaking of God, who wrote scripture. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
GAL 3 23 rch2 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds those in Galatia that believers are free in God’s family, not slaves under the law.
|
||||
GAL 3 23 su16 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive and we were in prison” or “the law held us captive in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ GAL 3 24 ln1s παιδαγωγὸς 1 guardian More than simply “one who give
|
|||
GAL 3 24 m7jy εἰς Χριστόν 1 until Christ “until the time when Christ came”
|
||||
GAL 3 24 s8g5 figs-activepassive ἵνα…δικαιωθῶμεν 1 so that we might be justified Before Christ came, God had planned to justify us. When Christ came, he carried out his plan to justify us. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that God would declare us to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 3 27 v6n1 ὅσοι γὰρ εἰς Χριστὸν ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 For as many as were baptized into Christ “For everyone who was baptized into Christ”
|
||||
GAL 3 27 di9v figs-metaphor Χριστὸν ἐνεδύσασθε 1 have put on Christ Possible meanings are (1) this is a metaphor meaning that they have been united to Christ. Alternate translation: “have become united with Christ” or “belong to Christ” or (2) this is a metaphor meaning that they have become like Christ. Alternate translation: “have become like Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 3 27 di9v figs-metaphor Χριστὸν ἐνεδύσασθε 1 have put on Christ This could mean: (1) this is a metaphor meaning that they have been united to Christ. Alternate translation: “have become united with Christ” or “belong to Christ” or (2) this is a metaphor meaning that they have become like Christ. Alternate translation: “have become like Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 3 28 tyb8 οὐκ ἔνι Ἰουδαῖος οὐδὲ Ἕλλην, οὐκ ἔνι δοῦλος οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερος, οὐκ ἔνι ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ 1 There is neither Jew nor Greek, there is neither slave nor free, there is neither male nor female “God sees no difference between Jew and Greek, slave and free, male and female”
|
||||
GAL 3 29 qp4z figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι 1 heirs The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 intro h6gw 0 # Galatians 04 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 27, which is quoted from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sonship<br><br>Sonship is a complex issue. Scholars have many views on Israel’s sonship. Paul uses sonship to teach how being under the law differs from being free in Christ. Not all of Abraham’s physical descendants inherited God’s promises to him. Only his descendants through Isaac and Jacob inherited the promises. And God only adopts into his family those who follow Abraham spiritually through faith. They are children of God with an inheritance. Paul calls them “children of promise.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adoption]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Abba, Father<br>“Abba” is an Aramaic word. In ancient Israel, people used it to informally refer to their fathers. Paul “transliterates” its sounds by writing them with Greek letters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ GAL 4 3 d6v9 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word **we** here refers
|
|||
GAL 4 3 n21q figs-metaphor ὅτε ἦμεν νήπιοι 1 when we were children Here, **children** is a metaphor for being spiritually immature. Alternate translation: “when we were like children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 3 cd2w figs-activepassive ἡμεῖς…ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ἤμεθα δεδουλωμένοι 1 we were enslaved to the elemental principles of the world This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the elemental principles of the world controlled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 4 3 gl4w figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς…ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ἤμεθα δεδουλωμένοι 1 we were enslaved by the elemental principles of the world Here, **enslaved** is a metaphor being unable to stop one’s self from doing something. Alternate translation: “we had to obey the elemental principles of the world as if we were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 3 u462 τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the elemental principles of the world Possible meanings are (1) this refers to the laws or moral principles of the world, or (2) this refers to spiritual powers, which some people thought control what happens on earth.
|
||||
GAL 4 3 u462 τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the elemental principles of the world This could mean: (1) this refers to the laws or moral principles of the world, or (2) this refers to spiritual powers, which some people thought control what happens on earth.
|
||||
GAL 4 4 l5tf guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
GAL 4 5 v5cb figs-metaphor ἐξαγοράσῃ 1 redeem Paul uses the metaphor of a person buying back lost property or buying the freedom of a slave as a picture of Jesus paying for his people’s sins by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 6 a274 ἐστε υἱοί 1 you are sons Paul uses the word for male child here because the subject is inheritance. In his culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. He was neither specifying nor excluding female children here.
|
||||
|
|
@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ GAL 5 4 ipf7 figs-irony οἵτινες ἐν νόμῳ δικαιοῦσθε 1
|
|||
GAL 5 4 k6xe figs-explicit τῆς χάριτος ἐξεπέσατε 1 you have fallen from grace Who that **grace** comes from can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “God will not be gracious to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 5 pdm1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word **we** refers to Paul and those who oppose the circumcision of Christians. He is probably including the Galatians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
GAL 5 5 vvk6 γὰρ Πνεύματι 1 For through the Spirit “This is because through the Spirit”
|
||||
GAL 5 5 qg9m ἡμεῖς…ἐκ πίστεως ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα 1 by faith, we eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness Possible meanings are (1) “we are waiting by faith for the hope of righteousness” or (2) “we are waiting for the hope of righteousness that comes by faith.”
|
||||
GAL 5 5 qg9m ἡμεῖς…ἐκ πίστεως ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα 1 by faith, we eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness This could mean: (1) “we are waiting by faith for the hope of righteousness” or (2) “we are waiting for the hope of righteousness that comes by faith.”
|
||||
GAL 5 5 z3ga ἡμεῖς…ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα 1 we eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness “we are waiting patiently and with excitement for God to put us right with himself forever, and we expect him to do it”
|
||||
GAL 5 6 y2ww figs-metonymy οὔτε περιτομή…οὔτε ἀκροβυστία 1 neither circumcision nor uncircumcision These are metonymy for being a Jew or a non-Jew. Alternate translation: “neither being a Jew nor not being a Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 5 6 n1hc ἀλλὰ πίστις δι’ ἀγάπης ἐνεργουμένη 1 but only faith working through love “rather, God is concerned with our faith in him, which we show by loving others”
|
||||
|
|
@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ GAL 5 8 sx6u πεισμονὴ 1 persuasion To persuade someone is to get that
|
|||
GAL 5 10 enp1 οὐδὲν ἄλλο φρονήσετε 1 you will think nothing otherwise “you will not believe anything different from what I am telling you”
|
||||
GAL 5 10 rb76 ὁ δὲ ταράσσων ὑμᾶς, βαστάσει τὸ κρίμα 1 But the one who is troubling you will bear the judgment “But God will punish the one who is troubling you”
|
||||
GAL 5 10 jc72 ταράσσων ὑμᾶς 1 who is troubling you “who is causing you to be uncertain about what is truth” or “who stirs up trouble among you”
|
||||
GAL 5 10 llh5 ὅστις ἐὰν ᾖ 1 whoever he may be Possible meanings are (1) Paul does not know the names of the people who are telling the Galatians that they need to obey the law of Moses or (2) Paul does not want the Galatians to care about whether those who “confuse” them are rich or poor or great or small or religious or not religious.
|
||||
GAL 5 10 llh5 ὅστις ἐὰν ᾖ 1 whoever he may be This could mean: (1) Paul does not know the names of the people who are telling the Galatians that they need to obey the law of Moses or (2) Paul does not want the Galatians to care about whether those who “confuse” them are rich or poor or great or small or religious or not religious.
|
||||
GAL 5 11 d4mm figs-hypo ἐγὼ δέ, ἀδελφοί, εἰ περιτομὴν ἔτι κηρύσσω, τί ἔτι διώκομαι? 1 But brothers, if I still proclaim circumcision, why am I still being persecuted? Paul is describing a situation that does not exist to emphasize that people are persecuting him because he is not preaching that people need to become Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
GAL 5 11 vcz5 figs-rquestion ἐγὼ δέ, ἀδελφοί, εἰ περιτομὴν ἔτι κηρύσσω, τί ἔτι διώκομαι? 1 But brothers, if I still proclaim circumcision, why am I still being persecuted? This rhetorical question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “But brothers, you can see that I am not still proclaiming circumcision because the Jews are persecuting me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 5 11 nv5x ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -252,14 +252,14 @@ GAL 5 11 dtv9 ἄρα 1 In that case “If I were still saying that people need
|
|||
GAL 5 11 y3ug figs-activepassive κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 the stumbling block of the cross has been removed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the teaching about the cross would not be a stumbling block” or “there is nothing in the teaching of the cross that would cause people to stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 5 11 arj5 figs-explicit κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 the stumbling block of the cross has been removed Stumbling represents sinning, and the sin is to reject the truth of the teaching that in order to be made right with God, people only need to believe that Jesus died on the cross for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 11 xa9m figs-metaphor κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 the stumbling block of the cross has been removed Stumbling represents sinning, and a **stumbling block** represents something that causes people to sin. Alternate translation: “the teaching about the cross that causes people to reject the truth has been removed” or “there is nothing in the teaching about Jesus dying on the cross that would lead people to reject the teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 12 sfl2 figs-metaphor καὶ ἀποκόψονται 1 would even castrate themselves Possible meanings are (1) literal, to cut off their male organs so as to become eunuchs or (2) metaphorical, completely withdraw from the Christian community. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 12 sfl2 figs-metaphor καὶ ἀποκόψονται 1 would even castrate themselves This could mean: (1) literal, to cut off their male organs so as to become eunuchs or (2) metaphorical, completely withdraw from the Christian community. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 13 y1g7 γὰρ 1 For Paul is giving the reason for his words in [Galatians 5:12](../05/12.md).
|
||||
GAL 5 13 v6vs figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς…ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε 1 you have been called to freedom This can be expressed in an active form. Alternate translation: “Christ has called you to freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 5 13 ekb2 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς…ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε 1 you have been called to freedom It is implied that Christ has set believers free from the old covenant. Alternate translation: “You were called to freedom from the old covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 13 xwg8 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς…ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε 1 you have been called to freedom Here, **freedom** from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: “Christ has chosen you to not be obligated to the old covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 13 yp6r ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 5 13 viv6 figs-explicit ἀφορμὴν τῇ σαρκί 1 an opportunity for the flesh The relationship between the opportunity and the sinful nature can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: “an opportunity for you to behave according to your sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 14 ct8i ὁ…πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ πεπλήρωται 1 all the law has been fulfilled in one command Possible meanings are (1) “you can state the whole law in just one commandment, which is this” or (2) “by obeying one commandment, you obey all the commandments, and that one commandment is this.”
|
||||
GAL 5 14 ct8i ὁ…πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ πεπλήρωται 1 all the law has been fulfilled in one command This could mean: (1) “you can state the whole law in just one commandment, which is this” or (2) “by obeying one commandment, you obey all the commandments, and that one commandment is this.”
|
||||
GAL 5 14 qt9c figs-you ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 Love your neighbor as yourself The words **your** and **yourself** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 5 16 q8wk 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains how the Spirit gives control over sin.
|
||||
GAL 5 16 yb58 figs-metaphor Πνεύματι περιπατεῖτε 1 walk by the Spirit Here, to **walk** is a metaphor for living. Alternate translation: “conduct your life in the power of the Holy Spirit” or “live your life in dependence on the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -281,10 +281,10 @@ GAL 6 intro bv8h 0 # Galatians 06 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and forma
|
|||
GAL 6 1 x8zg 0 Connecting Statement: Paul teaches believers how they should treat other believers and how God rewards.
|
||||
GAL 6 1 ss7l ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 6 1 vm8f ἐὰν…ἄνθρωπος 1 if a man “if anyone among you”
|
||||
GAL 6 1 vts8 ἐὰν καὶ προλημφθῇ ἄνθρωπος ἔν τινι παραπτώματι 1 even if a man is caught in any trespass Possible meanings are (1) someone else found that person in the act. Alternate translation: “if someone is discovered in an act of sin” or (2) that person committed the sin without intending to do evil. Alternate translation: “if someone gave in and sinned”
|
||||
GAL 6 1 vts8 ἐὰν καὶ προλημφθῇ ἄνθρωπος ἔν τινι παραπτώματι 1 even if a man is caught in any trespass This could mean: (1) someone else found that person in the act. Alternate translation: “if someone is discovered in an act of sin” or (2) that person committed the sin without intending to do evil. Alternate translation: “if someone gave in and sinned”
|
||||
GAL 6 1 t4rm ὑμεῖς, οἱ πνευματικοὶ 1 you who are spiritual “those of you who are guided by the Spirit” or “you who are living in the guidance of the Spirit”
|
||||
GAL 6 1 hdj8 καταρτίζετε τὸν τοιοῦτον 1 let … restore such a one “let him … correct the person who sinned” or “let him … exhort the person who sinned to return to a correct relationship with God”
|
||||
GAL 6 1 tr5r ἐν πνεύματι πραΰτητος 1 in a spirit of gentleness Possible meanings are (1) that the Spirit is directing the one who is offering correction or (2) “with an attitude of gentleness” or “in a kind way.”
|
||||
GAL 6 1 tr5r ἐν πνεύματι πραΰτητος 1 in a spirit of gentleness This could mean: (1) that the Spirit is directing the one who is offering correction or (2) “with an attitude of gentleness” or “in a kind way.”
|
||||
GAL 6 1 rrg9 figs-you σκοπῶν σεαυτόν 1 considering yourself These words treat the Galatians as though they are all one person to emphasize that he is talking to each of them. Alternate translation: “being concerned about yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 6 1 ljx6 figs-activepassive μὴ καὶ σὺ πειρασθῇς 1 lest you also be tempted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that nothing will tempt you also to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 6 3 v6ts εἰ γὰρ 1 For if “Because if.” The words that follow tell why the Galatians should (1) “carry one other’s burdens” ([Galatians 6:2](../06/02.md)) or (2) be careful that they themselves are not tempted ([Galatians 6:1](../06/01.md)) or (3) “not become conceited” ([Galatians 5:26](../05/26.md)).
|
||||
|
|
@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ GAL 6 10 ud5u μάλιστα δὲ πρὸς τοὺς 1 but especially to thos
|
|||
GAL 6 10 jz9i τοὺς οἰκείους τῆς πίστεως 1 those of the household of faith “those who are members of God’s family through faith in Christ”
|
||||
GAL 6 11 i7ap 0 Connecting Statement: As Paul closes this letter, he gives one more reminder that the law does not save and that they should remember the cross of Christ.
|
||||
GAL 6 11 wti2 πηλίκοις…γράμμασιν 1 what large letters This can mean that Paul is writing with large letters because he wants to emphasize (1) the statements that follow or (2) that this letter came from him.
|
||||
GAL 6 11 d6rk τῇ ἐμῇ χειρί 1 with my own hand Possible meanings are (1) Paul probably had a helper who wrote most of this letter as Paul told him what to write, but Paul himself wrote this last part of the letter or (2) Paul wrote the whole letter himself.
|
||||
GAL 6 11 d6rk τῇ ἐμῇ χειρί 1 with my own hand This could mean: (1) Paul probably had a helper who wrote most of this letter as Paul told him what to write, but Paul himself wrote this last part of the letter or (2) Paul wrote the whole letter himself.
|
||||
GAL 6 12 kmd7 εὐπροσωπῆσαι 1 to make a good impression “to cause others to think well of them” or “to cause others to think that they are good people”
|
||||
GAL 6 12 r5p1 ἐν σαρκί 1 in the flesh “with visible evidence” or “by their own efforts”
|
||||
GAL 6 12 jk57 οὗτοι ἀναγκάζουσιν 1 they are compelling “they are forcing” or “they are strongly influencing”
|
||||
|
|
@ -319,13 +319,13 @@ GAL 6 13 bb5a ἵνα ἐν τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ σαρκὶ καυχήσων
|
|||
GAL 6 14 g7hh ἐμοὶ δὲ, μὴ γένοιτο καυχᾶσθαι, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ 1 But may it never be to me to boast except in the cross “But I do not ever want to boast in anything other than the cross” or “But may I boast only in the cross”
|
||||
GAL 6 14 s6ic figs-activepassive ἐμοὶ κόσμος ἐσταύρωται 1 the world has been crucified to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I think of the world as already dead” or “I treat the world like a criminal God has killed on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 6 14 v2qs figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ κόσμῳ 1 and I to the world The words “have been crucified” are understood from the phrase before this. Alternate translation: “and I have been crucified to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
GAL 6 14 m45b κἀγὼ κόσμῳ 1 and I to the world Possible meanings are (1) “the world thinks of me as already dead” or (2) “the world treats me like a criminal that God has killed on the cross”
|
||||
GAL 6 14 s9lx κόσμος 1 the world Possible meanings are (1) the people of the world, those who care nothing for God or (2) the things that those who care nothing for God think are important.
|
||||
GAL 6 14 m45b κἀγὼ κόσμῳ 1 and I to the world This could mean: (1) “the world thinks of me as already dead” or (2) “the world treats me like a criminal that God has killed on the cross”
|
||||
GAL 6 14 s9lx κόσμος 1 the world This could mean: (1) the people of the world, those who care nothing for God or (2) the things that those who care nothing for God think are important.
|
||||
GAL 6 15 exj8 τὶ ἐστιν 1 is anything “is important to God”
|
||||
GAL 6 15 n6n7 καινὴ κτίσις 1 a new creation Possible meanings are (1) a new believer in Jesus Christ or (2) the new life of a believer.
|
||||
GAL 6 16 b4al εἰρήνη ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἔλεος, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 peace and mercy upon them, and upon the Israel of God Possible meanings are (1) that believers in general are the Israel of God or (2) “may peace and mercy be upon Gentile believers and upon the Israel of God” or (3) “may peace be upon those who follow the rule, and may mercy be upon even the Israel of God.”
|
||||
GAL 6 15 n6n7 καινὴ κτίσις 1 a new creation This could mean: (1) a new believer in Jesus Christ or (2) the new life of a believer.
|
||||
GAL 6 16 b4al εἰρήνη ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἔλεος, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 peace and mercy upon them, and upon the Israel of God This could mean: (1) that believers in general are the Israel of God or (2) “may peace and mercy be upon Gentile believers and upon the Israel of God” or (3) “may peace be upon those who follow the rule, and may mercy be upon even the Israel of God.”
|
||||
GAL 6 17 v963 τοῦ λοιποῦ 1 From now on This can also mean “Lastly” or “As I end this letter.”
|
||||
GAL 6 17 dm22 κόπους μοι μηδεὶς παρεχέτω 1 let no one cause me trouble Possible meanings are (1) Paul is commanding the Galatians not to **trouble** him, “I am commanding you this: do not trouble me,” or (2) Paul is telling the Galatians that he is commanding all people not to trouble him, “I am commanding everyone this: do not trouble me,” or (3) Paul is expressing a desire, “I do not want anyone to trouble me.”
|
||||
GAL 6 17 dm22 κόπους μοι μηδεὶς παρεχέτω 1 let no one cause me trouble This could mean: (1) Paul is commanding the Galatians not to **trouble** him, “I am commanding you this: do not trouble me,” or (2) Paul is telling the Galatians that he is commanding all people not to trouble him, “I am commanding everyone this: do not trouble me,” or (3) Paul is expressing a desire, “I do not want anyone to trouble me.”
|
||||
GAL 6 17 j729 ἐγὼ γὰρ τὰ στίγματα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματί μου βαστάζω 1 for I carry in my body the marks of Jesus These **marks** were scars from people who beat and whipped Paul because they did not like him teaching about **Jesus**. Alternate translation: “for the scars on my body show that I serve Jesus”
|
||||
GAL 6 18 b64i ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν 1 The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit “I pray that the Lord Jesus will be kind to your spirit”
|
||||
GAL 6 18 pk25 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ EPH 2 4 hrx9 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὴν πολλὴν ἀγάπην α
|
|||
EPH 2 5 h6km figs-activepassive χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι 1 by grace you have been saved This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “God saved you by being gracious to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 2 5 abkm figs-abstractnouns χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι 1 by grace you have been saved The word **grace** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “God saved you by being extremely kind to you” or “God saved you as a free gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EPH 2 6 na2n figs-idiom συνήγειρεν 1 raised us up with him Here, **raised up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EPH 2 6 abch figs-pastforfuture συνήγειρεν 1 raised us up with him Possible meanings are (1) because God has caused Christ to come alive again, God has already given Paul and the believers in Ephesus new spiritual life. Alternate translation: “God has given us new life because we belong to Christ” or (2) because God has caused Christ to come alive again, the believers in Ephesus can know that after they die they will live with Christ, and Paul can speak of the believers living again as if it has already happened. Alternate translation: “we can be sure that God will give us life just as he has caused Christ to come alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
EPH 2 6 abch figs-pastforfuture συνήγειρεν 1 raised us up with him This could mean: (1) because God has caused Christ to come alive again, God has already given Paul and the believers in Ephesus new spiritual life. Alternate translation: “God has given us new life because we belong to Christ” or (2) because God has caused Christ to come alive again, the believers in Ephesus can know that after they die they will live with Christ, and Paul can speak of the believers living again as if it has already happened. Alternate translation: “we can be sure that God will give us life just as he has caused Christ to come alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
EPH 2 6 ab11 figs-pastforfuture συνεκάθισεν 1 seated us with him Paul talks about the believers as already **seated** in heaven with Christ because, although it is something that will happen in the future, it was guaranteed by what Christ did in the past. Alternate translation: “it is as though God has already seated us next to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
EPH 2 6 b499 ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 in the heavenly places The phrase **heavenly places** refers to the place where God is. See how this is translated in [Ephesians 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “in the supernatural world”
|
||||
EPH 2 6 m6pq ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus The phrase **in Christ Jesus** and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him.
|
||||
|
|
@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ EPH 2 11 p7m2 figs-metaphor τὰ ἔθνη ἐν σαρκί 1 Gentiles in the f
|
|||
EPH 2 11 e76g figs-metonymy ἀκροβυστία 1 uncircumcised Non-Jewish people were not circumcised as babies and thus the Jews considered them people who do not follow any of God’s laws. Alternate translation: “uncircumcised pagans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 2 11 nlf2 figs-metonymy περιτομῆς 1 circumcised This was another term for Jewish people because all male infants were **circumcised**. Alternate translation: “circumcised people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 2 11 tf9i figs-activepassive ὑπὸ τῆς λεγομένης 1 by those who are called This can be translated with an active form. Alternate translation: “by what people call” or “by those whom people call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 2 11 fb4r τῆς λεγομένης περιτομῆς ἐν σαρκὶ χειροποιήτου 1 those who are called “circumcised” in the flesh, performed by human hands Possible meanings are (1) “Jews, who are circumcised by humans” or (2) “Jews, who circumcise the physical body.”
|
||||
EPH 2 11 fb4r τῆς λεγομένης περιτομῆς ἐν σαρκὶ χειροποιήτου 1 those who are called “circumcised” in the flesh, performed by human hands This could mean: (1) “Jews, who are circumcised by humans” or (2) “Jews, who circumcise the physical body.”
|
||||
EPH 2 12 abcz grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For The connecting word **For** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that they were not part of the Jews, who were circumcised. The result is that the Gentile Ephesians were separated from God. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EPH 2 12 u3vu χωρὶς Χριστοῦ 1 apart from Christ “unbelievers”
|
||||
EPH 2 12 sti2 figs-metaphor ξένοι τῶν διαθηκῶν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 strangers to the covenants of the promise Paul speaks to the Gentile believers as if they had been foreigners, kept out of the land of God’s **covenants** and **promise**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ EPH 3 1 w896 0 Connecting Statement: To make clear the hidden truth about the
|
|||
EPH 3 1 jb9u grammar-connect-logic-result τούτου χάριν 1 For this reason The connecting phrase **For this reason** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is what Paul talked about in Chapter 2, that Christ showed his grace by removing the division between Jews and Gentiles and making them into one group. The result is that Paul prays for the Gentiles. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EPH 3 1 abd6 figs-explicit τούτου χάριν 1 For this reason You may need to make explicit what the reason is. Alternate translation: “because of God’s grace to you” You may also need to make explicit here what the result is, as in the UST, because Paul does not state the result until 3:14, that he prays for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EPH 3 1 m9b6 ὁ δέσμιος τοῦ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 the prisoner of Christ Jesus “the one who is in prison because I serve Christ Jesus”
|
||||
EPH 3 2 rx7t τὴν οἰκονομίαν τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ, τῆς δοθείσης μοι εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 the stewardship of the grace of God that was given to me for you Here, **grace** could refer to (1) the gift of the gospel that Paul is bringing to the Gentiles, and you could translate, “the responsibility that God gave me to bring his grace to you” or (2) the gift to Paul of being the steward of the gospel for the Gentiles, and you could translate that as “the responsibility that God graciously gave me for your benefit.”
|
||||
EPH 3 2 rx7t τὴν οἰκονομίαν τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ, τῆς δοθείσης μοι εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 the stewardship of the grace of God that was given to me for you Here, **grace** could mean: (1) the gift of the gospel that Paul is bringing to the Gentiles, and you could translate, “the responsibility that God gave me to bring his grace to you” or (2) the gift to Paul of being the steward of the gospel for the Gentiles, and you could translate that as “the responsibility that God graciously gave me for your benefit.”
|
||||
EPH 3 3 dc7x figs-activepassive κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν ἐγνωρίσθη μοι 1 according to the revelation made known to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “according to what God revealed to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 3 3 qm6m καθὼς προέγραψα ἐν ὀλίγῳ 1 about which I already wrote in brief Paul refers here to another letter that he had written to these people.
|
||||
EPH 3 5 srn9 figs-activepassive ὃ ἑτέραις γενεαῖς οὐκ ἐγνωρίσθη τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 which in other generations was not made known to the sons of men This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not make these things known to people in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ EPH 3 5 eq5u figs-activepassive ὡς νῦν ἀπεκαλύφθη…ἐν Πν
|
|||
EPH 3 6 pqy3 εἶναι τὰ ἔθνη, συνκληρονόμα…διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 that the Gentiles are fellow heirs … through the gospel This is the hidden truth that Paul began to explain in the previous verse. The **Gentiles** who receive Christ also receive everything that the Jewish believers receive from God.
|
||||
EPH 3 6 y88q σύνσωμα 1 fellow members of the body The church is often referred to as the **body** of Christ.
|
||||
EPH 3 6 wxs4 ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus The phrase **in Christ Jesus** and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him.
|
||||
EPH 3 6 i4h7 διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 through the gospel Possible meanings are (1) because of the **gospel**, the Gentiles are fellow sharers in the promise or (2) because of the **gospel**, the Gentiles are fellow heirs and members of the body and fellow sharers in the promise.
|
||||
EPH 3 6 i4h7 διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 through the gospel This could mean: (1) because of the **gospel**, the Gentiles are fellow sharers in the promise or (2) because of the **gospel**, the Gentiles are fellow heirs and members of the body and fellow sharers in the promise.
|
||||
EPH 3 8 y97f figs-metaphor ἀνεξιχνίαστον 1 unsearchable Paul speaks of everything that Christ offers as something so physically vast that it cannot be fully explored. Alternate Translation: “unable to be completely known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 3 8 e96z figs-metaphor πλοῦτος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 riches of Christ Paul speaks of the truth about **Christ** and the blessings he brings as if they were material wealth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 3 9 f2zp figs-activepassive τοῦ μυστηρίου, τοῦ ἀποκεκρυμμένου ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων ἐν τῷ Θεῷ, τῷ τὰ πάντα κτίσαντι 1 of the mystery that was hidden from the ages in God who created all things This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “of God, who created all things, kept this plan hidden for long ages in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ EPH 4 8 abdb grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Therefore The connecting wor
|
|||
EPH 4 8 wj8t ἀναβὰς εἰς ὕψος 1 When he ascended to the heights “When Christ went up into heaven”
|
||||
EPH 4 9 e5at ἀνέβη 1 He ascended “Christ went up”
|
||||
EPH 4 9 zu81 καὶ κατέβη 1 he also descended “Christ also came down”
|
||||
EPH 4 9 eq56 εἰς τὰ κατώτερα μέρη τῆς γῆς 1 into the lower regions of the earth Possible meanings are (1) the **lower regions** are a part of the **earth** or (2) **the lower regions** is another way of referring to the **earth** itself. Alternate translation: “into the lower regions, the earth”
|
||||
EPH 4 9 eq56 εἰς τὰ κατώτερα μέρη τῆς γῆς 1 into the lower regions of the earth This could mean: (1) the **lower regions** are a part of the **earth** or (2) **the lower regions** is another way of referring to the **earth** itself. Alternate translation: “into the lower regions, the earth”
|
||||
EPH 4 10 w6t5 ἵνα πληρώσῃ τὰ πάντα 1 so that he might fill all things “so that he might be working powerfully everywhere”
|
||||
EPH 4 10 b5ig πληρώσῃ 1 he might fill “he might complete” or “he might satisfy”
|
||||
EPH 4 12 jx12 πρὸς τὸν καταρτισμὸν τῶν ἁγίων 1 for the equipping of the saints “to prepare the people whom he has set apart” or “to provide the believers with what they need”
|
||||
|
|
@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ EPH 4 16 l5r6 figs-metaphor διὰ πάσης ἁφῆς τῆς ἐπιχορ
|
|||
EPH 4 17 n5cy 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells them what they should no longer do now that they, as believers, are sealed by the Holy Spirit of God.
|
||||
EPH 4 17 abde grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Christ wants every believer to become spiritually mature and to serve the other believers. The result is that the Ephesian believers should no longer act as the Gentiles act. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EPH 4 17 ksr8 τοῦτο οὖν λέγω καὶ μαρτύρομαι 1 Therefore, I say this and strongly urge “Because of what I have just said, I will now say something more in order to strongly encourage”
|
||||
EPH 4 17 abr8 ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 in the Lord This could mean either (1) “with the authority of the Lord” or (2) “because we all belong to the Lord.”
|
||||
EPH 4 17 abr8 ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 in the Lord This could mean: (1) “with the authority of the Lord” or (2) “because we all belong to the Lord.”
|
||||
EPH 4 17 wcx2 figs-metaphor μηκέτι ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν, καθὼς καὶ τὰ ἔθνη περιπατεῖ ἐν ματαιότητι τοῦ νοὸς αὐτῶν 1 you … to walk no longer as the Gentiles also walk, in futility of their minds Paul commonly uses this metaphor that compares walking to living one’s life. Alternate translation: “you … to stop living like the Gentiles with their worthless thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 18 lab7 figs-metaphor ἐσκοτωμένοι τῇ διανοίᾳ 1 They have been darkened in their understanding This metaphor compares wrong thinking with darkness. Alternate translation: “they no longer think or reason clearly” or “they are not able to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 18 abci figs-activepassive ἐσκοτωμένοι τῇ διανοίᾳ 1 They have been darkened in their understanding This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Their way of thinking has become dark” or “They no longer think or reason clearly” or “They are not able to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ EPH 4 19 ldy8 figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς παρέδωκαν τῇ ἀσελ
|
|||
EPH 4 20 e5vk ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως ἐμάθετε τὸν Χριστόν 1 But you did not thus learn Christ The word **thus** refers to the way that the Gentiles live, as described in [Ephesians 4:17-19](../04/17.md). This emphasizes that what the believers learned from Christ was the opposite of that. Alternate translation: “But what you learned about the ways of Christ was not like that”
|
||||
EPH 4 20 abdh grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. The sinful way the Gentiles live is in contrast to the way that Paul taught the Ephesians to live according to the truth of Jesus. Use a connecting word in your language that marks a contrast here (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
EPH 4 21 hy7r figs-irony εἴ γε αὐτὸν ἠκούσατε καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐδιδάχθητε 1 if indeed you have heard about him and were taught in him Paul knows that the people to whom he is writing have **heard** and been **taught** these things. He is using irony as a form of rebuke—if they are doing things contrary to the way of Christ, they know better than that and need to stop. See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
EPH 4 21 b3pn figs-activepassive ἐν αὐτῷ ἐδιδάχθητε 1 were taught in him This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) “received instruction in his ways” or (2) “Jesus’ people have taught you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 21 b3pn figs-activepassive ἐν αὐτῷ ἐδιδάχθητε 1 were taught in him This can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) “received instruction in his ways” or (2) “Jesus’ people have taught you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 21 gdz6 καθώς ἐστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 as the truth is in Jesus “as Jesus teaches us the true way to live” or “as everything about Jesus is true.” See the UST.
|
||||
EPH 4 22 h1ha figs-metaphor ἀποθέσθαι ὑμᾶς κατὰ τὴν προτέραν ἀναστροφὴν 1 You are to put aside what belongs to your former manner of life Paul is speaking of moral qualities as if they were pieces of clothing. Alternate translation: “You must stop living according to your former manner of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 22 j7n7 figs-metaphor ἀποθέσθαι ὑμᾶς κατὰ τὴν προτέραν ἀναστροφὴν τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 You are to put aside what belongs to your former manner of life, the old man Paul is speaking of a way of living as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “You must stop doing the things that your former self did” or “Stop doing the things that you used to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ EPH 5 19 n5jj ψαλμοῖς 1 psalms These are probably songs from the Old Te
|
|||
EPH 5 19 g5ss ὕμνοις 1 hymns These are songs of praise and worship that may have been written specifically for Christians to sing.
|
||||
EPH 5 19 v9ay figs-doublet ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς 1 spiritual songs Possible meanings are: (1) these are songs that the Holy Spirit inspires a person to sing right at that moment or (2) **spiritual songs** and “hymns” form a doublet. They mean basically the same thing, and you could use one word for these instead of two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EPH 5 19 v3ql figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 in your heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or inner being. The phrase **in your heart** can mean either to do this: (1) with true motives and sincerity, Alternate translation: “from deep within your being” or “sincerely” or, (2) with enthusiasm, Alternate translation: “with all of your being” or “enthusiastically” See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 5 20 e6w5 figs-metaphor ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ Here, **name** may represent (1) Jesus himself, Alternate translation: “because you belong to our Lord Jesus Christ” or (2) the authority of Jesus, Alternate translation: “with the authority of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 20 e6w5 figs-metaphor ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ Here, **name** could mean: (1) Jesus himself, Alternate translation: “because you belong to our Lord Jesus Christ” or (2) the authority of Jesus, Alternate translation: “with the authority of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 20 abw5 τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί 1 to God, even the Father “to God, who is our father”
|
||||
EPH 5 22 isd7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to explain how Christians are to submit themselves to one another ([Ephesians 5:21](../05/21.md)). He starts with instructions to wives and husbands on how they should act toward each other.
|
||||
EPH 5 23 abe7 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For The connecting word **For** introduces the reason of a reason-result relationship. The reason is that the husband is head of the wife in the same way Christ is head of the church. The result is that wives should submit to their husbands. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ PHP 1 9 l1cy figs-explicit ἐν ἐπιγνώσει καὶ πάσῃ αἰσθ
|
|||
PHP 1 10 e17g δοκιμάζειν 1 may approve This refers to examining things and taking only those that are good. Alternate translation: “may test and choose”
|
||||
PHP 1 10 s4ec τὰ διαφέροντα 1 what excels “what is most pleasing to God”
|
||||
PHP 1 10 siv8 figs-doublet εἰλικρινεῖς καὶ ἀπρόσκοποι 1 pure and blameless The words **pure** and **blameless** mean basically the same thing. Paul combines them to emphasize moral purity. Alternate translation: “completely blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
PHP 1 11 lu5n figs-metaphor πεπληρωμένοι καρπὸν δικαιοσύνης τὸν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 being filled with the fruit of righteousness that is through Jesus Christ Here, **being filled** with something is a metaphor that represents being characterized by it or by habitually doing it. Possible meanings of **fruit of righteousness** are that (1) it is a metaphor that represents righteous behavior. Alternate translation: “habitually doing what is righteous because Jesus Christ enables you” or (2) it is a metaphor that represents good deeds as a result of being righteous. Alternate translation: “habitually doing good works because Jesus makes you righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 11 hwg1 εἰς δόξαν καὶ ἔπαινον Θεοῦ 1 to the glory and praise of God Possible meanings are (1) “Then other people will see how you honor God” or (2) “Then people will praise and give honor to God because of the good things they see you do.” These alternate translations would require a new sentence.
|
||||
PHP 1 11 lu5n figs-metaphor πεπληρωμένοι καρπὸν δικαιοσύνης τὸν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 being filled with the fruit of righteousness that is through Jesus Christ Here, **being filled** with something is a metaphor that represents being characterized by it or by habitually doing it. Here, **fruit of righteousness** could mean: (1) a metaphor that represents righteous behavior. Alternate translation: “habitually doing what is righteous because Jesus Christ enables you” or (2) a metaphor that represents good deeds as a result of being righteous. Alternate translation: “habitually doing good works because Jesus makes you righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 11 hwg1 εἰς δόξαν καὶ ἔπαινον Θεοῦ 1 to the glory and praise of God This could mean: (1) “Then other people will see how you honor God” or (2) “Then people will praise and give honor to God because of the good things they see you do.” These alternate translations would require a new sentence.
|
||||
PHP 1 12 uyc6 0 General Information: Paul says that two things have happened because of “the progress of the gospel”: many people inside and outside the palace have found out why he is in prison, and other Christians are no longer afraid to proclaim the good news.
|
||||
PHP 1 12 yrp2 δὲ 1 Now Here the word **Now** is used to mark a new part of the letter.
|
||||
PHP 1 12 tu2t ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women, because all believers in Christ are members of one spiritual family, with God as their heavenly Father.
|
||||
|
|
@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ PHP 1 15 vw1s τινὲς μὲν καὶ…τὸν Χριστὸν κηρύσ
|
|||
PHP 1 15 f32h διὰ φθόνον καὶ ἔριν 1 because of envy and strife “because they do not want people listening to me, and they want to cause trouble”
|
||||
PHP 1 15 v1sb τινὲς δὲ καὶ δι’ εὐδοκίαν 1 and also some because of good will “but other people do it because they are kind and they want to help”
|
||||
PHP 1 16 qf4p οἱ 1 the ones “those who proclaim Christ out of good will”
|
||||
PHP 1 16 ttr2 figs-activepassive εἰς ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου κεῖμαι 1 I have been appointed for the defense of the gospel This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) “God chose me to defend the gospel” or (2) “I am in prison because I defend the gospel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHP 1 16 ttr2 figs-activepassive εἰς ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου κεῖμαι 1 I have been appointed for the defense of the gospel This can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) “God chose me to defend the gospel” or (2) “I am in prison because I defend the gospel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHP 1 16 st7k εἰς ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for the defense of the gospel “to teach everyone that the message of Jesus is true”
|
||||
PHP 1 17 eq7s οἱ δὲ 1 but the ones “but the others” or “but the ones who proclaim Christ out of envy and strife”
|
||||
PHP 1 17 z8ty figs-metonymy τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου 1 in my chains Here, **chains** is a metonym for imprisonment. Alternate translation: “while I am imprisoned” or “while I am in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -58,11 +58,11 @@ PHP 1 19 c48j τοῦ Πνεύματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 of the
|
|||
PHP 1 20 fh48 figs-doublet κατὰ τὴν ἀποκαραδοκίαν καὶ ἐλπίδα μου 1 according to my eager expectation and hope Here the words **expectation** and **hope** mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how strong his expectation is. Alternate translation: “I eagerly and confidently hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
PHP 1 20 tk7l ἀλλ’ ἐν πάσῃ παρρησίᾳ 1 but in everything have boldness This is part of Paul’s expectation and hope. Alternate translation: “but that I will be very bold”
|
||||
PHP 1 20 jz1z figs-metonymy μεγαλυνθήσεται Χριστὸς ἐν τῷ σώματί μου 1 Christ will be exalted in my body The phrase **my body** is a metonym for what Paul does with his body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 1 20 t8z9 figs-activepassive μεγαλυνθήσεται Χριστὸς ἐν τῷ σώματί μου 1 Christ will be exalted in my body This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) “I will honor Christ by what I do” or (2) “people will praise Christ because of what I do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHP 1 20 t8z9 figs-activepassive μεγαλυνθήσεται Χριστὸς ἐν τῷ σώματί μου 1 Christ will be exalted in my body This can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) “I will honor Christ by what I do” or (2) “people will praise Christ because of what I do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHP 1 20 y78k εἴτε διὰ ζωῆς εἴτε διὰ θανάτου 1 whether through life or through death “whether I live or die” or “if I go on living or if I die”
|
||||
PHP 1 21 p9b7 ἐμοὶ γὰρ 1 For to me These words are emphatic. They indicate that this is Paul’s personal experience.
|
||||
PHP 1 21 sxt5 figs-metaphor τὸ ζῆν Χριστὸς 1 to live is Christ Here pleasing and serving **Christ** is spoken of as Paul’s only purpose for living. Alternate translation: “to go on living is an opportunity to please Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 21 n3jd figs-metaphor τὸ ἀποθανεῖν κέρδος 1 to die is gain Here death is spoken of as **gain**. Possible meanings for **gain** are (1) Paul’s death will help spread the message of the gospel or (2) Paul will be in a better situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 21 n3jd figs-metaphor τὸ ἀποθανεῖν κέρδος 1 to die is gain Here death is spoken of as **gain**. Here, **gain** could mean: (1) Paul’s death will help spread the message of the gospel or (2) Paul will be in a better situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 22 a21c figs-metonymy εἰ δὲ τὸ ζῆν ἐν σαρκί 1 But if to live in the flesh The word **flesh** here is a metonym for the body, and “living in the flesh” is a metonym for being alive. Alternate translation: “But if I am to remain alive in my body” or “But if I continue to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 1 22 mwl6 figs-metaphor τοῦτό μοι καρπὸς ἔργου 1 this is fruitful labor for me The word **fruitful** here refers to the good results of Paul’s work. Alternate translation: “that means I will be able to work and my work will produce good results” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 23 tq29 figs-metaphor συνέχομαι δὲ ἐκ τῶν δύο 1 But I am hard pressed between the two Paul speaks of how hard it is for him to choose between living and dying as if two heavy objects, like rocks or logs, were pushing on him from opposite sides at the same time. Your language might prefer the objects to pull rather than push. Alternate translation: “I am under tension. I do not know if I should choose to live or to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -73,10 +73,10 @@ PHP 1 26 i9cl ἵνα…ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 so that in me “so that because of
|
|||
PHP 1 27 cd3b figs-parallelism ὅτι στήκετε ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι, μιᾷ ψυχῇ συναθλοῦντες τῇ πίστει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 that you are standing firm in one spirit, with one soul striving together for the faith of the gospel The phrases “standing firm in one spirit” and “with one soul striving together” share similar meanings and emphasize the importance of unity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
PHP 1 27 jey6 figs-metaphor μιᾷ ψυχῇ συναθλοῦντες 1 with one soul striving together Agreeing with one another is spoken of as having one soul. Alternate translation: “agreeing with one another and striving together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 27 ej2s συναθλοῦντες 1 striving together “working hard together”
|
||||
PHP 1 27 ya3h τῇ πίστει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for the faith of the gospel Possible meanings are (1) “to spread the faith that is based on the gospel” or (2) “to believe and live as the gospel teaches us”
|
||||
PHP 1 27 ya3h τῇ πίστει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for the faith of the gospel This could mean: (1) “to spread the faith that is based on the gospel” or (2) “to believe and live as the gospel teaches us”
|
||||
PHP 1 28 i9yt figs-you μὴ πτυρόμενοι ἐν μηδενὶ 1 do not be frightened in anything This is a command to the Philippian believers. If your language has a plural command form, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
PHP 1 28 l495 ἥτις ἐστὶν αὐτοῖς ἔνδειξις ἀπωλείας, ὑμῶν δὲ σωτηρίας, καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 This is a sign to them of their destruction, but of your salvation—and this from God “Your courage will show them that God will destroy them. It will also show you that God will save you”
|
||||
PHP 1 28 nb4b καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 and this from God “and this is from God.” Possible meanings are the word **this** refers to (1) the believers’ courage or (2) the sign or (3) destruction and salvation.
|
||||
PHP 1 28 nb4b καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 and this from God “and this is from God.” Here, **this** could mean: (1) the believers’ courage or (2) the sign or (3) destruction and salvation.
|
||||
PHP 1 30 x4z3 τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα ἔχοντες, οἷον εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοὶ, καὶ νῦν ἀκούετε ἐν ἐμοί 1 having the same struggle which you saw in me, and now you hear in me “suffering in the same way that you saw me suffer, and that you hear I am still suffering”
|
||||
PHP 2 intro ixw8 0 # Philippians 02 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations, like the ULT, set apart the lines of verses 6-11. These verses describe the example of Christ. They teach important truths about the person of Jesus.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Practical instructions<br><br>In this chapter Paul gives many practical instructions to the church in Philippi.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “If there is any”<br><br>This appears to be a type of hypothetical statement. However, it is not a hypothetical statement, because it expresses something that is true. The translator may also translate this phrase as “Since there is.”
|
||||
PHP 2 1 xye5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul advises the believers to have unity and humility and reminds them of Christ’s example.
|
||||
|
|
@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ PHP 2 9 mvb7 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τὸ ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομ
|
|||
PHP 2 9 qsy9 figs-metaphor ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα 1 above every name The name is more important, more to be praised than any other name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 10 tk45 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ, πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ 1 at the name of Jesus every knee would bend Here, **knee** is a synecdoche for the whole person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
PHP 2 10 xz1u figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ, πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ 1 at the name of Jesus every knee would bend Here bending the knee to kneel on the ground is a metonym for worship. **In the name of** here is a metonym for the person, telling who it is they will worship. Alternate translation: “every person will worship Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 2 10 kfb4 καταχθονίων 1 under the earth Possible meanings are (1) the place where people go when they die or (2) the place where demons dwell.
|
||||
PHP 2 10 kfb4 καταχθονίων 1 under the earth This could mean: (1) the place where people go when they die or (2) the place where demons dwell.
|
||||
PHP 2 11 xy4f figs-synecdoche πᾶσα γλῶσσα 1 every tongue Here, **tongue** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “every person” or “every being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
PHP 2 11 mr2i figs-metaphor εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 to the glory of God the Father Here the word **to** expresses result: “with the result that they will praise God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 12 jnp3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the Philippian believers and shows them how to live the Christian life before others and reminds them of his example.
|
||||
|
|
@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ PHP 3 4 upw5 figs-hypo ἐγὼ ἔχων πεποίθησιν καὶ ἐν σ
|
|||
PHP 3 4 u4f1 figs-rpronouns ἐγὼ 1 I myself Paul uses **myself** for emphasis. Alternate translation: “certainly I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
PHP 3 5 yq98 περιτομῇ 1 circumcision “I received circumcision” or “a priest circumcised me”
|
||||
PHP 3 5 am85 ὀκταήμερος 1 on the eighth day “seven days after I was born”
|
||||
PHP 3 5 p4ik Ἑβραῖος ἐξ Ἑβραίων 1 a Hebrew of Hebrews Possible meanings are (1) “a Hebrew son with Hebrew parents” or (2) “the purest Hebrew.”
|
||||
PHP 3 5 p4ik Ἑβραῖος ἐξ Ἑβραίων 1 a Hebrew of Hebrews This could mean: (1) “a Hebrew son with Hebrew parents” or (2) “the purest Hebrew.”
|
||||
PHP 3 5 we4t κατὰ νόμον Φαρισαῖος 1 according to the law, a Pharisee The Pharisees were committed to obeying all of the law. Being a Pharisee showed that Paul was committed to obeying all of the law. Alternate translation: “as a Pharisee, I was committed to obeying all of the law”
|
||||
PHP 3 6 ksr3 κατὰ ζῆλος διώκων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 according to zeal, persecuting the church Paul’s zeal was his enthusiasm for honoring God. He believed that by persecuting the church he proved how zealous he was for God. Alternate translation: “having so much zeal for God that I persecuted the church” or “wanting so much to honor God, I persecuted the church”
|
||||
PHP 3 6 n51b διώκων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 persecuting the church “attacking Christians”
|
||||
|
|
@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ PHP 3 9 g9a9 μὴ ἔχων ἐμὴν δικαιοσύνην, τὴν ἐκ
|
|||
PHP 3 9 qw6g ἀλλὰ τὴν διὰ πίστεως Χριστοῦ 1 but that is through faith in Christ The word **that** refers to righteousness. Paul knows that he can become righteous only by believing in Christ. Alternate translation: “but having the righteousness that comes by believing in Christ”
|
||||
PHP 3 10 vj4s τὴν δύναμιν τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ 1 the power of his resurrection “his power that gives us life”
|
||||
PHP 3 10 xm68 κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 the fellowship of his sufferings “what it is like to suffer as he suffered” or “what it is like to participate in suffering with him”
|
||||
PHP 3 10 xw42 figs-metonymy συμμορφιζόμενος τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτοῦ 1 being conformed to his death Possible meanings are (1) Paul wants to be like Christ by dying as Christ died or (2) Paul wants his desire to sin to become as dead as Jesus was before he was raised. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 10 xw42 figs-metonymy συμμορφιζόμενος τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτοῦ 1 being conformed to his death This could mean: (1) Paul wants to be like Christ by dying as Christ died or (2) Paul wants his desire to sin to become as dead as Jesus was before he was raised. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 11 l4rm εἴ πως καταντήσω εἰς τὴν ἐξανάστασιν τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 if somehow I might attain to the resurrection that is from the dead The word **somehow** means Paul does not know what is going to happen to him in this life, but whatever happens, it will result in eternal life. Alternate translation: “so that, no matter what happens to me now, I will come back to life after I die”
|
||||
PHP 3 12 xk5q 0 Connecting Statement: Paul urges the believers at Philippi to follow his present example because of heaven and the new bodies that wait for believers. He speaks of how he works as hard as he can to be like Christ, knowing that God will allow him to live forever in heaven, as if he were a runner racing for the finish line.
|
||||
PHP 3 12 ms3v ἤδη ἔλαβον 1 I have already received it These include knowing Christ, knowing the power of his resurrection, sharing in Christ’s suffering, and being united with Christ in his death and resurrection ([Philippians 3:8-11](./08.md)).
|
||||
|
|
@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ PHP 3 19 hn9i figs-metaphor ὧν ὁ Θεὸς ἡ κοιλία 1 whose god is
|
|||
PHP 3 19 u9cl figs-metonymy ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν 1 their glory is in their shame Here, **shame** stands for the actions that the people should be ashamed about but are not. Alternate translation: “they are proud of the things that should cause them shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 sv5z figs-metonymy οἱ τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονοῦντες 1 who are thinking about earthly things Here, **earthly** refers to everything that gives physical pleasure and does not honor God. Alternate translation: “All they think about is what will please themselves rather than what will please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 20 q1cc figs-exclusive 0 General Information: By Paul’s use of “our” and “we” here, he includes himself and the believers in Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
PHP 3 20 n2lh ἡμῶν…τὸ πολίτευμα ἐν οὐρανοῖς ὑπάρχει 1 our citizenship is in heaven Possible meanings are (1) “we are citizens of heaven” or (2) “our homeland is heaven” or (3) “our true home is heaven.”
|
||||
PHP 3 20 n2lh ἡμῶν…τὸ πολίτευμα ἐν οὐρανοῖς ὑπάρχει 1 our citizenship is in heaven This could mean: (1) “we are citizens of heaven” or (2) “our homeland is heaven” or (3) “our true home is heaven.”
|
||||
PHP 3 21 eye2 ὃς μετασχηματίσει τὸ σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως ἡμῶν 1 who will transform our lowly body “who will change our weak, earthly body”
|
||||
PHP 3 21 b2bc σύμμορφον τῷ σώματι τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 to confirmity to his glorious body “into a body like his glorious body”
|
||||
PHP 3 21 qz6p figs-activepassive τῷ σώματι…κατὰ τὴν ἐνέργειαν τοῦ δύνασθαι αὐτὸν, καὶ ὑποτάξαι αὑτῷ τὰ πάντα 1 to … body, according to the working of his power even to subject all things to himself This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to … body. He will change our bodies with the same power he uses to control all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ PHP 4 3 hdz7 figs-metaphor γνήσιε σύνζυγε 1 true companion This met
|
|||
PHP 4 3 cm3u translate-names μετὰ καὶ Κλήμεντος 1 with also Clement **Clement** was a man who was a believer and worker in the church at Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHP 4 3 s9h9 ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς 1 whose names are in the Book of Life “whose names God has written in the Book of Life”
|
||||
PHP 4 4 elt7 χαίρετε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 Rejoice in the Lord “be happy because of all the Lord has done.” See how you translated this in [Philippians 3:1](../03/01.md).
|
||||
PHP 4 5 snk5 ὁ Κύριος ἐγγύς 1 The Lord is near Possible meanings are (1) The Lord Jesus is near to the believers in spirit or (2) the day the Lord Jesus will return to the earth is near.
|
||||
PHP 4 5 snk5 ὁ Κύριος ἐγγύς 1 The Lord is near This could mean: (1) The Lord Jesus is near to the believers in spirit or (2) the day the Lord Jesus will return to the earth is near.
|
||||
PHP 4 6 h63g ἐν παντὶ, τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει μετὰ εὐχαριστίας, τὰ αἰτήματα ὑμῶν γνωριζέσθω πρὸς τὸν Θεόν 1 in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God “whatever happens to you, ask God for everything you need with prayer and thanks”
|
||||
PHP 4 7 u1sz ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the peace of God “the peace that God gives”
|
||||
PHP 4 7 zr4x ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν 1 which surpasses all understanding “which is more than we can understand”
|
||||
|
|
@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ PHP 4 15 dyf8 figs-doublenegatives οὐδεμία μοι ἐκκλησία ἐ
|
|||
PHP 4 17 e9g9 οὐχ ὅτι ἐπιζητῶ τὸ δόμα 1 Not that I seek the gift Paul is explaining that his reason for writing about gifts is not that he hopes that they will give him more gifts. Alternate Translation: “My reason for writing this is not that I want you to give me more”
|
||||
PHP 4 17 bh3t figs-metaphor ἐπιζητῶ τὸν καρπὸν τὸν πλεονάζοντα εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν 1 I seek the fruit that increases to your account Paul explains his reason for writing about gifts. Here, **fruit that increases to your account** is a metaphor for either (1) more good deeds that can be recorded for the Philippians. Alternate translation: “Rather I want God to recognize the increasing good deeds that you do” or (2) more blessings for the good things that the Philippians do. Alternate translation: “Rather I want God to bless you more because of the good deeds that you do”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 4 18 p6y1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes thanking the Philippians for their gift (see [Philippians 3:11](../03/11.md)) and assures them that God will take care of them.
|
||||
PHP 4 18 fs44 ἀπέχω…πάντα 1 I have everything in full Possible meanings are (1) Paul has received **everything** that the Philippians sent or (2) Paul is using humor to continue the business metaphor from [Philippians 3:8](../03/08.md) and saying that this part of the letter is a receipt for commercial goods that Epaphroditus delivered.
|
||||
PHP 4 18 fs44 ἀπέχω…πάντα 1 I have everything in full This could mean: (1) Paul has received **everything** that the Philippians sent or (2) Paul is using humor to continue the business metaphor from [Philippians 3:8](../03/08.md) and saying that this part of the letter is a receipt for commercial goods that Epaphroditus delivered.
|
||||
PHP 4 18 en6t figs-explicit περισσεύω 1 I abound Paul means that he has plenty of the things that he needs for himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 4 18 s68v figs-metaphor ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας, θυσίαν δεκτήν, εὐάρεστον τῷ Θεῷ 1 an aroma, a sweet smell, an acceptable, pleasing sacrifice to God Paul speaks of the gift from the Philippian church as if it were a **sacrifice** offered to **God** on an altar. Paul implies that the church’s gift is very **pleasing** to God, like the sacrifices that the priests burned, which had a **smell** that pleased God. Alternate translation: “I assure you these gifts are very pleasing to God, like an acceptable sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 4 19 r96p figs-idiom πληρώσει πᾶσαν χρείαν ὑμῶν 1 will fulfill all your needs The word for **will fulfill** is the same word translated as “have been fulfilled” in verse 18. This phrase is an idiom meaning “will provide everything you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ COL 1 1 fny3 ἀπόστολος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ διὰ θελή
|
|||
COL 1 3 q1su figs-exclusive εὐχαριστοῦμεν…τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 We give thanks … of our Lord These words do not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 4 z6eb τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 your faith in Christ Jesus “your belief in Christ Jesus”
|
||||
COL 1 5 n1qz figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν ἐλπίδα τὴν ἀποκειμένην ὑμῖν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 because of the hope that is reserved for you in the heavens Here, **hope** stands for what the believer can confidently expect, that is, the things that God has promised to do for all believers. These things are spoken of as if they were physical objects that God was keeping in the **heavens** for the believers to possess later. Alternate translation: “because you are certain that God, who is in heaven, will do the many good things that he has promised you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 1 5 xn8s τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας, τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 the word of truth, the gospel Possible meanings are (1) “the message about the truth, the gospel” or (2) “the true message, the gospel.”
|
||||
COL 1 5 xn8s τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας, τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 the word of truth, the gospel This could mean: (1) “the message about the truth, the gospel” or (2) “the true message, the gospel.”
|
||||
COL 1 6 wk21 figs-metaphor ἐστὶν καρποφορούμενον καὶ αὐξανόμενον 1 it is … bearing fruit and is growing Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “it is … having good results, more and more” or “this gospel is … having increasing results” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 6 z3g5 figs-hyperbole ἐν παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in all the world This is a generalization referring to the part of the **world** that they knew about. Alternate translation: “throughout the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
COL 1 6 ait7 τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 the grace of God in truth “the true grace of God”
|
||||
|
|
@ -146,11 +146,11 @@ COL 2 23 e7p5 ἐστιν…οὐκ ἐν τιμῇ τινι πρὸς πλησ
|
|||
COL 3 intro qtl2 0 # Colossians 03 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The second part of this chapter parallels Ephesians 5 and 6.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Old and new self<br><br>The old and new self mean the same as the old and new man. The term “old man” probably refers to the sinful nature with which a person is born. The “new man” is the new nature or new life that God gives a person after they come to believe in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Character<br>Many of the things Paul encourages his readers to pursue or avoid are not actions but character qualities. Because of this, they may be difficult to translate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br><br>### “The things above”<br><br>Where God dwells is often pictured as being located “above.” Paul says to “seek the things above” and to “think about the things above.” He is implying Christians should seek and think about heavenly and godly things.
|
||||
COL 3 1 ya97 0 Connecting Statement: Paul warns the believers that because they are one with Christ, they ought not do certain things.
|
||||
COL 3 1 r5yh figs-idiom εἰ οὖν 1 If, therefore This is an idiom that means “Because.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 3 1 t1jv figs-idiom συνηγέρθητε τῷ Χριστῷ 1 you have been raised with Christ Here to be **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Possible meanings are (1) because God has caused Christ to come alive again, God has already given the believers in Colossae new spiritual life. Alternate translation: “God has given you new life because you belong to Christ” or (2) because God has caused Christ to come alive again, the believers in Colossae can know that after they die they will live with Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 3 1 t1jv figs-idiom συνηγέρθητε τῷ Χριστῷ 1 you have been raised with Christ Here to be **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This could mean: (1) because God has caused Christ to come alive again, God has already given the believers in Colossae new spiritual life. Alternate translation: “God has given you new life because you belong to Christ” or (2) because God has caused Christ to come alive again, the believers in Colossae can know that after they die they will live with Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 3 1 qmzv figs-pastforfuture συνηγέρθητε τῷ Χριστῷ 1 you have been raised with Christ Because the believers in Colossae can know that after they die they will live with Christ, Paul can speak of the believers living again as if it has already happened. Alternate translation: “you can be sure that God will give you life as he has caused Christ to come alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
COL 3 1 p3fw τὰ ἄνω 1 the things above “the things in heaven”
|
||||
COL 3 3 l9yk figs-metaphor ἀπεθάνετε γάρ 1 For you died As Christ actually died, so God counts the Colossian believers as having **died** with Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 3 gkz6 figs-metaphor ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται σὺν τῷ Χριστῷ ἐν τῷ Θεῷ 1 your life has been hidden with Christ in God Paul speaks of people’s lives as if they were objects that can be hidden in containers and speaks of God as if he were a container. Alternate translation: Possible meanings are (1) “it is as though God has taken your life and concealed it with Christ in God’s presence” or (2) “only God knows what your true life really is, and he will reveal it when he reveals Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 3 gkz6 figs-metaphor ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται σὺν τῷ Χριστῷ ἐν τῷ Θεῷ 1 your life has been hidden with Christ in God Paul speaks of people’s lives as if they were objects that can be hidden in containers and speaks of God as if he were a container. Alternate translation: This could mean: (1) “it is as though God has taken your life and concealed it with Christ in God’s presence” or (2) “only God knows what your true life really is, and he will reveal it when he reveals Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 3 xetc figs-activepassive ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται σὺν τῷ Χριστῷ ἐν τῷ Θεῷ 1 your life has been hidden with Christ in God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has taken your life and concealed it with Christ in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 3 4 n4nj figs-metonymy ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν 1 your life Christ is the one who gives spiritual **life** to the believer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 5 p9w9 ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 uncleanness impure behavior
|
||||
|
|
@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ COL 3 5 e65k πάθος 1 passion strong, lustful desire
|
|||
COL 3 5 h5v4 τὴν πλεονεξίαν, ἥτις ἐστὶν εἰδωλολατρία 1 envy, which is idolatry “covetousness, which is the same thing as idolatry” or “do not desire what other people have because that is the same as worshiping idols”
|
||||
COL 3 6 s9lm ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the wrath of God God’s anger against those who do evil as shown by what he does to punish them.
|
||||
COL 3 7 p4q8 figs-metaphor ἐν οἷς καὶ ὑμεῖς περιεπατήσατέ ποτε 1 In these things you also formerly walked Paul speaks of the way a person behaves as if it were a road or path a person walks on. Alternate translation: “These are the things you used to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 7 s824 figs-metaphor ὅτε ἐζῆτε ἐν τούτοις 1 when you were living in them Possible meanings are (1) “when you practiced these things” or (2) “when you lived among the people who disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 7 s824 figs-metaphor ὅτε ἐζῆτε ἐν τούτοις 1 when you were living in them This could mean: (1) “when you practiced these things” or (2) “when you lived among the people who disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 8 d3wr κακίαν 1 evil desire “desire to do wicked deeds”
|
||||
COL 3 8 lgz1 βλασφημίαν 1 slander speech used to hurt others
|
||||
COL 3 8 f59z αἰσχρολογίαν 1 and obscene speech words that do not belong in polite conversation
|
||||
|
|
@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ COL 3 13 r8iy ἀνεχόμενοι ἀλλήλων 1 bearing with one another
|
|||
COL 3 13 rts1 χαριζόμενοι ἑαυτοῖς 1 being gracious to each other “treating each other better than they deserve for you to treat them”
|
||||
COL 3 13 p474 figs-abstractnouns πρός…ἔχῃ μομφήν 1 hay have a complaint against The abstract noun **complaint** can be stated as “complain.” Alternate translation: “might have a reason to complain against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 14 x5g8 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην, ὅ ἐστιν σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος 1 put on love, which is the bond of perfection Here, **bond of perfection** is a metaphor for something that causes perfect unity among people. Alternate translation: “love one another because it will unite you perfectly together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 15 hdg5 figs-metonymy ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Χριστοῦ βραβευέτω ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 let the peace of Christ rule in your hearts Paul speaks of the **peace** that **Christ** gives as if it were a ruler. Possible meanings are (1) “Do everything so that you can have peaceful relationships with each other” or (2) “Allow God to give you peace in your heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 15 hdg5 figs-metonymy ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Χριστοῦ βραβευέτω ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 let the peace of Christ rule in your hearts Paul speaks of the **peace** that **Christ** gives as if it were a ruler. This could mean: (1) “Do everything so that you can have peaceful relationships with each other” or (2) “Allow God to give you peace in your heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 15 i9hg figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a people’s minds or inner being. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “inside of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 w9dv figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐνοικείτω ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Let the word of Christ dwell in you Paul speaks of the **word of Christ** as if it were a person capable of living inside other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 g0h5 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐνοικείτω ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Let the word of Christ dwell in you Here the **word of Christ** here is a metonym for the teachings of Christ. Alternate translation: “Be obedient to the instructions of Christ” or “Always trust Christ’s promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ COL 3 16 ubi5 ψαλμοῖς, ὕμνοις, ᾠδαῖς πνευματικα
|
|||
COL 3 16 cnj1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ χάριτι, ᾄδοντες ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 singing with thankfulness in your hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for people’s minds or inner being. Alternate translation: “singing with thankfulness in your minds” or “singing and being thankful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 17 g8p8 ἐν λόγῳ ἢ ἐν ἔργῳ 1 in word or in deed “in speaking or in acting”
|
||||
COL 3 17 uix9 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 in the name of the Lord Jesus Acting in the **name** of a person here is a metonym for acting to help other people think well of that person. Alternate translation: “to honor the Lord Jesus” or “so that others will know you belong to the Lord Jesus and think well of him” or “as if the Lord Jesus himself were doing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 17 bv84 figs-metaphor δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 through him Possible meanings are (1) because he has done great deeds or (2) because he has made it possible for people to speak to God and so give him thanks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 17 bv84 figs-metaphor δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 through him This could mean: (1) because he has done great deeds or (2) because he has made it possible for people to speak to God and so give him thanks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 18 flu9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul then gives some special instructions to wives, husbands, children, fathers, slaves, and masters.
|
||||
COL 3 18 tt9u αἱ γυναῖκες, ὑποτάσσεσθε τοῖς ἀνδράσιν 1 Wives, submit to your husbands “Wives, obey your own husbands”
|
||||
COL 3 18 b2y3 ἀνῆκεν 1 is fitting “is proper” or “is right”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 1 4 xky4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to give thanks for the believers at Thessalonica and praises them for their faith in God.
|
||||
1TH 1 4 erb6 ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1TH 1 5 ude4 οὐκ…ἐν λόγῳ μόνον 1 not in word only “not only in what we said”
|
||||
1TH 1 5 h675 ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but also in power, and in the Holy Spirit Possible meanings are (1) the **Holy Spirit** gave Paul and his companions the ability to preach the gospel powerfully or (2) the **Holy Spirit** made the preaching of the gospel have a powerful effect among the Thessalonian believers or (3) the **Holy Spirit** demonstrated the truth of the gospel preaching by means of miracles, signs, and wonders.
|
||||
1TH 1 5 h675 ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but also in power, and in the Holy Spirit This could mean: (1) the **Holy Spirit** gave Paul and his companions the ability to preach the gospel powerfully or (2) the **Holy Spirit** made the preaching of the gospel have a powerful effect among the Thessalonian believers or (3) the **Holy Spirit** demonstrated the truth of the gospel preaching by means of miracles, signs, and wonders.
|
||||
1TH 1 5 t1w3 figs-abstractnouns πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ 1 in much assurance The abstract noun **assurance** can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “God made you sure that it was true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 1 5 e889 οἷοι 1 what kind of men “how we conducted ourselves when”
|
||||
1TH 1 6 cs49 ὑμεῖς μιμηταὶ…ἐγενήθητε 1 you became imitators To “imitate” means to act like or to copy the behavior of another.
|
||||
|
|
@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 4 1 p4db figs-metaphor δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 it is necessary for you to walk Here, **walk** is an expression for the way one is to live. Alternate translation: “you ought to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 2 vg16 figs-metaphor διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 through the Lord Jesus Paul speaks of his instructions as if they were given by **Jesus** himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 3 mw4j ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς πορνείας 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality “for you to stay away from sexually immoral acts”
|
||||
1TH 4 4 f4ux εἰδέναι…τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι 1 to know how to possess his own vessel Possible meanings are (1) “know how to live with his own wife” or (2) “know how to control his own body”
|
||||
1TH 4 4 f4ux εἰδέναι…τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι 1 to know how to possess his own vessel This could mean: (1) “know how to live with his own wife” or (2) “know how to control his own body”
|
||||
1TH 4 5 x2t7 ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας 1 in the passion of lust “with wrongful sexual desire”
|
||||
1TH 4 6 a9st figs-doublet ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν 1 transgress and wrong This is a doublet stating the same idea in two ways to reinforce the concept. Alternate translation: “do wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 4 6 q7bf figs-explicit ἔκδικος Κύριος 1 the Lord is an avenger This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish the one who transgressed and will defend the one who was wronged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 1 5 mbe6 figs-metonymy ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 from a pure heart Here, **pure** figuratively indicates that the person wants only good things and does not have mixed motives that also include some bad ones. Alternate translation: “from a desire for only what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TI 1 5 ar8t συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς 1 a good conscience Your translation should make it clear that love is the one goal of the command and is followed by three things that lead to this love. This is the second thing, after “a pure heart.” Alternate translation: “and from a conscience that leads a person to choose right instead of wrong”
|
||||
1TI 1 5 m53g πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου 1 a sincere faith This is the third thing that leads to love, which is the one goal of the command. It is not a third goal of the command. Alternate translations: “and from faith that is genuine” or “and from faith that is without hypocrisy”
|
||||
1TI 1 5 zziu figs-abstractnouns πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου 1 a sincere faith If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could mean (1) trust in God or (2) belief in true teaching about God. Alternate translations: “firmly trusting in God” or “sincerely believing the true message about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 1 5 zziu figs-abstractnouns πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου 1 a sincere faith If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could mean: (1) trust in God or (2) belief in true teaching about God. Alternate translations: “firmly trusting in God” or “sincerely believing the true message about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 1 6 j4z3 figs-metaphor τινες ἀστοχήσαντες 1 some, having missed the mark Paul speaks figuratively of faith in Christ as if it were a target that people should aim at. Paul means that some people are not fulfilling the purpose of their faith, which is to love, as he has just explained. Alternate translation: “some people, who are not fulfilling the purpose of faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 6 se38 figs-metaphor ἐξετράπησαν εἰς 1 have turned away to Here, **turned away** figuratively means these people have stopped doing what God has commanded. Alternate translation: “are no longer doing what God commands. Instead of that, they just engage in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 7 v28u figs-explicit νομοδιδάσκαλοι 1 teachers of the law Here, **law** refers specifically to the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -336,8 +336,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 5 22 pyl8 figs-explicit μηδὲ κοινώνει ἁμαρτίαις ἀλλοτρίαις 1 nor share in the sins of others The implication in context may be that if Timothy appoints a person to leadership before they are ready or without ensuring that their character is exemplary, then Timothy will bear some responsibility for that person’s ultimate failure as a leader, or he will appear to have approved of the person’s sins, once they are uncovered. Alternate translation: “so that you do not become responsible for the moral and leadership failures of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 5 23 xl32 figs-explicit οἴνῳ ὀλίγῳ χρῶ 1 use a little wine Paul is telling Timothy to use wine specifically as medicine. The water in that area was impure and often caused sickness. Alternate translation: “in addition, you should drink some wine from time to time as medicine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 5 24 uk56 figs-gendernotations τινῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 of some men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of some people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1TI 5 24 ug1z figs-personification πρόδηλοί εἰσιν, προάγουσαι εἰς κρίσιν 1 are evident, going ahead into judgment Paul speaks of sins as if they could move on their own ahead of a person to the place where that person will be judged for committing them. There are two possibilities for this place of **judgment**: (1) This refers to the judgment when the sinner stands before God on the last day. Alternate translation: “are so obvious that everyone knows they are guilty long before God declares them guilty” or (2) This refers to judgment before the church. Alternate translation: “are clear to everyone, even before the church leaders confront them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1TI 5 24 i1c6 figs-personification τισὶν δὲ καὶ ἐπακολουθοῦσιν 1 but they also follow after some Paul speaks once again of sins as if they could move on their own. As in the previous clause, Paul may be referring to either (1) judgment by God, Alternate translation: “but the sins of other people do not become evident until God judges them” or (2) judgment by the church. Alternate translation: “but the sins of some people remain hidden for a long time” This latter alternative also allows the possibility that Paul is referring to judgment by God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1TI 5 24 ug1z figs-personification πρόδηλοί εἰσιν, προάγουσαι εἰς κρίσιν 1 are evident, going ahead into judgment Paul speaks of sins as if they could move on their own ahead of a person to the place where that person will be judged for committing them. Here, **judgment** could mean: (1) the judgment when the sinner stands before God on the last day. Alternate translation: “are so obvious that everyone knows they are guilty long before God declares them guilty” or (2) judgment before the church. Alternate translation: “are clear to everyone, even before the church leaders confront them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1TI 5 24 i1c6 figs-personification τισὶν δὲ καὶ ἐπακολουθοῦσιν 1 but they also follow after some Paul speaks once again of sins as if they could move on their own. As in the previous clause, this could mean: (1) judgment by God, Alternate translation: “but the sins of other people do not become evident until God judges them” or (2) judgment by the church. Alternate translation: “but the sins of some people remain hidden for a long time” This latter alternative also allows the possibility that Paul is referring to judgment by God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1TI 5 25 pd8v figs-explicit καὶ τὰ ἔργα τὰ καλὰ πρόδηλα 1 good works are also evident Implicitly, here Paul does not mean all good works, since in the rest of the sentence he speaks of some good works that are not evident. Alternate translation: “most good works are also obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 5 25 qlu5 figs-explicit τὰ ἔργα τὰ καλὰ 1 good works The implication is that these works are considered **good** because they are consistent with God’s character, purposes, and will. Alternate translation: “actions that God approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 5 25 bl51 figs-metaphor καὶ τὰ ἄλλως ἔχοντα, κρυβῆναι οὐ δύναταί 1 and the ones having otherwise are not able to be hidden Paul speaks of good works as if they were objects that someone could hide. Alternate translation: “and people will find out later about even those good deeds that are not obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -4,14 +4,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 1 1 p001 translate-names Παῦλος 1 Paul This is the name of a man, the author of the letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 1 1 ha4l Παῦλος 1 Paul This letter follows the normal custom of the time by beginning with the name and identity of the author, then mentioning the recipient (in verse 2). Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. If so, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am writing this letter”
|
||||
2TI 1 1 vl2g διὰ θελήματος Θεοῦ 1 through the will of God Paul became an apostle because God wanted him to be an apostle. Alternate translation: “because of God’s will” or “because God wanted it to be so”
|
||||
2TI 1 1 e1lg κατ’ 1 according to This could mean one of two things. (1) God appointed Paul to tell others about the promise of life in Jesus. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of announcing” (2) Paul became an apostle because he himself received the promise of life in Jesus. Alternate translation: “as a result of receiving”
|
||||
2TI 1 1 e1lg κατ’ 1 according to This could mean: (1) God appointed Paul to tell others about the promise of life in Jesus. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of announcing” (2) Paul became an apostle because he himself received the promise of life in Jesus. Alternate translation: “as a result of receiving”
|
||||
2TI 1 1 m9kv figs-metaphor ζωῆς τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 of life that is in Christ Jesus Paul speaks of **life** as if it were an object inside of Jesus. This refers to the life people receive as a result of belonging to Christ Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the life that we receive as a result of belonging to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 1 2 p002 translate-names Τιμοθέῳ 1 to Timothy This is the name of a man, the person to whom this letter is written. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 1 2 rp5u Τιμοθέῳ 1 to Timothy Your language may have a particular way of introducing the person who receives a letter. If so, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “This letter is for you, Timothy”
|
||||
2TI 1 2 ey7g figs-metaphor ἀγαπητῷ τέκνῳ 1 my beloved child Paul was not Timothy’s father, but he uses the term **child** to express his love and approval of Timothy. It is also likely that Paul introduced Timothy to Christ, and so Paul considered him his child in a spiritual sense. Alternate translation: “who is like a beloved son to me” or “you are like a dear child to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 1 2 w43q translate-blessing χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ 1 Grace, mercy, and peace from After stating the name of the author and the person who is receiving it (Timothy), Paul adds a blessing to Timothy. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “may you experience kindness, mercy, and peace within you from” or “I pray that you will have grace, mercy, and peace from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
|
||||
2TI 1 2 p003 figs-abstractnouns χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη 1 Grace, mercy, and peace Paul’s blessing to Timothy includes these three abstract nouns. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you can use them in your translation. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TI 1 2 ub7c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 God the Father This is an important title for God. Paul could be referring to God here as (1) the Father of Christ, or (2) the Father of believers. Alternate translation: “God, who is the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
2TI 1 2 ub7c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 God the Father This is an important title for God. Paul could be referring to God here as: (1) the Father of Christ, or (2) the Father of believers. Alternate translation: “God, who is the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
2TI 1 2 dcr3 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our In this book, unless otherwise noted, the words **we**, **us**, and **our** refer to Paul (the writer of this letter), Timothy (the one to whom this letter is written), and, by extension, all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2TI 1 3 p004 figs-abstractnouns χάριν ἔχω τῷ Θεῷ 1 I have gratitude to God If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **gratitude** with a verb or an adjective. Alternative translation: “I thank God” or “I am thankful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TI 1 3 tvb7 figs-idiom ᾧ λατρεύω ἀπὸ προγόνων 1 whom I serve from my ancestors This is an idiom that means that Paul’s family has been serving God for many generations. Alternate translation: “whom my ancestors served and I serve, as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,15 +35,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 1 6 p010 figs-metaphor τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν μου 1 the gift of God that is in you through the laying on of my hands Paul speaks of **the gift** as an object inside of Timothy. If the words **that is in you** do not clearly communicate in your language that Timothy received the gift, you could translate it with a verb that expressing the idea of giving or receiving. Alternative translation: “the gift of God that you received when I laid my hands on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 1 6 s6vb figs-explicit τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν μου 1 the gift of God that is in you through the laying on of my hands It is implied that this is a spiritual gift that enables Timothy to do the work of ministry that God has called him to do, and that Paul also prayed for Timothy as he laid his hands on him. If these things are not clear, you may want to include this information in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 1 7 u8vl grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Here, **For** indicates that this verse provides another reason for Paul’s instruction in the previous verse that Timothy should use his spiritual gift. If it would be clearer in your language, you can replace **For** with this information here. Alternate translation: “Another reason why I want you to start using again the gift God that gave you is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2TI 1 7 h1z3 οὐ…ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα δειλίας, ἀλλὰ δυνάμεως, καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 1 God did not give us a spirit of fear, but of power, and of love, and of discipline This could mean one of two things. (1) **spirit** could refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “God’s Holy Spirit does not cause us to be afraid. He causes us to have power and love and discipline” (2) **spirit** could refer to the character of a human being. Alternate translation: “God does not cause us to be afraid but to have power and love and discipline”
|
||||
2TI 1 7 h1z3 οὐ…ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα δειλίας, ἀλλὰ δυνάμεως, καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 1 God did not give us a spirit of fear, but of power, and of love, and of discipline This could mean: (1) **spirit** could refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “God’s Holy Spirit does not cause us to be afraid. He causes us to have power and love and discipline” (2) **spirit** could refer to the character of a human being. Alternate translation: “God does not cause us to be afraid but to have power and love and discipline”
|
||||
2TI 1 7 p011 figs-abstractnouns δυνάμεως, καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 1 of power, and of love, and of discipline Paul uses abstract nouns to refer to three things that Timothy should be able to do. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you can use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “one that makes us able to obey, to love, and to control ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TI 1 7 k6g7 σωφρονισμοῦ 1 of discipline The word **discipline** could mean one of two things. (1) **discipline** could refer to self-control. Alternate translation: “of the ability to control ourselves” (2) **discipline** could refer to the power to correct or even to control others. Alternate translation: “of the ability to correct others”
|
||||
2TI 1 7 k6g7 σωφρονισμοῦ 1 of discipline The word **discipline** could mean: (1) **discipline** could refer to self-control. Alternate translation: “of the ability to control ourselves” (2) **discipline** could refer to the power to correct or even to control others. Alternate translation: “of the ability to correct others”
|
||||
2TI 1 8 fk9z figs-metonymy τὸ μαρτύριον 1 the testimony Paul may be using the word **testimony** to refer to the activity of telling others about the Lord and not to the message itself. Alternative translation: “of testifying” or “of telling others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 1 8 blk9 τὸν δέσμιον αὐτοῦ 1 his prisoner Paul is not being held **prisoner** by the Lord. He is a prisoner because he has testified about the Lord. Alternative translation: “a prisoner for his sake” or “a prisoner for the Lord”
|
||||
2TI 1 8 ry82 συνκακοπάθησον τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 suffer together for the gospel The term **together** could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean for Timothy to suffer together with Paul. (2) It could mean for Timothy to suffer together with all Christians who suffer.
|
||||
2TI 1 8 ry82 συνκακοπάθησον τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 suffer together for the gospel The term **together** could mean: (1) It could mean for Timothy to suffer together with Paul. (2) It could mean for Timothy to suffer together with all Christians who suffer.
|
||||
2TI 1 8 xa86 συνκακοπάθησον τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 suffer together for the gospel Here, **for the gospel** means “for the sake of telling other people the good news about Jesus.” Alternative translation: “along with me, accept the suffering that results from telling other people the good news about Jesus”
|
||||
2TI 1 8 hi9a τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ, κατὰ δύναμιν Θεοῦ 1 for the gospel, according to the power of God Paul is reminding Timothy that God provides people with **power** when they suffer so that they can endure the suffering. Alternate translation: “for the gospel, allowing God to make you strong”
|
||||
2TI 1 9 ld55 figs-metonymy καλέσαντος κλήσει ἁγίᾳ 1 called us with a holy calling Paul uses the expression **with a holy calling** to mean one of two possibilities. (1) This describes what results from the calling. The call produces holy people or people set apart for God. Alternate translation: “called us with a calling that sets us apart as holy to God” or (2) This describes the source of the calling, which is God, who is holy. Alternate translation: “called us by means of his own holy calling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 1 9 ld55 figs-metonymy καλέσαντος κλήσει ἁγίᾳ 1 called us with a holy calling Here, **with a holy calling** could mean: (1) what results from the calling. The call produces holy people or people set apart for God. Alternate translation: “called us with a calling that sets us apart as holy to God” or (2) the source of the calling, which is God, who is holy. Alternate translation: “called us by means of his own holy calling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 1 9 lmas οὐ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα ἡμῶν 1 not according to our works It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. If you do start a new sentence, for clarity you may wish to repeat some words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “He did not save us and call us because of our works”
|
||||
2TI 1 9 kyr5 figs-hendiadys ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἰδίαν πρόθεσιν καὶ χάριν 1 but according to his own purpose and grace Here the words **purpose and grace** work together to mean “gracious purpose.” Paul is saying that God’s purpose or plan for us includes showing us grace or kindness through Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “but because of his gracious purpose” or “but because he planned to show us kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2TI 1 9 p012 figs-activepassive καὶ χάριν, τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 and grace, which was given to us in Christ Jesus If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “and grace, which God gave to us in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -59,18 +59,18 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 1 12 j37g δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν 1 for which reason Paul provides the **reason** for his suffering by referring back to his status as an apostle. Alternate translation: “because I am an apostle”
|
||||
2TI 1 12 y8l4 figs-explicit καὶ ταῦτα πάσχω 1 I also suffer also these things Paul does not mention the specific **things** that he is **suffering**, but from the context of the letter, the implication is that he is referring to suffering as a prisoner. Alternate translation: “I also suffer as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 1 12 td39 πέπεισμαι 1 I am certain Paul expresses that he is certain that God will make everything right in the end. Alternate translation: “I am sure”
|
||||
2TI 1 12 p6pi figs-metaphor τὴν παραθήκην μου φυλάξαι 1 to guard my deposit Paul is using a metaphor of a person leaving something with another person who is supposed to protect it until he gives it back to the first person. The two people involved are Jesus and Paul, but it is not clear which one is holding the **deposit**. So this could mean one of two things. (1) Paul is trusting Jesus to keep something safe that Paul has entrusted to Jesus. This could be Paul’s own life, or, more specifically, that Paul would remain faithful to Jesus all of his life. Alternate translation: “to keep me faithful to him” (2) Paul is trusting Jesus to preserve the good news that Jesus has deposited with Paul for Paul to preach. Alternate translation: “to help me keep preaching his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 1 12 hhu5 figs-possession τὴν παραθήκην μου 1 my deposit The term **my** here conveys the idea that this **deposit** is associated with Paul in some way. The particular association depends on what we consider the deposit to be. There are two possibilities. (1) the deposit is associated with Paul because it is Paul’s own life or Paul’s faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “my faithfulness to him” or (2) the deposit is associated with Paul because it is the gospel message that Paul preaches. Alternate translation: “the gospel message that he has entrusted to me to preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2TI 1 12 p6pi figs-metaphor τὴν παραθήκην μου φυλάξαι 1 to guard my deposit Paul is using a metaphor of a person leaving something with another person who is supposed to protect it until he gives it back to the first person. The two people involved are Jesus and Paul, but it is not clear which one is holding the **deposit**. This could mean: (1) Paul is trusting Jesus to keep something safe that Paul has entrusted to Jesus. This could be Paul’s own life, or, more specifically, that Paul would remain faithful to Jesus all of his life. Alternate translation: “to keep me faithful to him” or (2) Paul is trusting Jesus to preserve the good news that Jesus has deposited with Paul for Paul to preach. Alternate translation: “to help me keep preaching his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 1 12 hhu5 figs-possession τὴν παραθήκην μου 1 my deposit The term **my** here conveys the idea that this **deposit** is associated with Paul in some way. The particular association depends on what we consider the deposit to be. This could mean: (1) the deposit is associated with Paul because it is Paul’s own life or Paul’s faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “my faithfulness to him” or (2) the deposit is associated with Paul because it is the gospel message that Paul preaches. Alternate translation: “the gospel message that he has entrusted to me to preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2TI 1 12 qcu3 figs-explicit ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 that day This refers to the **day** when Jesus returns for judgment. Alternate translation: “the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 1 13 h1qd figs-metonymy ὑγιαινόντων λόγων 1 of the healthy words Paul wants Timothy to teach the things that he taught and thereby to follow his example. The expression **the healthy words** figuratively means “the correct message” by association, since a healthy mind would recognize that the correct message was reasonable. Alternate translation: “the correct message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 1 13 p016 figs-metonymy λόγων 1 of … words Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the expression in words of what Christians believe. Alternate translation: “of … message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 1 13 p017 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus Paul uses two abstract nouns, **faith** and **love**, to refer to actions that Timothy should do. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you can use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving others because you belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TI 1 13 b2ld ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus Here, **love** could mean one of two things (or both). (1) The love that Timothy should show others. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving others because you belong to him” (2) The love that Timothy should show to God. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving him”
|
||||
2TI 1 13 b2ld ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus Here, **love** could mean: (1) the love that Timothy should show others. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving others because you belong to him” or (2) the love that Timothy should show to God. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving him”
|
||||
2TI 1 13 ix6w figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus Paul speaks figuratively of **faith and love** as if they were objects inside of **Christ Jesus**. This refers to the faith and love that Jesus enables us to have when we belong to him. See how you translated this in 1:9. Alternate translation: “ours through our relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 1 14 i5g5 figs-explicit τὴν καλὴν παραθήκην 1 the good deposit Here, **the good deposit** refers to the gospel message that God has entrusted to Timothy to share with his people. Alternate translation: “the good message entrusted to you for God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 1 14 cb5q figs-explicit τὴν καλὴν παραθήκην φύλαξον 1 Guard the good deposit Timothy needs to be alert to protect the gospel message because people will oppose him and try to distort what he says and teaches, turning it into a different message. Alternate translation: “Protect the good deposit against those who will try to distort it” or “Because people will try to distort the gospel message, guard it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 1 14 a3v2 διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 through the Holy Spirit Here, **through** means “by means of” or “by the power of.” Alternate translation: “by means of the Holy Spirit” or “with the help of the Holy Spirit”
|
||||
2TI 1 15 p018 figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ 1 all who are in Asia The word **all** could mean one of two things. (1) Paul could have used the word **all** to mean “many, but not all” in the strict sense, since Timothy and Onesiphorus did not turn away from him. So this would be an example of hyperbole. (2) Paul could have used the word **all** to refer to the men who came to Rome with him from Asia Minor. Alternate translation: “all who came with me from Asia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TI 1 15 p018 figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ 1 all who are in Asia The word **all** could mean: (1) Paul could have used the word **all** to mean “many, but not all” in the strict sense, since Timothy and Onesiphorus did not turn away from him. So this would be an example of hyperbole. (2) Paul could have used the word **all** to refer to the men who came to Rome with him from Asia Minor. Alternate translation: “all who came with me from Asia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TI 1 15 p019 translate-names Ἀσίᾳ 1 Asia This is the name of a Roman province, Asia Minor, which had its capital at Ephesus, which is where Timothy was living at the time of this letter. It is now a region in modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 1 15 p6f4 figs-metaphor ἀπεστράφησάν με 1 turned away from me This is a metaphor that means they left Paul and stopped helping him. Alternate translation: “have deserted me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 1 15 p020 figs-explicit ἀπεστράφησάν με 1 turned away from me Paul assumes that Timothy would know that the reason that the believers from Asia had abandoned him was because the authorities had put him in prison. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “have deserted me because I am in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 2 2 ig9v figs-explicit διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων 1 along with many witnesses Paul is referring to teaching in a public setting with others present. The implication is that those others could testify as to what he taught. Alternate translation: “in the presence of people who can testify to what I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 2 2 kv1m figs-metaphor ταῦτα παράθου πιστοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 entrust these things to faithful men Paul speaks of his instructions to Timothy as if they were objects that Timothy could give to other people and trust them to use correctly. Alternate translation: “commit them” or “teach them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 2 p027 figs-gendernotations πιστοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 to faithful men Here the term **men** has a generic sense that may include women. Alternate translation: “to faithful people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TI 2 3 yc1j figs-explicit συνκακοπάθησον 1 Suffer together The term **together** could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean for Timothy to suffer together with Paul. Alternate translation: “Suffer together with me” (2) It could mean for Timothy to suffer together with all Christians who suffer. Alternate translation: “Suffer together with all believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 2 3 yc1j figs-explicit συνκακοπάθησον 1 Suffer together The term **together** could mean: (1) It could mean for Timothy to suffer together with Paul. Alternate translation: “Suffer together with me” (2) It could mean for Timothy to suffer together with all Christians who suffer. Alternate translation: “Suffer together with all believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 2 3 juu2 figs-metaphor ὡς καλὸς στρατιώτης Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 as a good soldier of Jesus Christ Paul compares suffering for Christ Jesus to the suffering that a good soldier endures. Alternate translation: “as if you were a soldier and Jesus Christ were your commander” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 4 a4x7 figs-metaphor οὐδεὶς στρατευόμενος ἐμπλέκεται ταῖς τοῦ βίου πραγματίαις 1 No one serving as a soldier gets entangled in the affairs of life To help Timothy understand something important about following Jesus, Paul introduces the metaphor of a soldier who has to decide between pleasing his leader or pleasing those outside the army. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this. Alternate translation: “Consider that no dedicated soldier allows the affairs of life to distract him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 4 p7n5 figs-metaphor ἐμπλέκεται ταῖς τοῦ βίου πραγματίαις 1 gets entangled in the affairs of life Paul speaks of being involved in other matters as if they were a net that trapped people and kept them from being able to move freely. Alternate translation: “allows the affairs of life to distract him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -135,8 +135,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 2 11 p044 πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This word is trustworthy You could represent the meaning of the adjective **trustworthy** with an active verb, if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “You can trust this statement”
|
||||
2TI 2 11 p045 figs-quotemarks πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This word is trustworthy Paul uses this phrase to introduce a direct quotation. The words that follow in the rest of this verse and in [2:12](../02/12.md) and [2:13](../02/13.md) are a poem or hymn that expresses the message that Paul says is trustworthy. It may be helpful to your readers if you indicate this by marking these words as a direct quotation or by setting them farther to the right, as the General Notes at the beginning of this chapter suggest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
2TI 2 11 g6e4 writing-poetry εἰ γὰρ συναπεθάνομεν, καὶ συνζήσομεν 1 For if we died with him, we will also live with him This is the beginning of a poem or hymn that Paul is probably quoting. If your language has a way of indicating that this is poetry, such as by setting individual phrases on separate lines, you could use it here and in [2:12](../02/12.md) and [2:13](../02/13.md). If not, you could translate this material as regular prose rather than as poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
|
||||
2TI 2 11 in38 figs-metaphor εἰ…συναπεθάνομεν 1 if we died with him Paul is speaking figuratively since he and Timothy and other believers who should trust this statement have not actually died. This could mean one of two things. (1) Paul could be referring to the way that believers accept Jesus’ death for their sins when they trust him for salvation. This means that they have figuratively “died” to their old life of sin. Alternate translation: “if we have ended our old way of life by accepting Jesus’ death for us” (2) Paul could be referring to the way that people who believe in Jesus may suffer for him, possibly to the point of dying for him. Alternate translation: “if we are prepared to die for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 11 p046 καὶ συνζήσομεν 1 we will also live with him Although Paul is referring to dying with Christ in a figurative sense, **live** is probably not figurative, but refers to one of two things. (1) **live** refers to life after physical death. This seems most likely given Paul’s mention of “eternal glory” in the previous verse and “we will reign with him” in the next. Alternate translation: “then God will raise us from the dead to live with Jesus” (2) **live** refers to how believers will act in this life before physical death. Alternate translation: “we will not pursue our own desires, instead we will do what Jesus wants us to do”
|
||||
2TI 2 11 in38 figs-metaphor εἰ…συναπεθάνομεν 1 if we died with him Paul is speaking figuratively since he and Timothy and other believers who should trust this statement have not actually died. This could mean: (1) Paul could be referring to the way that believers accept Jesus’ death for their sins when they trust him for salvation. This means that they have figuratively “died” to their old life of sin. Alternate translation: “if we have ended our old way of life by accepting Jesus’ death for us” (2) Paul could be referring to the way that people who believe in Jesus may suffer for him, possibly to the point of dying for him. Alternate translation: “if we are prepared to die for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 11 p046 καὶ συνζήσομεν 1 we will also live with him Although Paul is referring to dying with Christ in a figurative sense, **live** is probably not figurative, but could mean: (1) life after physical death. This seems most likely given Paul’s mention of “eternal glory” in the previous verse and “we will reign with him” in the next. Alternate translation: “then God will raise us from the dead to live with Jesus” or (2) how believers will act in this life before physical death. Alternate translation: “we will not pursue our own desires, instead we will do what Jesus wants us to do”
|
||||
2TI 2 12 p048 εἰ ἀρνησόμεθα 1 if we deny him Paul uses the term **deny** to refer to the action of believers saying that they do not know Jesus Christ during this present life. It is presented as the opposite of **endure**, so it refers to someone who gives in to persecution and denies being a follower of Jesus. Alternate translation: “if we say now that we do not know him”
|
||||
2TI 2 12 p049 κἀκεῖνος ἀρνήσεται ἡμᾶς 1 he also will deny us In this second usage of the word **deny**, Paul is referring to the action of Jesus Christ on the day of final judgment. On that day, Jesus will either receive a faithful believer or reject those who are not true followers. Those who deny that they are followers of Jesus while on earth are not true followers. Alternate translation: “he will reject us on the day of judgment”
|
||||
2TI 2 13 ke4w εἰ ἀπιστοῦμεν 1 if we are unfaithful Paul uses the word **unfaithful** to express the condition of believers who do not continue to obey Jesus, but rather disobey him. Alternate translation: “if we disobey Jesus” or “if we do not do what Jesus wants us to do”
|
||||
|
|
@ -145,14 +145,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 2 14 u661 ὑπομίμνῃσκε 1 Remind them The word **them**, which is implicit in the Greek verb, probably refers to the people that Timothy has responsibility over. Alternate translation: “Remind the people there”
|
||||
2TI 2 14 p051 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God Paul uses the expression **before God**, which means “in front of God,” to mean “where God can see.” Seeing, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “as God is watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 14 r5lq figs-explicit ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God The implication is that Paul is telling Timothy to tell the believers, when he gives them this command, that God will be watching what they do. Alternate translation: “with God as their witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 2 14 g6p7 figs-metaphor μὴ λογομαχεῖν 1 not to battle about words Paul uses the term **battle** figuratively to describe arguments. This could mean one of two things. (1) The believers are not to argue about unimportant things such as the words that someone uses to present the gospel message. That only distracts people from talking about important things, such as the gospel message itself. Alternate translation: “not to fight about small things like words” (2) The believers are not to argue about what words mean. Again, this causes disunity among the believers for no good reason. Alternate translation: “not to fight about the meanings of words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 14 g6p7 figs-metaphor μὴ λογομαχεῖν 1 not to battle about words Paul uses the term **battle** figuratively to describe arguments. This could mean: (1) The believers are not to argue about unimportant things such as the words that someone uses to present the gospel message. That only distracts people from talking about important things, such as the gospel message itself. Alternate translation: “not to fight about small things like words” (2) The believers are not to argue about what words mean. Again, this causes disunity among the believers for no good reason. Alternate translation: “not to fight about the meanings of words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 14 rke6 ἐπ’ οὐδὲν χρήσιμον 1 it is useful for nothing Paul adds that battling about words has no benefit for those involved. Alternate translation: “it does not benefit anyone”
|
||||
2TI 2 14 ywty figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων 1 to the destruction of those who hear If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “it destroys those who hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TI 2 14 x7gx figs-metonymy ἐπὶ καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων 1 to the destruction of those who hear Here, **destruction** refers not to physical harm, but to the spiritual harm that is done to believers who hear their teachers foolishly arguing about unimportant things. This teaches the believers that being seen as right about small things is more important than love and unity, and can cause them to have wrong ideas about the faith or to stop following Jesus altogether. Alternate translation: “and can make those who hear it want to stop following Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 2 15 m3vy σπούδασον σεαυτὸν, δόκιμον παραστῆσαι τῷ Θεῷ 1 Strive to present yourself approved to God Alternate translation: “Do your best to please God”
|
||||
2TI 2 15 rj6y figs-metaphor ἐργάτην 1 a worker Paul says figuratively that Timothy will be a skilled workman if he correctly teaches God’s word. Alternate translation: “like a craftsman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 15 xgz9 figs-metaphor ὀρθοτομοῦντα τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας 1 cutting the word of truth straight Paul refers figuratively to **the word of truth** as if it were a path that someone was cutting through difficult terrain. When such a path is **straight**, travelers can follow it directly to their destination. By contrast, the useless discussions that Paul describes in [2:14](../02/14.md) and [2:16](../02/16.md) would be needless detours in terms of this same metaphor. Alternate translation: “show people how to follow the Scriptures directly” or “teach the Scriptures correctly so that people can follow them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 15 p052 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth Paul uses the term **word** figuratively to refer to something that is expressed in words. This could mean one of two things. (1) It could refer to the message that Timothy is to teach. Alternate translation: “the true message” (2) It could refer to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the true things that God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 2 15 p052 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth Paul uses the term **word** figuratively to refer to something that is expressed in words. This could mean: (1) It could refer to the message that Timothy is to teach. Alternate translation: “the true message” (2) It could refer to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the true things that God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 2 15 p053 figs-abstractnouns τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “the true message” or “the true things that God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TI 2 16 e27q figs-metaphor ἐπὶ πλεῖον…προκόψουσιν ἀσεβείας 1 they will advance into greater ungodliness Paul speaks of these discussions figuratively as if they could physically progress in a certain direction, and he speaks of godlessness as that direction. Paul is figuratively describing the effect that these discussions have on people. Alternate translation: “they cause people to become more and more ungodly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 17 i73t figs-simile ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν ὡς γάγγραινα νομὴν ἕξει 1 their word will have a spreading like gangrene This is a simile. It means that something will spread from person to person and harm the faith of all those who hear it. The thing that will spread is either: (1) the habit of having useless and godless discussions, or (2) the things that the people were saying in these empty discussions, or both. Alternate translation: “these empty discussions will spread quickly and cause destruction like an infectious disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -173,10 +173,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 2 20 p061 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ καὶ ξύλινα καὶ ὀστράκινα 1 but also wood and clay Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and there are also containers made of wood and clay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2TI 2 20 j75l σκεύη 1 containers The word **container** is a general term for items used to hold other things, such as grain, food, drink, or refuse. If your language does not have a general word, you can use a specific word such as “bowl” or “pot.”
|
||||
2TI 2 20 mt5e figs-abstractnouns ἃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν, ἃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν 1 both some for honor and some for dishonor If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **honor** and **dishonor** with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “he uses the former at events to honor people and he uses the latter to do things that no one wants to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TI 2 21 jm3p figs-metaphor ἐκκαθάρῃ ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τούτων 1 has cleansed himself from these Here Paul continues the metaphor that compares people in the church to containers in a great house that have different uses. Paul speaks figuratively of a person washing himself clean as though he had been a pot full of something bad. By this he means that the person has given up certain associations or activities. This could mean one of two things. (1) The word **these** could refer to the false teachers who are destroying the faith of some people. Alternate translation: “has disassociated himself from these false teachers” (2) The word **these** could refer to the activities of quarreling and false teaching that Paul has warned Timothy about. Alternate translation: “has stopped doing these ungodly actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 21 jm3p figs-metaphor ἐκκαθάρῃ ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τούτων 1 has cleansed himself from these Here Paul continues the metaphor that compares people in the church to containers in a great house that have different uses. Paul speaks figuratively of a person washing himself clean as though he had been a pot full of something bad. By this he means that the person has given up certain associations or activities. This could mean: (1) The word **these** could refer to the false teachers who are destroying the faith of some people. Alternate translation: “has disassociated himself from these false teachers” (2) The word **these** could refer to the activities of quarreling and false teaching that Paul has warned Timothy about. Alternate translation: “has stopped doing these ungodly actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 21 g79f figs-metaphor ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν 1 he will be a container for honor Paul speaks figuratively of a person who has given up these associations or activities as if he were a particular kind of container. Alternate translation: “he will be like a dish for special occasions” or “he will be like a dish that is used to honor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 21 p062 figs-explicit ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν 1 he will be a container for honor The implication is that God will be able to give important assignments to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be someone to whom God can give important assignments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 2 21 mh63 ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν, ἡγιασμένον εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ, εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον 1 he will be a container for honor, having been sanctified, useful to the Master, having been prepared for every good work These four phrases could relate in one of two ways. (1) The ones beginning with **having been** give the reason for the phrase before them. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor because he has been sanctified, and he will be useful to the Master because he has been prepared for every good work” or (2) All four phrases could simply be describing the person. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor, someone who is sanctified, useful to the Master, and ready for every good work”
|
||||
2TI 2 21 mh63 ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν, ἡγιασμένον εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ, εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον 1 he will be a container for honor, having been sanctified, useful to the Master, having been prepared for every good work These four phrases could mean: (1) The ones beginning with **having been** give the reason for the phrase before them. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor because he has been sanctified, and he will be useful to the Master because he has been prepared for every good work” or (2) All four phrases could simply be describing the person. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor, someone who is sanctified, useful to the Master, and ready for every good work”
|
||||
2TI 2 21 p063 figs-activepassive ἡγιασμένον 1 having been sanctified If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for himself” or “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 2 21 nl5d figs-metaphor ἡγιασμένον 1 having been sanctified If this phrase is continuing the metaphor of objects in a house, then Paul is referring to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities as if he were a precious object whose owner keeps it in a special place. Whether this phrase is continuing the metaphor or not, it still expresses the idea of being “dedicated” for a special purpose. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 21 p064 figs-metaphor εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ 1 useful to the Master In the context of the metaphor of the house, Paul speaks of God figuratively as the head of the household. Alternate translation: “useful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 3 5 xm1c figs-metaphor τούτους ἀποτρέπου 1 turn away from these The expression **turn away** is a metaphor for avoiding someone. Alternate translation: “avoid these people” or “avoid such people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 3 6 gu4b figs-metaphor αἰχμαλωτίζοντες 1 captivating Here Paul uses the term **captivating** figuratively to mean greatly influencing someone by the use of deception. Alternate translation: “manipulating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 3 6 u9m5 γυναικάρια 1 foolish women The term **foolish women** refers to women who are spiritually weak and immature. They allow these men into their homes and listen to them because they are weak, idle, and have many sins. Alternate translation: “women who are spiritually weak”
|
||||
2TI 3 6 e9ex figs-metaphor σεσωρευμένα ἁμαρτίαις 1 who are loaded with sins Paul speaks figuratively of these **sins** as if they were heaped up on the backs of these women. Paul is explaining why these men can easily influence these women. This could mean one of two things. (1) These women sin often or even continually. Alternate translation: “who sin often” (2) These women feel terrible guilt because they sin. Alternate translation: “who feel terrible guilt for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 3 6 e9ex figs-metaphor σεσωρευμένα ἁμαρτίαις 1 who are loaded with sins Paul speaks figuratively of these **sins** as if they were heaped up on the backs of these women. Paul is explaining why these men can easily influence these women. This could mean: (1) These women sin often or even continually. Alternate translation: “who sin often” (2) These women feel terrible guilt because they sin. Alternate translation: “who feel terrible guilt for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 3 6 p079 figs-activepassive σεσωρευμένα ἁμαρτίαις 1 who are loaded with sins If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “who sin often” or “who feel terrible guilt for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 3 6 p080 figs-activepassive ἀγόμενα ἐπιθυμίαις ποικίλαις 1 led away by various desires If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “various desires lead them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 3 6 izz9 figs-personification ἀγόμενα ἐπιθυμίαις ποικίλαις 1 led away by various desires Paul speaks figuratively about these **various desires** as if they could physically lead a person away. He means that the women decide to do evil things in order to satisfy their desires. Alternate translation: “they decide to sin in various ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 3 17 uu7i ἄρτιος 1 proficient Alternative translation: “fully capable”
|
||||
2TI 3 17 p099 figs-activepassive ἐξηρτισμένος 1 equipped If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “and have everything he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 4 intro k2xa 0 # 2 Timothy 04 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Paul gives a solemn charge to Timothy (4:1-8)<br>2. Paul tells Timothy how he is doing (4:9-18)<br>3. Paul sends personal greetings (4:19-22)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “I adjure you”<br><br>With these words Paul challenges Timothy in the most serious way possible to do what he is telling him to do. It is a way of commanding Timothy, not by Paul’s own authority, but by the authority that he then refers to, that of God and Jesus Christ. In other words, Paul is saying that God and Jesus Christ are commanding Timothy through Paul.<br><br>### Crown<br><br>Scripture uses the image of a crown to represent different things. In this chapter, Paul describes Christ as awarding a crown to believers as a metaphor for the reward that Christ will give them for having lived rightly on this earth.
|
||||
2TI 4 1 eh3x διαμαρτύρομαι 1 I adjure you The word translated **adjure** is used to place someone under a serious and binding obligation. Think about the words that you use to do this in your language. Here it can mean either (1) to place someone under an oath to do something. Alternate translation: “I place you under an oath” or “I hereby obligate you” or (2) to solemnly command someone with great authority. Alternate translation: “I solemnly urge you”
|
||||
2TI 4 1 eh3x διαμαρτύρομαι 1 I adjure you The word translated **adjure** is used to place someone under a serious and binding obligation. Think about the words that you use to do this in your language. This could mean: (1) to place someone under an oath to do something. Alternate translation: “I place you under an oath” or “I hereby obligate you” or (2) to solemnly command someone with great authority. Alternate translation: “I solemnly urge you”
|
||||
2TI 4 1 cb15 figs-explicit ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 before God and Christ Jesus Here the word **before** means “in front of,” that is, “in the presence of.” The implication is that God and Christ Jesus will witness and approve this command or oath. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God and Christ Jesus” or “with God and Christ Jesus as the witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 4 1 u32g figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead Paul refers to **the living** and **the dead** together to mean all people, whether they are alive at the time of judgment or have died. Alternate translation: “those who are still alive and those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2TI 4 1 p100 figs-nominaladj ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead The terms **living** and **dead** are adjectives that Paul is using as nouns to refer to groups of people. If your language does not use adjectives in that way, you can translate these terms with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “those who are still alive and those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 4 2 p101 ἐπιτίμησον 1 rebuke The word **rebuke** involves telling someone that they have done something wrong and warning them not to do it again. Alternate translation: “tell them not to sin”
|
||||
2TI 4 2 p102 figs-hendiadys ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 with all patience and teaching Here, **patience and teaching** is a hendiadys, with **patience** modifying **teaching**. Alternate translation: “do these things by teaching very patiently” or “always do these things by teaching patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2TI 4 2 g5r0 figs-explicit ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 with all patience and teaching The implication is that this is how Timothy should preach, reprove, rebuke, and exhort. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do these things by teaching very patiently” or “always do these things by teaching patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 4 2 p103 figs-hyperbole ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 with all patience and teaching Here, **all** could mean one of two things. (1) Timothy should always be patient when he teaches. Alternate translation: “always teaching patiently” (2) The word **all** could be a generalization for emphasis, meaning that Timothy should be very patient. Alternate translation: “by teaching very patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TI 4 2 p103 figs-hyperbole ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ 1 with all patience and teaching Here, **all** could mean: (1) Timothy should always be patient when he teaches. Alternate translation: “always teaching patiently” (2) The word **all** could be a generalization for emphasis, meaning that Timothy should be very patient. Alternate translation: “by teaching very patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TI 4 3 jv7a ἔσται…καιρὸς ὅτε 1 there will be a time when Alternate translation: “the time will come when”
|
||||
2TI 4 3 u2cc οὐκ ἀνέξονται 1 they will not endure Alternate translation: “they will no longer listen patiently to”
|
||||
2TI 4 3 ilx7 figs-explicit οὐκ ἀνέξονται 1 they will not endure The context indicates that **they** means people who are a part of the community of believers. Alternate translation: “some believers will no longer listen patiently to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -303,9 +303,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 4 6 sh23 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out Paul speaks of himself as if he were wine in a cup that was being poured out as a sacrifice to God. Alternate translation: “the sacrifice of my life to God will soon be complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 4 6 p108 figs-activepassive ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “My life will soon end as a sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 4 6 fb7l figs-euphemism ὁ καιρὸς τῆς ἀναλύσεώς μου ἐφέστηκεν 1 the time of my departure is here Paul refers to his death as a **departure**. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. Alternate translation: “soon I will die and leave this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2TI 4 7 d9ts figs-metaphor τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα ἠγώνισμαι 1 I have fought the good fight Paul speaks of himself figuratively as if he has been competing in an athletic contest. This could mean one of two things. (1) The word **good** could describe the kind of effort Paul has made. Alternate translation: “I have done my best” (2) The word **good** could mean that Paul has pursued a worthwhile endeavor. Alternate translation: “I have worked hard for what really matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 4 7 d9ts figs-metaphor τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα ἠγώνισμαι 1 I have fought the good fight Paul speaks of himself figuratively as if he has been competing in an athletic contest. This could mean: (1) The word **good** could describe the kind of effort Paul has made. Alternate translation: “I have done my best” (2) The word **good** could mean that Paul has pursued a worthwhile endeavor. Alternate translation: “I have worked hard for what really matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 4 7 kq83 figs-metaphor τὸν δρόμον τετέλεκα 1 I have finished the race Paul speaks of his life of service to God as if he had been running a race on foot. Alternate translation: “I have completed what I needed to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 4 7 vk2p figs-metaphor τὴν πίστιν τετήρηκα 1 I have kept the faith Paul speaks of **the faith**, by which he means his trust in Christ and his obedience to God, as if they were valuable objects that he has kept safe in his possession. This could mean one of two things. (1) Paul was faithful to do what God told him to do. Alternate translation: “I have remained faithful in doing my ministry” (2) Paul was faithful to teach the truth. Alternate translation: “I have preserved the teachings from any error” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 4 7 vk2p figs-metaphor τὴν πίστιν τετήρηκα 1 I have kept the faith Paul speaks of **the faith**, by which he means his trust in Christ and his obedience to God, as if they were valuable objects that he has kept safe in his possession. This could mean: (1) Paul was faithful to do what God told him to do. Alternate translation: “I have remained faithful in doing my ministry” (2) Paul was faithful to teach the truth. Alternate translation: “I have preserved the teachings from any error” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 4 8 ujg5 figs-activepassive ἀπόκειταί μοι ὁ τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέφανος 1 the crown of righteousness has been reserved for me If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “God has reserved the crown of righteousness for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 4 8 hg8i figs-metaphor τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέφανος 1 the crown of righteousness This could mean one of two things: (1) The **crown** figuratively represents the reward that God gives to people who have lived the right way. Alternate translation: “the reward for the righteous” (2) The **crown** may represent righteousness itself. Just as the judge of a race gives a crown to the winner, when Paul finishes his life, God will declare that Paul is righteous. Alternate translation: “the reward that is righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 4 8 dwn6 translate-unknown στέφανος 1 crown See how you translated this in [2:5](../02/05.md). The **crown** that Paul is using as an illustration of the future award from God was a wreath made of laurel tree leaves that was given to winners of athletic contests. You can use a word in your language that would refer to a prize for winning a contest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 4 10 u2qb figs-ellipsis Κρήσκης εἰς Γαλατίαν, Τίτος εἰς Δαλματίαν 1 Crescens to Galatia, Titus to Dalmatia Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. He means that like Demas, Crescens and Titus have left him. However, he is probably not saying that they did this because they also “loved this present age” like Demas. It is more likely that they are traveling to help the churches. Alternate translation: “Crescens has left me and gone to Galatia, and Titus has left me and gone to Dalmatia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2TI 4 10 gs61 translate-names Γαλατίαν…Δαλματίαν 1 Galatia … Dalmatia This are the names of parts of the Roman empire. **Galatia** is an official Roman province and **Dalmatia** is an area in the southern part of the province of Illyricum. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 4 11 p110 translate-names Λουκᾶς…Μᾶρκον 1 Luke … Mark These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 4 11 w21u μοι εὔχρηστος εἰς διακονίαν 1 he is useful to me for service This could mean one of two things. (1) Mark is **useful** in helping Paul to take care of his personal needs. Alternate translation: “he can help take care of my needs” (2) Mark is **useful** in helping Paul minister to others, especially by preaching and teaching. Alternate translation: “he is helpful to me in my ministry”
|
||||
2TI 4 11 w21u μοι εὔχρηστος εἰς διακονίαν 1 he is useful to me for service This could mean: (1) Mark is **useful** in helping Paul to take care of his personal needs. Alternate translation: “he can help take care of my needs” (2) Mark is **useful** in helping Paul minister to others, especially by preaching and teaching. Alternate translation: “he is helpful to me in my ministry”
|
||||
2TI 4 12 p111 translate-names Τυχικὸν 1 Tychicus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 4 12 y60r ἀπέστειλα 1 I sent Timothy is at Ephesus when he receives this letter. It may be that Tychicus is the one who carried this letter to Timothy at Ephesus. If so, then Paul is writing from Timothy’s perspective, who would view Paul’s sending of Tychicus as a past event. If this is confusing in your language and you want to include this possibility, you may need to change the tense of the verb to future. Alternate translation: “soon I will be sending”
|
||||
2TI 4 12 p112 translate-names Ἔφεσον 1 Ephesus This is the name of a city. This is the city where Timothy is as he receives this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -335,8 +335,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 4 16 f2c3 οὐδείς μοι παρεγένετο 1 no one appeared with me Paul explains to Timothy that he had to go to court alone, without any supporters. Alternate translation: “no one testified on my behalf”
|
||||
2TI 4 16 rm2t figs-activepassive μὴ αὐτοῖς λογισθείη 1 May it not be counted against them If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “May God not hold it against them” or “I pray that God does not punish those believers for deserting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 4 17 t1fw figs-metaphor ὁ…Κύριός μοι παρέστη 1 the Lord stood with me Paul is speaking as if the Lord had physically stood with him. Alternate translation: “the Lord helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 4 17 y69m figs-activepassive ἵνα δι’ ἐμοῦ τὸ κήρυγμα πληροφορηθῇ 1 so that through me, the proclamation might be fully carried out If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. This could mean one of two things. (1) At his trial, Paul was able to explain the entire message God had given him to proclaim. Alternate translation: “so that I was able to proclaim all of the Lord’s message” (2) Paul was able to continue proclaiming God’s message right through to this time when he expected to lose his life. Alternate translation: “so that I was able to continue proclaiming the Lord’s message right to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 4 17 p113 figs-hyperbole καὶ ἀκούσωσιν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 and all the Gentiles might hear Here the word **all** could be (1) a figurative generalization, Alternate translation: “so that as many Gentiles as possible could hear it” or (2) a reference to all the Gentiles in the court, Alternate translation: “so that all the Gentiles who were there might hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TI 4 17 y69m figs-activepassive ἵνα δι’ ἐμοῦ τὸ κήρυγμα πληροφορηθῇ 1 so that through me, the proclamation might be fully carried out If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. This could mean: (1) At his trial, Paul was able to explain the entire message God had given him to proclaim. Alternate translation: “so that I was able to proclaim all of the Lord’s message” (2) Paul was able to continue proclaiming God’s message right through to this time when he expected to lose his life. Alternate translation: “so that I was able to continue proclaiming the Lord’s message right to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 4 17 p113 figs-hyperbole καὶ ἀκούσωσιν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 and all the Gentiles might hear Here, **all** could mean: (1) a figurative generalization, Alternate translation: “so that as many Gentiles as possible could hear it” or (2) a reference to all the Gentiles in the court, Alternate translation: “so that all the Gentiles who were there might hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TI 4 17 gsr8 figs-metaphor ἐρύσθην ἐκ στόματος λέοντος 1 I was rescued out of the mouth of the lion Paul speaks figuratively as if he had been in danger of being killed by a lion at his court appearance. He could mean the physical danger of being sentenced to execution, or the spiritual danger of being tempted not to speak boldly for Jesus, or both. It would probably be best to leave both possibilities open in your translation. Alternate translation: “I was rescued from great danger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 4 17 p114 figs-activepassive ἐρύσθην ἐκ στόματος λέοντος 1 I was rescued out of the mouth of the lion If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “God rescued me from great danger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 4 18 p115 figs-idiom εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 to the ages of the ages This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “forever and ever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ TIT 1 6 wja4 0 Connecting Statement: Having told Titus to ordain elders in eve
|
|||
TIT 1 6 jen8 εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἀνέγκλητος 1 if anyone is blameless This is the beginning of the description of the character of an elder. Titus is to choose men who fit the following description. To be **blameless** is to be known as a person who does not do bad things. Alternate translation: “an elder must be without blame” or “an elder must not have a bad reputation”
|
||||
TIT 1 6 ab70 figs-doublenegatives ἀνέγκλητος 1 blameless To be **blameless** is to be known as a person who does not do bad things. Alternate translation: “without blame” This can also be stated positively: “a person who has a good reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
TIT 1 6 q6uy figs-explicit μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ 1 the husband of one wife This means that he has only one wife, that is, he does not have any other wives or concubines. This also means that he does not commit adultery and may also mean that he has not divorced a previous wife. Alternate translation: “a man who has only one woman” or “a man who is faithful to his wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
TIT 1 6 wd6q τέκνα…πιστά 1 faithful children Possible meanings are (1) children who believe in Jesus or (2) children who are trustworthy.
|
||||
TIT 1 6 wd6q τέκνα…πιστά 1 faithful children This could mean: (1) children who believe in Jesus or (2) children who are trustworthy.
|
||||
TIT 1 7 lz7x τὸν ἐπίσκοπον 1 the overseer This is another name for the same position of spiritual leadership that Paul referred to as **elder** in 1:5. This term focuses on the function of the elder: he oversees the activities and people of the church.
|
||||
TIT 1 7 g2zf figs-metaphor Θεοῦ οἰκονόμον 1 the household manager of God Paul speaks of the church as if it were God’s household, and the overseer as if he were a servant in charge of managing that household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 7 d6l1 μὴ πάροινον 1 not addicted to wine “not an alcoholic” or “not one who drinks much wine”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ PHM 1 7 shpv figs-activepassive τὰ σπλάγχνα τῶν ἁγίων ἀν
|
|||
PHM 1 7 aq4g figs-metonymy τὰ σπλάγχνα τῶν ἁγίων 1 the inward parts of the saints Here, ****inward parts**** is a metonym for a person’s emotions or inner being. Alternate translation: “the thoughts and feelings of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHM 1 7 m5ip σοῦ, ἀδελφέ 1 you, brother “you, dear brother” or “you, dear friend.” Paul called Philemon **brother** because they were both believers and he emphasizing their friendship.
|
||||
PHM 1 8 ayy1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins his plea and the reason for his letter.
|
||||
PHM 1 8 fd84 πολλὴν ἐν Χριστῷ παρρησίαν 1 all boldness in Christ Possible meanings are (1) “all authority because of Christ” or (2) “all courage because of Christ.” Alternate translation: “all courage because Christ has given me authority”
|
||||
PHM 1 8 fd84 πολλὴν ἐν Χριστῷ παρρησίαν 1 all boldness in Christ This could mean: (1) “all authority because of Christ” or (2) “all courage because of Christ.” Alternate translation: “all courage because Christ has given me authority”
|
||||
PHM 1 9 l9fh διὰ τὴν ἀγάπην 1 because of love Possible meanings: (1) “because I know that you love God’s people” (2) “because you love me” or (3) “because I love you”
|
||||
PHM 1 10 lsr6 0 General Information: Onesimus is the name of a man. He was apparently Philemon’s slave and had stolen something and ran away.
|
||||
PHM 1 10 m6fw figs-metaphor τοῦ ἐμοῦ τέκνου…Ὀνήσιμον 1 my child Onesimus Paul speaks of the way he is friends with **Onesimus** as if it were the way a father and his son love each other. Onesimus was not Paul’s actual son, but he received spiritual life when Paul taught him about Jesus, and Paul loved him. Alternate translation: “my spiritual son Onesimus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ HEB 1 5 t48e figs-parallelism Υἱός μου εἶ σύ…ἐγὼ…γεγέ
|
|||
HEB 1 6 b6dy 0 General Information: The first quotation in this section, “All God’s angels…him,” comes from one of the books that Moses wrote. The second quotation, “He is the one who makes…fire,” is from the Psalms.
|
||||
HEB 1 6 b4s2 figs-metaphor τὸν πρωτότοκον 1 the firstborn This means Jesus. The author refers to him as the “firstborn” to emphasize the Son’s importance and authority over everyone else. It does not imply that there was a time before Jesus existed or that God has other sons like Jesus. Alternate translation: “his honored Son, his only Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 6 n7ph λέγει 1 he says “God says”
|
||||
HEB 1 7 isd8 figs-metaphor ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα, καὶ τοὺς λειτουργοὺς αὐτοῦ πυρὸς φλόγα 1 He is the one who makes his angels spirits, and his servants flames of fire Possible meanings are (1) “God has made his angels to be spirits who serve him with power like flames of fire” or (2) God makes the wind and flames of fire his messengers and servants. In the original language the word for “angel” is the same as “messenger,” and the word for “spirits” is the same as “wind.” With either possible meaning, the point is that the angels serve the Son because he is superior. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 7 isd8 figs-metaphor ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα, καὶ τοὺς λειτουργοὺς αὐτοῦ πυρὸς φλόγα 1 He is the one who makes his angels spirits, and his servants flames of fire This could mean: (1) “God has made his angels to be spirits who serve him with power like flames of fire” or (2) God makes the wind and flames of fire his messengers and servants. In the original language the word for “angel” is the same as “messenger,” and the word for “spirits” is the same as “wind.” With either possible meaning, the point is that the angels serve the Son because he is superior. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 8 vl1n 0 General Information: This scriptual quotation comes from the Psalms.
|
||||
HEB 1 8 p1xx πρὸς δὲ τὸν Υἱόν 1 But to the Son he says “But God says this to the Son”
|
||||
HEB 1 8 b155 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱόν 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ HEB 1 14 v541 figs-metaphor διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονο
|
|||
HEB 2 intro s2gd 0 # Hebrews 02 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is about how Jesus is better than Moses, the greatest Israelite.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:6-8, 12-13, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Brothers<br><br>The author probably uses the term “brothers” to refer to Christians who grew up as Jews.
|
||||
HEB 2 1 x7px 0 Connecting Statement: This is the first of five urgent warnings the author gives.
|
||||
HEB 2 1 c72f figs-exclusive δεῖ…ἡμᾶς 1 we must Here, **we** refers to the author and includes his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 2 1 ayd1 figs-metaphor μήποτε παραρυῶμεν 1 so that we do not drift away from it Possible meanings for this metaphor are (1) people who stop believing in God’s word are spoken of as if they were drifting away, like a boat drifts from its position in the water. Alternate translation: “so that we do not stop believing it” or (2) people who stop obeying God’s words are spoken of as if they were drifting away, like a boat drifts from its position in the water. Alternate translation: “so that we do not stop obeying it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 1 ayd1 figs-metaphor μήποτε παραρυῶμεν 1 so that we do not drift away from it This could mean: (1) people who stop believing in God’s word are spoken of as if they were drifting away, like a boat drifts from its position in the water. Alternate translation: “so that we do not stop believing it” or (2) people who stop obeying God’s words are spoken of as if they were drifting away, like a boat drifts from its position in the water. Alternate translation: “so that we do not stop obeying it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 2 j4fa figs-explicit εἰ γὰρ ὁ δι’ ἀγγέλων λαληθεὶς λόγος 1 For if the message that was spoken through the angels The Jews believed that God spoke his law to Moses through angels. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For if the message that God spoke through the angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 2 2 k5kb εἰ γὰρ ὁ…λόγος 1 For if the message The author is certain that these things are true. Alternate translation: “Because the message”
|
||||
HEB 2 2 u52i figs-metonymy πᾶσα παράβασις καὶ παρακοὴ ἔλαβεν ἔνδικον μισθαποδοσίαν 1 every trespass and disobedience receives just punishment Here, **trespass** and **disobedience** stand for the people who are guilty of these sins. Alternate translation: “every person who sins and disobeys will receive just punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ HEB 2 9 i4fc παρ’ ἀγγέλους ἠλαττωμένον…δόξῃ κ
|
|||
HEB 2 9 bil4 figs-metaphor γεύσηται θανάτου 1 he might taste death The experience of death is spoken of as if it were food that people can taste. Alternate translation: “he might experience death” or “he might die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 10 r899 figs-metaphor πολλοὺς υἱοὺς εἰς δόξαν ἀγαγόντα 1 bring many sons to glory The gift of **glory** is spoken of here as if it were a place to which people could be brought. Alternate translation: “save many sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 10 l95y figs-gendernotations πολλοὺς υἱοὺς 1 many sons Here this refers to believers in Christ, including males and females. Alternate translation: “many believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 2 10 sw9t figs-metaphor τὸν ἀρχηγὸν τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῶν 1 the leader of their salvation Possible meanings are (1) this is a metaphor in which the writer speaks of salvation as if it were a destination and of Jesus as the person who goes before the people on the road and leads them to salvation. Alternate translation: “the one who leads people to salvation” or (2) the word translated here as **leader** can mean “founder” and the author speaks of Jesus as the one who establishes salvation, or makes it possible for God to save people. Alternate translation: “the one who makes their salvation possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 10 sw9t figs-metaphor τὸν ἀρχηγὸν τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῶν 1 the leader of their salvation This could mean: (1) this is a metaphor in which the writer speaks of salvation as if it were a destination and of Jesus as the person who goes before the people on the road and leads them to salvation. Alternate translation: “the one who leads people to salvation” or (2) the word translated here as **leader** can mean “founder” and the author speaks of Jesus as the one who establishes salvation, or makes it possible for God to save people. Alternate translation: “the one who makes their salvation possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 10 l321 figs-metaphor τελειῶσαι 1 complete Becoming mature and completely trained is spoken of as if a person were made complete, perhaps complete in all his body parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 11 jy9p 0 General Information: This prophetic quotation comes from a Psalm of King David.
|
||||
HEB 2 11 ky9v ὅ…ἁγιάζων 1 the one who sanctifies “the one who makes others holy” or “the one who makes others pure from sin”
|
||||
|
|
@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ HEB 5 6 k5uw ἐν ἑτέρῳ 1 in another place “in another place in the s
|
|||
HEB 5 6 ede5 κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ 1 after the manner of Melchizedek This means that Christ as a priest has things in common with Melchizedek as a priest. Alternate translation: “in the same way that Melchizedek was a priest”
|
||||
HEB 5 7 mv2c figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 During the days of his flesh Here, **the days** stands for a period of time. And, “flesh” stand for Jesus’s earthly life. Alternate translation: “While he lived on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 5 7 iel9 figs-doublet δεήσεις…καὶ ἱκετηρίας 1 prayers and requests Both of these words mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 5 7 p6zm τὸν δυνάμενον σῴζειν αὐτὸν ἐκ θανάτου 1 the one able to save him from death Possible meanings are (1) God was able to save Christ so that he would not die. Alternate translation: ‘to save him from dying” or (2) God was able to save Christ after Christ’s death by making him alive again. If possible, translate this in a way that allows both interpretations.
|
||||
HEB 5 7 p6zm τὸν δυνάμενον σῴζειν αὐτὸν ἐκ θανάτου 1 the one able to save him from death This could mean: (1) God was able to save Christ so that he would not die. Alternate translation: ‘to save him from dying” or (2) God was able to save Christ after Christ’s death by making him alive again. If possible, translate this in a way that allows both interpretations.
|
||||
HEB 5 7 e75a figs-activepassive εἰσακουσθεὶς 1 he was heard This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 5 8 mk8z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples υἱός 1 a son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
HEB 5 9 z2bv 0 Connecting Statement: In verse 11 the writer begins his third warning. He warns these believers that they are still not mature and encourages them to learn God’s word so they can understand right from wrong.
|
||||
|
|
@ -411,8 +411,8 @@ HEB 9 5 f1je figs-pronouns περὶ ὧν οὐκ ἔστιν 1 which we cannot
|
|||
HEB 9 6 mra7 figs-activepassive τούτων…οὕτως κατεσκευασμένων 1 After these things were prepared This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “After the priests prepared these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 7 xs9l figs-doublenegatives οὐ χωρὶς αἵματος 1 not without blood This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “he always brought blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 9 7 xtk5 αἵματος 1 blood This is the blood of the bull and goat that the high priest had to sacrifice on the Day of Atonement.
|
||||
HEB 9 8 a26f τῶν ἁγίων 1 the most holy place Possible meanings are (1) the inner room of the tabernacle on earth or (2) God’s presence in heaven.
|
||||
HEB 9 8 e14c figs-metonymy ἔτι τῆς πρώτης σκηνῆς ἐχούσης στάσιν 1 the first tabernacle was still standing Possible meanings are (1) “the outer room of the tabernacle was still standing” or (2) “the earthly tabernacle and the sacrificial system still existed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 8 a26f τῶν ἁγίων 1 the most holy place This could mean: (1) the inner room of the tabernacle on earth or (2) God’s presence in heaven.
|
||||
HEB 9 8 e14c figs-metonymy ἔτι τῆς πρώτης σκηνῆς ἐχούσης στάσιν 1 the first tabernacle was still standing This could mean: (1) “the outer room of the tabernacle was still standing” or (2) “the earthly tabernacle and the sacrificial system still existed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 9 cu76 ἥτις παραβολὴ 1 This was an illustration “This was a picture” or “This was a symbol”
|
||||
HEB 9 9 fl6i εἰς τὸν καιρὸν τὸν ἐνεστηκότα 1 for the present time “for now”
|
||||
HEB 9 9 g16u figs-activepassive προσφέρονται 1 that are now being offered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the priests now offer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ HEB 9 14 zbj1 figs-metaphor νεκρῶν ἔργων 1 dead works Sinful deeds
|
|||
HEB 9 15 x3xr διὰ τοῦτο 1 For this reason “As a result” or “Because of this”
|
||||
HEB 9 15 p2kg διαθήκης καινῆς μεσίτης ἐστίν 1 he is the mediator of a new covenant This means Christ caused the new covenant between God and humans to exist.
|
||||
HEB 9 15 q3x3 τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ 1 first covenant See how you translated this in [Hebrews 8:7](../08/07.md).
|
||||
HEB 9 15 z29a figs-metonymy εἰς ἀπολύτρωσιν τῶν ἐπὶ τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ παραβάσεων 1 to free those under the first covenant from their sins “to take away the sins of those who were under the first covenant.” Possible meanings are (1) here **their sins** is a metonym for the guilt of their sins. Alternate translation: “to take away the guilt of those who were under the first covenant” or (2) here **their sins** is a metonym for the punishment for their sins. Alternate translation: “to take away the punisment for sins of those who were under the first covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 15 z29a figs-metonymy εἰς ἀπολύτρωσιν τῶν ἐπὶ τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ παραβάσεων 1 to free those under the first covenant from their sins “to take away the sins of those who were under the first covenant.” This could mean: (1) here **their sins** is a metonym for the guilt of their sins. Alternate translation: “to take away the guilt of those who were under the first covenant” or (2) here **their sins** is a metonym for the punishment for their sins. Alternate translation: “to take away the punisment for sins of those who were under the first covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 15 ve3v figs-activepassive οἱ κεκλημένοι 1 those who are called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God has chosen to be his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 15 xb9f figs-metaphor κληρονομίας 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 16 rng2 διαθήκη 1 a will a legal document in which a person states who should receive his possessions when he himself dies
|
||||
|
|
@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ HEB 10 19 ih5u 0 Connecting Statement: Having made it clear that there is only
|
|||
HEB 10 19 f6g3 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means all believers in Christ whether male or female. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 10 19 fii7 figs-metaphor τῶν ἁγίων 1 the most holy place This means the presence of God, not the most holy place in the old tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 19 zl87 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αἵματι Ἰησοῦ 1 by the blood of Jesus Here, **blood of Jesus** refers to the death of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 20 l7wh ὁδὸν…ζῶσαν 1 living way Possible meanings are (1) this new way to God that Jesus has provided results in believers living forever or (2) Jesus is alive, and he is the way believers enter into the presence of God.
|
||||
HEB 10 20 l7wh ὁδὸν…ζῶσαν 1 living way This could mean: (1) this new way to God that Jesus has provided results in believers living forever or (2) Jesus is alive, and he is the way believers enter into the presence of God.
|
||||
HEB 10 20 c3ve figs-metaphor διὰ τοῦ καταπετάσματος 1 through the curtain The curtain in the earthly temple represents the separation between people and God’s true presence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 20 ega9 figs-metonymy τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 his flesh Here, **flesh** stands for the body of Jesus, and his body stands for his sacrificial death. Alternate translation: “by means of his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 21 uh6i καὶ ἱερέα μέγαν ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 we have a great priest over the house of God This must be translated in such a way as to make it clear that Jesus is this “great priest.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ HEB 11 4 g52j figs-metaphor ἔτι λαλεῖ 1 Abel still speaks Reading the
|
|||
HEB 11 5 r3yl figs-activepassive πίστει Ἑνὼχ μετετέθη, τοῦ μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον 1 It was by faith that Enoch was taken up so that he did not see death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “It was by faith that Enoch did not die because God took him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 5 ki2t figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν θάνατον 1 see death This speaks of death as if it were an object that people can see. It means to experience death. Alternate translation: “die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 5 kb5l figs-activepassive πρὸ…τῆς μεταθέσεως 1 before he was taken up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “before God took him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 5 jbx2 figs-activepassive μεμαρτύρηται εὐηρεστηκέναι τῷ Θεῷ 1 it was testified that he had pleased God This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) “God said that Enoch had pleased him” or (2) “people said that Enoch pleased God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 5 jbx2 figs-activepassive μεμαρτύρηται εὐηρεστηκέναι τῷ Θεῷ 1 it was testified that he had pleased God This can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) “God said that Enoch had pleased him” or (2) “people said that Enoch pleased God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 6 hd94 χωρὶς δὲ πίστεως 1 Now without faith Here, **Now** does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
HEB 11 6 r9nb figs-doublenegatives χωρὶς…πίστεως, ἀδύνατον εὐαρεστῆσαι 1 without faith it is impossible to please him This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “a person can please God only if he has faith in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 11 6 b438 figs-metaphor τὸν προσερχόμενον τῷ Θεῷ 1 that anyone coming to God Wanting to worship God and belong to his people is spoken of as if the person is literally coming to God. Alternate translation: “that anyone who wants to belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ HEB 11 10 fd98 ἧς τεχνίτης καὶ δημιουργὸς ὁ Θεό
|
|||
HEB 11 10 ufe6 τεχνίτης 1 architect a person who designs buildings and cities
|
||||
HEB 11 11 ks44 0 General Information: Many versions interpret this verse as referring to Sarah, and others interpret it as referring to Abraham.
|
||||
HEB 11 11 mk6i πίστει καὶ αὐτῇ Σάρρᾳ δύναμιν εἰς καταβολὴν σπέρματος ἔλαβεν, καὶ παρὰ καιρὸν ἡλικίας, ἐπεὶ…ἡγήσατο 1 It was by faith, even though Sarah herself was barren, that Abraham received ability to father a child. This happened even though he was too old, since he considered Some versions interpret this verse as referring to Sarah. “By faith Sarah, herself also barren, received power to bear children even beyond the time of maturity, since she considered”
|
||||
HEB 11 11 mtf2 figs-abstractnouns πίστει 1 It was by faith The abstract noun “faith” can be expressed with the verb “believe.” Possible meanings are (1) it was by Abraham’s faith. Alternate translation: “It was because Abraham believed God” or (2) it was by Sarah’s faith. Alternate translation: “It was because Sarah believed God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 11 11 mtf2 figs-abstractnouns πίστει 1 It was by faith The abstract noun “faith” can be expressed with the verb “believe.” This could mean: (1) it was by Abraham’s faith. Alternate translation: “It was because Abraham believed God” or (2) it was by Sarah’s faith. Alternate translation: “It was because Sarah believed God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 11 11 dgu6 δύναμιν εἰς καταβολὴν σπέρματος ἔλαβεν 1 received ability to father a child “received ability to become a father” or “received ability to have a child”
|
||||
HEB 11 11 wgp6 ἐπεὶ πιστὸν ἡγήσατο τὸν ἐπαγγειλάμενον 1 since she considered as faithful the one who had given the promise “because he believed God, who had give the promise, to be faithful”
|
||||
HEB 11 12 x8b2 figs-simile ἐγεννήθησαν…καθὼς τὰ ἄστρα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τῷ πλήθει, καὶ ὡς ἡ ἄμμος, ἡ παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τῆς θαλάσσης, ἡ ἀναρίθμητος 1 descendants as many as the stars in the sky and as countless as sand by the seashore This simile means Abraham had very many descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ HEB 11 34 sy63 ἐγενήθησαν ἰσχυροὶ ἐν πολέμῳ…ἔ
|
|||
HEB 11 35 t9sp figs-abstractnouns ἔλαβον γυναῖκες ἐξ ἀναστάσεως τοὺς νεκροὺς αὐτῶν 1 Women received back their dead by resurrection This can be restated to remove the abstract noun “resurrection.” The word **dead** is a nominal adjective. It can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “Women received back alive those who had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
HEB 11 35 ne1u figs-activepassive ἄλλοι δὲ ἐτυμπανίσθησαν, οὐ προσδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν 1 Others were tortured, not accepting release It is implied that their enemies would have released them from prison under certain conditions. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Others accepted torture rather than release from prison” or “Others allowed their enemies to torture them rather than doing what their enemies required of them in order to release them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 11 35 faq3 ἐτυμπανίσθησαν 1 tortured made to suffer great mental or physical pain
|
||||
HEB 11 35 jyw7 κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως 1 a better resurrection Possible meanings are (1) these people will experience a better life in heaven than what they experienced in this world or (2) these people will have a better resurrection than those who did not have faith. Those with faith will live forever with God. Those without faith will live forever separated from God.
|
||||
HEB 11 35 jyw7 κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως 1 a better resurrection This could mean: (1) these people will experience a better life in heaven than what they experienced in this world or (2) these people will have a better resurrection than those who did not have faith. Those with faith will live forever with God. Those without faith will live forever separated from God.
|
||||
HEB 11 36 e9al figs-activepassive ἕτεροι…ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν ἔλαβον 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People mocked and whipped others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 36 nx7u figs-abstractnouns ἕτεροι…ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν ἔλαβον, ἔτι δὲ δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings, and even chains and imprisonment This can be reworded so that the abstract nouns are expressed as verbs. Alternate translation: “God tested others by allowing their enemies to mock and whip them and even put them in chains and imprison them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 11 37 fg8c figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν, ἐπειράσθησαν, ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης ἀπέθανον 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People mocked and whipped others…People threw stones at others. People sawed others in two. People killed others with the sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ HEB 12 25 pnn5 figs-you 0 General Information: This quotation is from the proph
|
|||
HEB 12 25 c9cn 0 Connecting Statement: Having contrasted the Israelites’ experience at Mount Sinai with the believers’ experience after Christ died, the writer reminds believers that they have the same God who warns them today. This is the fifth main warning given to believers.
|
||||
HEB 12 25 nnk9 figs-doublenegatives μὴ παραιτήσησθε τὸν λαλοῦντα 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you pay attention to the one who is speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 12 25 gkn1 figs-explicit εἰ…ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐξέφυγον 1 if they did not escape The implicit information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “if the people of Israel did not escape judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 12 25 fy9u ἐπὶ γῆς…τὸν χρηματίζοντα 1 the one who warned them on earth Possible meanings are (1) “Moses, who warned them here on earth” or (2) “God, who warned them at Mount Sinai”
|
||||
HEB 12 25 fy9u ἐπὶ γῆς…τὸν χρηματίζοντα 1 the one who warned them on earth This could mean: (1) “Moses, who warned them here on earth” or (2) “God, who warned them at Mount Sinai”
|
||||
HEB 12 25 s5lj figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning Disobeying God is spoken of as if a person were changing direction and walking away from him. Alternate translation: “if we disobey the one who is warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 26 rf4e οὗ ἡ φωνὴ τὴν γῆν ἐσάλευσεν 1 his voice shook the earth “when God spoke, the sound of his voice caused the earth to shake”
|
||||
HEB 12 26 i1c8 ἐσάλευσεν…σείσω 1 shook…shake Use the word for what an earthquake does in moving the ground. This refers back to [Hebrews 12:18-21](./18.md) and what happened when the people saw the mountain where Moses received the law from God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -821,5 +821,5 @@ HEB 13 22 b27j figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers This refers to al
|
|||
HEB 13 22 d5e6 ἀνέχεσθε τοῦ λόγου τῆς παρακλήσεως 1 bear with the word of encouragement “patiently consider what I have just written to encourage you”
|
||||
HEB 13 22 l8b3 figs-metonymy τοῦ λόγου τῆς παρακλήσεως 1 the word of encouragement Here, **word** stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the encouraging message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 23 w3m2 figs-activepassive ἀπολελυμένον 1 has been set free This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “is no longer in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 24 r7kn ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας 1 Those from Italy greet you Possible meanings are (1) the author is not in Italy, but there is a group of believers with him who have come from Italy or (2) the author is in Italy while writing this letter.
|
||||
HEB 13 24 r7kn ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας 1 Those from Italy greet you This could mean: (1) the author is not in Italy, but there is a group of believers with him who have come from Italy or (2) the author is in Italy while writing this letter.
|
||||
HEB 13 24 kk9c translate-names τῆς Ἰταλίας 1 Italy This is the name of a region at that time. Rome was the then-capital city of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -74,9 +74,9 @@ JAS 1 14 z4bd figs-metaphor ἐξελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόμεν
|
|||
JAS 1 15 j034 grammar-connect-time-sequential εἶτα ἡ ἐπιθυμία συλλαβοῦσα τίκτει ἁμαρτίαν 1 Then desire, having conceived, bears sin James uses the word **Then** to indicate that what he describes in this verse happens after something that he described in the previous verse. However, he does not mean that this happens after a person is “dragged away and enticed,” as he said at the end of that verse. Rather, he means that it happens after a person begins to entertain the temptation of a wrong “desire,” as he said at the beginning of that verse. It may be clearer in your language to use the word “when” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “When desire has conceived, it bears sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
JAS 1 15 s4cd figs-personification εἶτα ἡ ἐπιθυμία συλλαβοῦσα τίκτει ἁμαρτίαν 1 Then desire, having conceived, bears sin James continues to speak figuratively of **desire** as if it were a living thing, in this case as if it were a woman who became pregnant and gave birth. Alternate translation: “If a person entertains wrong desires, he will become more and more inclined to sin until he finally does commit sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 1 15 j035 figs-personification ἡ δὲ ἁμαρτία ἀποτελεσθεῖσα, ἀποκύει θάνατον 1 and sin, having grown up, gives birth to death James also speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a living thing, a baby girl who grew up to be a woman who also became pregnant and gave birth. Alternate translation: “and if he continues to sin, it will affect more and more of his life until it causes his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 1 15 j036 figs-metaphor ἀποκύει θάνατον 1 gives birth to death Here, **death** could mean one of two things. (1) James could be talking about spiritual death, that is, separation from God. This is the interpretation in UST. (2) James could be talking about physical death. Alternate translation: “causes the person to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 15 j036 figs-metaphor ἀποκύει θάνατον 1 gives birth to death Here, **death** could mean: (1) James could be talking about spiritual death, that is, separation from God. This is the interpretation in UST. (2) James could be talking about physical death. Alternate translation: “causes the person to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 16 v195 figs-metaphor μὴ πλανᾶσθε 1 Do not be led astray James is speaking figuratively as if some deceptive guides were trying to lead his readers in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “Do not be deceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 16 j037 figs-activepassive μὴ πλανᾶσθε 1 Do not be led astray If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. The meaning here is probably not truly passive. That is, even though James speaks as if someone else might lead his readers astray, that is probably not what he means. There are two possibilities for what he does mean. (1) James may be warning his readers not to lead themselves astray, that is, not to deceive themselves. That is the interpretation in UST. (2) The statement may also have a simple active meaning. Alternate translation: “Make no mistake about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 1 16 j037 figs-activepassive μὴ πλανᾶσθε 1 Do not be led astray If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. The meaning here is probably not truly passive. That is, even though James speaks as if someone else might lead his readers astray, that is probably not what he means. This could mean: (1) James may be warning his readers not to lead themselves astray, that is, not to deceive themselves. That is the interpretation in UST. (2) The statement may also have a simple active meaning. Alternate translation: “Make no mistake about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 1 16 j038 figs-explicit μὴ πλανᾶσθε 1 Do not be led astray James is referring back to his statement in [1:13](../01/13.md) that God never desires to do evil and that God never leads anyone to do evil. Instead, as James will say in the next two verses, God gives only good things to people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this connection more explicit. Alternate translation: (1) “Do not deceive yourselves, God is not evil, God is good” or (2) “Make no mistake about this, God is not evil, God is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 1 16 j039 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί μου ἀγαπητοί 1 my beloved brothers See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my dear fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 17 j040 figs-metaphor πᾶσα δόσις ἀγαθὴ, καὶ πᾶν δώρημα τέλειον, ἄνωθέν ἐστιν 1 Every good present and every perfect gift is from above Here, **from above** is a spatial metaphor that figuratively describes God. Alternate translation: “God gives us every good present and every perfect gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ JAS 1 18 j049 figs-explicit λόγῳ ἀληθείας 1 by the word of truth J
|
|||
JAS 1 18 j346 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡμᾶς ἀπαρχήν τινα τῶν αὐτοῦ κτισμάτων 1 for us to be something like a firstfruits of his creatures This is a purpose clause. James is stating the purpose for which God **desired to give us birth**. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that we would be like a firstfruits of his creatures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
JAS 1 18 j050 figs-explicit ἀπαρχήν τινα τῶν αὐτοῦ κτισμάτων 1 something like a firstfruits of his creatures James is assuming that his readers will know that he is using the traditional Israelite offering known as **firstfruits** as a simile. The law of Moses required the Israelites to offer to God some of the first crops they harvested each year. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state specifically that this is the name of an offering. Alternate translation: “something like an offering of firstfruits from among his creatures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 1 18 qh2e figs-simile ἀπαρχήν τινα τῶν αὐτοῦ κτισμάτων 1 something like a firstfruits of his creatures When they offered some of their first crops to God each year, the Israelites were acknowledging that the entire crop belonged to God and was a gift from God to them. James is using this **firstfruits** offering as a simile to indicate that the believers of his time are an indication that there will be many more people who will belong to God in the future. In fact, since James speaks of **creatures**, he may even mean that believers in Jesus are the first part of God’s creation to be freed from the curse and come back fully under his rule. Alternate translation: “the first of many people who would believe in Jesus” or “the first of God’s creatures to be freed from the curse and come back fully under his rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JAS 1 19 dt7i figs-sentencetypes ἴστε 1 Know This Greek form could be either imperative or indicative, and so it could mean one of two things. (1) If it is an imperative, James is telling his readers to pay attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “This is important” (2) If it is an indicative, James is telling his readers that he is about to remind them of something that they already know. Alternate translation: “You already know this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-sentencetypes]])
|
||||
JAS 1 19 dt7i figs-sentencetypes ἴστε 1 Know This Greek form could be either imperative or indicative, and so it could mean: (1) if it is an imperative, James is telling his readers to pay attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “This is important” or (2) if it is an indicative, James is telling his readers that he is about to remind them of something that they already know. Alternate translation: “You already know this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-sentencetypes]])
|
||||
JAS 1 19 j051 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί μου ἀγαπητοί 1 my beloved brothers See how you translated this expression in [1:16](../01/16.md). Alternate translation: “my dear fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 19 j052 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But **But** could mean one of two things. (1) If **know** is an imperative, then James is using the term **but** as a transitional particle that does not indicate a contrast. If you decided to translate **know** as an imperative, you may have a similar word in your language that you can use for this same purpose. Otherwise, you do not need to translate the term. (2) If **know** is an indicative, then James is using the term **but** to introduce a mild contrast. He is saying that even though his readers already know what he is about to say, he wants to stress it anyway. If you decided to translate **know** as an indicative, you could use a term in your language that indicates a mild contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
JAS 1 19 j052 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But **But** could mean: (1) If **know** is an imperative, then James is using the term **but** as a transitional particle that does not indicate a contrast. If you decided to translate **know** as an imperative, you may have a similar word in your language that you can use for this same purpose. Otherwise, you do not need to translate the term. (2) If **know** is an indicative, then James is using the term **but** to introduce a mild contrast. He is saying that even though his readers already know what he is about to say, he wants to stress it anyway. If you decided to translate **know** as an indicative, you could use a term in your language that indicates a mild contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
JAS 1 19 p728 figs-idiom ἔστω…πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ταχὺς εἰς τὸ ἀκοῦσαι, βραδὺς εἰς τὸ λαλῆσαι, βραδὺς εἰς ὀργήν 1 let every man be quick to hear, slow to speak, slow to anger The expression **slow to speak** does not refer to speaking slowly. Rather, like the expressions before and after it, it is an idiom. Alternate translation: “each of you should listen carefully, speak only after reflecting on what to say, and not lose your tempers easily” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JAS 1 19 ev3v figs-gendernotations πᾶς ἄνθρωπος 1 every man James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “each of you” or “each person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
JAS 1 20 j053 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For James is giving the reason why people should not get angry, as he said in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “You should not get angry, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ JAS 3 6 j196 τοῖς μέλεσιν ἡμῶν 1 our members Alternate transl
|
|||
JAS 3 6 j197 figs-nominaladj ἡ σπιλοῦσα 1 the thing staining James is using the participle **staining**, which functions as an adjective, with the definite article as a noun. (ULT indicates this by adding **thing**.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Some languages may be able to use the participle by itself. Alternate translation: “staining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
JAS 3 6 sv44 figs-metaphor σπιλοῦσα ὅλον τὸ σῶμα 1 staining the whole body James speaks figuratively of the effects of speech as if a person’s tongue were **staining** his **body**. Alternate translation: “making the whole body impure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 6 j198 figs-metaphor σπιλοῦσα ὅλον τὸ σῶμα 1 staining the whole body James is figuratively using the **body** to represent the entire person, since he is saying in this verse that bad speech has morally corrupting effects. Alternate translation: “making the whole person morally corrupt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 6 j199 figs-idiom φλογίζουσα τὸν τροχὸν τῆς γενέσεως 1 setting the course of existence on fire The **course of existence** is an idiom that could mean one of two things. The first is more likely. (1) It could refer to a person’s entire life, from birth to death. Alternate translation: “setting a person’s entire life on fire” (2) It could refer to succeeding generations. Alternate translation: “setting on fire one generation of people after another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JAS 3 6 j199 figs-idiom φλογίζουσα τὸν τροχὸν τῆς γενέσεως 1 setting the course of existence on fire The **course of existence** is an idiom that could mean: (1) a person’s entire life, from birth to death. Alternate translation: “setting a person’s entire life on fire” or (2) succeeding generations. Alternate translation: “setting on fire one generation of people after another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JAS 3 6 lf1j figs-metaphor φλογίζουσα τὸν τροχὸν τῆς γενέσεως 1 setting the course of existence on fire James is speaking figuratively of the destructive effects of bad speech as if they were **setting** a person’s life **on fire**. Alternate translation: “causing destruction throughout a person’s entire life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 6 a7qd figs-activepassive φλογιζομένη ὑπὸ τῆς Γεέννης 1 it is set on fire by Gehenna If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “Gehenna sets it on fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 3 6 j200 figs-metaphor φλογιζομένη ὑπὸ τῆς Γεέννης 1 it is set on fire by Gehenna James continues to speak figuratively of the destructive effects of bad speech as if they were **fire**. Alternate translation: “its destructive effects come from Gehenna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -446,12 +446,12 @@ JAS 4 1 pqx2 figs-rquestion πόθεν πόλεμοι καὶ πόθεν μάχ
|
|||
JAS 4 1 ub82 figs-doublet πόθεν πόλεμοι καὶ πόθεν μάχαι ἐν ὑμῖν? 1 Whence are wars and whence are battles among you? The words **wars** and **battles** mean similar things. James is using them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation (as a statement): “I will tell you where the continual conflicts that you are having come from.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JAS 4 1 j241 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν ἐκ τῶν ἡδονῶν ὑμῶν, τῶν στρατευομένων ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ὑμῶν? 1 Are they not hence, from your lusts, which fight in your members? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is where they come from: from your lusts, which fight in your members.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 4 1 j242 οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν 1 Are they not hence The word translated **hence** means “from here.” Your language may have a similar word that you can use in your translation. Otherwise, you can express the same meaning in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do they not come from here”
|
||||
JAS 4 1 v5kg figs-metaphor τῶν ἡδονῶν ὑμῶν, τῶν στρατευομένων ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ὑμῶν 1 your lusts, which fight in your members As in [3:6](../03/06.md), **members** means “parts of the body.” What James says here could mean one of three things. (1) The phrase **in your members** could indicate the location of the **lusts** that James is describing. He could be saying that the outward fights between members of the community have their origin in inward lusts that lead people to fight for what they want, as he describes in the next verse. If so, he is using the parts of the body figuratively to represent a person’s thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “the lusts inside of you that fight” (2) The word translated **in** could mean “among.” The sense would then be that these **lusts** fight against one part of the person after another, seeking to gain control of the whole person. Since the **lusts** would actually be gaining control over non-physical aspects of a person, such as his will and values, James would once again be using the physical parts of the body figuratively to express his meaning. Alternate translation: “your lusts, which fight to control you” (3) James could be speaking figuratively of the community of believers as if it were a body and of individual believers as if they were parts of that body. Alternate translation: “your lusts, which fight against other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 4 1 v5kg figs-metaphor τῶν ἡδονῶν ὑμῶν, τῶν στρατευομένων ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ὑμῶν 1 your lusts, which fight in your members As in [3:6](../03/06.md), **members** means “parts of the body.” This could mean: (1) The phrase **in your members** could indicate the location of the **lusts** that James is describing. He could be saying that the outward fights between members of the community have their origin in inward lusts that lead people to fight for what they want, as he describes in the next verse. If so, he is using the parts of the body figuratively to represent a person’s thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “the lusts inside of you that fight” (2) The word translated **in** could mean “among.” The sense would then be that these **lusts** fight against one part of the person after another, seeking to gain control of the whole person. Since the **lusts** would actually be gaining control over non-physical aspects of a person, such as his will and values, James would once again be using the physical parts of the body figuratively to express his meaning. Alternate translation: “your lusts, which fight to control you” (3) James could be speaking figuratively of the community of believers as if it were a body and of individual believers as if they were parts of that body. Alternate translation: “your lusts, which fight against other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 4 1 vpe2 figs-personification τῶν ἡδονῶν ὑμῶν, τῶν στρατευομένων ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ὑμῶν 1 your lusts, which fight in your members In all of the cases that the previous note discusses, James would be speaking figuratively of **lusts** as if they were living things that could **fight.** Alternate translation: (1) “the lusts inside of you that cause you to fight to get what you want” or (2) “your lusts, which cause you to value and choose certain things in order to gratify them” or (3) “your lusts, which cause you to fight against other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 4 2 j243 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἐπιθυμεῖτε καὶ οὐκ ἔχετε; φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε, καὶ οὐ δύνασθε ἐπιτυχεῖν 1 You covet, and you do not have. You kill and envy, and you are not able to obtain In both of these sentences, James is using the word translated **and** to introduce a contrast between the first and second clauses. Alternate translation: “You covet, but you do not have. You kill and envy, but you are not able to obtain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
JAS 4 2 j244 ἐπιθυμεῖτε καὶ οὐκ ἔχετε; φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε, καὶ οὐ δύνασθε ἐπιτυχεῖν 1 You covet, and you do not have. You kill and envy, and you are not able to obtain Your language may require you to specify the objects of **have** and **obtain**. Alternate translation: “You covet, but you do not have what you covet. You kill and envy, but you are not able to obtain the things that you envy”
|
||||
JAS 4 2 j245 figs-parallelism ἐπιθυμεῖτε καὶ οὐκ ἔχετε; φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε, καὶ οὐ δύνασθε ἐπιτυχεῖν 1 You covet, and you do not have. You kill and envy, and you are not able to obtain These two sentences mean similar things. James is using them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “You desperately want things that other people have, but you cannot get them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
JAS 4 2 khh9 figs-metaphor φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε 1 You kill and envy James probably does not mean the word **kill** literally. Rather, this means one of two things. (1) James may be using the word in a figurative and spiritual sense to mean “hate.” This usage would reflect the teaching of Jesus and the apostles. Jesus said that the meaning of the commandment “do not kill” also applied to being angry with others and insulting them (Matthew [5:21–22](../mat/05/21.md)). The apostle John wrote that “everyone who hates his brother is a murderer” (1 John [3:15](../1jn/03/15.md)). Alternate translation: “You hate and envy” (2) James could be describing someone wanting something so badly that he would almost kill to get it. Alternate translation: “You envy almost to the point of murder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 4 2 khh9 figs-metaphor φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε 1 You kill and envy James probably does not mean the word **kill** literally. Rather, this could mean: (1) James may be using the word in a figurative and spiritual sense to mean “hate.” This usage would reflect the teaching of Jesus and the apostles. Jesus said that the meaning of the commandment “do not kill” also applied to being angry with others and insulting them (Matthew [5:21–22](../mat/05/21.md)). The apostle John wrote that “everyone who hates his brother is a murderer” (1 John [3:15](../1jn/03/15.md)). Alternate translation: “You hate and envy” (2) James could be describing someone wanting something so badly that he would almost kill to get it. Alternate translation: “You envy almost to the point of murder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 4 2 j246 figs-hendiadys φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε 1 You kill and envy James is expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **kill** describes how his readers **envy** what others have. Alternate translation: (1) “you envy hatefully” or (2) “you envy murderously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
JAS 4 2 j247 figs-metaphor μάχεσθε καὶ πολεμεῖτε 1 You battle and war As in [4:1](../04/01.md), James is using the terms **battle** and **war** figuratively. Alternate translation: “You engage in disputes and conflicts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 4 2 v9m8 figs-doublet μάχεσθε καὶ πολεμεῖτε 1 You battle and war The words **battle** and **war** mean similar things. James is using them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “You have continual conflicts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ JAS 4 4 j256 figs-metaphor ἐχθρὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 an enemy of God Se
|
|||
JAS 4 5 i2y4 figs-rquestion ἢ δοκεῖτε ὅτι κενῶς ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 Or do you think that the Scripture says vainly James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. (In this context, the term **vainly** means “for no good reason,” not “in a conceited way.”) Alternate translation: “There is a good reason why the Scripture says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 4 5 j257 ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 the Scripture says James is describing the general teaching of the Bible, not referring to a specific passage. In cases like this, your language might use the plural instead of the singular. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures say”
|
||||
JAS 4 5 j258 figs-personification ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 the Scripture says James is speaking figuratively of the Bible as if it could speak on its own. Alternate translation: “it is written in the Scriptures” or “we can read in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 4 5 bx68 πρὸς φθόνον ἐπιποθεῖ τὸ Πνεῦμα ὃ κατῴκισεν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 The Spirit whom he caused to live in us longs with jealousy This could mean one of three things. (1) The word **Spirit** could mean the Holy Spirit, who could be the subject of the verb **longs**. The idea of the Spirit being jealous would fit with the adultery metaphor in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The Spirit whom God has caused to live in us longs for us to live faithfully to God” (2) The word **Spirit** could mean the Holy Spirit, who could be the object of the verb **longs**, in which case God would be the subject of that verb. This interpretation would also fit with the adultery metaphor. Alternate translation: “God longs jealously for us to live by the Spirit whom he has caused to live in us” (3) This could possibly be a reference to the human spirit, in which case the statement would be repeating what James said in [4:2](../04/02.md) about people coveting and envying. Alternate translation: “The spirit that God has caused to live in us longs jealously for things that it does not have”
|
||||
JAS 4 5 bx68 πρὸς φθόνον ἐπιποθεῖ τὸ Πνεῦμα ὃ κατῴκισεν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 The Spirit whom he caused to live in us longs with jealousy This could mean: (1) The word **Spirit** could mean the Holy Spirit, who could be the subject of the verb **longs**. The idea of the Spirit being jealous would fit with the adultery metaphor in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The Spirit whom God has caused to live in us longs for us to live faithfully to God” (2) The word **Spirit** could mean the Holy Spirit, who could be the object of the verb **longs**, in which case God would be the subject of that verb. This interpretation would also fit with the adultery metaphor. Alternate translation: “God longs jealously for us to live by the Spirit whom he has caused to live in us” (3) This could possibly be a reference to the human spirit, in which case the statement would be repeating what James said in [4:2](../04/02.md) about people coveting and envying. Alternate translation: “The spirit that God has caused to live in us longs jealously for things that it does not have”
|
||||
JAS 4 5 j259 writing-pronouns ὃ κατῴκισεν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 whom he caused to live in us Whatever the interpretation of the entire sentence, the pronoun **he** in this clause refers to God. Alternate translation: “whom God caused to live in us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JAS 4 6 ub8z figs-explicit μείζονα δὲ δίδωσιν χάριν 1 But he gives greater grace In light of what he says in the previous two verses, James is drawing a contrast between what God might be expected to do and what God actually does. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the contrast more explicitly. Alternate translation: “But even though God is jealous if we are friends with the world, he does not reject us. Instead, he gives us even more grace to be friends with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 4 6 j260 writing-pronouns μείζονα δὲ δίδωσιν χάριν 1 But he gives greater grace The pronoun **he** refers to God. Alternate translation: “But God gives greater grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ JAS 5 3 j301 figs-explicit ὁ ἰὸς αὐτῶν εἰς μαρτύριον
|
|||
JAS 5 3 w3aj figs-metonymy φάγεται τὰς σάρκας ὑμῶν ὡς πῦρ 1 it will eat your flesh James is using the word **flesh** to mean the human body, by association with the way the body is made of flesh. Alternate translation: “it will eat your bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 5 3 j6fe figs-metaphor φάγεται τὰς σάρκας ὑμῶν ὡς πῦρ 1 it will eat your flesh James is saying figuratively that this rust will corrode and consume the owners of the gold and silver that it is also corroding. Alternate translation: “it will consume you” or “it will ruin you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 3 i37x figs-simile ὡς πῦρ 1 like fire It may be helpful to express the meaning of this simile more fully. Alternate translation: “just as fire consumes everything that it burns” or “just as fire ruins everything that it burns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JAS 5 3 j302 figs-explicit ἐθησαυρίσατε ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις 1 You have stored up in the last days If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what these rich people have **stored up** and why it was wrong for them to do that. This could mean one of two things. (1) James could be saying that they have accumulated riches in the **last days**, that is, in the time just before Jesus returns. That would be wrong because once Jesus returns, earthly riches will no longer have any value. Instead of trying to get more and more wealth, these people should have been helping others with what they had. Alternate translation: “Instead of helping others, you have wrongly stored up wealth at a time when earthly riches are about to lose all of their value” (2) James could be saying that by their wrongdoing, such as he describes in [5:4–6](../05/04.md), these rich people have **stored up** punishment for themselves. Alternate translation: “God is just about to punish wrongdoers, and you have given God many reasons to punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 5 3 j302 figs-explicit ἐθησαυρίσατε ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις 1 You have stored up in the last days If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what these rich people have **stored up** and why it was wrong for them to do that. This could mean: (1) James could be saying that they have accumulated riches in the **last days**, that is, in the time just before Jesus returns. That would be wrong because once Jesus returns, earthly riches will no longer have any value. Instead of trying to get more and more wealth, these people should have been helping others with what they had. Alternate translation: “Instead of helping others, you have wrongly stored up wealth at a time when earthly riches are about to lose all of their value” (2) James could be saying that by their wrongdoing, such as he describes in [5:4–6](../05/04.md), these rich people have **stored up** punishment for themselves. Alternate translation: “God is just about to punish wrongdoers, and you have given God many reasons to punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 5 3 j303 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐθησαυρίσατε ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις 1 You have stored up in the last days If the first interpretation of this statement in the note just above is correct, then James is giving the reason for the results that he describes in the previous verse and in the earlier part of this verse. If you created a verse bridge as described in the first note to [5:2](../05/02.md), you could put this reason before the result by placing this statement first in that bridge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JAS 5 3 np1u figs-idiom ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις 1 the last days This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the time just before Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JAS 5 4 j304 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ὁ μισθὸς τῶν ἐργατῶν 1 Behold, the pay of the workers The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. It may be helpful to express its meaning as a separate sentence here. Alternate translation: “Consider this! The pay of the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ JAS 5 5 j310 figs-metaphor ἐν ἡμέρᾳ σφαγῆς 1 in a day of slaugh
|
|||
JAS 5 6 u5c5 figs-synecdoche κατεδικάσατε, ἐφονεύσατε τὸν δίκαιον 1 You have condemned, you have killed the righteous James probably does not mean that these rich people have done these things personally. He is likely referring to the kind of actions he described in [2:6](../02/06.md), where he told how rich people “overpower” the poor by taking them to court. He may mean that the rich people have gotten the courts to condemn innocent people and in some cases even to execute them. He could also mean that the rich people have gotten the courts to decide lawsuits in their favor and that as a result, some poor people have died because of the great poverty this caused them. James would be speaking figuratively of the rich people as the ones who did these actions, using them to represent all the people who were involved. Alternate translation: “You have gotten the courts to condemn and even execute innocent people” or “You have gotten the courts to decide lawsuits in your favor and, as a result, innocent people have died from poverty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JAS 5 6 j311 figs-nominaladj τὸν δίκαιον 1 the righteous James is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun to refer to a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the righteous person” or “the innocent person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
JAS 5 6 lq6p figs-genericnoun τὸν δίκαιον 1 the righteous The expression **the righteous** refers to righteous people in general, not to one specific person. Alternate translation: “righteous people” or “innocent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
JAS 5 6 z7w1 figs-explicit οὐκ ἀντιτάσσεται ὑμῖν 1 He does not resist you This could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean implicitly that the innocent people are not able to resist what the rich people are doing. Alternate translation: “He is not able to resist you” (2) It could mean that the innocent people wanted a peaceful resolution and were not fighting back. Alternate translation: “You have done this even though the innocent person wanted a peaceful resolution” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 5 6 z7w1 figs-explicit οὐκ ἀντιτάσσεται ὑμῖν 1 He does not resist you This could mean: (1) It could mean implicitly that the innocent people are not able to resist what the rich people are doing. Alternate translation: “He is not able to resist you” (2) It could mean that the innocent people wanted a peaceful resolution and were not fighting back. Alternate translation: “You have done this even though the innocent person wanted a peaceful resolution” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 5 6 j312 figs-explicit οὐκ ἀντιτάσσεται ὑμῖν 1 He does not resist you In light of everything that James says in [5:1–6](../05/01.md), the implications are that even though these innocent people are not able to defend themselves, God will defend them by judging and punishing these rich people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 5 7 a4sv grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore James uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said about rich people. He is referring specifically to what he said about God’s judgment being imminent. Alternate translation: “Because you know that God will soon judge the people who are oppressing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JAS 5 7 j313 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -595,8 +595,8 @@ JAS 5 10 sic1 figs-hendiadys τῆς κακοπαθίας καὶ τῆς μακ
|
|||
JAS 5 10 pvs3 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord James is figuratively using the **name** of the Lord to mean his person and authority. Alternate translation: “on behalf of the Lord” or “with the authority of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 5 11 xwr8 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 11 s3nl figs-explicit τὴν ὑπομονὴν Ἰὼβ ἠκούσατε 1 You have heard of the endurance of Job James assumes that his readers will know the story of Job from the Scriptures. If your readers might not be familiar with his story, you could describe it in more detail. Alternate translation: “You know from the Scriptures how a man named Job who lived long ago patiently endured great suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 5 11 j322 figs-metaphor τὸ τέλος Κυρίου εἴδετε 1 you have seen the end of the Lord James is continuing to refer to the story of Job. This could mean one of two things. (1) The word translated **end** could mean “purpose.” In that case, James would be using the term **seen** figuratively to mean “recognized.” Alternate translation: “you have recognized the purpose that the Lord had for Job’s sufferings” (2) The word translated **end** could mean “final result.” In that case, James would be using the term **seen** figuratively to mean “learned.” Alternate translation: “you have learned from the Scriptures how the Lord helped Job in the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 11 j323 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι πολύσπλαγχνός ἐστιν ὁ Κύριος καὶ οἰκτίρμων 1 that the Lord is greatly compassionate and merciful This could mean one of two things. (1) The word translated **that** can mean “for” and introduce a reason. James may be giving the reason why God was pursuing a good purpose even in Job’s sufferings or why God helped Job in the end. Alternate translation: “for the Lord is very compassionate and merciful” (2) James may be describing something further that his readers would have learned from the story of Job. Alternate translation: “and you have realized from this story that the Lord is greatly compassionate and merciful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JAS 5 11 j322 figs-metaphor τὸ τέλος Κυρίου εἴδετε 1 you have seen the end of the Lord James is continuing to refer to the story of Job. This could mean: (1) The word translated **end** could mean “purpose.” In that case, James would be using the term **seen** figuratively to mean “recognized.” Alternate translation: “you have recognized the purpose that the Lord had for Job’s sufferings” (2) The word translated **end** could mean “final result.” In that case, James would be using the term **seen** figuratively to mean “learned.” Alternate translation: “you have learned from the Scriptures how the Lord helped Job in the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 11 j323 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι πολύσπλαγχνός ἐστιν ὁ Κύριος καὶ οἰκτίρμων 1 that the Lord is greatly compassionate and merciful This could mean: (1) The word translated **that** can mean “for” and introduce a reason. James may be giving the reason why God was pursuing a good purpose even in Job’s sufferings or why God helped Job in the end. Alternate translation: “for the Lord is very compassionate and merciful” (2) James may be describing something further that his readers would have learned from the story of Job. Alternate translation: “and you have realized from this story that the Lord is greatly compassionate and merciful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JAS 5 12 fug7 figs-metaphor πρὸ πάντων 1 before all James is using a spatial metaphor to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Your language may use a different spatial metaphor. Alternate translation: “above all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 12 bjt3 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί μου 1 my brothers See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 12 s755 μὴ ὀμνύετε 1 do not swear Here, to **swear** means to guarantee, by appealing to something that is considered to be certain and reliable, that a statement is true or that an action will be performed. Alternate translation: “do not make an oath” or “do not make a vow”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 4789.
|
|
|
@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 1 1 u3zc figs-metaphor ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς 1 to the elect foreigners of the dispersion Peter speaks of his readers as people who live away from their homes in many different countries. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 1 qkl8 Καππαδοκίας…Βιθυνίας 1 Cappadocia…Bithynia Along with the other places that Peter mentions, **Cappadocia** and **Bithynia** were Roman provinces located in what is now the country of Turkey.
|
||||
1PE 1 1 cf7b ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις 1 to the elect foreigners “to the chosen foreigners” or “the ones whom God the Father has chosen.” God has chosen them according to his own foreknowledge.
|
||||
1PE 1 2 ba1h figs-abstractnouns πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός 1 the foreknowledge of God the Father The abstract noun **foreknowledge** can be translated with a verbal phrase. Possible meanings are (1) God had determined what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father decided previously” or (2) God knew what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father knew beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 ba1h figs-abstractnouns πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός 1 the foreknowledge of God the Father The abstract noun **foreknowledge** can be translated with a verbal phrase. This could mean: (1) God had determined what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father decided previously” or (2) God knew what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father knew beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 i9kf figs-metonymy αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 of the blood of Jesus Christ Here the **blood** refers to the death of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 rwkk figs-metaphor ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ Just as Moses sprinkled blood on the people of Israel to symbolize their covenant with God, believers are in covenant with God because of Jesus’ death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 z7df figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace be to you, and may your peace increase This passage speaks of **grace** as if it were an object that believers could possess, and of **peace** as if it were something that could increase in amount. Of course, grace is in reality the kind way God acts toward believers, and peace is how believers live in safety and joy with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 1 7 vvp1 figs-metaphor ἵνα τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως 1 so that the proof of your faith In the same way in which fire refines gold, hardships test how well believers trust in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 7 ct3n τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως 1 the proof of your faith God wishes to test how well believers trust in Christ.
|
||||
1PE 1 7 u63m ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως πολυτιμότερον χρυσίου τοῦ ἀπολλυμένου, διὰ πυρὸς δὲ δοκιμαζομένου 1 of your faith, which is more precious than gold that perishes. But, being tested by fire **Faith** is more valuable than **gold**, because gold does not last forever, even if it is refined in **fire**.
|
||||
1PE 1 7 a6q4 εὑρεθῇ εἰς ἔπαινον, καὶ δόξαν, καὶ τιμὴν 1 it might be found to result in praise, and glory, and honor Possible meanings are (1) that “God will honor you very highly” because of your faith or (2) that “your faith will bring praise, glory, and honor” to God.
|
||||
1PE 1 7 a6q4 εὑρεθῇ εἰς ἔπαινον, καὶ δόξαν, καὶ τιμὴν 1 it might be found to result in praise, and glory, and honor This could mean: (1) that “God will honor you very highly” because of your faith or (2) that “your faith will bring praise, glory, and honor” to God.
|
||||
1PE 1 7 bkr9 figs-activepassive ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 at the revealing of Jesus Christ “when Jesus Christ is revealed.” This refers to the return of Christ. This can also be expressed with an active form. Alternate translation: “when Jesus Christ appears to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 8 eka3 χαρᾷ ἀνεκλαλήτῳ καὶ δεδοξασμένῃ 1 with joy that is inexpressible and filled with glory “with wonderful joy that words cannot describe”
|
||||
1PE 1 9 j2qe figs-abstractnouns σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν 1 the salvation of your souls The abstract noun “salvation” can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “God saving you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 1 22 qyt5 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ὑπακοῇ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 by obedience to the truth You can translate this using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “by obeying the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 j777 φιλαδελφίαν 1 brotherly love This refers to love between fellow believers.
|
||||
1PE 1 22 e9wr figs-metonymy ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας, ἀλλήλους ἀγαπήσατε ἐκτενῶς 1 love one another earnestly from a pure heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or emotions. To love someone “from the heart” means to love some one completely with total commitment. Alternate translation: “love one another earnestly and completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 23 w4v3 figs-metaphor ἀναγεγεννημένοι, οὐκ ἐκ σπορᾶς φθαρτῆς, ἀλλὰ ἀφθάρτου 1 having been born again, not from perishable seed, but from imperishable Possible meanings are that Peter speaks of the word of God either (1) as the seed of a plant that grows and produces new life in believers or (2) as the tiny cells inside a man or woman that combine to cause a baby to grow inside the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 23 w4v3 figs-metaphor ἀναγεγεννημένοι, οὐκ ἐκ σπορᾶς φθαρτῆς, ἀλλὰ ἀφθάρτου 1 having been born again, not from perishable seed, but from imperishable Here, **seed** could mean: (1) the seed of a plant that grows and produces new life in believers or (2) the tiny cells inside a man or woman that combine to cause a baby to grow inside the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 23 nh9r ἀφθάρτου 1 from imperishable seed that will not rot or dry up or die
|
||||
1PE 1 23 tjq9 figs-metonymy διὰ λόγου ζῶντος Θεοῦ, καὶ μένοντος 1 through the living and enduring word of God Peter speaks of the **word of God** as if it were alive forever. In reality, it is God who lives forever, and whose instructions and promises last eternally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 24 kyc5 0 General Information: In these verses Peter quotes a passage from the prophet Isaiah relating to what he has just said about them being born of imperishable seed.
|
||||
|
|
@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 2 3 tui9 figs-metaphor εἰ ἐγεύσασθε ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ Κύριος 1 if you have tasted that the Lord is kind Here to taste means to experience something personally. Alternate translation: “if you have experienced the Lord’s kindness toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 4 sa2z figs-metaphor 0 General Information: Peter begins to tell a metaphor about Jesus and the believers being living stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 4 c4lu figs-metaphor πρὸς ὃν προσερχόμενοι λίθον ζῶντα 1 coming to him, a living stone Peter speaks of Jesus as if he were a stone in a building. Alternate translation: “coming to him who is like a stone in a building, but alive, not a dead stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 4 ihq2 ὃν…λίθον ζῶντα 1 him, a living stone Possible meanings are (1) “who is a stone that is alive” or (2) “who is a stone that gives life.”
|
||||
1PE 2 4 ihq2 ὃν…λίθον ζῶντα 1 him, a living stone This could mean: (1) “who is a stone that is alive” or (2) “who is a stone that gives life.”
|
||||
1PE 2 4 e8sy figs-activepassive ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων μὲν ἀποδεδοκιμασμένον 1 having been rejected by men This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that people have rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 4 a438 figs-activepassive παρὰ δὲ Θεῷ ἐκλεκτὸν 1 but chosen by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but that God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 z11h figs-metaphor αὐτοὶ ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες οἰκοδομεῖσθε, οἶκος πνευματικὸς 1 you, like living stones, are being built up as a spiritual house Just as people used **stones** to build the temple in the Old Testament, believers are the materials that God is using to build a house in which he will live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 2 8 sm6s figs-activepassive εἰς ὃ καὶ ἐτέθησαν 1 to which also they were appointed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for which God also appointed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 9 dc8m 0 General Information: In verse 10 Peter quotes a verse from the prophet Hosea. Some modern versions do not format this as a quote, which is also acceptable.
|
||||
1PE 2 9 zla9 figs-activepassive γένος ἐκλεκτόν 1 a chosen people You can clarify that God is the one who has **chosen** them. Alternate translation: “a people whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 9 g39z βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα 1 a royal priesthood Possible meanings are (1) “a group of kings and a group of priests” or (2) “a group of priests who serve the king.”
|
||||
1PE 2 9 g39z βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα 1 a royal priesthood This could mean: (1) “a group of kings and a group of priests” or (2) “a group of priests who serve the king.”
|
||||
1PE 2 9 qk7f λαὸς εἰς περιποίησιν 1 a people for possession “a people who belong to God”
|
||||
1PE 2 9 ra7z ἐκ…ὑμᾶς καλέσαντος 1 who called you from “who called you to come out of”
|
||||
1PE 2 9 nvf5 figs-metaphor ἐκ σκότους…εἰς τὸ θαυμαστὸν αὐτοῦ φῶς 1 from darkness into his marvelous light Here, **darkness** refers to their condition as sinful people who did not know God, and **light** refers to their condition as people who do know God and practice righteousness. Alternate translation: “from a life of sin and ignorance of God to a life of knowing and pleasing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 2 12 mkt4 ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν ὑμῶν ὡς 1 in whatever they speak about you as “even if they accuse you of being”
|
||||
1PE 2 12 w3yn figs-abstractnouns ἐκ τῶν καλῶν ἔργων ἐποπτεύοντες 1 from observing your good works The abstract noun **works** can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “they may observe the good things that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 12 s2ji figs-explicit ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπισκοπῆς 1 in the day of visitation “on the day when he comes.” This refers to the day when God will judge all people. Alternate translation: “when he comes to judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 2 13 c484 διὰ τὸν Κύριον 1 for the sake of the Lord Possible meanings are (1) that by obeying human authorities, they are obeying the Lord who established those authorities or (2) that by obeying human authorities, they will honor Jesus who also obeyed human authorities.
|
||||
1PE 2 13 c484 διὰ τὸν Κύριον 1 for the sake of the Lord This could mean: (1) that by obeying human authorities, they are obeying the Lord who established those authorities or (2) that by obeying human authorities, they will honor Jesus who also obeyed human authorities.
|
||||
1PE 2 13 al6q βασιλεῖ ὡς ὑπερέχοντι 1 to the king as supreme “to the king as the highest human authority”
|
||||
1PE 2 14 y1l2 figs-activepassive δι’ αὐτοῦ πεμπομένοις 1 through him having been sent This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the king has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 15 mh6s ἀγαθοποιοῦντας φιμοῦν τὴν τῶν ἀφρόνων ἀνθρώπων ἀγνωσίαν 1 doing good to silence the ignorant talk of foolish people “by doing good you stop foolish people from speaking about things that they do not know”
|
||||
|
|
@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 2 18 xgk8 figs-doublet τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ ἐπιεικέσιν 1 the good and gentle Here the words **good** and **gentle** share similar meanings and emphasize that such masters treat their servants kindly. Alternate translation: “the very kind masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 2 18 a6gc τοῖς σκολιοῖς 1 to the perverse “to the cruel ones” or “to the mean ones”
|
||||
1PE 2 19 r1h1 τοῦτο…χάρις 1 this is praiseworthy “this is deserving of praise” or “it is pleasing to God”
|
||||
1PE 2 19 zm8e διὰ συνείδησιν Θεοῦ, ὑποφέρει…λύπας 1 endures sorrow…because of awareness of God Possible meanings of the original passage are (1) that this person accepts suffering because he knows he is obeying God or (2) that this person is able to endure unjust punishment because he knows that God knows how he is suffering.
|
||||
1PE 2 19 zm8e διὰ συνείδησιν Θεοῦ, ὑποφέρει…λύπας 1 endures sorrow…because of awareness of God This could mean: (1) this person accepts suffering because he knows he is obeying God or (2) this person is able to endure unjust punishment because he knows that God knows how he is suffering.
|
||||
1PE 2 20 y5ue figs-rquestion ποῖον γὰρ κλέος, εἰ ἁμαρτάνοντες καὶ κολαφιζόμενοι ὑπομενεῖτε? 1 For what kind of credit is there if, sinning and being tormented, you will endure? Peter asks this question to emphasize that there is nothing praiseworthy about suffering for doing something wrong. Alternate translation: “For God will not reward you if you are punished because you sinned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1PE 2 20 pr8b figs-activepassive ἁμαρτάνοντες καὶ κολαφιζόμενοι 1 sinning and being tormented This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “while someone punishes you because you sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 20 ly9f figs-activepassive ἀγαθοποιοῦντες καὶ πάσχοντες ὑπομενεῖτε 1 doing good and suffering, you will endure This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you endure when someone punishes you for doing good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will become believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 1 qp4q figs-ellipsis ἄνευ λόγου 1 without a word “without the wife saying a word.” Here, **a word** refers to anything the wife might speak about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1PE 3 2 zft4 figs-abstractnouns ἐποπτεύσαντες τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 having seen your pure behavior with respect The abstract noun **behavior** can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “having seen that you behave sincerely and respectfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 2 ng3s τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 your pure behavior with respect Possible meanings are (1) “your sincere behavior toward them and the way that you honor them” or (2) “your pure behavior toward them and the way that you honor God.”
|
||||
1PE 3 2 ng3s τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 your pure behavior with respect This could mean: (1) “your sincere behavior toward them and the way that you honor them” or (2) “your pure behavior toward them and the way that you honor God.”
|
||||
1PE 3 3 p1bg 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues speaking to women who are wives.
|
||||
1PE 3 4 l2yq figs-metonymy ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 the inner person of the heart Here the words **inner man** and **heart** refer to the person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 4 x6us figs-doublet ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 the inner man of the heart Here the words **inner man** and **heart** both refer to the inward character and personality of a person. Alternate translation: “what you really are on the inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -204,9 +204,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 3 18 j5lh figs-metaphor θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to Christ’s body; Christ was physically put to death. Alternate translation: “having been killed physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 q9fa figs-activepassive θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “since people put Christ to death physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 h6v4 figs-activepassive ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 having been made alive in the spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God made him alive spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 n7nh πνεύματι 1 in the spirit Possible meanings are (1) in a spiritual existence or (2) by the Holy Spirit’s power.
|
||||
1PE 3 19 hp82 ἐν ᾧ 1 in which Possible meanings are (1) “in his spiritual existence” or (2) “by the Holy Spirit’s power.”
|
||||
1PE 3 19 ez3d τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν 1 to the spirits in prison Possible meanings of the word **spirits** are (1) “evil spirits” or (2) “spirits of the dead people.”
|
||||
1PE 3 18 n7nh πνεύματι 1 in the spirit This could mean: (1) in a spiritual existence or (2) by the Holy Spirit’s power.
|
||||
1PE 3 19 hp82 ἐν ᾧ 1 in which This could mean: (1) “in his spiritual existence” or (2) “by the Holy Spirit’s power.”
|
||||
1PE 3 19 ez3d τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν 1 to the spirits in prison Here, **spirits** could mean: (1) “evil spirits” or (2) “spirits of the dead people.”
|
||||
1PE 3 20 s7qm figs-metonymy ἀπεξεδέχετο ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the patience of God The word **patience** is a metonym for God himself. Alternate translation: “God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 20 qxah figs-personification ὅτε ἀπεξεδέχετο ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία 1 when the patience of God was waiting Peter writes of God’s patience as if it is a person. Alternate translation: “when God was waiting patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1PE 3 20 c6mi figs-activepassive ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε, κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ 1 in the days of Noah, while an ark was being constructed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “during the time of Noah, when he was building an ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -223,20 +223,20 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 carousing, drunken parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner.
|
||||
1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out.
|
||||
1PE 4 4 w1d8 τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 of their reckless behavior doing everything they can to satisfy the desires of their bodies
|
||||
1PE 4 5 xw39 τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge Possible meanings are (1) “to God, who is ready to judge” or (2) “to Christ, who is ready to judge”
|
||||
1PE 4 5 xw39 τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge This could mean: (1) “to God, who is ready to judge” or (2) “to Christ, who is ready to judge”
|
||||
1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead This means all people, whether they are still alive or have died. Alternate translation: “every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
1PE 4 6 u54m καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Possible meanings are (1) “the gospel was preached also to people who had already died” or (2) “the gospel was preached also to those who were alive but are now dead”
|
||||
1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) Christ preached. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” or (2) men preached. Alternate translation: “men preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) God judged them in this life on earth. Alternate translation: “God judged them in their bodies as humans” or (2) men judged them according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in their bodies as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 6 u54m καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead This could mean: (1) “the gospel was preached also to people who had already died” or (2) “the gospel was preached also to those who were alive but are now dead”
|
||||
1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached This can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) Christ preached. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” or (2) men preached. Alternate translation: “men preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men This can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) God judged them in this life on earth. Alternate translation: “God judged them in their bodies as humans” or (2) men judged them according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in their bodies as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 6 s72f figs-euphemism κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men This is a reference to death as the ultimate form of judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1PE 4 6 h154 ζῶσι…κατὰ Θεὸν πνεύματι 1 they may live in the spirit according to God Possible meanings are (1) “live spiritually as God lives because the Holy Spirit will enable them to do so” or (2) “live according to God’s standards by the power of the Holy Spirit”
|
||||
1PE 4 6 h154 ζῶσι…κατὰ Θεὸν πνεύματι 1 they may live in the spirit according to God This could mean: (1) “live spiritually as God lives because the Holy Spirit will enable them to do so” or (2) “live according to God’s standards by the power of the Holy Spirit”
|
||||
1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming.
|
||||
1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near The end that will happen soon is spoken of as if it has physically come closer in distance. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-parallelism σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly about life since the end of the world is near. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1PE 4 7 k5hh figs-idiom νήψατε 1 be sober Here the word **sober** refers to mental clarity and alertness. See how you translated this in [1 Peter 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “control your thoughts” or “be careful about what you think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1PE 4 8 x6ac πρὸ πάντων 1 above all “most importantly of all”
|
||||
1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-personification ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes **love** as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1PE 4 8 b7p0 figs-metaphor ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter speaks of **love** as a person who places a cover over the sins of others. Possible meanings are (1) “for a person who loves will not try to find out if another person has sinned” or (2) “for a person who loves will forgive the sins of other people, even if those sins are many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 4 8 b7p0 figs-metaphor ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter speaks of **love** as a person who places a cover over the sins of others. This could mean: (1) “for a person who loves will not try to find out if another person has sinned” or (2) “for a person who loves will forgive the sins of other people, even if those sins are many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 4 9 g3vw φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable showing kindness to and welcoming guests and travelers
|
||||
1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift This refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. Alternate translation: “Because each one of you has received a special spiritual ability as a gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that in all ways you will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -284,14 +284,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 5 9 i4ur ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world “in various places throughout the world”
|
||||
1PE 5 10 eex1 0 General Information: This is the end of Peter’s letter. Here he gives his final remarks about his letter and his closing greetings.
|
||||
1PE 5 10 suu9 ὀλίγον 1 for a little while “for a short time”
|
||||
1PE 5 10 p648 ὁ…Θεὸς πάσης χάριτος 1 the God of all grace Here the word **grace** may refer either to the things that **God** gives or to God’s character. Possible meanings are (1) “the God who always gives us what we need” or (2) “the God who is always gracious.”
|
||||
1PE 5 10 p648 ὁ…Θεὸς πάσης χάριτος 1 the God of all grace Here the word **grace** may refer either to the things that **God** gives or to God’s character. This could mean: (1) “the God who always gives us what we need” or (2) “the God who is always gracious.”
|
||||
1PE 5 10 lwz6 ὁ καλέσας ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον αὐτοῦ δόξαν ἐν Χριστῷ 1 who has called you to his eternal glory in Christ “who has chose you to share his eternal glory in heaven because you are joined to Christ”
|
||||
1PE 5 10 qf2h καταρτίσει 1 will perfect “make perfect” or “restore” or “make well again”
|
||||
1PE 5 10 j2nt figs-metaphor σθενώσει, θεμελιώσει 1 strengthen, and establish you These two expressions have similar meanings, that is, that God will enable the believers to trust in him and to obey him regardless of any suffering they may experience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 12 an6q διὰ Σιλουανοῦ, ὑμῖν…δι’ ὀλίγων ἔγραψα 1 Through Silvanus…I wrote to you briefly Silvanus wrote the words that Peter told him to write in the letter.
|
||||
1PE 5 12 g1t6 figs-metonymy ταύτην εἶναι ἀληθῆ χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 this is the true grace of God This refers back to what Paul has written. Here the word **grace** refers to the gospel message, which tells of the kind things that God has done for believers. Alternate translation: “I have written about the true grace of God” or “the gospel message I have written is God's grace to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 5 12 nm72 figs-metaphor εἰς ἣν στῆτε 1 Stand in it The word **it** refers to “the true grace of God.” Being strongly committed to this grace is spoken of as standing firmly in one place, refusing to move. Alternate translation: “Remain strongly committed to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 13 muq7 writing-symlanguage ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι 1 She who is in Babylon Here, **she** probably refers to the group of believers who live in **Babylon**. Possible meanings for **Babylon** are (1) it is a symbol for the city of Rome, (2) it is a symbol for anywhere that Christians are suffering, or (3) it refers literally to the city of Babylon. It most likely refers to the city of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
1PE 5 13 muq7 writing-symlanguage ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι 1 She who is in Babylon Here, **she** probably refers to the group of believers who live in **Babylon**. Here, **Babylon** could mean: (1) a symbol for the city of Rome, or (2) a symbol for anywhere that Christians are suffering, or (3) a literal reference to the city of Babylon. It most likely refers to the city of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
1PE 5 13 rpf5 figs-activepassive συνεκλεκτὴ 1 chosen together with you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God has chosen as he has chosen you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 5 13 ws2x figs-metaphor ὁ υἱός μου 1 my son Peter speaks of Mark as if he is his spiritual **son**. Alternate translation: “my spiritual son” or “who is like a son to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 14 fc7b φιλήματι ἀγάπης 1 a kiss of love “a loving kiss” or “a kiss to show your love for each other”
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 1 9 h6fn figs-metaphor τυφλός ἐστιν μυωπάζων 1 is blind, nearsighted Peter speaks of a person who does not possess these qualities as if he were a **blind** or **nearsighted** person because he does not understand their value. Alternate translation: “is like a shortsighted person who cannot see their importance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 9 gq4d figs-abstractnouns τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ τῶν πάλαι αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτιῶν 1 of the cleansing from his past sins You can use a verb to translate this. Alternate translation: “that God has cleansed him from his old sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 10 raa1 figs-doublet βεβαίαν ὑμῶν τὴν κλῆσιν καὶ ἐκλογὴν ποιεῖσθαι 1 to make your calling and election sure The words **calling** and **election** share similar meanings and refer to God’s choosing them to belong to him. Alternate translation: “make sure that God has really chosen you to belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 1 10 jcv9 figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ πταίσητέ ποτε 1 you will not ever stumble Here the word **stumble** refers either to (1) committing sin. Alternate translation: “you will not practice sinful behavior” or (2) becoming unfaithful to Christ. Alternate translation: “you will not become unfaithful to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 10 jcv9 figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ πταίσητέ ποτε 1 you will not ever stumble Here, **stumble** could mean: (1) committing sin. Alternate translation: “you will not practice sinful behavior” or (2) becoming unfaithful to Christ. Alternate translation: “you will not become unfaithful to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 11 f45v figs-activepassive πλουσίως ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ὑμῖν ἡ εἴσοδος εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν 1 will be richly provided to you the entry into the eternal kingdom This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will richly provide for you an entrance into the eternal kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 11 k1e4 ἡ εἴσοδος 1 the entry the opportunity to enter
|
||||
2PE 1 12 du69 0 Connecting Statement: Peter tells the believers about his obligation to continue reminding them and teaching them.
|
||||
|
|
@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 1 16 k3rm 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to explain his teachings to the believers and explains why they are trustworthy.
|
||||
2PE 1 16 vc99 figs-exclusive οὐ…ἐξακολουθήσαντες 1 we have not followed Here the word **we** refers to Peter and the other apostles, but not to his readers. Alternate translation: “we apostles did not follow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 16 jwy8 figs-hendiadys τὴν…δύναμιν καὶ παρουσίαν 1 the power and coming These two phrases may refer to the same thing and be translated as a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the powerful coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2PE 1 16 zs6v τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ…παρουσίαν 1 coming of our Lord Jesus Christ Possible meanings are (1) the future second coming of the Lord Jesus or (2) the first coming of the Lord Jesus.
|
||||
2PE 1 16 zs6v τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ…παρουσίαν 1 coming of our Lord Jesus Christ This could mean: (1) the future second coming of the Lord Jesus or (2) the first coming of the Lord Jesus.
|
||||
2PE 1 16 v4kd figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 of our Lord Jesus Christ Here the word **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 m33h figs-activepassive φωνῆς ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ τοιᾶσδε ὑπὸ τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 when such a voice was brought to him by the Majestic Glory This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when he heard that voice come from the Majestic Glory” or “when he heard the voice of the Majestic Glory speak to him” or “when the Majestic Glory spoke to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 yd8g figs-metonymy τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 the Majestic Glory Peter refers to God in terms of his **Glory**. This is a euphemism that avoids using God’s name, out of reverence for him. Alternate translation: “God, the Supreme Glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 1 19 v0ju figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for people’s minds. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “to help you understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 bl8s φωσφόρος 1 the morning star The **morning star** refers to the planet Venus, which sometimes rises just before the sun and indicates that daybreak is near.
|
||||
2PE 1 20 wcn9 τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες 1 Above all, you must understand “Most importantly, you must understand”
|
||||
2PE 1 20 s4k2 πᾶσα προφητεία Γραφῆς ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται 1 every prophecy of scripture does not coms from one’s own interpretation Possible meanings are (1) the prophets did not make any of their prophecies on their own or (2) people must rely on the Holy Spirit to understand all the prophecies or (3) people must interpret every prophecy with the help of the entire Christian community of believers.
|
||||
2PE 1 20 s4k2 πᾶσα προφητεία Γραφῆς ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται 1 every prophecy of scripture does not coms from one’s own interpretation This could mean: (1) the prophets did not make any of their prophecies on their own or (2) people must rely on the Holy Spirit to understand all the prophecies or (3) people must interpret every prophecy with the help of the entire Christian community of believers.
|
||||
2PE 1 21 mh2s figs-metaphor ὑπὸ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου φερόμενοι, ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 1 men spoke from God being carried along by the Holy Spirit Peter speaks of the **Holy Spirit** helping the prophets to write what God wanted them to write as if the Holy Spirit was carrying them from one place to another. Alternate translation: “men spoke from God as the Holy Spirit directed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 intro mv79 0 # 2 Peter 02 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. It is not the physical part of man that is sinful. “Flesh” represents the human nature that rejects all things godly and desires what is sinful. This is the condition of all humans before they receive the Holy Spirit by believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>There are several analogies in 2:4-8 that are difficult to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. Further explanation may be necessary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 1 us8u 0 General Information: Peter begins to warn the believers about false teachers.
|
||||
|
|
@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 4 pr13 οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 did not spare “did not refrain from punishing” or “punished”
|
||||
2PE 2 4 b54v translate-names ταρταρώσας 1 having been thrown down to Tartarus The word **Tartarus** is a term from Greek religion that refers to the place where evil spirits and wicked men who have died are punished. Alternate translation: “he cast them into hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 h7uj figs-activepassive σειροῖς ζόφου…τηρουμένους 1 being kept in chains of darkness This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “where he will keep them in chains of darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 uzy2 figs-metaphor σειροῖς ζόφου 1 in chains of darkness Possible meanings are (1) “in chains in a very dark place” or (2) “in very deep darkness that imprisons them like chains.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 uzy2 figs-metaphor σειροῖς ζόφου 1 in chains of darkness This could mean: (1) “in chains in a very dark place” or (2) “in very deep darkness that imprisons them like chains.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 c2ak εἰς κρίσιν 1 to judgment This refers to the day of **judgment** when God will judge every person.
|
||||
2PE 2 5 hpv7 figs-metonymy ἀρχαίου κόσμου οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 he did not spare the ancient world Here the word **world** refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he did not spare the people who lived in the ancient world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 5 iw5v ὄγδοον, Νῶε…ἐφύλαξεν 1 he protected Noah…along with seven others God did not destroy **Noah** and **seven** other people when he destroyed the rest of the people who lived in the ancient world.
|
||||
|
|
@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 10 esb2 αὐθάδεις 1 self-willed “doing whatever they want to do”
|
||||
2PE 2 10 s7l1 δόξας 1 the glorious ones This phrase refers to spiritual beings, such as angels or demons.
|
||||
2PE 2 11 u2jk ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες 1 greater strength and power “more strength and power than the false teachers”
|
||||
2PE 2 11 v1qt οὐ φέρουσιν κατ’ αὐτῶν…βλάσφημον κρίσιν 1 do not bring insulting judgments against them Possible meanings for the word **them** are (1) the glorious ones or (2) the false teachers.
|
||||
2PE 2 11 v1qt οὐ φέρουσιν κατ’ αὐτῶν…βλάσφημον κρίσιν 1 do not bring insulting judgments against them Here, **them** could mean: (1) the glorious ones or (2) the false teachers.
|
||||
2PE 2 11 zi6p figs-metaphor οὐ φέρουσιν κατ’ αὐτῶν…βλάσφημον κρίσιν 1 do not bring insulting judgments against them The idea that angels could accuse them is spoken of as if they could attack them using accusations as weapons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 12 y4bl figs-metaphor οὗτοι…ὡς ἄλογα ζῷα, γεγεννημένα φυσικὰ εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 these unreasoning animals are naturally made for capture and destruction. Just as **animals** cannot reason, these men cannot be reasoned with. Alternate translation: “these false teachers are like unreasoning animals who are made to be captured and destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 12 ipd4 ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν βλασφημοῦντες 1 speaking evil about that in which they are ignorant They speak evil of what they do not know or understand.
|
||||
|
|
@ -166,13 +166,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 3 10 fu2q figs-personification ἥξει…ἡμέρα Κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης 1 the day of the Lord will come as a thief Peter speaks of the **day** as if it were a person who is a **thief**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2PE 3 10 k31z οἱ οὐρανοὶ…παρελεύσονται 1 the heavens will pass away “the heavens will disappear”
|
||||
2PE 3 10 z32k figs-activepassive στοιχεῖα…καυσούμενα λυθήσεται 1 the elements will be dissolved, being burned up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will burn the elements with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 10 zgd3 στοιχεῖα 1 the elements Possible meanings are (1) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars or (2) the things that make up heaven and earth, such as soil, air, fire, and water.
|
||||
2PE 3 10 zgd3 στοιχεῖα 1 the elements This could mean: (1) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars or (2) the things that make up heaven and earth, such as soil, air, fire, and water.
|
||||
2PE 3 10 j1gj figs-activepassive γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται 1 the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed God will see all the **earth** and all the **deeds** of everyone, and he will then judge everything. This can be stated in active terms. Alternate translation: “God will expose the earth and everything that people have done on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 11 buq4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins to tell the believers how they should live as they wait for the day of the Lord.
|
||||
2PE 3 11 nq63 figs-activepassive τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων 1 All of these things being thus dissolved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Since God will destroy all these things in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 11 t8wx figs-rquestion ποταποὺς δεῖ ὑπάρχειν ὑμᾶς? 1 what sort of people is it necessary for you to be? Peter uses this rhetorical question to emphasize what he will say next, that they “should live holy and godly lives.” Alternate translation: “you know what kind of people you should be.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2PE 3 12 rq9g figs-activepassive οὐρανοὶ πυρούμενοι, λυθήσονται, καὶ στοιχεῖα καυσούμενα, τήκεται 1 the heavens, being set on fire, will be destroyed, and the elements, being on fire, will be melted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the heavens by fire, and he will melt the elements in great heat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 12 v15i στοιχεῖα 1 the elements Possible meanings are (1) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars or (2) the things that make up heaven and earth, such as soil, air, fire, and water. See how you translated this in [2 Peter 3:10](../03/10.md).
|
||||
2PE 3 12 v15i στοιχεῖα 1 the elements This could mean: (1) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars or (2) the things that make up heaven and earth, such as soil, air, fire, and water. See how you translated this in [2 Peter 3:10](../03/10.md).
|
||||
2PE 3 13 df3v figs-metonymy ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ 1 in which righteousness dwells This is a metonym for people who are righteous. Alternate translation: “where righteous people will dwell” or “where people will live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 3 13 r5qo figs-personification ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ 1 in which righteousness dwells Peter speaks of **righteousness** as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 fj1l figs-activepassive σπουδάσατε ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι ἐν εἰρήνῃ 1 do your best to be found spotless and blameless before him, in peace This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “do your best to live in a way so that God will find you spotless and blameless, and be at peace with him and each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 1 1 gt44 figs-explicit τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς 1 the Word of life Here, **the Word of life** is implicitly a description of Jesus. As the General Introduction explains, there are many similarities between this letter and the Gospel of John. That gospel begins by saying about Jesus, “In the beginning was the Word.” So it is likely that when John speaks in this letter of **the Word of life** that “was from the beginning,” he is also speaking about Jesus. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Word of God, who gives life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 1 1 j005 figs-possession τῆς ζωῆς 1 of life This could be referring either to the life that Jesus has or to the life that Jesus gives. But since John is writing this letter to reassure believers, it seems more likely that this expression is referring to the **life** that “the Word” (Jesus) gives to those who believe. Alternate translation: “who gives life to everyone who believes in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1JN 1 1 i8b4 figs-metaphor τῆς ζωῆς 1 of life In this letter, John uses **life** in different ways, either to refer literally to physical life or figuratively to spiritual life. Here the reference is to spiritual life. Alternate translation: “of spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 1 2 la4a figs-activepassive καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἐφανερώθη 1 indeed, the life appeared See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the term could mean one of two things. (1) John could be emphasizing how Jesus came to this earth. (UST brings this out by saying “he came here to the earth.”) In that case, this would be a situation in which a Greek passive verbal form has an active meaning. As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the life came right here” (2) John could be emphasizing how God revealed Jesus to the world and thereby revealed himself to the world through Jesus. To bring out that emphasis, you could translate this with a passive verbal form or, if your language does not use passive forms, you could use an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the life was made visible” or “Indeed, God made the life visible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 2 la4a figs-activepassive καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἐφανερώθη 1 indeed, the life appeared See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. This could mean: (1) John could be emphasizing how Jesus came to this earth. (UST brings this out by saying “he came here to the earth.”) In that case, this would be a situation in which a Greek passive verbal form has an active meaning. As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the life came right here” (2) John could be emphasizing how God revealed Jesus to the world and thereby revealed himself to the world through Jesus. To bring out that emphasis, you could translate this with a passive verbal form or, if your language does not use passive forms, you could use an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the life was made visible” or “Indeed, God made the life visible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 2 j006 figs-metonymy ἡ ζωὴ 1 the life John is speaking figuratively of Jesus, whom he calls the “Word of life” in the previous verse by referring to the **life** that is associated with him. In this case it seems to describe the **life** that Jesus embodies rather than the **life** that he gives. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “Jesus, who is life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 1 2 j007 figs-exclusive ἑωράκαμεν…μαρτυροῦμεν…ἀπαγγέλλομεν…ἡμῖν 1 we have seen … we are testifying to it … we are announcing … to us John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, so the pronouns **we** and **us** are exclusive in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 2 j008 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 to you As the General Introduction explains, John is writing this letter to believers in various churches, and so the pronouns **you**, “your,” and “yourselves” are plural throughout the entire letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 1 7 j030 writing-pronouns ὡς αὐτός ἐστιν ἐν τῷ φωτί 1 as he is in the light The pronoun **he** refers to God. Alternate translation: “as God is in the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 1 7 j031 figs-metaphor ὡς αὐτός ἐστιν ἐν τῷ φωτί 1 as he is in the light John is using the word **light** figuratively to mean what is holy. Alternate translation: “as God is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 1 7 j032 figs-abstractnouns κοινωνίαν ἔχομεν μετ’ ἀλλήλων 1 we have fellowship with one another If your language does not use abstract nouns, see how you expressed the idea behind the abstract noun **fellowship** in [1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “we are close friends with one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 1 7 d7d8 figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα Ἰησοῦ 1 the blood of Jesus This could mean one of two things. (1) John could be referring literally to the **blood** that Jesus offered as a sacrifice for sin. (2) John could be using the word **blood** figuratively to mean the sacrificial death of Jesus, by association with the **blood** that Jesus shed when he died. Alternate translation: “the death of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 1 7 d7d8 figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα Ἰησοῦ 1 the blood of Jesus This could mean: (1) John could be referring literally to the **blood** that Jesus offered as a sacrifice for sin. (2) John could be using the word **blood** figuratively to mean the sacrificial death of Jesus, by association with the **blood** that Jesus shed when he died. Alternate translation: “the death of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 1 7 j033 figs-metaphor τὸ αἷμα Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, καθαρίζει ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἁμαρτίας 1 the blood of Jesus his Son cleanses us from all sin John is speaking figuratively of **sin** as if it made a person dirty and of the **blood** of Jesus as if it made a person clean. Alternate translation: “takes away all our sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 1 7 jb3e guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus his Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 1 8 j034 figs-hypo ἐὰν εἴπωμεν ὅτι ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἔχομεν, ἑαυτοὺς πλανῶμεν καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 If we say that we have no sin, we are leading ourselves astray, and the truth is not in us John is using another hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the importance of consistency between their words and their actions. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say that we have no sin. Then we are leading ourselves astray, and the truth is not in us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 2 5 j058 figs-metonymy τηρῇ αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον 1 keeps his word John is using the term **word** figuratively to mean what God has commanded by using words. Alternate translation: “obeys what God has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 5 aqa4 figs-idiom τηρῇ αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον 1 keeps his word In this instance, the word **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “obeys what God has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 2 5 j059 writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ…αὐτῷ 1 his … him The pronouns **his** and **him** in this verse refer to God. Alternate translation: “God’s … God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 5 x88p figs-possession ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ τετελείωται 1 in this one truly the love of God has been perfected The phrase **the love of God** could mean one of two things. (1) It could refer to a person loving God. Alternate translation: “that person indeed loves God completely” (2) It could refer to God loving people. Alternate translation: “God’s love has achieved its purpose in that person’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1JN 2 5 x88p figs-possession ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ τετελείωται 1 in this one truly the love of God has been perfected The phrase **the love of God** could mean: (1) It could refer to a person loving God. Alternate translation: “that person indeed loves God completely” (2) It could refer to God loving people. Alternate translation: “God’s love has achieved its purpose in that person’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1JN 2 5 j060 figs-activepassive ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ τετελείωται 1 in this one truly the love of God has been perfected If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an active verbal form in place of the passive verbal form **has been perfected**. The person or thing doing the action will depend on how you decide to translate the phrase **the love of God** (see previous note). Alternate translation: “that person indeed loves God completely” or “God’s love has achieved its purpose in that person’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 2 5 b688 figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ ἐσμεν 1 we are in him John is speaking figuratively as if believers could be inside of God. This expression describes having a close relationship. Alternate translation: “we have a close relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 6 u6lu figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ μένειν 1 he remains in him See the discussion of the term “remainw” in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Here to remain in God means about the same thing as to have “fellowship with God” in [1:3](../01/03.md) and [1:6](../01/06.md). Alternate translation: “he is close friends with God” or “he has a close relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 2 15 xig6 figs-metonymy μὴ ἀγαπᾶτε τὸν κόσμον 1 Do not love the world John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it figuratively refers to the system of values that people share who do not honor God. This system is necessarily contrary to the values that godly people have. Alternate translation: “Do not share the ungodly value system of the people who do not honor God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 15 h2hm figs-parallelism μηδὲ τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 nor the things that are in the world This phrase means essentially the same thing as the preceding one. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. However, since there is a slight difference in meaning, you may wish to translate these phrases separately rather than combining them. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “No, do not share any of the values that characterize that system” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1JN 2 15 p56b figs-hypo ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ τὸν κόσμον, οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐν αὐτῷ 1 If anyone loves the world, the love of the Father is not in him John is describing a hypothetical situation in order to challenge his readers. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone loves the world. Then the love of the Father is not in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
1JN 2 15 s48z figs-possession οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the love of the Father is not in him The phrase **the love of the Father** could mean one of two things. (1) It could refer to a person loving God the Father. Alternate translation: “that person does not really love God the Father” (2) It could refer to God loving people. Alternate translation: “God’s love is not genuinely at work in that person’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1JN 2 15 s48z figs-possession οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the love of the Father is not in him The phrase **the love of the Father** could mean: (1) It could refer to a person loving God the Father. Alternate translation: “that person does not really love God the Father” (2) It could refer to God loving people. Alternate translation: “God’s love is not genuinely at work in that person’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1JN 2 15 j102 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 of the Father **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “of God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 2 16 j103 translate-versebridge ὅτι 1 For In this verse, John is giving the reason why the statement is true that he made in the second sentence of the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this reason before that result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. In order to create a verse bridge, you could begin this verse with “since” instead of **For**; you could end it with a comma instead of a period; and you could make it the beginning of the second sentence in the previous verse, putting it before “if anyone loves the world.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
1JN 2 16 j104 figs-metonymy πᾶν τὸ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 everything that is in the world See how you translated the similar expression in [2:15](../02/15.md). Alternate translation: “everything that characterizes the ungodly value system of the people who do not honor God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 3 9 j176 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ…ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 Everyone who has been begotten from God … because he has been begotten from God See whether in [2:29](../02/29.md) you decided to explain this metaphor. Alternate translation: “Everyone whose spiritual father is God … because God is his spiritual father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 9 j177 writing-pronouns σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει 1 his seed remains in him In this phrase, **his** refers to “God” and **him** refers to the person “who has been begotten from God.” Alternate translation: “God’s seed remains in such a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 3 9 j178 figs-metaphor σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει 1 his seed remains in him See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, as in [2:27](../02/27.md), it seems to refer to a continuing presence. Alternate translation: “God’s seed continues to be present in such a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 9 ps9v figs-metaphor σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει 1 his seed remains in him John is using the word **seed** figuratively. It could mean one of two things. (1) This may be a metaphorical reference to the **seed** from which plants grow. Alternate translation: “the new life that God has put in that person continues to grow” (2) This may be a metaphorical reference to the characteristics of a father that a child is born with and displays more and more as he grows. Alternate translation: “the characteristics that show that God is his father become continually more evident” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 9 ps9v figs-metaphor σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει 1 his seed remains in him John is using the word **seed** figuratively. This could mean: (1) a metaphorical reference to the **seed** from which plants grow. Alternate translation: “the new life that God has put in that person continues to grow” or (2) a metaphorical reference to the characteristics of a father that a child is born with and displays more and more as he grows. Alternate translation: “the characteristics that show that God is his father become continually more evident” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 10 w33l figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ φανερά ἐστιν τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου 1 In this the children of God and the children of the devil are apparent **In this** means something similar to the idiomatic expression “in this we know” that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how we can tell the difference between the children of God and the children of the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 3 10 j179 figs-idiom τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου 1 the children of God and the children of the devil John is using the word **children** idiomatically in both of these instances. His usage is similar to the Hebrew idiom in which the “child” of something shares its characteristics. Alternate translation: “people who are living a new life in close relationship with God and people who are still in their old way of life influenced by the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 3 10 ctk6 figs-doublenegatives πᾶς ὁ μὴ ποιῶν δικαιοσύνην, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Everyone who does not do righteousness is not from God If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Everyone who does wrong is alienated from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 3 17 zql1 figs-metaphor κλείσῃ τὰ σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 closes his entrails from him John is using the **entrails** or internal organs figuratively to represent the emotions that would lead a person to act generously. Your language may have an equivalent figurative expression that you could use. You could also express the literal meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “closes his heart to him” or “declines to help him compassionately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 17 l8u4 figs-rquestion πῶς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ? 1 how does the love of God remain in him? John is using a question as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “the love of God does not remain in such a person!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1JN 3 17 j201 figs-metaphor πῶς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ? 1 how does the love of God remain in him? See the discussion of the term **remain** in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. As in [2:14](../02/14.md), here the word seems to describe behavior that is recognized to be genuine because it is consistent. Alternate translation: “such a person does not genuinely love others with love that is from God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 17 j202 figs-possession ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the love of God As in [2:5](../02/05.md), the phrase **the love of God** could mean one of two things. (1) It could refer to God loving people. Alternate translation: “love that is from God” (2) It could refer to a person loving God. UST illustrates this possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1JN 3 17 j202 figs-possession ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the love of God As in [2:5](../02/05.md), the phrase **the love of God** could mean: (1) It could refer to God loving people. Alternate translation: “love that is from God” (2) It could refer to a person loving God. UST illustrates this possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1JN 3 18 g6uh figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 Little children See how you translated this in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “You dear believers who are under my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 18 p91w figs-doublet μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ, μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ 1 let us not love in word nor in tongue The phrases **in word** and **in tongue** mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “let us not merely say that we love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1JN 3 18 j203 figs-metonymy μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ, μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ 1 let us not love in word, nor in tongue John is using the phrases **in word** and **in tongue** figuratively to refer to what a person says. Alternate translation: “let us not merely say that we love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 3 19 j206 translate-versebridge ἐν τούτῳ γνωσόμεθα…καὶ…πείσομεν τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 In this we will know … and we will persuade our hearts John describes a result in this verse. He gives the reason for that result in the next verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put the reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. You could put [3:20](../03/20.md) first in your translation, making it a separate sentence and leaving out both instances of the word “that.” You could put this verse next, translating it as in the following suggestions. Alternate translation: “That is how we can know … and how we can persuade our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
1JN 3 19 j207 figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ γνωσόμεθα 1 In this we will know This is an idiomatic expression that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how we can know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 3 19 j208 figs-parallelism ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν, καὶ…πείσομεν τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 we will know that we are from the truth and we will persuade our hearts The phrases **we will know** and **we will persuade our hearts** mean similar things. John is likely using the repetition for emphasis. You could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression if that would be clearer for your readers. Alternate translation: “we will be completely convinced that we are from the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1JN 3 19 qx9c figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν 1 we are from the truth This could mean one of two things. (1) John could be referring figuratively to God by association with the way that God is true. In other words, God always tells **the truth** and does what he says. Alternate translation: “we are from God, who is true” (2) As in [2:21](../02/21.md), the word **truth** could refer to the true teaching that believers have received from Jesus. That is the interpretation of UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 3 19 qx9c figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν 1 we are from the truth This could mean: (1) John could be referring figuratively to God by association with the way that God is true. In other words, God always tells **the truth** and does what he says. Alternate translation: “we are from God, who is true” (2) As in [2:21](../02/21.md), the word **truth** could refer to the true teaching that believers have received from Jesus. That is the interpretation of UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 3 19 j209 figs-abstractnouns ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν 1 we are from the truth If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “we are from the One who is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 3 19 j210 figs-idiom ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν 1 we are from the truth See how you translated the similar expression in [3:10](../03/10.md). Alternate translation: “we belong to God” or “we are living in relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 3 19 mv6c figs-metaphor πείσομεν τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 we will persuade our hearts John is speaking figuratively of **hearts** to mean thoughts and feelings. Alternate translation: “we can reassure ourselves about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 4 5 em2t figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος αὐτῶν ἀκούει 1 the world listens to them In this instance, the term **world** figuratively refers to people living in the world, and specifically to people who do not honor or obey God. Alternate translation: “ungodly people listen to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 4 5 j253 figs-idiom ὁ κόσμος αὐτῶν ἀκούει 1 the world listens to them The word **listens** is an idiom that means “believes” or “is persuaded by.” Alternate translation: “ungodly people believe them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 4 6 j254 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 We … to us … to us These pronouns in the first three sentences of this verse would be exclusive, and so if your language marks that distinction, use the inclusive form in your translation. John is speaking of himself and his fellow eyewitnesses of the resurrection as teachers of the truth about Jesus. He is not speaking of himself and the believers to whom he is writing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 6 j328 figs-idiom ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσμεν 1 We are from God Here, **from God** could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean the same thing as it does in [4:4](../04/04.md) and in [4:1–3](../04/01.md). That is the interpretation in UST. Alternate translation: “We belong to God” (2) John could be saying that he and his fellow eyewitnesses teach the truth about Jesus because God has sent them to do that. Alternate translation: “God has sent us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 4 6 j328 figs-idiom ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσμεν 1 We are from God Here, **from God** could mean: (1) It could mean the same thing as it does in [4:4](../04/04.md) and in [4:1–3](../04/01.md). That is the interpretation in UST. Alternate translation: “We belong to God” (2) John could be saying that he and his fellow eyewitnesses teach the truth about Jesus because God has sent them to do that. Alternate translation: “God has sent us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 4 6 j256 figs-idiom ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσμεν 1 We are from God If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what God has sent John and the other eyewitnesses to do. Alternate translation: “God has sent us to teach the truth about Jesus as eyewitnesses to his life on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 4 6 j257 ὁ γινώσκων τὸν Θεὸν 1 The one who knows God As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **knows** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “Anyone who has a close relationship with God”
|
||||
1JN 4 6 j258 figs-idiom ἀκούει ἡμῶν…οὐκ ἀκούει ἡμῶν 1 listens to us … does not listen to us As in [4:5](../04/05.md), the word **listens** is an idiom that means “believes” or “is persuaded by.” Alternate translation: “believes what we teach … does not believe what we teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 4 8 kti1 figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν 1 God is love This is a metaphor that describes what God is like in his character. Alternate translation: “God is entirely loving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 8 j267 figs-abstractnouns ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν 1 God is love If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **love** with an adjective such as “loving.” Alternate translation: “God is entirely loving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 4 9 i2b5 figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ 1 In this **In this** means something similar to the idiomatic expression “in this we know” that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 4 9 j268 figs-activepassive ἐφανερώθη ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the love of God appeared among us See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the term could mean one of two things. (1) John could be emphasizing how Jesus came to this earth. In that case, this would be a situation in which a Greek passive verbal form has an active meaning. Alternate translation: “God’s love came to be among us” (2) John could be emphasizing how God revealed his love to the world through Jesus. To bring out that emphasis, you could translate this with a passive verbal form or, if your language does not use passive forms, you could use an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God’s love for us was revealed” or “God showed us how much he loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 9 j268 figs-activepassive ἐφανερώθη ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the love of God appeared among us See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. This could mean: (1) John could be emphasizing how Jesus came to this earth. In that case, this would be a situation in which a Greek passive verbal form has an active meaning. Alternate translation: “God’s love came to be among us” (2) John could be emphasizing how God revealed his love to the world through Jesus. To bring out that emphasis, you could translate this with a passive verbal form or, if your language does not use passive forms, you could use an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God’s love for us was revealed” or “God showed us how much he loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 9 y4m8 figs-possession ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the love of God Here, **the love of God** refers to God loving people. Alternate translation: “God’s love for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1JN 4 9 j269 figs-exclusive ἐν ἡμῖν 1 among us The expression **among us** likely refers to all of humanity, not just to the people who saw and heard Jesus when he was alive, so this would be an inclusive use of the term **us** that would include the believers to whom John is writing. John says later in the sentence that Jesus came “so that we might live through him,” and “we” in that instance does include these believers. So it is likely that **us** earlier in the sentence includes them as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 9 j270 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 4 16 t5am figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν 1 God is love This is a metaphor that describes what **God** is like in his character. See how you translated it in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “God is entirely loving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 16 dyr6 figs-metaphor ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 the one who remains in love See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. As in [2:24](../02/24.md), in this instance the word seems to refer to maintaining a pattern of behavior. Alternate translation: “someone who continues to love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 16 fz29 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ Θεῷ μένει, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ μένει 1 remains in God, and God remains in him See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it seems to mean the same thing as in [2:6](../02/06.md) and in [4:15](../04/15.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “continues to have a close relationship with God, and God continues to have a close relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 17 j281 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐν τούτῳ τετελείωται ἡ ἀγάπη μεθ’ ἡμῶν, ἵνα παρρησίαν ἔχωμεν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς κρίσεως 1 In this love has been perfected with us so that we may have confidence in the day of judgment This could mean one of two things. (1) The **so that** clause could be a purpose clause. That is, John may be saying that one reason why God is having his love achieve its purpose in our lives now is because he wants us to be confident on the day of judgment of his forgiveness and acceptance. If you decide that is the case, then your translation should follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses, as ULT does. (2) The **so that** clause could be a result clause. That is, John may be saying that as a result of God’s love achieving its purposes in our lives now, we will be confident on the day of judgment of his forgiveness and acceptance. If you decide that is the case, then your translation should follow the conventions of your language for result clauses. Alternate translation: “In this love has been perfected with us, so that we may have confidence in the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1JN 4 17 j281 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐν τούτῳ τετελείωται ἡ ἀγάπη μεθ’ ἡμῶν, ἵνα παρρησίαν ἔχωμεν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς κρίσεως 1 In this love has been perfected with us so that we may have confidence in the day of judgment This could mean: (1) The **so that** clause could be a purpose clause. That is, John may be saying that one reason why God is having his love achieve its purpose in our lives now is because he wants us to be confident on the day of judgment of his forgiveness and acceptance. If you decide that is the case, then your translation should follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses, as ULT does. (2) The **so that** clause could be a result clause. That is, John may be saying that as a result of God’s love achieving its purposes in our lives now, we will be confident on the day of judgment of his forgiveness and acceptance. If you decide that is the case, then your translation should follow the conventions of your language for result clauses. Alternate translation: “In this love has been perfected with us, so that we may have confidence in the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1JN 4 17 ypv4 figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ 1 In this As in [4:9](../04/09.md), **in this** means something similar to the idiomatic expression “in this we know” that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 4 17 m76g figs-activepassive τετελείωται ἡ ἀγάπη μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 love has been perfected with us See how you translated the similar expression in [2:5](../02/05.md). Since John speaks in the previous verse of God’s love, the context suggests that John is referring to God’s **love** for us, rather than to our love for God. Alternate translation: “God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 17 j282 figs-explicit ἵνα παρρησίαν ἔχωμεν 1 so that we may have confidence If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what believers will **have confidence** about. Alternate translation: “so that we will be confident that God has forgiven us and will accept us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 4 18 j288 figs-metaphor φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 Fear is not in love John speaks figuratively as if **fear** could be inside of **love**. Alternate translation: “no one who truly understands how much God loves him will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 18 j290 ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον 1 perfect love throws fear outside By **perfect love**, John means the same thing as when he speaks in the previous verse of love that “has been perfected”. See how you translated that expression. Alternate translation: “when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, it keeps us from being afraid”
|
||||
1JN 4 18 bu17 figs-personification ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον 1 perfect love throws fear outside John speaks figuratively of **love** as if it could actively throw **fear** far away from us. Alternate translation: “when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, it keeps us from being afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1JN 4 18 yg1r figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος, οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 So the one who fears has not been perfected in love See how you translated the similar expression in [2:5](../02/05.md). Here, as there, **love** could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean God’s love for us. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then God’s love has not achieved its purpose in his life” (2) It could mean our love for God. That is the interpretation in UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 18 yg1r figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος, οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 So the one who fears has not been perfected in love See how you translated the similar expression in [2:5](../02/05.md). Here, as there, **love** could mean: (1) It could mean God’s love for us. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then God’s love has not achieved its purpose in his life” (2) It could mean our love for God. That is the interpretation in UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 18 j291 figs-explicit ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος, οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 So the one who fears has not been perfected in love If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what such a person **fears**. This is clear from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid that God has not forgiven him and that God will not accept him, then God’s love has not achieved its purpose in his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 4 19 j292 grammar-connect-logic-result ἡμεῖς ἀγαπῶμεν, ὅτι αὐτὸς πρῶτος ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς 1 We love because he first loved us If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because God first loved us, we love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1JN 4 19 j293 figs-explicit ἡμεῖς ἀγαπῶμεν 1 We love This could mean one of two things. UST takes it to mean both things. Alternate translation: (1) “We love God” or (2) “We love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 5 9 j323 figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 of men Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1JN 5 9 k2de figs-explicit ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ μείζων ἐστίν 1 the testimony of God is greater The word **greater** implicitly means that the testimony of God is more reliable than human testimony, since God knows everything and God always tells the truth. Alternate translation: “the testimony of God is more reliable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 5 9 nxq1 figs-ellipsis ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ μείζων ἐστίν 1 the testimony of God is greater John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “we should certainly receive the testimony of God, since it is greater” or “we should certainly believe God when he gives testimony, since his testimony is more reliable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1JN 5 9 j324 ὅτι αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅτι μεμαρτύρηκεν περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 For this is the testimony of God that he has testified about his Son Here, **For** could mean one of two things. (1) John could be using the term to introduce the content of God’s testimony to his Son. In that case, after using the next verse to stress again the importance of believing God’s testimony, John would be specifying the content itself in [5:11](../05/11.md), where he says, “And this is the testimony.” That is the interpretation of ULT. Alternate translation: “Now this is the testimony that God has given regarding his Son” (2) John could be using the term **For** to give the reason why the testimony of God is greater than human testimony, as he says in the previous sentence. That is the interpretation of UST.
|
||||
1JN 5 9 j324 ὅτι αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅτι μεμαρτύρηκεν περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 For this is the testimony of God that he has testified about his Son Here, **For** could mean: (1) John could be using the term to introduce the content of God’s testimony to his Son. In that case, after using the next verse to stress again the importance of believing God’s testimony, John would be specifying the content itself in [5:11](../05/11.md), where he says, “And this is the testimony.” That is the interpretation of ULT. Alternate translation: “Now this is the testimony that God has given regarding his Son” (2) John could be using the term **For** to give the reason why the testimony of God is greater than human testimony, as he says in the previous sentence. That is the interpretation of UST.
|
||||
1JN 5 9 gt7u guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 his Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 5 10 j325 figs-explicit εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the Son of God John implicitly means believing that Jesus is the Son of God. Alternate translation: “that Jesus is the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 5 10 j326 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 5 16 j339 figs-hypo ἐάν τις ἴδῃ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτάνοντα ἁμαρτίαν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον, αἰτήσει 1 If anyone sees his brother sinning a sin not towards death, he will ask John is describing a hypothetical situation in order to counsel his readers. UST models a way of showing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
1JN 5 16 sc1f figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother See how you translated this in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 16 j340 ἁμαρτάνοντα ἁμαρτίαν 1 sinning a sin John is using a cognate accusative, that is, an object that comes from the same root as its verb. You may be able to do the same thing in your translation. If not, you could explain what this means. Alternate translation: “committing a sin”
|
||||
1JN 5 16 j341 figs-metaphor ἁμαρτίαν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον…τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον…ἁμαρτία πρὸς θάνατον 1 a sin not towards death … those sinning not towards death … a sin towards death The word **death** could mean one of two things in this verse. (1) It could be referring figuratively to spiritual death, that is, to eternal separation from God. (See the later note to this verse for a discussion of what kind of sin John may have in mind that would lead to that.) Alternate translation: “a sin that does not lead to eternal separation from God … those whose sin will not lead to eternal separation from God … a sin that does lead to eternal separation from God” (2) It could be referring literally to physical death. Alternate translation: “a sin that will not cause him to die … those whose sin will not cause them to die … a sin that will cause a person to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 16 j341 figs-metaphor ἁμαρτίαν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον…τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον…ἁμαρτία πρὸς θάνατον 1 a sin not towards death … those sinning not towards death … a sin towards death Here, **death** could mean: (1) a figurative reference to spiritual death, that is, to eternal separation from God. (See the later note to this verse for a discussion of what kind of sin John may have in mind that would lead to that.) Alternate translation: “a sin that does not lead to eternal separation from God … those whose sin will not lead to eternal separation from God … a sin that does lead to eternal separation from God” or (2) a literal reference to physical death. Alternate translation: “a sin that will not cause him to die … those whose sin will not cause them to die … a sin that will cause a person to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 16 j342 figs-declarative αἰτήσει 1 he will ask John is using a future statement to give an instruction and command. Alternate translation: “he should pray for that fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
1JN 5 16 j343 writing-pronouns δώσει αὐτῷ ζωήν 1 he will give him life In this clause, the pronoun **he** refers to God and the pronoun **him** refers to the believer who is sinning. Elsewhere in the verse, the words **his** and **he** refers to the person who sees a fellow believer sinning. Alternate translation: “God will give life to the believer who is sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 5 16 myf6 figs-metaphor δώσει αὐτῷ ζωήν 1 he will give him life The meaning of the word **life** depends on the meaning of the word “death.” (1) The word “death” could be figurative. Alternate translation: “God will make sure that the believer who is sinning is not separated from him eternally” (2) The word **death** could be literal. Alternate translation: “God will make sure that the believer who is sinning does not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 5 19 j354 figs-idiom ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσμεν 1 we are from God See how you translated the similar expression in [4:4](../04/04.md). Alternate translation: “we belong to God” or “we are living in relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 5 19 eh5z figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος ὅλος 1 the whole world John uses the term **world** in various ways in this letter. In this instance, it likely refers figuratively both to the people living in the **world** who do not honor God and to their value system. Alternate translation: “all ungodly people and their value system” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 19 n9ig figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖται 1 lies in the evil one The expression **lies in** figuratively represents being controlled by someone or something. Alternate translation: “is controlled by the evil one” or “is controlled by evil influences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 19 j355 figs-abstractnouns τῷ πονηρῷ 1 the evil one If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning behind the abstract noun **evil** with an equivalent expression. It could mean one of two things. (1) John may be speaking figuratively of the devil, as in [2:13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) John may be speaking of evil influences. Alternate translation: “evil influences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 5 19 j355 figs-abstractnouns τῷ πονηρῷ 1 the evil one If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning behind the abstract noun **evil** with an equivalent expression. This could mean: (1) John may be speaking figuratively of the devil, as in [2:13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “the devil” or (2) John may be speaking of evil influences. Alternate translation: “evil influences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 5 20 je13 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 5 20 j356 figs-explicit ἥκει 1 has come If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means, as you may have done in [5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: “has come to earth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 5 20 n1nh figs-abstractnouns δέδωκεν ἡμῖν διάνοιαν 1 has given us understanding If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **understanding** with a verb such as “understand.” Alternate translation: “has enabled us to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -609,5 +609,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 5 20 j360 figs-metaphor ζωὴ αἰώνιος 1 eternal life As in [4:9](../04/09.md), this means both receiving power from God in this **life** to live in a new way and living forever in the presence of God after death. See how you translated the expression there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 21 i3rw figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 Little children See how you translated this in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “You dear believers who are under my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 21 hn4y figs-idiom φυλάξατε ἑαυτὰ 1 keep yourselves This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “stay away from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 5 21 j361 figs-metaphor τῶν εἰδώλων 1 idols This could mean one of two things. (1) John could be referring figuratively to anything that might take the place of God in a person’s life. Alternate translation: “anything that might take the place of God in your life” (2) John could be referring literally to **idols**, that is, to statues that were worshiped as if they embodied a god. That is the interpretation of UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 21 j361 figs-metaphor τῶν εἰδώλων 1 idols This could mean: (1) John could be referring figuratively to anything that might take the place of God in a person’s life. Alternate translation: “anything that might take the place of God in your life” (2) John could be referring literally to **idols**, that is, to statues that were worshiped as if they embodied a god. That is the interpretation of UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 21 jn4y φυλάξατε ἑαυτὰ ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων 1 keep yourselves from idols “stay away from idols” or “do not worship idols”
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -3,10 +3,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2JN 1 1 uspy figs-123person ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 The elder In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, referring to themselves in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you can use the first person here. Or if your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “I, the elder, am writing this letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
2JN 1 1 z4tk figs-explicit ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 The elder **The elder** likely means John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as **elder** either because of his old age, or because he is a leader in the church, or both. If you have a term for an older, respected leader, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “I, John, am writing this letter” or Alternate translation: “I, John the elder, am writing this letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2JN 1 1 y7hw figs-123person ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς 1 to the chosen lady and her children In this culture, letter writers would name the addressees next, referring to them in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you can use the second person here. Or if your language has a particular way of introducing the person who receives a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “to you, chosen lady, and to your children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
2JN 1 1 a9w3 figs-metaphor ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ 1 to the chosen lady There are two possibilities for the meaning of **chosen lady**. (1) John is writing to a church and figuratively describing the group of believers as a **lady**. (In Greek, the word for “church” is feminine.) (2) John may be writing to a specific woman and referring to her respectfully as **lady**. Alternate translation: “to the chosen church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2JN 1 1 a9w3 figs-metaphor ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ 1 to the chosen lady Here, **chosen lady** could mean: (1) John is writing to a church and figuratively describing the group of believers as a **lady**. (In Greek, the word for “church” is feminine.) (2) John may be writing to a specific woman and referring to her respectfully as **lady**. Alternate translation: “to the chosen church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2JN 1 1 ueev figs-idiom ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ 1 to the chosen lady In this context, the term **chosen** indicates a person or group of people whom God has chosen to receive salvation. Alternate translation: “to the congregation that God has saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2JN 1 1 axty figs-metaphor καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς 1 and her children There are three possibilities for the meaning of **her children**. (1) Just as “chosen lady” figuratively refers to a church, here **her children** refers figuratively to the people who are part of that church. Alternate translation: “and to the believers in that group” (2) If this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it could refer to her biological children, or (3) it could refer figuratively to people whom the woman has led to faith as her spiritual children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2JN 1 1 src4 figs-abstractnouns ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 love in the truth If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an equivalent expression. This could mean one of two things. (1) The phrase **the truth** describes how John loves. Alternate translation: “truly love” (2) The phrase **the truth** provides the reason for John’s love. Alternate translation: “love because we both know the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2JN 1 1 axty figs-metaphor καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς 1 and her children Here, **her children** could mean: (1) Just as “chosen lady” figuratively refers to a church, here **her children** refers figuratively to the people who are part of that church. Alternate translation: “and to the believers in that group” (2) If this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it could refer to her biological children, or (3) it could refer figuratively to people whom the woman has led to faith as her spiritual children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2JN 1 1 src4 figs-abstractnouns ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 love in the truth If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an equivalent expression. This could mean: (1) The phrase **the truth** describes how John loves. Alternate translation: “truly love” (2) The phrase **the truth** provides the reason for John’s love. Alternate translation: “love because we both know the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2JN 1 1 a50f figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἐγνωκότες τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 all who have known the truth John uses the phrase **all who have known the truth** to refer to believers who know and accept the true message about Jesus Christ. John is most likely using the term **all** as a generalization to mean all the believers who are with him and who know the people of this church. Alternate translation: “all who are with me and who know and accept the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2JN 1 2 spdg figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 the truth John uses the abstract noun **truth** to refer to the true message that Christians believe. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind this term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2JN 1 2 et6b figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ἡμῶν 1 us … us If your language marks this distinction, the pronoun **us** would be inclusive here and throughout the epistle, because John always uses it to refer to both himself and to the recipients of the letter. The pronoun “we” would also be inclusive for that same reason, as would the pronoun “our,” if you choose to use it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -14,10 +14,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2JN 1 3 gad9 figs-abstractnouns ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρός καὶ παρὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Grace, mercy, and peace will be with us from God the Father and from Jesus Christ If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **grace**, **mercy**, and **peace** with verbal phrases, with **God the Father** and **Jesus Christ** as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father and Jesus Christ will be kind to us, be merciful to us, and enable us to be peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2JN 1 3 zfgr ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη 1 Grace, mercy, and peace will be with us In this culture, letter writers would normally offer a good wish or blessing for the recipients before introducing the main business of the letter. But instead of a blessing here, John makes a declarative statement. This probably expresses his confidence that God will do as he promised. Be sure that your translation also expresses this confidence.
|
||||
2JN 1 3 vpl9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός…Υἱοῦ 1 the Father … Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus Christ. Be sure to translate them accurately and consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
2JN 1 3 w6tr figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ἀγάπῃ 1 in truth and love If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **truth** and **love** with adjectives or verbs. There are two possibilities for the meaning of these abstract nouns here. (1) They describe qualities of God the Father and Jesus Christ. Alternative translation: “who are truthful and loving” (2) They describe how believers should live, and thus are the conditions under which believers will receive the “grace, mercy, and peace” from God. Alternative translation: “as we continue to hold on to what is true and to love each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2JN 1 3 w6tr figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ἀγάπῃ 1 in truth and love If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **truth** and **love** with adjectives or verbs. Here, these abstract nouns could mean: (1) qualities of God the Father and Jesus Christ. Alternative translation: “who are truthful and loving” or (2) how believers should live, and thus are the conditions under which believers will receive the “grace, mercy, and peace” from God. Alternative translation: “as we continue to hold on to what is true and to love each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2JN 1 4 ir6v figs-you σου 1 your The word **your** is singular here, since John is addressing the church figuratively as a “lady.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2JN 1 4 ajlf grammar-connect-logic-result ἐχάρην λείαν 1 If it is more natural in your language to state the reason first and then the result, you can put this after “I found some of your children walking in the truth,” as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2JN 1 4 a3vs figs-metaphor τῶν τέκνων σου 1 your children See how you translated the term **children** in [1:1](../01/1.md). This could mean one of three things. (1) This refers to the people who are part of a certain congregation. (2) If this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it could mean either her biological children or (3) her spiritual children. Alternate translation: “the believers from your group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2JN 1 4 a3vs figs-metaphor τῶν τέκνων σου 1 your children See how you translated the term **children** in [1:1](../01/1.md). This could mean: (1) This refers to the people who are part of a certain congregation. (2) If this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it could mean either her biological children or (3) her spiritual children. Alternate translation: “the believers from your group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2JN 1 4 w2b6 figs-metaphor περιπατοῦντας ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 walking in the truth John refers figuratively to living one’s life with the expression **walking**. Alternate translation: “living according to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2JN 1 4 ddnx figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this, you could use a phrase with an adjective. Alternate translation: “in a way that agrees with the true message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2JN 1 4 s7hr καθὼς ἐντολὴν ἐλάβομεν παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός 1 just as we have received a commandment from the Father The expression **received a commandment** expresses the idea that God commanded the believers to do something. If it would be clearer in your language, you could make **the Father** the subject of a sentence with the verb “command.” Alternate translation: “just as the Father has commanded us”
|
||||
|
|
@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2JN 1 7 u749 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For Here, **For** introduces the reason why John wrote about the commandment to love and obey God in the previous verses—it is because there are many who pretend to be believers but they do not love or obey God. Use a natural way to introduce this reason in your language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2JN 1 7 w25m figs-explicit ὅτι πολλοὶ πλάνοι ἐξῆλθαν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 For many deceivers have gone out into the world This seems to be an implicit reference to the false teachers whom John discusses in [verses 10–11](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “For many deceivers are going around from place to place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2JN 1 7 x8yl figs-metonymy Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ἐρχόμενον ἐν σαρκί 1 Jesus Christ coming in flesh The expression **coming in flesh** is a metonym for being a real, physical person and not a spiritual being only. Alternate translation: “that Jesus Christ came as a real human” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2JN 1 7 vqnb figs-explicit οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 This is the deceiver and the antichrist There are two possibilities for what the word **this** refers to. (1) John is referring to the activity of deceiving others or to the kind of teaching that these people are doing. Alternate translation: “This is the work of the deceiver, the antichrist” or “This kind of teaching comes from the one who is the deceiver and the antichrist” (2) John may be referring to any member of the group of deceivers. Alternate translation: “Any such person is the deceiver and the antichrist” If it would be helpful, you can make one of these meanings explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2JN 1 7 vqnb figs-explicit οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 This is the deceiver and the antichrist Here, **this** could mean: (1) the activity of deceiving others or to the kind of teaching that these people are doing. Alternate translation: “This is the work of the deceiver, the antichrist” or “This kind of teaching comes from the one who is the deceiver and the antichrist” or (2) any member of the group of deceivers. Alternate translation: “Any such person is the deceiver and the antichrist” If it would be helpful, you can make one of these meanings explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2JN 1 7 vfdn ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 the deceiver and the antichrist In your translation, it may be helpful to clarify that **the deceiver** and **the antichrist** are one person, not two.
|
||||
2JN 1 8 it9t figs-explicit βλέπετε ἑαυτούς 1 Watch yourselves The implication is that the believers are to **watch** themselves, that is, be careful, so that they are not deceived by the deceivers and antichrists. Alternate translation: “be careful not to let the deceivers and antichrists influence you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2JN 1 8 i8n6 figs-explicit ἃ 1 what The word **what** is more fully defined in the next phrase as a “reward.” If it would be clearer in your language, you can say “reward” here, as well. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2JN 1 12 hwtk figs-abstractnouns ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ 1 so that your joy might be made complete If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** with an adjective such as “joyful.” Alternate translation: “so that this will make you completely joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2JN 1 12 lt77 translate-textvariants ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ 1 your joy might be made complete See the note in Part 3 of the General Introduction to 2 John about the textual issue here. Alternate translation: “our joy might be made complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
2JN 1 12 k9yt figs-exclusive ὑμῶν 1 your If you use “our” here instead of **your**, it would include both John and the letter recipients. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2JN 1 13 fh6j figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς 1 The children of your chosen sister This expression could mean one of several things. (1) This is a metaphor. Just as John uses the term “chosen lady” as a figurative expression for the group of believers to whom he is writing in [verse 1](../01/01.md) and the term “her children” for the members of that group, also here John is figuratively describing his own group of believers as the **chosen sister** of that group and the members of his group as the **children** of this sister. Alternate translation: “The members of the chosen group of believers here” If you choose to keep the metaphor in the text, you may want to include an explanation of the meaning in a footnote. (2) This could refer to the biological children of a specific woman who is the biological sister of another specific woman to whom John is writing. (3) John could be using the words **sister** and **children** figuratively in a spiritual sense, but to refer to an individual woman and the other people that she has led to faith in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2JN 1 13 fh6j figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς 1 The children of your chosen sister This could mean: (1) This is a metaphor. Just as John uses the term “chosen lady” as a figurative expression for the group of believers to whom he is writing in [verse 1](../01/01.md) and the term “her children” for the members of that group, also here John is figuratively describing his own group of believers as the **chosen sister** of that group and the members of his group as the **children** of this sister. Alternate translation: “The members of the chosen group of believers here” If you choose to keep the metaphor in the text, you may want to include an explanation of the meaning in a footnote. (2) This could refer to the biological children of a specific woman who is the biological sister of another specific woman to whom John is writing. (3) John could be using the words **sister** and **children** figuratively in a spiritual sense, but to refer to an individual woman and the other people that she has led to faith in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2JN 1 13 aonw figs-idiom τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς 1 The children of your chosen sister In this context, the term **chosen** indicates someone whom God has chosen to receive salvation. In the context of John’s metaphor, this indicates a church or group of people whom God has chosen to receive salvation. Alternate translation: “The members of this group of believers in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2JN 1 13 a4rc ἀσπάζεταί σε 1 greet you As was customary in this culture, John concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you can use that form here. Alternate translation: “send you their greetings” or “ask to be remembered to you”
|
||||
2JN 1 13 qjdz figs-you σε…σου 1 your … you The pronouns **you** and **your** are singular here, in keeping with John’s metaphor of writing to a congregation as though it were a lady. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
3JN 1 6 wzf6 οἳ ἐμαρτύρησάν σου τῇ ἀγάπῃ ἐνώπιον ἐκκλησίας 1 who have borne witness of your love in the presence of the church These words describe the “strangers” (verse 5). “strangers who have told the believers in the church about how you have loved them”
|
||||
3JN 1 6 pb64 οὓς καλῶς ποιήσεις, προπέμψας 1 You do well to send them on their journey John is commending Gaius for his normal practice of helping believers who are traveling. Translate this in a way that shows that this is something that Gaius does continually.
|
||||
3JN 1 7 d8y1 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ γὰρ τοῦ ὀνόματος ἐξῆλθον 1 because they went out for the sake of the name Here, **the name** refers to Jesus. This could mean: (1) that they left where they were in order to tell others about Jesus, or (2) that they left where they were because others forced them to leave because of their belief in Jesus, or (3) both of these things. Alternate translation: “since they have gone out to tell people about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3JN 1 7 yzc8 μηδὲν λαμβάνοντες 1 receiving nothing This could mean that (1) unbelievers have not helped them by giving them anything or (2) they did not accept any help or gifts from unbelievers.
|
||||
3JN 1 7 yzc8 μηδὲν λαμβάνοντες 1 receiving nothing This could mean: (1) unbelievers have not helped them by giving them anything or (2) they did not accept any help or gifts from unbelievers.
|
||||
3JN 1 7 hk3p τῶν ἐθνικῶν 1 the Gentiles Here, **Gentiles** does not just mean people who are not Jewish. It refers to any people who do not trust in Jesus.
|
||||
3JN 1 8 d2l7 ἵνα συνεργοὶ γινώμεθα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 so that we become fellow workers for the truth “so that we will cooperate with them in announcing God’s truth to people”
|
||||
3JN 1 8 ab01 figs-personification τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 for the truth Here, **the truth** is spoken of here as though it were a person that John, Gaius, and others worked for. It could mean: (1) “the true message from God” as in the UST, or it could mean (2) “God, who is Truth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
3JN 1 8 ab01 figs-personification τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 for the truth Here, **the truth** is spoken of here as though it were a person that John, Gaius, and others worked for. This could mean: (1) “the true message from God” as in the UST, or it could mean (2) “God, who is Truth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
3JN 1 9 tm9q τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 to the church Here, **the church** refers to Gaius and the group of believers who met together to worship God.
|
||||
3JN 1 9 cz9d translate-names Διοτρέφης 1 Diotrephes He was a member of the congregation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
3JN 1 9 s82w ὁ φιλοπρωτεύων αὐτῶν 1 who loves to be first among them “who loves to be the most important one among them” or “who loves to act as though he is their leader”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ JUD 1 3 j67u ἅπαξ 1 once for all “finally and completely”
|
|||
JUD 1 4 v94i παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι 1 For certain men have entered secretly “For some men have come in without drawing attention to themselves”
|
||||
JUD 1 4 wwz3 figs-activepassive οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα 1 who long ago have been designated beforehand for this condemnation This can also be put into the active voice. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago decided to condemn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JUD 1 4 c642 figs-metaphor τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν 1 changing the grace of our God into sensuality God’s **grace** is spoken of as if it were a thing that could be changed into something horrible. Alternate translation: “teaching that God’s grace permits one to continue to live in sexual sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 4 ws1b τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν, ἀρνούμενοι 1 denying our only Master and Lord, Jesus Christ Possible meanings are (1) they teach that Jesus is not God or (2) these men do not obey Jesus Christ.
|
||||
JUD 1 4 ws1b τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν, ἀρνούμενοι 1 denying our only Master and Lord, Jesus Christ This could mean: (1) they teach that Jesus is not God or (2) these men do not obey Jesus Christ.
|
||||
JUD 1 5 fa5e 0 Connecting Statement: Jude gives examples from the past of those who did not follow the Lord.
|
||||
JUD 1 5 f4mm figs-explicit Ἰησοῦς λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώσας 1 Jesus, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt You can state explicitly who the people were that he saved. Alternate translation: “the Lord, who rescued the Israelites long ago from Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JUD 1 6 pt1k τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν 1 their own domain “their own position of authority” or “the responsibilities God entrusted to them”
|
||||
|
|
@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ JUD 1 9 uzj1 οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν…ἐπενεγκεῖν 1 did not dar
|
|||
JUD 1 9 v9fh κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 to bring a slanderous judgment against him “to say evil, untrue things about him”
|
||||
JUD 1 9 kib4 κρίσιν…βλασφημίας 1 a slanderous judgment “an evil-speaking judgment” or “an evil judgment”
|
||||
JUD 1 10 h6sq οὗτοι 1 these people the ungodly people
|
||||
JUD 1 10 fjm5 ὅσα μὲν οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 what they do not understand Possible meanings are (1) “everything good that they do not understand” or (2) “the glorious ones, which they do not understand” ([Jude 1:8](../01/08.md)).
|
||||
JUD 1 10 fjm5 ὅσα μὲν οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 what they do not understand This could mean: (1) “everything good that they do not understand” or (2) “the glorious ones, which they do not understand” ([Jude 1:8](../01/08.md)).
|
||||
JUD 1 11 j3g9 figs-metaphor τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν ἐπορεύθησαν 1 they have gone in the way of Cain Here, **gone in the way** is a metaphor for “lived in the same way as.” Alternate translation: “they have lived the same way Cain lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 12 s4az 0 Connecting Statement: Jude uses a series of metaphors to describe the ungodly men. He tells the believers how to recognize these men when they are among them.
|
||||
JUD 1 12 r875 οὗτοί εἰσιν 1 These are The word **These** refers to the “ungodly men” of [Jude 1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
100
en_tn_67-REV.tsv
100
en_tn_67-REV.tsv
|
|
@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ REV 1 1 x8bu ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει 1 what must soon tak
|
|||
REV 1 1 kez4 ἐσήμανεν 1 made it known “communicated it”
|
||||
REV 1 1 pb4u figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 to his servant John John wrote this book and was referring to himself here. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God “the message that God spoke”
|
||||
REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ Possible meanings are (1) this refers to the testimony that John has given about Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “he has also given testimony about Jesus Christ” or (2) “the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about himself”
|
||||
REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ This could mean: (1) this refers to the testimony that John has given about Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “he has also given testimony about Jesus Christ” or (2) “the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about himself”
|
||||
REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud This does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone who reads it aloud. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “obey what John has written in it” or “obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 1 the time is near “the things that must happen will soon happen”
|
||||
|
|
@ -23,14 +23,14 @@ REV 1 5 u6v7 λύσαντι ἡμᾶς 1 has released us “has set us free”
|
|||
REV 1 6 a4mq ἐποίησεν ἡμᾶς βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς 1 has made us a kingdom, priests “has set us apart and begun to rule over us and he has made us priests”
|
||||
REV 1 6 ne7x τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ 1 his God and Father This is one person. Alternate translation: “God, his Father”
|
||||
REV 1 6 c77q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί 1 Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
REV 1 6 qd74 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 to him be the glory and the power This is a wish or prayer. Possible meanings are (1) “May people honor his glory and power” or (2) “May he have glory and power.” John prays that Jesus Christ will be honored and will be able to rule completely over everyone and everything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 1 6 qd74 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 to him be the glory and the power This is a wish or prayer. This could mean: (1) “May people honor his glory and power” or (2) “May he have glory and power.” John prays that Jesus Christ will be honored and will be able to rule completely over everyone and everything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 1 6 vc5g τὸ κράτος 1 the power This probably refers to his authority as king.
|
||||
REV 1 7 ldv8 0 General Information: In verse 7, John is quoting from Daniel and Zechariah.
|
||||
REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people see with the eyes, The word **eye** is used to refer to people. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 1 7 t16v καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 including those who pierced him “even those who pierced him will see him”
|
||||
REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced him Jesus’ hands and feet were pierced when he was nailed to the cross. Here it refers to people killing him. Alternate translation: “killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 1 7 lqs9 ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced made a hole in
|
||||
REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega These are first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. Possible meanings are (1) “the one who began all things and who ends all things” or (2) “the one who has always lived and who always will live.” If unclear to readers you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first and the last” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega These are first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. This could mean: (1) “the one who began all things and who ends all things” or (2) “the one who has always lived and who always will live.” If unclear to readers you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first and the last” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 1 8 in5e figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 1 8 c96p writing-quotations λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός 1 says the Lord God Some languages would put “The Lord God says” at the beginning or the end of the whole sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
REV 1 9 up7y 0 General Information: John explains how his vision began and the instructions the Spirit gave him.
|
||||
|
|
@ -64,11 +64,11 @@ REV 1 18 a4e2 figs-metaphor ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου
|
|||
REV 1 19 u49x 0 Connecting Statement: The Son of Man continues to speak.
|
||||
REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage ἀστέρων 1 stars These stars are symbols that represent the seven angels of the seven churches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands The lampstands are symbols that represent the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 1 20 eek9 ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Possible meanings are that these “angels” are (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches or (2) human messengers to the seven churches, either messengers who went from John to the churches or the leaders of those churches.
|
||||
REV 1 20 eek9 ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **angels** could mean: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches or (2) human messengers to the seven churches, either messengers who went from John to the churches or the leaders of those churches.
|
||||
REV 1 20 e25n ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches This refers to seven churches that actually existed in Asia Minor at that time. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md).
|
||||
REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 02 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Poverty and wealth<br><br>The Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>### “The devil is about to”<br><br>People were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel<br><br>Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”<br><br>The writer knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The angel of the church”<br><br>The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../../rev/01/20.md).<br><br>### “The words of the one who”<br><br>The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3.
|
||||
REV 2 1 mn8x 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Ephesus.
|
||||
REV 2 1 kq5r τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Possible meanings are that this “angel” is (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
REV 2 1 kq5r τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **angel** could mean: (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
REV 2 1 i92a writing-symlanguage ἀστέρας 1 stars These stars are symbols. They represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 2 1 ugs3 writing-symlanguage λυχνιῶν 1 lampstands The lampstands are symbols that represent the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 2 2 jg1u figs-abstractnouns οἶδα…τὸν κόπον καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου 1 I know…your hard labor and your patient endurance “Labor” and “endurance” are abstract nouns and can be translated with verbs “work” and “endure.” Alternate translation: “I know…that you work very hard and that you endure patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since J
|
|||
REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers This refers anyone who conquers. Alternate translation: “anyone who resists evil” or “those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God “God’s garden.” This is a symbol for heaven.
|
||||
REV 2 8 is3w 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Smyrna.
|
||||
REV 2 8 ie9x τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Possible meanings are that this “angel” is (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
REV 2 8 ie9x τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **angel** could mean: (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
REV 2 8 key2 translate-names Σμύρνῃ 1 Smyrna This is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last This refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 2 9 p6hp figs-abstractnouns οἶδά σου τὴν θλῖψιν καὶ τὴν πτωχείαν 1 I know your sufferings and your poverty “Sufferings” and “poverty” can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “I know how you have suffered and how poor you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -97,21 +97,21 @@ REV 2 9 a4yu figs-metaphor συναγωγὴ τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 a synagogue
|
|||
REV 2 10 agx4 figs-metonymy μέλλει βάλλειν ὁ διάβολος ἐξ ὑμῶν εἰς φυλακὴν 1 The devil is about to throw some of you into prison The words **the Devil** here are a metonym for the people who obey the devil. Alternate translation: “The devil will soon cause others to put some of you in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 10 f5t1 γίνου πιστὸς ἄχρι θανάτου 1 Be faithful until death “Be faithful to me even if they kill you.” The use os the word **until** does not mean that you should stop being faithful at death.
|
||||
REV 2 10 sp8z τὸν στέφανον 1 the crown “the winner’s crown.” This was a wreath, originally of olive branches or laurel leaves, that was put on the head of a victorious athlete.
|
||||
REV 2 10 zhj8 figs-metaphor τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς 1 the crown of life Possible meanings are (1) “a crown that shows that I have given you eternal life” or (2) “true life as a prize like a winner’s crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 10 zhj8 figs-metaphor τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς 1 the crown of life This could mean: (1) “a crown that shows that I have given you eternal life” or (2) “true life as a prize like a winner’s crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 11 g7zq figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 11 dc3n figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 2 11 s9d2 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers This refers anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Anyone who resists evil” or “Those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
REV 2 11 q6w2 οὐ μὴ ἀδικηθῇ ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου 1 will not be hurt by the second death “will not experience the second death” or “will not die a second time”
|
||||
REV 2 12 ll17 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Pergamum.
|
||||
REV 2 12 y864 τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Possible meanings are that this “angel” is (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
REV 2 12 y864 τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **angel** could mean: (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
REV 2 12 il7c translate-names Περγάμῳ 1 Pergamum This is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 2 12 f6s5 τὴν ῥομφαίαν τὴν δίστομον τὴν ὀξεῖαν 1 the sword with two sharp edges This refers to a double-edged sword, which is sharpened on both sides to cut both directions. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md)
|
||||
REV 2 13 ryn6 figs-metonymy ὁ θρόνος τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 Satan’s throne Possible meanings are (1) Satan’s power and evil influence on people, or (2) the place where Satan rules. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 13 ryn6 figs-metonymy ὁ θρόνος τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 Satan’s throne This could mean: (1) Satan’s power and evil influence on people, or (2) the place where Satan rules. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 13 tf7c figs-metaphor κρατεῖς τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 you hold on tightly to my name **Name** here is a metonym for the person. Firmly believing is spoken of as holding on tightly. Alternate translation: “you firmly believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 13 x6j6 figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἠρνήσω τὴν πίστιν μου 1 you did not deny your faith in me “Faith” can be translated with the verb “believe.” AT “you continued to tell people that you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 2 13 lu4b translate-names Ἀντιπᾶς 1 Antipas This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 2 14 wu6n ἀλλ’ ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ ὀλίγα 1 But I have a few things against you “I disapprove of you because of a few things you have done” or “I am angry with you because of a few things you did.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 2:4](../02/04.md).
|
||||
REV 2 14 rd44 figs-metaphor κρατοῦντας τὴν διδαχὴν Βαλαάμ, ὃς 1 who hold tightly to the teaching of Balaam, who Possible meanings are (1) “who teach what Balaam taught; he” or (2) “who do what Balaam taught; he.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 14 rd44 figs-metaphor κρατοῦντας τὴν διδαχὴν Βαλαάμ, ὃς 1 who hold tightly to the teaching of Balaam, who This could mean: (1) “who teach what Balaam taught; he” or (2) “who do what Balaam taught; he.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 14 j3nc translate-names τῷ Βαλὰκ 1 Balak This is the name of a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 2 14 hg4g figs-metaphor ὃς ἐδίδασκεν τῷ Βαλὰκ βαλεῖν σκάνδαλον ἐνώπιον τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ 1 who taught Balak to throw a stumbling block before the children of Israel Something that leads people to sin is spoken of as a stone in the road that people stumble on. Alternate translation: “who showed Balak how to cause the people of Israel to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 14 u19f πορνεῦσαι 1 be sexually immoral “sin sexually” or “commit sexual sin”
|
||||
|
|
@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ REV 2 17 lm1j figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the o
|
|||
REV 2 17 m867 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 2 17 i61b figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 To the one who conquers This refers anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “anyone who resists evil” or “those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
REV 2 18 b83m 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Thyatira.
|
||||
REV 2 18 nd4m τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Possible meanings are that this “angel” is (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
REV 2 18 nd4m τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **angel** could mean: (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
REV 2 18 kd5v translate-names Θυατείροις 1 Thyatira This is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 2 18 q3w9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
REV 2 18 zbx5 figs-simile ὁ ἔχων τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ ὡς φλόγα πυρός 1 who has eyes like a flame of fire His eyes are describes as being full of light like a flame of fire. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “whose eyes glow like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ REV 2 26 z5xi figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers This refer
|
|||
REV 2 27 c9gu ποιμανεῖ…συντρίβεται 1 He will rule…break them into pieces This is a prophecy from the Old Testament about a king of Israel, but Jesus applied it here to those to whom he gives authority over the nations.
|
||||
REV 2 27 w8pp figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling with an iron rod. Alternate translation: “He will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Breaking them to pieces is an image that represents either (1) destroying evildoers or (2) defeating enemies. Alternate translation: “He will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was received. Possible meanings are (1) “Just as I have received authority from my Father” or (2) “Just as I have received the morning star from my Father.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was received. This could mean: (1) “Just as I have received authority from my Father” or (2) “Just as I have received the morning star from my Father.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
REV 2 28 c1zc καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ 1 I will also give him Here, **him** refers to the one who conquers.
|
||||
REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star This is a bright star that sometimes appears early in the morning just before dawn. It was a symbol of victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the o
|
|||
REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 03 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Seven spirits of God<br><br>These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../../rev/01/04.md).<br><br>### Seven stars<br><br>These stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../../rev/01/20.md).<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking<br><br>Jesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”<br><br>The speaker knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The angel of the church”<br><br>The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../../rev/01/20.md).<br><br>### “The words of the one who”<br><br>The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3.
|
||||
REV 3 1 k6b7 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Sardis.
|
||||
REV 3 1 u1zs τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Possible meanings are that this “angel” is (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md).
|
||||
REV 3 1 u1zs τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **angel** could mean: (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md).
|
||||
REV 3 1 q7n9 translate-names Σάρδεσιν 1 Sardis This is the name of a city in the western part of Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 3 1 un3c writing-symlanguage ὁ ἔχων τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα 1 the seven spirits The number seven is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The “seven spirits” refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 3 1 t8wv writing-symlanguage τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας 1 the seven stars These stars are symbols that represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -179,13 +179,13 @@ REV 3 5 bi3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Fath
|
|||
REV 3 6 zxc7 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 6 k2k6 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 3 7 rf9b 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Philadelphia.
|
||||
REV 3 7 ksg4 τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Possible meanings are that this “angel” is (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
REV 3 7 ksg4 τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **angel** could mean: (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
REV 3 7 mm6x translate-names Φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Philadelphia This is the name of a city in the western part of Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 3 7 ih6i writing-symlanguage κλεῖν Δαυείδ 1 key of David Jesus speaks of his authority to decide who may go into his kingdom as if it were King David’s key. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 3 7 aam6 ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει 1 he opens and no one shuts “he opens the door to the kingdom and no one can close it”
|
||||
REV 3 7 pzy2 κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he shuts and no one can open “he closes the door and no one can open it”
|
||||
REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door “I have opened a door for you”
|
||||
REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word Possible meanings are (1) “you have followed by teachings” or (2) “you have obeyed my commands”
|
||||
REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word This could mean: (1) “you have followed by teachings” or (2) “you have obeyed my commands”
|
||||
REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name The word **name** here is a metonym for the person who has that name. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan People who gather to obey or honor Satan are spoken of as if they were in a synagogue, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down This is a sign of submission, not worship. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ REV 3 12 px36 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν, ποιήσω αὐτὸν στ
|
|||
REV 3 13 u5jk figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 13 ug5m figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 3 14 r6bz 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Laodicea.
|
||||
REV 3 14 jg3b τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Possible meanings are that this “angel” is (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
REV 3 14 jg3b τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **angel** could mean: (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
REV 3 14 wzg9 translate-names Λαοδικίᾳ 1 Laodicea This is the name of a city in the western part of Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 3 14 f65v ὁ Ἀμήν 1 the Amen Here, **the Amen** is a name for Jesus Christ. He guarantees God’s promises by saying amen to them.
|
||||
REV 3 14 btv1 ἡ ἀρχὴ τῆς κτίσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the beginning of God’s creation Possible meanings are (1) “the one who rules over everything that God created” or (2) “the one through whom God created everything.”
|
||||
REV 3 15 pf9x figs-metaphor οὔτε ψυχρὸς εἶ οὔτε ζεστός 1 you are neither cold nor hot The writer speaks of the Laodiceans as if they were water. Possible meanings are (1) “cold” and hot” represent two extremes of spiritual interest or love for God, where “cold” is to be completely against God, and to be “hot” is to be zealous to serve him, or (2) “cold” and “hot” both refer to water that is useful for drinking or for cooking or healing, respectively. Alternate translation: “you are like water that is neither cold nor hot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 14 btv1 ἡ ἀρχὴ τῆς κτίσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the beginning of God’s creation This could mean: (1) “the one who rules over everything that God created” or (2) “the one through whom God created everything.”
|
||||
REV 3 15 pf9x figs-metaphor οὔτε ψυχρὸς εἶ οὔτε ζεστός 1 you are neither cold nor hot The writer speaks of the Laodiceans as if they were water. This could mean: (1) “cold” and hot” represent two extremes of spiritual interest or love for God, where “cold” is to be completely against God, and to be “hot” is to be zealous to serve him, or (2) “cold” and “hot” both refer to water that is useful for drinking or for cooking or healing, respectively. Alternate translation: “you are like water that is neither cold nor hot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 16 y9vt figs-metaphor μέλλω σε ἐμέσαι ἐκ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 I am about to vomit you out of my mouth Rejecting them is spoken of as vomiting them out of the mouth. Alternate translation: “I will reject you as I would spit out lukewarm water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 17 v1pj figs-metaphor σὺ εἶ ὁ ταλαίπωρος, καὶ ἐλεεινὸς, καὶ πτωχὸς, καὶ τυφλὸς, καὶ γυμνός 1 you are most miserable, pitiable, poor, blind, and naked Jesus speaks of their spiritual condition as if he were speaking about their physical condition. Alternate translation: “You are like people who are most miserable, pitiable, poor, blind, and naked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 18 tmm7 ἀγοράσαι παρ’ ἐμοῦ χρυσίον πεπυρωμένον ἐκ πυρὸς, ἵνα πλουτήσῃς, καὶ ἱμάτια λευκὰ, ἵνα περιβάλῃ, καὶ μὴ φανερωθῇ ἡ αἰσχύνη τῆς γυμνότητός σου, καὶ κολλούριον ἐγχρῖσαι τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου, ἵνα βλέπῃς 1 Buy from me gold refined by fire so that you may become rich, and brilliant white garments so you may clothe yourself and not show the shame of your nakedness, and salve to anoint your eyes so you will see Here to **buy** represents receiving things from Jesus that have true spiritual value. The “gold refined by fire” represents spiritual wealth. The “brilliant white garments” represents rightousness. And the “salve to anoint your eyes” represents the ability to understand spiritual things. Alternate translation: “Come to me and receive spiritual wealth, which is more valuable than gold that is refined by fire. Receive from me righteousness, which is like brilliant white garments, so that you will not be ashamed. And receive from me wisdom, which is like salve for the eyes, so that you may understand spiritual things” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
|
|
@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ REV 4 4 ivw8 στεφάνους χρυσοῦς 1 golden crowns These were like
|
|||
REV 4 5 ryb1 ἀστραπαὶ 1 flashes of lightning Use your language’s way of describing what lightning looks like each time it appears.
|
||||
REV 4 5 u1da φωναὶ, καὶ βρονταί 1 rumblings, and crashes of thunder These are the loud noises that thunder makes. Use your language’s way of describing the sound of thunder.
|
||||
REV 4 5 e1jm writing-symlanguage τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 seven spirits of God The number seven is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The “seven spirits” refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 4 6 ja33 figs-metaphor θάλασσα ὑαλίνη 1 a sea of glass How it was like glass or a sea can be stated clearly. Possible meanings are (1) a sea is spoken of as if it were glass. Alternate translation: “a sea that was as smooth as glass” or (2) glass if spoken of as if it were a sea. Alternate translation: “glass that was spread out like a sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 4 6 ja33 figs-metaphor θάλασσα ὑαλίνη 1 a sea of glass How it was like glass or a sea can be stated clearly. This could mean: (1) a sea is spoken of as if it were glass. Alternate translation: “a sea that was as smooth as glass” or (2) glass if spoken of as if it were a sea. Alternate translation: “glass that was spread out like a sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 4 6 cv9p figs-simile ὁμοία κρυστάλλῳ 1 like crystal How it was like crystal can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “clear as crystal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 4 6 fr7x ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ θρόνου καὶ κύκλῳ τοῦ θρόνου 1 In the middle of the throne and around the throne “Immediately around the throne” or “Close to the throne and around it”
|
||||
REV 4 6 b66k τέσσαρα ζῷα 1 four living creatures “four living beings” or “four living things”
|
||||
|
|
@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ REV 4 9 a19z figs-doublet εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων
|
|||
REV 4 10 cmj9 translate-numbers εἴκοσι τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι 1 twenty-four elders “24 elders.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 4 10 c2vg πεσοῦνται 1 fall down They purposely lie down facing the ground to show that they are worshiping.
|
||||
REV 4 10 sly8 translate-symaction βαλοῦσιν τοὺς στεφάνους αὐτῶν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου 1 They lay their crowns before the throne These crowns looked like wreaths of olive branches or laurel leaves, hammered out in gold. The elders were respectfully placing the crowns on the ground, showing that they were submitting to God’s authority to rule. Alternate translation: “they lay their crowns before the throne to show that they were submitting to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
REV 4 10 wvf9 βαλοῦσιν 1 lay Possible meanings are (1) to place or (2) to throw down forcibly, as of something worthless (“throw,” [Revelation 2:22](../02/22.md)). The reader should understand that the elders are acting respectfully.
|
||||
REV 4 10 wvf9 βαλοῦσιν 1 lay This could mean: (1) to place or (2) to throw down forcibly, as of something worthless (“throw,” [Revelation 2:22](../02/22.md)). The reader should understand that the elders are acting respectfully.
|
||||
REV 4 11 idj1 ὁ Κύριος καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν 1 our Lord and our God “our Lord and God.” This is one person, the one who was sitting on the throne.
|
||||
REV 4 11 q91l figs-metonymy λαβεῖν τὴν δόξαν καὶ τὴν τιμὴν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν 1 to receive the glory and the honor and the power These are things that God always has. Being praised for having them is spoken of as receiving them. Alternate translation: “to be praised for your glory, honor, and power” or “for everyone to praise you because you are glorious, honorable, and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 5 intro g7ey 0 # Revelation 05 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this in verses 9-13.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sealed scroll<br><br>Kings and important people in John’s time wrote important documents on large pieces of paper or animal skin. They then rolled them up and sealed them with wax so they would stay closed. Only the person to whom the document was written had the authority to open it by breaking the seal. In this chapter, “the one who was seated on the throne” had written the scroll. Only the person called “the Lion of the tribe of Judah, the Root of David” and “the Lamb” had the authority to open it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/scroll]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/authority]])<br><br>### Twenty-four elders<br><br>Elders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>### Christian prayers<br><br>The prayers of Christians are described as incense. Christian prayers have a good smell to God. He is pleased when Christians pray.<br><br>### Seven spirits of God<br><br>These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../../rev/01/04.md).<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>The “Lion of the tribe of Judah” and the “Root of David” are metaphors that refer to Jesus. Jesus descended from the tribe of Judah and the family of David. Lions are fierce, and all animals and people are afraid of them, so they are a metaphor for a king whom everyone obeys. The words **Root of David** speak of Israel’s King David as if he were a seed that God had planted and of Jesus as if he were a root growing from that seed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ REV 5 7 egp6 figs-go ἦλθεν 1 He went He approached the throne. Some langua
|
|||
REV 5 8 e3fh writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the Lamb This is a young male sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 5 8 cgs1 translate-numbers οἱ εἴκοσι τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι 1 the twenty-four elders “24 elders.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 5 8 ff8y ἔπεσαν 1 fell down “lay down on the ground.” Their faces were toward the ground to show that they were worshiping the Lamb. They did this on purpose; they did not fall accidentally.
|
||||
REV 5 8 uv6w ἕκαστος 1 Each of them Possible meanings are (1) “each of the elders and living creatures” or (2) “each of the elders.”
|
||||
REV 5 8 uv6w ἕκαστος 1 Each of them This could mean: (1) “each of the elders and living creatures” or (2) “each of the elders.”
|
||||
REV 5 8 qak6 writing-symlanguage φιάλας χρυσᾶς γεμούσας θυμιαμάτων, αἵ εἰσιν αἱ προσευχαὶ τῶν ἁγίων 1 a golden bowl full of incense, which are the prayers of the saints The incense here is a symbol for the believers’ prayers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 5 9 yu7h figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐσφάγης 1 For you were slaughtered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For they slaughtered you” or “For people killed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 5 9 j1jn ἐσφάγης 1 slaughtered If your language has a word for killing an animal for a sacrifice, consider using it here.
|
||||
|
|
@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ REV 6 8 n9x3 ὑπὸ τῶν θηρίων τῆς γῆς 1 with the wild anim
|
|||
REV 6 9 bv8r translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 the fifth seal “the next seal” or “seal number five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 6 9 n3mi ὑποκάτω τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου 1 under the altar This may have been “at the base of the altar.”
|
||||
REV 6 9 b2kp figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 those who had been killed This can be translated with an active verb. AT “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 6 9 y8c6 figs-metaphor διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 because of the word of God and the testimony which they held Here, **Word of God** is a metonym for the message from God and “held” is a metaphor. Possible meanings are (1) holding the testimony refers to believing God’s word and testimony. Alternate translation: “because of the teachings of scripture and what they taught about Jesus Christ” or “because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony” or (2) holding the testimony refers to testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: “because they testified about the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 9 y8c6 figs-metaphor διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 because of the word of God and the testimony which they held Here, **Word of God** is a metonym for the message from God and “held” is a metaphor. This could mean: (1) holding the testimony refers to believing God’s word and testimony. Alternate translation: “because of the teachings of scripture and what they taught about Jesus Christ” or “because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony” or (2) holding the testimony refers to testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: “because they testified about the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 10 qz1i figs-metonymy ἐκδικεῖς τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν 1 avenge our blood The word **blood** here represents their deaths. Alternate translation: “punish those who killed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 11 bq1p figs-rquestion ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 until the full number of their fellow servants and their brothers was reached who were to be killed, just as they had been killed This implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should be killed by their enemies. This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants…sisters whom God had decided people would kill, just as people had killed their fellow servants…sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
REV 6 11 q9xh οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν 1 their fellow servants and their brothers This is one group of people described in two ways: as servants and as brothers. Alternate translation: “their brothers who serve God with them” or “their fellow believers who serve God with them”
|
||||
|
|
@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ REV 7 17 g3d2 figs-metonymy ἐξαλείψει ὁ Θεὸς πᾶν δάκρυ
|
|||
REV 8 intro ma7f 0 # Revelation 08 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Seven seals and seven trumpets<br><br>This chapter begins to show what happens when the Lamb opens the seventh seal. God uses the prayers of all believers to cause dramatic things to happen on earth. John then describes what happens when angels sound the first four of seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Passive voice<br><br>John uses the passive voice several times in this chapter. This hides who performs the action. This will be difficult to convey if the translator’s language does not have a passive voice. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### Similes<br><br>In verses 8 and 10, John uses similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 8 1 d652 0 Connecting Statement: The Lamb opens the seventh seal.
|
||||
REV 8 1 mh2b translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἑβδόμην 1 the seventh seal This is the last of the seven seals on the scroll. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “the final seal” or “seal number seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 8 2 fri9 figs-activepassive ἐδόθησαν αὐτοῖς ἑπτὰ σάλπιγγες 1 seven trumpets were given to them They were each given one trumpet. This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) “God gave them seven trumpets” or (2) “the Lamb gave them seven trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 8 2 fri9 figs-activepassive ἐδόθησαν αὐτοῖς ἑπτὰ σάλπιγγες 1 seven trumpets were given to them They were each given one trumpet. This can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) “God gave them seven trumpets” or (2) “the Lamb gave them seven trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 8 3 f9g9 δώσει 1 he would offer it “he would offer the incense to God by burning it”
|
||||
REV 8 4 lq1q figs-metonymy χειρὸς τοῦ ἀγγέλου 1 the angel’s hand This refers to the bowl in the angel’s hand. Alternate translation: “the bowl in the angel’s hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 8 5 l79w figs-metonymy ἐγέμισεν αὐτὸν ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς 1 filled it with fire The word **fire** here probably refers to burning coals. Alternate translation: “filled it with burning coals” or “filled it with coals of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ REV 8 7 ga1r figs-activepassive τὸ τρίτον τῆς γῆς κατεκά
|
|||
REV 8 8 rnh8 translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος ἄγγελος 1 The second angel “The next angel” or “Angel number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 8 8 uw2h figs-activepassive ὡς ὄρος μέγα πυρὶ καιόμενον, ἐβλήθη 1 something like a great mountain burning with fire was thrown This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the angel threw something like a great mountain burning with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 8 8 ev7g translate-fraction ἐγένετο τὸ τρίτον τῆς θαλάσσης αἷμα 1 A third of the sea became blood The fraction “A third” can be explained in translation. Alternate translation: “It was like the sea was divided into three parts, and one of those parts became blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
|
||||
REV 8 8 k43y figs-simile ἐγένετο…αἷμα 1 became blood Possible meanings are it (1) “became red like blood” or it (2) really became blood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 8 8 k43y figs-simile ἐγένετο…αἷμα 1 became blood This could mean: (1) “became red like blood” or (2) really became blood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 8 9 vgf4 τῶν κτισμάτων τῶν ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ τὰ ἔχοντα ψυχάς 1 the living creatures in the sea “the things living in the sea” or “the fish and other animals that lived in the sea”
|
||||
REV 8 10 n8ue figs-simile ἔπεσεν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀστὴρ μέγας, καιόμενος ὡς λαμπάς 1 a huge star fell from the sky, blazing like a torch “a huge star that was blazing like a torch fell from the sky.” The fire of the huge star looked similar to the fire of a torch. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 8 10 int4 λαμπάς 1 torch a stick with one end lit on fire to provide light
|
||||
|
|
@ -387,15 +387,15 @@ REV 8 11 as2n translate-unknown τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγ
|
|||
REV 8 11 gei4 figs-metaphor ἐγένετο…ἄψινθον 1 became wormwood The bitter taste of the water is spoken of as if it were wormwood. Alternate translation: “became bitter like wormwood” or “became bitter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 8 11 g4q5 ἀπέθανον ἐκ τῶν ὑδάτων, ὅτι ἐπικράνθησαν 1 died from the waters that became bitter “died when they drank the bitter water”
|
||||
REV 8 12 z936 figs-metaphor ἐπλήγη τὸ τρίτον τοῦ ἡλίου 1 a third of the sun was struck Causing something bad to happen to the sun is spoken of as striking, or hitting, it. This can be stated with an active verb. Alternate translation: “a third of the sun changed” or “God changed a third of the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 8 12 ukh6 σκοτισθῇ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῶν 1 a third of them turned dark Possible meanings are (1) “one third of the time they were dark” or (2) “one third of the sun, one third of the moon, and one third of the stars became dark”
|
||||
REV 8 12 ukh6 σκοτισθῇ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῶν 1 a third of them turned dark This could mean: (1) “one third of the time they were dark” or (2) “one third of the sun, one third of the moon, and one third of the stars became dark”
|
||||
REV 8 12 t1ag ἡ ἡμέρα μὴ φάνῃ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῆς, καὶ ἡ νὺξ ὁμοίως 1 a third of the day and a third of the night had no light “there was no light during one third of the day and one third of the night” or “they did not shine during one third of the day and one third of the night”
|
||||
REV 8 13 x375 figs-activepassive ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν φωνῶν τῆς σάλπιγγος…σαλπίζειν 1 because of the remaining trumpet…angels This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because the three angels who have not yet sounded their trumpets are about to sound them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 9 intro sq5c 0 # Revelation 09 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, John continues to describe what happens when angels sound seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>### Woe<br><br>John describes several “woes” in the Book of Revelation. This chapter begins to describe three “woes” announced at the end of Chapter 8.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Animal imagery<br><br>This chapter includes several animals: locusts, scorpions, horses, lions, and snakes. Animals convey different qualities or traits. For example, a lion is powerful and dangerous. Translators should use the same animals in their translation if possible. If the animal is unknown, one with similar qualities or traits should be used.<br><br>### Bottomless pit<br><br>This image is seen several times in the Book of Revelation. It is a picture of hell as being inescapable and the opposite direction as heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])<br><br>### Abaddon and Apollyon<br><br>“Abaddon” is a Hebrew word. “Apollyon” is a Greek word. Both words mean “Destroyer.” John used the sounds of the Hebrew word and wrote them with Greek letters. The ULT and UST write the sounds of both words with English letters. Translators are encouraged to transliterate these words using the letters of the target language. The original Greek readers would have understood “Apollyon” to mean “Destroyer.” So translators may also supply what it means in the text or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br><br>### Repentance<br><br>Despite great signs, people are described as not repenting and so remain in their sin. People refusing to repent are also mentioned in Chapter 16. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>John uses many similes in this chapter. They help to describe the images that he sees in his vision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 9 1 d26c 0 Connecting Statement: The fifth of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet.
|
||||
REV 9 1 jim6 εἶδον ἀστέρα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεπτωκότα 1 I saw a star from heaven that had fallen John saw the star after it had fallen. He did not watch if fall.
|
||||
REV 9 1 v12j ἡ κλεὶς τοῦ φρέατος τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 the key to the shaft of the bottomless pit “the key that unlocks the shaft of the bottomless pit”
|
||||
REV 9 1 cjr9 τοῦ φρέατος τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 the shaft of the bottomless pit Possible meanings are (1) “shaft” is another way of referring to the pit and describes it as long and narrow, or (2) “shaft” refers to the opening of the pit.
|
||||
REV 9 1 p886 τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 the bottomless pit This is an extremely deep narrow hole. Possible meanings are (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever or (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom.
|
||||
REV 9 1 cjr9 τοῦ φρέατος τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 the shaft of the bottomless pit This could mean: (1) “shaft” is another way of referring to the pit and describes it as long and narrow, or (2) “shaft” refers to the opening of the pit.
|
||||
REV 9 1 p886 τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 the bottomless pit This is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever or (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom.
|
||||
REV 9 2 tp79 figs-simile ὡς καπνὸς καμίνου μεγάλης 1 like smoke from a huge furnace A huge furnace gives off a great amount of thick, dark smoke. Alternate translation: “like the great amount of smoke that comes from a huge furnace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 9 2 nd4n ἐσκοτώθη 1 turned dark “became dark”
|
||||
REV 9 3 mb9m translate-unknown ἀκρίδες 1 locusts insects that fly together in large groups. People fear them because they can eat up all the leaves in gardens and on trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -418,8 +418,8 @@ REV 9 7 zh82 0 General Information: These locusts did not look like ordinary l
|
|||
REV 9 7 s9gl στέφανοι ὅμοιοι χρυσῷ 1 crowns of gold These were likenesses of wreaths of olive branches or laurel leaves, hammered out in gold. Examples actually made of leaves were given to victorious athletes to wear on their heads.
|
||||
REV 9 10 mac3 ἔχουσιν οὐρὰς 1 They had tails The word **They** refers to the locusts.
|
||||
REV 9 10 qdc3 figs-simile ὁμοίας σκορπίοις καὶ κέντρα 1 with stingers like scorpions A scorpion is a small insect with a poisonous stinger at the end of its long tail. The sting can cause severe pain or even death. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 9:6](../09/06.md). Alternate translation: “with stingers like scorpion stingers” or “with stingers that could cause terrible pain as scorpion stingers can” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 9 10 lim1 ἐν ταῖς οὐραῖς αὐτῶν ἡ ἐξουσία αὐτῶν ἀδικῆσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους μῆνας πέντε 1 in their tails they had power to harm people for five months Possible meanings are (1) they had power for five months to harm people or (2) they could sting people and the people would be in pain for five months.
|
||||
REV 9 11 fiu6 τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 the bottomless pit This is an extremely deep narrow hole. Possible meanings are (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever or (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md).
|
||||
REV 9 10 lim1 ἐν ταῖς οὐραῖς αὐτῶν ἡ ἐξουσία αὐτῶν ἀδικῆσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους μῆνας πέντε 1 in their tails they had power to harm people for five months This could mean: (1) they had power for five months to harm people or (2) they could sting people and the people would be in pain for five months.
|
||||
REV 9 11 fiu6 τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 the bottomless pit This is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever or (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md).
|
||||
REV 9 11 bkg6 translate-names Ἀβαδδών…Ἀπολλύων 1 Abaddon…Apollyon Both names mean “Destroyer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
REV 9 12 ts26 figs-metaphor ἔρχεται ἔτι δύο οὐαὶ 1 there are still two disasters to come Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 9 13 cyb6 0 Connecting Statement: The sixth of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet.
|
||||
|
|
@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ REV 11 5 ab6b figs-metaphor πῦρ…κατεσθίει τοὺς ἐχθρο
|
|||
REV 11 6 cac1 figs-metaphor κλεῖσαι τὸν οὐρανόν, ἵνα μὴ ὑετὸς βρέχῃ 1 to close up the sky so that no rain will fall John speaks of the sky as if it had a door that can be opened to let rain fall or closed to stop the rain. Alternate translation: “to keep rain from falling from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 11 6 a7ed στρέφειν 1 to turn “to change”
|
||||
REV 11 6 kth7 figs-metaphor πατάξαι τὴν γῆν ἐν πάσῃ πληγῇ 1 to strike the earth with every kind of plague John speaks of the plagues as if they were a stick that someone could hit the earth with. Alternate translation: “to cause all kinds of trouble to occur on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 11 7 i679 Ἀβύσσου 1 bottomless pit This is an extremely deep narrow hole. Possible meanings are (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever or (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md).
|
||||
REV 11 7 i679 Ἀβύσσου 1 bottomless pit This is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever or (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md).
|
||||
REV 11 8 r45p τὰ πτώματα αὐτῶν 1 Their bodies This refers to the bodies of the two witnesses.
|
||||
REV 11 8 p9fu ἐπὶ τῆς πλατείας τῆς πόλεως τῆς μεγάλης 1 in the street of the great city The city had more than one street. This was a public place where people could see them. Alternate translation: “in one of the streets of the great city” or “in the main street of the great city”
|
||||
REV 11 8 iea1 ὁ Κύριος αὐτῶν 1 their Lord They served the Lord, and like him would die in that city.
|
||||
|
|
@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ REV 11 10 h4pq ὅτι οὗτοι οἱ δύο προφῆται ἐβασάν
|
|||
REV 11 11 x3gn translate-numbers τὰς τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ ἥμισυ 1 three and a half days “3 full days and one half day” or “3.5 days” or “3 1/2 days.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 11:9](../11/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 11 11 al5w figs-metaphor πνεῦμα ζωῆς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτούς 1 a breath of life from God will enter them The ability to breathe is spoken of as if it were something that can go into people. Alternate translation: “God will cause the two witnesses to breathe again and live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 11 11 u265 figs-metaphor φόβος μέγας ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τοὺς θεωροῦντας αὐτούς 1 Great fear will fall on those who see them Fear is spoken of as if it is a object that can fall on people. Alternate translation: “Those who see them will be extremely afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 11 12 f8ze καὶ ἤκουσαν 1 Then they will hear Possible meanings are (1) the two witnesses will hear or (2) the people will hear what is said to the two witnesses.
|
||||
REV 11 12 f8ze καὶ ἤκουσαν 1 Then they will hear This could mean: (1) the two witnesses will hear or (2) the people will hear what is said to the two witnesses.
|
||||
REV 11 12 mkq9 figs-metonymy φωνῆς μεγάλης ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a loud voice from heaven The word **voice** refers to the one who speaks. Alternate translation: “someone speak loudly to them from heaven and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 11 12 l1x7 λεγούσης αὐτοῖς 1 say to them “say to the two witnesses”
|
||||
REV 11 13 p56r translate-numbers ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων χιλιάδες ἑπτά 1 Seven thousand people “7,000 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ REV 13 18 i46m 0 General Information: This verse is a break from John’s acco
|
|||
REV 13 18 uk74 ὧδε ἡ σοφία ἐστίν 1 Here is wisdom “Wisdom is needed” or “You need to be wise about this”
|
||||
REV 13 18 z8tz figs-abstractnouns ὁ ἔχων νοῦν ψηφισάτω 1 If anyone has understanding The word **insight** can be translated with the verb “understand.” Alternate translation: “If anyone is able to understand things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 13 18 ri1y ψηφισάτω τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ θηρίου 1 let him calculate the number of the beast “he should discern what the number of the beast means” or “he should figure out what the number of the beast means”
|
||||
REV 13 18 bbn2 ἀριθμὸς…ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν 1 is the number of a human being Possible meanings are (1) the number represents one person or (2) the number represents all of humanity.
|
||||
REV 13 18 bbn2 ἀριθμὸς…ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν 1 is the number of a human being This could mean: (1) the number represents one person or (2) the number represents all of humanity.
|
||||
REV 14 intro q71v 0 # Revelation 14 General Notes<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Harvest<br><br>Harvest is when people go out to gather ripe food from plants. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about him so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. This chapter uses the metaphor of two harvests. Jesus gathers in his people from the whole earth. Then an angel gathers in wicked people whom God will punish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
|
||||
REV 14 1 e7u7 0 General Information: The word **I** refers to John.
|
||||
REV 14 1 ck6y 0 Connecting Statement: John begins to describe the next part of his vision. There are 144,000 believers standing before the Lamb.
|
||||
|
|
@ -629,8 +629,8 @@ REV 14 3 sz1f ᾄδουσιν ᾠδὴν καινὴν 1 They sang a new song
|
|||
REV 14 3 ii11 τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων 1 the four living creatures “living being” or “living thing.” See how you translated “living creature” in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md)
|
||||
REV 14 3 m75y τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 the elders This refers to the twenty-four elders around the throne. See how you translated “elders” in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md).
|
||||
REV 14 3 q6fc translate-numbers ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες χιλιάδες 1 144000 “one hundred forty-four thousand.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 7:4](../07/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 14 4 jet6 μετὰ γυναικῶν οὐκ ἐμολύνθησαν 1 have not defiled themselves with women Possible meanings are (1) “have never had immoral sexual relations with a woman” or (2) “have never had sexual relations with a woman.” Defiling oneself with women may be a symbol of worshiping idols.
|
||||
REV 14 4 a7ir παρθένοι 1 virgins Possible meanings are (1) “they did not have sexual relations with a woman who was not their wife” or (2) “they are virgins.”
|
||||
REV 14 4 jet6 μετὰ γυναικῶν οὐκ ἐμολύνθησαν 1 have not defiled themselves with women This could mean: (1) “have never had immoral sexual relations with a woman” or (2) “have never had sexual relations with a woman.” Defiling oneself with women may be a symbol of worshiping idols.
|
||||
REV 14 4 a7ir παρθένοι 1 virgins This could mean: (1) “they did not have sexual relations with a woman who was not their wife” or (2) “they are virgins.”
|
||||
REV 14 4 q3hg figs-metaphor οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες τῷ Ἀρνίῳ ὅπου ἂν ὑπάγει 1 the ones who follow the Lamb wherever he goes Doing what the Lamb does is spoken of as following him. Alternate translation: “they do whatever the Lamb does” or “they obey the Lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 14 4 mlw3 figs-metaphor ἠγοράσθησαν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπαρχὴ 1 redeemed from among mankind as firstfruits **Firstfruits** here is a metaphor for the first offering to be made to God in celebration of harvest. Alternate translation: “purchased out of the midst of the rest of mankind as a special celebration of salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 14 5 ga8p figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν οὐχ εὑρέθη ψεῦδος 1 No lie was found in their mouth Their “mouth” refers to what they said.” Alternate translation: “They never lied when they spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ REV 14 12 me1j ὧδε ἡ ὑπομονὴ τῶν ἁγίων ἐστίν 1 H
|
|||
REV 14 13 x62q οἱ νεκροὶ οἱ…ἀποθνῄσκοντες 1 the dead who die “those who die”
|
||||
REV 14 13 hy1a οἱ ἐν Κυρίῳ ἀποθνῄσκοντες 1 who die in the Lord “who are united to the Lord and die.” This may refer to people who are killed by their enemies. Alternate translation: “who die because they are united to the Lord”
|
||||
REV 14 13 vd4m τῶν κόπων 1 labors difficulties and sufferings
|
||||
REV 14 13 v4xz figs-personification τὰ…ἔργα αὐτῶν ἀκολουθεῖ μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 their deeds will follow them These deeds are spoken of as if they were alive and able to follow those who did them. Possible meanings are (1) “others will know the good deeds these people have done” or (2) “God will reward them for their deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 14 13 v4xz figs-personification τὰ…ἔργα αὐτῶν ἀκολουθεῖ μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 their deeds will follow them These deeds are spoken of as if they were alive and able to follow those who did them. This could mean: (1) “others will know the good deeds these people have done” or (2) “God will reward them for their deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 14 14 ft6v writing-symlanguage 0 Connecting Statement: John begins to describe the next part of his vision. This part is about the Son of Man harvesting the earth. Harvesting the grain is a symbol of God’s judging people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 14 gvw8 figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 one like a son of man This expression describes a human figure, someone who looks human. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 14 14 i8se στέφανον χρυσοῦν 1 golden crown This was the likeness of a wreath of olive branches or laurel leaves, hammered out in gold. Examples actually made of leaves were given to victorious athletes to wear on their heads.
|
||||
|
|
@ -675,9 +675,9 @@ REV 15 1 l345 figs-doublet μέγα καὶ θαυμαστόν 1 great and marve
|
|||
REV 15 1 w6lf ἀγγέλους ἑπτὰ ἔχοντας πληγὰς ἑπτὰ 1 seven angels with seven plagues “seven angels who had authority to send seven plagues on the earth”
|
||||
REV 15 1 mw7g τὰς ἐσχάτας 1 the final plagues “and after them, there will not be any more plagues”
|
||||
REV 15 1 ij3d figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐν αὐταῖς ἐτελέσθη ὁ θυμὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for with them the wrath of God will be completed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for these plagues will complete the wrath of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 15 1 gdt5 ὅτι ἐν αὐταῖς ἐτελέσθη ὁ θυμὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for with them the wrath of God will be completed Possible meanings are (1) these plagues will show all of God’s anger or (2) after these plagues, God will no longer be angry.
|
||||
REV 15 1 gdt5 ὅτι ἐν αὐταῖς ἐτελέσθη ὁ θυμὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for with them the wrath of God will be completed This could mean: (1) these plagues will show all of God’s anger or (2) after these plagues, God will no longer be angry.
|
||||
REV 15 2 ytq6 0 General Information: Here John begins to describe his vision of the people who had been victorious over the beast and who are praising God.
|
||||
REV 15 2 n9yj figs-metaphor θάλασσαν ὑαλίνην 1 sea of glass How it was like glass or a sea can be stated clearly. Possible meanings are (1) a sea is spoken of as if it were glass. Alternate translation: “a sea that was as smooth as glass” or (2) glass if spoken of as if it were a sea. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md). Alternate translation: “glass that was spread out like a sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 15 2 n9yj figs-metaphor θάλασσαν ὑαλίνην 1 sea of glass How it was like glass or a sea can be stated clearly. This could mean: (1) a sea is spoken of as if it were glass. Alternate translation: “a sea that was as smooth as glass” or (2) glass if spoken of as if it were a sea. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md). Alternate translation: “glass that was spread out like a sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 15 2 pt8v figs-explicit τοὺς νικῶντας ἐκ τοῦ θηρίου, καὶ ἐκ τῆς εἰκόνος αὐτοῦ 1 Those who had been victorious over the beast and over his image How they were victorious can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “who had been victorious over the beast and his image by not worshiping them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 15 2 dbz9 figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 over the number representing his name How they were victorious over the number can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “over the number representing his name by not being marked with that number” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 15 2 lra7 τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 the number representing his name This refers to the number described in [Revelation 13:18](../13/18.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ REV 16 3 nc6a figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1
|
|||
REV 16 3 sx66 figs-synecdoche τὴν θάλασσαν 1 the sea This refers to all the salt water lakes and oceans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 16 4 p4ae figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 poured out his bowl The word **bowl** refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out the wine from his bowl” or “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 4 xu1y figs-synecdoche τοὺς ποταμοὺς καὶ τὰς πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων 1 the rivers and the springs of water This refers to all bodies of fresh water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 16 5 f35a τοῦ ἀγγέλου τῶν ὑδάτων 1 the angel of the waters Possible meanings are (1) this refers to the third angel who was in charge of pouring out God’s wrath on the rivers and springs of water or (2) this was another angel who was in charge of all the waters.
|
||||
REV 16 5 f35a τοῦ ἀγγέλου τῶν ὑδάτων 1 the angel of the waters This could mean: (1) this refers to the third angel who was in charge of pouring out God’s wrath on the rivers and springs of water or (2) this was another angel who was in charge of all the waters.
|
||||
REV 16 5 e45u figs-you δίκαιος εἶ 1 You are righteous “You” refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
REV 16 5 itg7 ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν 1 the one who is and who was “God who is and who was.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
REV 16 6 b6wa figs-metonymy αἷμα ἁγίων καὶ προφητῶν ἐξέχεαν 1 they poured out the blood of the saints and prophets Here, **poured out the blood** means killed. Alternate translation: “they murdered God’s holy people and the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ REV 17 6 iwz1 μεθύουσαν ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος…καὶ ἐκ
|
|||
REV 17 6 yqi7 τῶν μαρτύρων Ἰησοῦ 1 the martyrs for Jesus “the believers who have died because they told others about Jesus”
|
||||
REV 17 6 ydi9 ἐθαύμασα 1 I marveled amazed, surprised
|
||||
REV 17 7 j412 figs-rquestion διὰ τί ἐθαύμασας 1 Why are you astonished? The angel used this question to gently scold John. Alternate translation: “You should not be astonished!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
REV 17 8 upm7 τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 the bottomless pit This is an extremely deep narrow hole. Possible meanings are (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever or (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md).
|
||||
REV 17 8 upm7 τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 the bottomless pit This is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever or (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md).
|
||||
REV 17 8 usl4 figs-abstractnouns καὶ εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει 1 Then it will go on to destruction The noun “destruction” can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “Then he will be destroyed” or “Then God will destroy him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 17 8 glf1 figs-activepassive εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει 1 it will go on to destruction The certainty of what will happen in the future is spoken of as if the beast were going to it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 8 r6h4 figs-activepassive ὧν οὐ γέγραπται τὰ ὀνόματα 1 those whose names have not been written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whose names God did not write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ REV 17 10 yk93 figs-metaphor οἱ πέντε ἔπεσαν 1 Five kings have fa
|
|||
REV 17 10 d2wx ὁ εἷς ἔστιν 1 one is “one is king now” or “one king is alive now”
|
||||
REV 17 10 kw95 figs-metaphor ὁ εἷς ἔστιν, ὁ ἄλλος οὔπω ἦλθεν 1 the other has not yet come; when he comes Not having existed yet is spoken of as not yet having come. Alternate translation: “the other has not yet become king; when he becomes king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 10 v8vx figs-metaphor ἔλθῃ, ὀλίγον αὐτὸν δεῖ μεῖναι 1 he can remain only for a little while The angel speaks of someone continuing to be king as if he were remaining in a place. Alternate translation: “he can be king only for a little while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 11 b1ct ἐκ τῶν ἑπτά ἐστιν 1 is one of those seven kings Possible meanings are (1) the beast rules twice: first as one of the seven kings, and then as the eighth king or (2) the beast belongs to that group of seven kings because he is like them.
|
||||
REV 17 11 b1ct ἐκ τῶν ἑπτά ἐστιν 1 is one of those seven kings This could mean: (1) the beast rules twice: first as one of the seven kings, and then as the eighth king or (2) the beast belongs to that group of seven kings because he is like them.
|
||||
REV 17 11 w7sk figs-metaphor εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει 1 it is going to destruction The certainty of what will happen in the future is spoken of as if the beast were going to it. Alternate translation: “it will certainly be destroyed” or “God will surely destroy it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 17 12 gq2m 0 Connecting Statement: The angel continues speaking to John. Here he explains the meaning of the ten horns of the beast.
|
||||
REV 17 12 n2rd translate-unknown μίαν ὥραν 1 for one hour If your language does not divide the day into 24 hours, you may need to use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “for a very short time” or “for a very small part of a day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ REV 18 5 u2yu ἐμνημόνευσεν 1 has remembered “has thought of” o
|
|||
REV 18 6 ec42 figs-metaphor ἀπόδοτε αὐτῇ ὡς καὶ αὐτὴ ἀπέδωκεν 1 Pay her back as she has paid others back The voice speaks of punishment as if it were payment. Alternate translation: “Punish her as she has punished others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 6 pa62 figs-metaphor διπλώσατε 1 repay her double The voice speaks of punishment as if it were payment. Alternate translation: “punish her twice as much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 6 xba5 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ᾧ ἐκέρασεν, κεράσατε αὐτῇ διπλοῦν 1 in the cup she mixed, mix double the amount for her The voice speaks of causing others to suffer as preparing strong wine for them to drink. Alternate translation: “prepare for her the wine of suffering that is twice as strong as what she made for others” or “make her suffer twice as much as she made others suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 6 l3n5 κεράσατε…διπλοῦν 1 mix double the amount Possible meanings are (1) “prepare twice the amount” or (2) “make it twice as strong”
|
||||
REV 18 6 l3n5 κεράσατε…διπλοῦν 1 mix double the amount This could mean: (1) “prepare twice the amount” or (2) “make it twice as strong”
|
||||
REV 18 7 i9bm 0 Connecting Statement: The same voice from heaven continues speaking about Babylon as if it were a woman.
|
||||
REV 18 7 we2t ἐδόξασεν αὑτὴν 1 she glorified herself “the people of Babylon glorified themselves”
|
||||
REV 18 7 yt32 figs-metonymy ὅτι ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς λέγει 1 For she says in her heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or thoughts. Alternate translation: “For she says to herself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -926,7 +926,7 @@ REV 19 21 qk9t τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ…τῇ ἐξελθούσῃ ἐκ το
|
|||
REV 20 intro c7eh 0 # Revelation 20 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The thousand-year reign of Christ<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus is said to reign for a thousand years, at the same time that Satan is bound. Scholars are divided over whether this refers to a future period of time or to Jesus reigning now from heaven. It is not necessary to understand this passage in order to translate it accurately. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>### Final rebellion<br><br>This chapter also describes what happens after the thousand years are ended. During this time, Satan and many people will attempt to rebel against Jesus. This will result in God’s ultimate and final victory over sin and evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### Great white throne<br><br>This chapter ends with God judging all people who ever lived. God separates people who believe in Jesus from those who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Book of Life<br><br>This is a metaphor for eternal life. Those possessing eternal life are said to have their names written in this Book of Life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Hades and the lake of fire<br><br>These appear to be two distinct places. The translator may wish to do further research to determine how to translate these two places differently. They should not be made the same as each other in translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])
|
||||
REV 20 1 rkv7 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision of an angel throwing the devil into the bottomless pit.
|
||||
REV 20 1 n8b8 καὶ εἶδον 1 Then I saw Here, **I** refers to John.
|
||||
REV 20 1 c18c Ἀβύσσου 1 bottomless pit This is an extremely deep narrow hole. Possible meanings are (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever or (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md).
|
||||
REV 20 1 c18c Ἀβύσσου 1 bottomless pit This is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever or (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md).
|
||||
REV 20 2 r6es writing-symlanguage δράκοντα 1 dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 20 3 xj22 figs-explicit ἐσφράγισεν ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 sealed it over him The angel sealed the pit to keep anyone from opening it. Alternate translation: “sealed it to prevent anyone from opening it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 20 3 el4f figs-metonymy πλανήσῃ…τὰ ἔθνη 1 deceive the nations Here, **nations** is a metonym for the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “deceive the people-groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -973,8 +973,8 @@ REV 21 3 hpt1 figs-parallelism ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μετὰ τῶ
|
|||
REV 21 4 w39g figs-metonymy ἐξαλείψει πᾶν δάκρυον ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 He will wipe away every tear from their eyes **Tears** here represent sadness. See how you translated this in [Revelation 7:17](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: “God will wipe away their sadness, like wiping away tears” or “God will cause them to not be sad anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 21 5 rq2q figs-metonymy οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί εἰσιν 1 these words are trustworthy and true Here, **words** refers to the message that they formed. Alternate translation: “this message is trustworthy and true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 21 6 dq8n figs-parallelism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 the alpha and the omega, the beginning and the end These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize God’s eternal nature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 21 6 li7s figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega These are first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. Possible meanings are (1) “the one who began all things and who ends all things” or (2) “the one who has always lived and who always will live.” If these are unclear to readers, you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first and the last” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 21 6 bf1p ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 the beginning and the end Possible meanings are (1) “the one who began all things and the one who will cause all things to end” or (2) “the one who existed before all things and who will exist after all things.”
|
||||
REV 21 6 li7s figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega These are first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. This could mean: (1) “the one who began all things and who ends all things” or (2) “the one who has always lived and who always will live.” If these are unclear to readers, you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first and the last” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 21 6 bf1p ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 the beginning and the end This could mean: (1) “the one who began all things and the one who will cause all things to end” or (2) “the one who existed before all things and who will exist after all things.”
|
||||
REV 21 6 wk2c figs-metaphor τῷ διψῶντι…τοῦ ὕδατος τῆς ζωῆς 1 To the one who thirsts…water of life God speaks of a person’s desire for eternal life as if it were thirst and of that person receiving eternal life as if he were drinking life-giving water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 21 7 vms6 0 Connecting Statement: The one seated on the throne continues to speak to John.
|
||||
REV 21 8 hma7 τοῖς…δειλοῖς 1 the cowards “those who are too afraid to do what is right”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1017,12 +1017,12 @@ REV 22 1 vl23 ποταμὸν ὕδατος ζωῆς 1 the river of the water
|
|||
REV 22 1 yn2p figs-metaphor ποταμὸν ὕδατος ζωῆς 1 the water of life Eternal life is spoken of as if it were provided by life-giving water. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:6](../21/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 22 1 mxp4 writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the Lamb This is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 22 2 l2aq figs-metonymy τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 the nations Here, **nations** refers to the people who live in every nation. Alternate translation: “the people of all nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 3 d5fq πᾶν κατάθεμα οὐκ ἔσται ἔτι 1 There will no longer be any curse Possible meanings are (1) “There will never be anyone there that God will curse” or (2) “There will not be anyone there who is under God’s curse”
|
||||
REV 22 3 by36 οἱ δοῦλοι αὐτοῦ λατρεύσουσιν αὐτῷ 1 his servants will serve him Possible meanings of “his” and “him” are (1) both words refer to God the Father, or (2) both words refer to both God and the Lamb, who rule together as one.
|
||||
REV 22 3 d5fq πᾶν κατάθεμα οὐκ ἔσται ἔτι 1 There will no longer be any curse This could mean: (1) “There will never be anyone there that God will curse” or (2) “There will not be anyone there who is under God’s curse”
|
||||
REV 22 3 by36 οἱ δοῦλοι αὐτοῦ λατρεύσουσιν αὐτῷ 1 his servants will serve him Here, **his** and **him** could mean: (1) God the Father, or (2) both God and the Lamb, who rule together as one.
|
||||
REV 22 4 zy4x figs-idiom ὄψονται τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 They will see his face This is an idiom, meaning to be in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “They will be in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
REV 22 6 j51i figs-explicit 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the end of John’s vision. In verse 6 the angel is speaking to John. In verse 7, Jesus is speaking. This can be shown clearly as is in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 22 6 xaw8 figs-metonymy οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί 1 These words are trustworthy and true Here, **words** refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:5](../21/05.md). Alternate translation: “This message is trustworthy and true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 6 cr31 figs-metonymy ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πνευμάτων τῶν προφητῶν 1 the God of the spirits of the prophets Possible meanings are (1) The word **spirits** refers to the inward disposition of the prophets and indicates that God inspires them. Alternate translation: “God who inspires the prophets” or (2) The word **spirits** refers to the Holy Spirit who inspires the prophets. Alternate translation: “God who gives his Spirit to the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 6 cr31 figs-metonymy ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πνευμάτων τῶν προφητῶν 1 the God of the spirits of the prophets This could mean: (1) The word **spirits** refers to the inward disposition of the prophets and indicates that God inspires them. Alternate translation: “God who inspires the prophets” or (2) The word **spirits** refers to the Holy Spirit who inspires the prophets. Alternate translation: “God who gives his Spirit to the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 7 p72h ἰδοὺ 1 Look! Here Jesus begins to speak. The word **Look** adds emphasis to what follows.
|
||||
REV 22 7 afr9 figs-explicit ἔρχομαι ταχύ 1 I am coming quickly! It is understood that he is coming in order to judge. See how you translated this in [Revelation 3:11](../03/11.md). Alternate translation: “I am coming to judge soon!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 22 8 xr17 0 General Information: John tells his readers about how he responded to the angel.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1032,9 +1032,9 @@ REV 22 10 ct48 figs-explicit μὴ σφραγίσῃς…τοῦ βιβλίου
|
|||
REV 22 10 xc15 figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 the words of the prophecy of this book Here, **words** refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 22:7](../22/07.md). Alternate translation: “This prophetic message of this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 12 idc6 writing-endofstory 0 General Information: As the book of Revelation is ending, Jesus gives a closing greeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
REV 22 13 f5jl figs-parallelism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 the alpha and the omega, the first and the last, the beginning and the end These three phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that Jesus has and will exist for all time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 22 13 uup6 figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega These are first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. Possible meanings are (1) “the one who began all things and who ends all things” or (2) “the one who has always lived and who always will live.” If unclear to readers you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first and the last” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 22 13 uup6 figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega These are first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. This could mean: (1) “the one who began all things and who ends all things” or (2) “the one who has always lived and who always will live.” If unclear to readers you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first and the last” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 22 13 cpl9 figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last This refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 22 13 nnm2 ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 the beginning and the end Possible meanings are (1) “the one who began all things and the one who will cause all things to end” or (2) “the one who existed before all things and who will exist after all things.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:6](../21/06.md).
|
||||
REV 22 13 nnm2 ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 the beginning and the end This could mean: (1) “the one who began all things and the one who will cause all things to end” or (2) “the one who existed before all things and who will exist after all things.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:6](../21/06.md).
|
||||
REV 22 14 r16s 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues giving his closing greeting.
|
||||
REV 22 14 i54w figs-metaphor οἱ πλύνοντες τὰς στολὰς αὐτῶν 1 those who wash their robes Becoming righteous is spoken of as if it were washing one’s clothing. See how you translated as similar phrase in [Revelation 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “those who have become righteous, as if they have washed their robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 22 15 aw1h ἔξω 1 Outside This means they are outside the city and not allowed to enter.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ REV 22 16 t2v9 figs-metaphor ἡ ῥίζα καὶ τὸ γένος Δαυείδ
|
|||
REV 22 16 g9uj figs-metaphor ὁ ἀστὴρ ὁ λαμπρός, ὁ πρωϊνός 1 the bright morning star Jesus speaks of himself as if he were the bright star that sometimes appears early in the morning and indicates that a new day is about to begin. See how you translated “morning star” in [Revelation 2:28](../02/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 22 17 gig5 0 Connecting Statement: This verse is a response to what Jesus said.
|
||||
REV 22 17 lt8j figs-metaphor ἡ νύμφη 1 the Bride Believers are spoken of as if they were a bride about to be married to her groom, Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 22 17 m9at figs-explicit ἔρχου 1 Come! Possible meanings are (1) that this is an invitation for people to come and drink the water of life. Alternate translation: “Come and drink!” or (2) that this is a polite request for Jesus to return. Alternate translation: “Please come!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 22 17 m9at figs-explicit ἔρχου 1 Come! This could mean: (1) that this is an invitation for people to come and drink the water of life. Alternate translation: “Come and drink!” or (2) that this is a polite request for Jesus to return. Alternate translation: “Please come!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 22 17 e2m5 figs-metaphor ὁ διψῶν ἐρχέσθω…ὕδωρ ζωῆς 1 the one who is thirsty…the water of life A person’s desire for eternal life is spoken of as if it were thirst and of that person receiving eternal life as if he were drinking life-giving water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 22 17 dwb6 figs-metaphor ὕδωρ ζωῆς 1 the water of life Eternal life is spoken of as if it were provided by life-giving water. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:6](../21/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 22 18 fd5l 0 General Information: John gives his final remarks about the book of Revelation.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue